Journalism and journalists
Organizations, sites, and resources
for and about journalists and journalism
· Covering abortion
· Covering crime and criminal justice
· Covering disability
· Covering disaster
· Covering diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI)
· Covering elections
· Covering extremism
· Covering gun violence
· Covering immigration
· Covering juvenile justice
· Covering mental illness and suicide prevention
· Covering poverty
· Covering public and private tragedy and trauma
· Covering rural news and issues
· Covering sexual abuse, assault, harassment, and trauma
· Covering tax avoidance and the wealthy
---· Sidebar: Gutting the IRS
· Covering various other specialty beats
· Covering war
Scroll WAY down for more beats.
· Alternative news
· Artful journalistic interviewing
· Blogs and newsletters for and about journalists and the media
· Chains, The trouble with
· Citizen journalism
· Collaborative journalism
· Investigative journalism: The craft
· Investigative journalism organizations
· Investigative journalism: Secure ways to share leaks, confidential tips, and investigative reporting
· Investigative journalism stories and series (remarkable examples)
· Journalists on journalism
· New models for newspapers and magazines
· Nonprofit newspapers
· Online journalism (digital journalism)
(plus advocacy, link, measurable, mobile, and process journalism)
· Saving local news
(see also The trouble with chains)
· Solutions journalism
· Fact-checking
· Financial reporting and business journalism
· Headlines, clickbait, and other audience attractors
· How to pitch a magazine or newspaper piece
· Interviewing children
· Kill fees
· Magazine markets
· Op Eds (opinion pieces)
· Useful sites, resources, pieces for journalists and news junkies
· Will journalism survive? In what form? (a blog post linking to many stories)
· Restoring trust in the media
· Media bias, Identifying
· Media critiques and distrust of the media
· Navigating mis- and disinformation online
· Pay, gender, color, and credit gaps in journalism
· Politics and the press
· Protecting sources
· The truth about sponsored links and articles
(plus payola journalism)
· Unions and the press
SEE also, SPECIFIC TO JOURNALISM:
· Blogs and newsletters for and about journalists and the media
· Books on the craft of journalism
· Books on the journalistic essay
· Electronic newsletters for journalists and news followers
· Embargoes
· Fiction and film about journalists and journalism
· Journalism organizations
· Journalism publications
· Journalism schools, degrees, and training
· Journalists Toolbox (SPJ)
SEE ALSO, UNDER DIFFERENT MAIN HEADINGS
• Automotive press organizations
• Cartoonists, comic book writers, and humor writing
• Covering abortion
• Covering (and arguing about) climate change
• Covering coronavirus (aka Covid-19, the pandemic)
• Covering medical beats
• Covering the opioid crisis (addiction, treatment, and recovery)
• Ethics, libel, freedom of the press (plus FOIA, protection for whistleblowers, sunshine laws, etc.)
• Fake news and media literacy
• Food and beverage writing
• For editors and publishing professionals
• Getting the numbers right
• How not to misread or misreport research reports
• How to pitch a magazine or newspaper piece
• Local and regional organizations and events
• Outdoor writers (covering the outdoor experience)
• Problems covering government agencies
• Problems in the gig economy (especially AB5 and freelancers' rights)
• Relationships between public information officers (PIOs) and science and medical journalists
• Reporting on controversial scientific and medical topics (Norman Bauman)
• Science and medical writing (including Climate Change and related topics)
• Should political reporters be more than stenographers?
• Specialty and niche writing, for coverage of certain specialized topics
(animals, cars, cartoonists & comic book writers, children's book publishing, food and beverage,
outdoors, prison writing, sports, travel, veterans writing)
• Sports journalism
• Travel writing
• Where journalists get their medical news and information
• Whistleblowers, Protection for.
· Writing compelling profiles
• Whistleblowing, espionage, and a free press (blog post on how the subjects of whistleblowing and espionage may confuse the two)
"Journalism is literature in a hurry." ~ Matthew Arnold
Protecting sources
(The PRESS ACT, Reporters' Privilege, Shield Laws)
(See also What's up with shield laws?)
• Protecting Sources and Materials (Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press, aka RCFP)
• House passes 2-year extension of Section 702 (National Security, RCFP, 4-15-24) Section 702 of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act has been used in the past to collect information on journalists.
• Raskin, Kiley Introduce PRESS Act to Protect Reporters’ First Amendment Rights Against Government Surveillance (Press Releases, 6-21-24)
Bill Defends Reporters' Communication Records Against Government Seizure to Protect Confidential Sources and Promote Accountability; Wyden, Lee and Durbin to Introduce Senate Companion Bill
"Representatives Jamie Raskin (MD-08) and Kevin Kiley (CA-03) today introduced bipartisan and bicameral legislation to protect reporters and journalists against unnecessary government surveillance that makes it harder to hold the government accountable and harms reporters’ First Amendment rights. The bill passed the House unanimously in the 117th Congress.
"The representatives introduced the Protect Reporters from Exploitive State Spying (PRESS) Act in response to multiple episodes, in both Democratic and Republican administrations, of law-enforcement agencies secretly subpoenaing emails and phone records from reporters in order to determine their sources.
“Our Constitution provides that no law shall abridge the freedom of the press and inspires us to protect journalists against government overreach and abuse of the subpoena power,” said Rep. Raskin.
“Our bipartisan PRESS Act vindicates the promise of journalistic freedom. I’m grateful to Rep. Kiley and Sens. Wyden, Lee and Durbin for their partnership on this legislation and their recognition of press freedom as a fundamental democratic imperative.”
• The PRESS Act Will Protect Journalists When They Need It Most (Joe Millen, Electronic Frontier Foundation, 1-22-24) "Our government shouldn’t be spying on journalists. Nor should law enforcement agencies force journalists to identify their confidential sources or go to prison.
"To fix this, we need to change the law. Now, we’ve got our best chance in years. The House of Representatives has passed the Protect Reporters from Exploitive State Spying (PRESS) Act, H.R. 4250, and it’s one of the strongest federal shield bills for journalists we’ve seen."
"The PRESS Act would do two critical things: first, it would bar federal law enforcement from surveilling journalists by gathering their phone, messaging, or email records. Secondly, it strictly limits when the government can force a journalist to disclose their sources.
"The PRESS Act also has an appropriately broad definition of the practice of journalism, covering both professional and citizen journalists. It applies regardless of a journalist’s political leanings or medium of publication.
Read the bill text here and a summary here.
"The government surveillance of journalists over the years has chilled journalists’ ability to gather news. It’s also likely discouraged sources from coming forward, because their anonymity isn’t guaranteed. We can’t know the important stories that weren’t published, or weren’t published in time, because of fear of retaliation on the part of journalists or their sources.
• Judge holds veteran journalist Catherine Herridge in civil contempt for refusing to divulge source (Alanna Durkin Richer and Eric Tucker, AP News, 2-29-24) "A federal judge held veteran investigative reporter Catherine Herridge in civil contempt on Thursday for refusing to divulge her source for a series of Fox News stories about a Chinese American scientist who was investigated by the FBI but never charged.
"The case has been being closely watched by media advocates, who say forcing journalists to betray a promise of confidentiality could make sources think twice before providing information to reporters that could expose government wrongdoing.
"The source is being sought by Yanping Chen, who has sued the government over the leak of details about the federal probe into statements she made on immigration forms related to work on a Chinese astronaut program.
"Herridge, who was recently laid off by CBS News, published an investigative series for Fox News in 2017 that examined Chen’s ties to the Chinese military and raised questions about whether the scientist was using a professional school she founded in Virginia to help the Chinese government get information about American service members."
"An attorney for Chen, Andrew Phillips, said the Privacy Act is meant to guard against government officials selectively leaking information about an American’s citizen’s private life “to smear reputations or score political points.”...
"Legal fights over whether journalists should have to divulge sources are rare, though they’ve arisen several times in the last couple of decades in Privacy Act cases like the one filed by Chen. Some lawsuits have ended with a hefty Justice Department settlement in place of a journalist being forced to reveal a source.
"In 2008, for instance, the Justice Department agreed to pay $5.8 million to settle a lawsuit by Army scientist Steven Hatfill, who was falsely identified as a person of interest in the 2001 anthrax attacks. That settlement resulted in a contempt order being vacated against a journalist who was being asked to name her sources."
• The hidden legal question at the heart of the Herridge contempt case (Gabe Rottman, RCFP, The Nuance, 3-11-24) "The facts of the case are pretty straightforward. The plaintiff ran a school that enrolled many servicemembers. The Justice Department conducted a counterintelligence investigation into the plaintiff that did not result in any charges. Herridge, then a correspondent at Fox News, reported on the investigation and included material that the plaintiff says must have been leaked by government officials, in violation of the federal Privacy Act. While Herridge is not a party, the plaintiff seeks to force her to identify her source or sources.
"What’s not as straightforward is the legal question at play in the contempt finding: that is, the scope of the reporter’s privilege in this jurisdiction, which protects reporters from having to name their sources....Aside from that open question regarding the reporter’s privilege in D.C. federal court, the Herridge case also starkly illustrates the need for a federal shield law. The PRESS Act, which passed the House of Representatives without opposition in January and is currently pending in the Senate Judiciary Committee, would prevent these kinds of confrontations between the free press and the civil justice system."
• The Reporter Fighting for America’s Free Press (The Free Press, 4-12-24)
Catherine Herridge could face a daily $800 fine for refusing to give up her sources. This week, she went to Congress to defend the First Amendment.
• Press Club Statement On Contempt Ruling Against Reporter Catherine Herridge (The National Press Club, 3-1-24)
“We strongly disagree with the decision of U.S. District Judge Christopher Cooper to hold Catherine Herridge in contempt of court and to impose a fine of $800 a day until she reveals the source of her reporting. We hope and expect this decision will be overturned on appeal.
“We recognize the judge is making a point in this case and is acting to uphold a law protecting citizens from being smeared by leaks from the government. However, Herridge also has rights and an obligation to protect the identity of her source.
“Second, her source may not be the government. Third, it is the duty of the court to find that the source is the government to uphold this law and could do more toward that goal instead of trying to force the issue by intimidating this reporter with a fine. Fourth there are civil remedies available to the plaintiff that could address her concerns about damage to her reputation. This need not be pressed as a criminal matter for plaintiff to receive relief.
“We stand with Catherine Herridge on the principal of protecting her source. We look forward to her successful appeal and believe the court should forgive any fines and move on. Also we believe her former employer, Fox News, should do more to stand beside her in this matter.”
• The Reporter Fighting for America’s Free Press "Catherine Herridge could face a daily $800 fine for refusing to give up her sources. This week, she went to Congress to defend the First Amendment.
"As the old saying goes, a journalist is only as good as her sources. In 2024, it’s not just a cliché; it’s a warning. The right of reporters to protect the officials and whistleblowers who take great risks to get information to the public is now in jeopardy."
• Confidential Sources (Audrey Perry, Free Speech Center, Middle Tennessee State University, 8-8-23, updated 2-18-24)
"Confidential sources provide information to journalists or other writers with the agreement that their identities will not be revealed in the reporting of the details that they have provided.
'Many such sources feel comfortable supplying information based on reporter’s privilege, that is, the right of reporters and journalists to refuse to disclose their sources and information in court.
'Most states and federal circuits recognize such a privilege, but the rules in each jurisdiction vary in their level of protection afforded reporters. More than half the states have adopted so-called shield laws protecting this privilege. In some jurisdictions, courts have upheld the concept of confidentiality of sources as a constitutional right.'
Investigative Reporting: The Craft
See also
---How They Did It series
---Watchdog groups and Investigative journalism organizations
---Secure ways to share leaks, Confidential Tips, and Investigative Reporting
---Books and other resources about investigative reporting
---Remarkable investigative journalism stories and series
• Jordan Thomas’s Army of Whistle-Blowers (Patrick Radden Keefe, New Yorker, 1-17-22) The lawyer and his clients have made millions by exposing one Wall Street crime after another. But are they changing the industry? "After Thomas established his whistle-blowing practice, at the law firm Labaton Sucharow, he commissioned an anonymous survey of finance professionals, conducted by the University of Notre Dame. The findings illuminate a rampant ethical permissiveness: more than a third of respondents who have salaries of half a million dollars or more say that they have witnessed, or have firsthand knowledge of, wrongdoing in the workplace; nearly twenty per cent of respondents “feel financial-services professionals must at least sometimes engage in illegal or unethical activity to be successful.” The S.E.C. established the whistle-blower program partly so that people who witnessed misbehavior would have a reliable mechanism for reporting it."
• Protection for whistleblowers
• InvestigateWashington (compiled by @TomBruneDC and Deb Nelson) Online resources for Washington watchdog reporting from near or far, and see also More Tips & Tools (valuable links if you are just starting out on an investigative project). After an excellent presentation on how investigative journalism is done, Deb Nelson provided links to more useful material:
---Art of the Sensitive Interview Interviews with people who have experienced trauma require extra sensitivity but not less rigor.
---Backgrounding and finding people
---Backgrounding Nonprofits & Companies
---Investigate Local (DMV) (DMV stands for DC, Maryland, and Virginia)
---Verification: If your mother tweets she loves you, check it out
• Forbidden Stories There are stories corporations, organized crime groups and governments don’t want to see published. This group's mission: bypassing censorship by publishing these stories.
• The power of 'Mr Bates vs The Post Office' in bringing about justice (Alex Taylor & Yasmin Rufo, BBC News, 1-10-24) The million dollar question in journalism, if little known outside the industry, is "cut through" - how can a story be made to not only reach an audience, but keep them hooked. In writing about a British Post Office scandal that began at the turn of the millennium, how investigative journalist Nick Wallis gave voice voice to over 700 workers prosecuted after faulty Post Office software, known as Horizon, made it appear that money was missing--and how, 25 years on from the first convictions for theft and fraud, the four-part ITV drama Mr Bates vs The Post Office renewed mass public interest in the scandal like never before.
• What is the SafeBox Network? All over the world, journalists are jailed, kidnapped and murdered, depriving millions of people of information of general interest. To ensure that their investigations do not disappear with them, Forbidden Stories has created the SafeBox Network. The goal? To deter crimes against journalists by sending a strong message to the enemies of the press: killing the journalist won’t kill the story.
• SafeBox Network: A tool to prevent journalists from being silenced (Santiago Sánchez , IJNet, 7-11-22)
• Tip Sheet: Pursuing investigative stories as a science writer (Resources and tips from Science Writers 2023 session, 10-8-23) Data, FOIA, tips. Panelists: Lisa Song, ProPublica; Stephanie Lee, Chronicle of Higher Education; Nicholas Florko, STAT; Peter Aldhous, Freelance. Moderators: Priyanka Runwal, C&EN and Betsy Ladyzhets, Freelance. Stories discussed:
---The Climate Solution Actually Adding Millions of Tons of CO2 Into the Atmosphere (Lisa Song, ProPublica, and James Temple, MIT Technology Review, on ProPublica, 4-29-21)
---How the World Bank Group Is Enabling the Deaths of Endangered Chimps (Lisa Song and others, ProPublica)
---Here’s How Cornell Scientist Brian Wansink Turned Shoddy Data Into Viral Studies About How We Eat (Stephanie Lee, BuzzFeed News)
---Death Sentence: A STAT investigation into hepatitis C in prisons (Nicholas Florko, STAT)
---Pregnant Women Have Received False Results From This DNA Paternity Test (Peter Aldhous, BuzzFeed News)
• Loosening Lips: The Art of the Interview (Eric Nalder, PBS) In 2004, investigative journalist Eric Nalder interviewed a whistleblower from ConocoPhillips, the nation's third-largest oil company. Nader's investigation revealed that oil industry safety nets were being undermined. EXPOSÉ episode, "A Sea of Troubles," featured Nalder's investigation into the enforcement of safety regulations on oil tankers which uncovered serious safety lapses and cover-ups. Two-time Pulitzer Prize-winning investigative reporter Eric Nalder is known for his ability to get people to open up and tell all they know, on the record.
• How to Deal with Pushback on an Investigative Story (Mallory Pickett, The Open Notebook, 10-6-2020) Big institutions like corporations or government agencies often respond to critical stories in predictable ways and defend themselves using common tactics--including angry demands, letters above your head, and sometimes even lawyers. Experienced investigative journalists share their tips for managing these tactics and for preparing for the challenges that can arise while undertaking important stories. Most things are under your control: accurate, well-documented reporting, and clear, timely communication with your sources, PR professionals, and editors.
• Judd Legum proved that investigative journalism can thrive on Substack (Simon Owens' Media Newsletter, 10-12-21) "The former ThinkProgress editor has over 150,000 signups and at least 7,500 paying subscribers to his newsletter. There’s this misconception about Substack that only opinion writers can thrive on its platform....Since launching his Substack newsletter Popular Information in 2018, Legum has not only broken dozens of major political and business stories, but his reporting has also driven real impact. Fortune 100 companies have been shamed into withdrawing their campaign spending. Media outlets with millions of social media followers saw their Facebook accounts deleted. Even Trump’s presidential campaign was forced to change its deceitful marketing as a result of Legum’s investigations."
• Posse Comitatus Lawyer Jessica Pishko's newsletter focuses on investigating and reporting on sheriff’s departments around the country--"digs deep into history to give readers greater insight into America’s fractured law enforcement apparatus."~ quoting an investigative journalism award site.
• She Said: Breaking the Sexual Harassment Story That Helped Ignite a Movement by Jodi Kantor and Megan Twohey. “She Said, a new book detailing the astonishing behind-the-scenes of the New York Times’s bombshell Harvey Weinstein exposé, is an instant classic of investigative journalism. If your jaw dropped at the newspaper’s original allegations against the predatory movie mogul, prepare for it to hit the floor as authors Jodi Kantor and Megan Twohey recount how they uncovered the story: secret meetings, harrowing phone calls, private text exchanges with A-list actresses agonizing over whether to go on the record. Ashley Judd plays the stoic warrior; Gwyneth Paltrow, the circumspect liaison who tries to help the reporters find other sources.” ~ Monica Hesse, The Washington Post (with sidebars on Donald Trump) A great read.
• How a local paper built a tool to measure impact (Karen K. Ho, CJR, 12-14-17) Digital Director Anjanette Delgado started the project in late 2015 with the belief that investigative journalism needed to be measured by more than just page views, sales.
---News Impact Project Submissions (News Media Alliance)
• A Dead Cat, A Lawyer's Call and A 5-Figure Donation: How Media Fell Short on Epstein (David Folkenflik, All Things Considered, NPR, 8-22-19) With an emphasis on how the media fell short -- until Julie Brown came along and wrote Perversion of Justice: Jeffrey Epstein (a series for the Miami Herald (8-8 to 8-17-19). "In her year-long investigation of Palm Beach multimillionaire Jeffrey Epstein, Miami Herald reporter Julie Brown tracked down more than 60 women who said they were victims of abuse and revealed the full story behind the sweetheart deal cut by Epstein’s powerhouse legal team. Since the Herald published ‘Perversion of Justice’ in November 2018, a federal judge ruled the non-prosecution agreement brokered by then South Florida U.S. Attorney Alexander Acosta was illegal, and on July 6 Epstein was arrested on sex trafficking charges in New York state. On July 12, Acosta resigned as U.S. Secretary of Labor. And on Aug. 10, Epstein died by suicide in his Manhattan jail cell. Investigative journalism makes a difference." Many articles in an excellent series.
See also A Reporter’s Fight to Expose Epstein’s Crimes — and Earn a Living Michelle Goldberg, Opinion, NY Times, 7-17-21) "Brown’s book is about a mind-blowing case of plutocratic corruption, full of noirish subplots that may never be fully understood. But it’s also about the slow strangulation of local and regional newspapers....Brown also had to contend with the punishing economics of the contracting newspaper industry, which for the last decade has been shedding experienced reporters and forcing those who remain to do much more with much less."
• How one small news organization’s investigative reporting took down Puerto Rico’s governor (Margaret Sullivan, WaPo, 7-27-19) A small, scrappy nonprofit, the Center for Investigative Journalism, or CPI — with only 10 full-time reporters and editors — published nearly 900 pages of devastating documents, which led to the furious protests of hundreds of thousands of Puerto Rican people disgusted by the administration’s disrespect and apparent corruption. That led to the governor's forced resignation eleven days after publication. "CPI didn’t merely publish the chat messages, as appalling as many of them were. There also were investigative stories revealing “the corruption behind the chat” — the ways in which the Rosselló administration, Minet said, was misusing its public role to benefit their private interests."
• What's up with shield laws
• A nationwide reporting adventure tracks improbably frequent lottery winners (Jon Allsop, Selin Bozkaya, Jeremy Devon House, Jeff Kelly Lowenstein, Ayanna Runcie, and Daniel Simmons-Ritchie, CJR, 9-15-17) A reporter asked for 20 years of lottery winner data. After analyzing the records, he noticed something unusual. The how-we-did-it behind Gaming the Lottery: An international investigation into the global lottery industry.
• Black Light (Surya Matu, The Markup) A real-time website privacy inspector. Who is peeking over your shoulder while you work, watch videos, learn, explore, and shop on the internet? Enter the address of any website, and Blacklight will scan it and reveal the specific user-tracking technologies on the site—and who’s getting your data.
• Who's Behind This Website? A Checklist (Priyanjana Bengani and Jon Keegan, IRE NICAR conference, 3-4-22) This checklist is meant to be used as a reporting tool to help journalists and researchers trying to find out who published a website. This is meant to be used in conjunction with offline reporting techniques.
• Three Years on the Panama Papers in Ecuador\(Monica Almeida, International Consortium of Investigative Journalists, 4-25-19) Almeida worked with a team of journalists in Ecuador to uncover a bribery scheme set up in the state oil company Petroecuador, fraud in the construction sector, and the use of Panamanian companies by Ecuadorian politicians, among other findings.
• Barbaric Conditions That Led to a Detainee's Death Are Laid Bare in CIA Reports (Jason Leopold, Vice, 6-14-16) It took me many years and a lengthy #FOIA lawsuit against the CIA to uncover exactly what happened at the Salt Pit, one of the CIA's black site prisons in Afghanistan where detainees were tortured. CIA just destroyed part of it, according to NYT: Covert Evacuations and Planned Demolitions: How the C.I.A. Left Its Last Base in Afghanistan (Christiaan Triebert and Haley Willis, NY Times, 9-1-21) A compound outside Kabul was one of the most secretive — and notorious — in Afghanistan. Our visual analysis shows how the spy agency shut down its operations there — and how the Taliban then entered the site.
• How a C.I.A. Coverup Targeted a Whistle-blower (Ronan Farrow, New Yorker, 11-9-2020) When a Justice Department lawyer exposed the agency’s secret role in drug cases, leadership in the intelligence community retaliated. Mark McConnell had uncovered what he described as a “criminal conspiracy” perpetrated by the C.I.A. and the F.B.I...."McConnell had learned that more than a hundred entries in the database that were labelled as originating from F.B.I. investigations were actually from a secret C.I.A. surveillance program. He realized that C.I.A. officers and F.B.I. agents, in violation of federal law and Department of Justice guidelines, had concealed the information’s origins from federal prosecutors, leaving judges and defense lawyers in the dark."
• The Mobile-Home Trap (Mike Baker and Daniel Wagner, The Seattle Times, The Center for Public Integrity and BuzzFeed News, 2016) From opposite ends of the country, Mike Baker and Daniel Wagner were each investigating Warren Buffet’s mobile-home businesses when their paths crossed. They decided to pitch the project to their bosses as a partnership. It was an advantageous union, as Baker had been analyzing government mortgage data and Wagner had been focusing on customers. Together they revealed how Clayton Homes, a part of the Berkshire Hathaway conglomerate, and its lending subsidiaries target minority homebuyers and lock them into ruinous high-interest loans. Winner of the Livingston Award for National Reporting.
• Investigative Reporting: Deborah J. Nelson and Yasmeen Abutaleb (YouTube video, 6 minutes) A Reuters investigative series on the underreporting of superbugs and its effects on public health won Deborah Nelson, Ryan McNeill and Yasmeen Abutaleb the gold award in Large Newspaper. Yasmeen and Deborah sit with us to discuss what it was like working on the series and share their top tips for investigative reporting. Above all, what you report should be evidence-based--and that takes time. ‘Superbug’ scourge spreads as U.S. fails to track rising human toll (Ryan McNeill, Deborah J. Nelson and Yasmeen Abutaleb, Reuters, 9-7-16) Fifteen years after the U.S. declared drug-resistant infections to be a grave threat, the crisis is only worsening, a Reuters investigation finds, as government agencies remain unwilling or unable to impose reporting requirements on a healthcare industry that often hides the problem.
How They Did It series
• How they did it: Reporting on junk health insurance plans (Joseph Burns, Covering Health, 6-15-21) An excellent example for any journalist looking to cover the complex world of health insurance plans that do not comply with the requirements of the Affordable Care Act (ACA), otherwise known as Obamacare. The story: He Bought Health Insurance for Emergencies. Then He Fell Into a $33,601 Trap. (Jenny Deam, ProPublica, 5-8-21) Since the Trump administration deregulated the health insurance industry, there’s been an explosion of short-term plans that leave patients with surprise bills and providers with huge revenue.
• How they did it: Reporters find dire problems with Texas’ Medicaid system (Chloe Reichel, Journalist's Resource, 3-7-19) A series of interviews with the finalists, in the interest of giving a behind-the-scenes explanation of the process, tools, and legwork it takes to create an important piece of investigative journalism. Journalist’s Resource is a project of the Shorenstein Center, which awarded the 2019 Goldsmith Prize for Investigative Reporting to this stellar investigative report, but had no involvement with or influence on the judging process for the Goldsmith Prize finalists or winner.
The series: Pain & Profit (prize-winning Dallas News investigative series, 2018: "Your tax money may not help poor, sick Texans get well, but it definitely helps health care companies get rich") The move to shift Texas’ Medicaid program from a state-run system to a managed care system was intended to cut costs and improve the coordination of sick Texans’ care. Instead, it cost the state billions while patients lost access to critical care, journalists J. David McSwane and Andrew Chavez discovered in their prize-winning “Pain and Profit” multi-part investigation for the Dallas Morning News.
• How they did it: Investigative reporting tips from the 2019 Goldsmith Prize finalists (Journalist's Resource) Seven reporting teams were chosen as finalists for the 2019 prize, which carries a $10,000 award for finalists and $25,000 for the winner. This year, for the first time, Journalist’s Resource published a series of interviews with the finalists, in the interest of giving a behind-the-scenes explanation of the process, tools, and legwork it takes to create an important piece of investigative journalism. Read these tip sheets:
---How they did it: Reporters enlist teachers to investigate ‘toxic schools’ (Chloe Reichel, 3-12-19) The Philadelphia Inquirer found over 9,000 environmental problems in the city’s public schools through an investigation that used community-based testing.
---How they did it: Reporters uncovered Trump hush payments to two women (Denise-Marie Ordway, 3-11-19) A Wall Street Journal reporter discusses the newspaper's investigation into secret payoffs Donald Trump and his associates arranged to suppress sexual allegations from two women during the 2016 presidential campaign.
---How he did it: A reporter investigates an Alabama sheriff who pocketed over $2 million in jail food funds (Carmen Nobel, 3-11-19)
---How they did it: Reporters find dire problems with Texas’ Medicaid system(Chloe, Reichl, 3-7-19) Journalists reveal failures of Texas' managed care system through public records requests, statewide door-knocking efforts and data analysis.
---How they did it: Public records helped reporters investigate police abuse of power (Denise-Marie Ordway, 3-17-19) Christian Sheckler of the South Bend Tribune and Ken Armstrong of ProPublica explain how they used public records to spotlight problems within the Elkhart, Indiana criminal justice system.
---How they did it: ProPublica investigates Trump's ‘zero tolerance’ immigration policy (Chloe Reichel, 3-4-19) “I’ve been doing this a long time, and I haven't ever been part of a story that has had such powerful impact so swiftly,” Ginger Thompson, senior reporter at ProPublica, said.
---How they did it: Two journalists talk about their teen labor trafficking investigation (Denise-Marie Ordway, 2-27-19) Journalists Daffodil Altan and Andrés Cediel discuss the importance of language skills, tenacity and cultural competency in doing high-quality investigative journalism. Their documentary film “Trafficked in America” investigated a labor trafficking scheme involving Guatemalan teens forced to work long hours at an Ohio egg farm to pay off their smuggling debts.
• Journalists Shouldn’t Be Fired for Investigating Their Own Publications (Danielle Tcholakian, Longreads, 2-6-18) Newsweek reporters Celeste Katz and Josh Saul, and their editors Bob Roe and Kenneth Li, were investigating "without fear or favor" why their office was raided by investigators from the Manhattan District Attorney on January 18, quickly turning around a story. They collaborated on two more stories that held their own company accountable, joined by their colleague Josh Keefe. Then on February 5, Katz, Saul, Roe and Li were abruptly fired. 'Another reporter, Matthew Cooper, tendered a letter of resignation to Pragad, criticizing the magazine’s “reckless leadership.” “It’s the installation of editors, not Li and Roe, who recklessly sought clicks at the expense of accuracy, retweets over fairness, that leaves me most despondent not only for Newsweek but for other publications that don’t heed the lessons of this publication’s fall,” Cooper wrote in the letter, which he shared on Twitter.'
• Prosecutor's statement at Larry Nassar sentencing "Thank God we had these journalists. And that they exposed this truth." (CNN Staff, 1-24-18) "[W]e as a society need investigative journalists more than ever. What finally started this reckoning and ended this decadeslong cycle of abuse was investigative reporting. Without that first Indianapolis Star story in August of 2016, without the story where Rachael came forward publicly shortly thereafter, he would still be practicing medicine, treating athletes and abusing kids....Thank God Rachael Denhollander made the first contact with the reporter and decided to allow them to publish her name. How many times have we heard that without those stories and Rachael, victims would not have reported, they would not be here to speak this week, to expose what truly happened all of these years behind those doors and under that towel."
• 'Don't believe the hype:' Carreyrou talks about reporting the Theranos story(Rebecca Vesely, AHCJ, 5-15-18) John Carreyrou, author of the book Bad Blood: Secrets and Lies in a Silicon Valley Startup, talks about his process getting the story. See also When pursuing investigative pieces, Wall Street Journal reporter suggests getting legal advice early(Joseph Burns, Covering Health, AHCJ, 5-21-18). See also The Reporter Who Took Down a Unicorn (Yashar Ali, New York, 5-24-18) How John Carreyrou battled corporate surveillance and intimidation to expose a multibillion-dollar Silicon Valley start-up as a fraud. And before The Fall: How Playing the Long Game Made Elizabeth Holmes a Billionaire (Kimberly Weisul, Inc., 9-20-15). "Inside the 31-year-old's fight to disrupt a $75 billion industry, and grow it by another $125 billion." And How Theranos used the media to create the emperor’s new startup (John Naughton, The Guardian, 6-3-18) With £10bn and a pretty face, fraudster Elizabeth Holmes blinded some of the most respected journalists in the industry.
• 'Times' Journalists Puncture Myth Of Trump As Self-Made Billionaire (Terry Gross interviews investigative reporters Susanne Craig and David Barstow, who say the president received today's equivalent of $413 million from his father's real estate empire, through what appears to be tax fraud. See also Trump Engaged in Suspect Tax Schemes as He Reaped Riches From His Father (Susanne Craig and David Barstowand Russ Buettner, NY Times, 10-2-18) Much of the $413 million Trump received (in today’s dollars) from his father’s real estate empire came through schemes to avoid paying taxes on multimillion dollar gifts in the family.
• A toast to undercover journalism’s greatest coup, when reporters bought a bar (Jackie Spinner, Columbia Journalism Review, 1-26-18) "In a 25-part series, Sun-Times writer Zay N. Smith (known as Norty when he tended bar), Sun-Times reporter Pam Zekman, and Bill Recktenwald, the lead investigator for the watchdog Better Government Association, detailed a Chicago underworld of bribery, skimming, and tax evasion. The series ultimately led to indictments for a third of the city’s electrical inspectors, and major reforms in city and state codes."
• Is journalism a form of activism (Danielle Tcholakian, Longreads, March 2018) It’s time to take another look at the definition of activism and where journalism fits in.
• Mexican police officers found guilty of murdering journalist in rare conviction (David Agren, The Guardian, 3-28-18) Two officers sentenced to 25 years in prison after being convicted in the killing of newspaper owner Moisés Sánchez in Veracruz
• This Is What’s Missing From Journalism Right Now (Monika Bauerlein and Clara Jeffery, Mother Jones, 8-17-16) And a slightly scary experiment to try and fix it. "Stories that truly reveal something about the way power works are not going to happen in this framework. They take time (way more time than can be justified economically) and stability. They take reporters and editors who can trust their jobs will be there, even if money is tight or powerful folks are offended. They are driven by a desire for journalism to have impact, not just turn a profit." ... 'At the time, however, some powerful, mostly East Coast editors turned up their noses at the “Chicago-style” tactics that Recktenwald and Zekman used to expose voter fraud and nursing home abuse to lawyers and doctors faking accidents for insurance claims.'
• The ultimate guide to searching CIA’s declassified archives (Emma Best, Muckrock, 9-22-17) Looking to dig into the Agency’s 70 year history? Here’s where to start.
• 18 data sources for investigative journalists (Mădălina Ciobanu, Journalism.co.uk, 8-16-17) Looking for data on who owns a company, government spending or political influence? Use these resources to get started
• Investigative Journalism: A Survival Guide by David Leigh explores the history and art of investigative journalism, and explains how to deal with legal bullies, crooked politicians, media bosses, big business and intelligence agencies; how to withstand conspiracy theories; and how to work collaboratively across borders in the new age of data journalism. It also provides a fascinating first-hand account of the work that went into breaking major news stories including WikiLeaks and the Edward Snowden affair.
• The Reluctant Memoirist (Suki Kim, New Republic, July-Aug.2016) An investigative journalist returns from an undercover mission in North Korea to write and publish There Is No Us: My Time With the Sons of North Korea’s Elite, which she sees as investigative journalism but which her publisher calls "a memoir." “I think calling it a memoir trivializes my reporting,” she tells her editor. "My work, though literary and at times personal, was a narrative account of investigative reporting. I wasn’t simply trying to convey how I saw the world; I was reporting how it was seen and lived by others."
• Extra! Extra! IRE's guide to latest investigative reporting
• The Human Connection (Steve Weinberg's essay, for EXPOSÉ, PBS) "Pipeline to Peril," a Chicago Tribune investigation by Cam Simpson, showed how critical it can be to find and talk to human sources. The sources in this case also pointed Simpson to litigation involving individuals and institutions involved in the scandal. The documents yielded insights -- and a new trove of human sources.
• Protection for whistleblowers (on this website in the section on Ethics, libel, and freedom of the press, along with Media watchdogs, privacy, plagiarism, SLAPP,
the four freedoms, freedom of information)
• The Whistleblower's Tightrope (James Sandler, CIR staff reporter, for EXPOSÉ, PBS) You're ready to blow the whistle, are you ready to pay the price? See links to more Tips from Reporters, bottom right.
• Five Easy Pieces: A. Starter Kit For S.E.C. Filings (PDF on SABEW, Diana B. Henriques, The New York Times)
• Covering Bankruptcy Court (PDF, Chris Roush, Carolina Business News Initiative, UNC Chapel Hill, SABEW)
• Investigative reporting tips from SABEW honorees (Urvashi Verma, Student Newsroom, SABEW, April 2017)
• LedgerExtra: Spreadsheets 101--Introduction to Excel (Ted Sherman and Padraic Cassidy, April 1997)
• The Search for Local Investigative Reporting’s Future (Margaret Sullivan, The Public Editor, NY Times, 12-5-15) Part 1 of 2 parts, exploring the threatened state of local investigative reporting. Part 2: Keep the Flame Lit for Investigative Journalism (Margaret Sullivan, The Public Editor, NY Times 12-12-15).
• “Why’s This So Good?” No. 101: Ida Tarbell and “The History of The Standard Oil Company” (Steve Weinberg, Nieman Storyboard, 5-3-16) Tarbell more or less singlehandedly invented investigative reporting
• How a small team in Wisconsin delivers investigative reporting to 10 Gannett papers (Anna Clark, CJR, 12-16-15) Working from separate newsrooms—Madison, Sheboygan, Appleton, and, until recently, Wausau—members of Gannett’s I-team in Wisconsin make up the only statewide investigative unit in the company’s portfolio. They provide deep-dive journalismsearchable databases, and shorter watchdog pieces to 10 Gannett publications in the state, mostly smaller papers that otherwise wouldn’t be able to pursue that sort of coverage.
• I Cover Cops as an Investigative Reporter. Here Are Five Ways You Can Start Holding Your Department Accountable. (Andrew Ford, Asbury Park Press, ProPublica, 6-4-2020) Police culture can be insular and tough to penetrate, but the public can hold law enforcement accountable. Here are important methods and context you need to know.
• This Is What’s Missing From Journalism Right Now(Monika Bauerlein and Clara Jeffery, Mother Jones, 8-17-16) "Conservatively, our prison story cost roughly $350,000. The banner ads that appeared in it brought in $5,000, give or take. If 0.02 percent of the people who visit the site by the end of September sign up as sustainers, we will have proven something really important about how to keep in-depth journalism alive." Here's more about the story: Inside Mother Jones‘ monster investigation of private prisons (David Uberti, CJR, 6-24-16) "The Mother Jones senior reporter was on assignment at a private prison in Louisiana, working as a guard. Conditions at the facility were deplorable. A poorly-trained staff lacked the support to respond to growing violence. And one of Bauer’s colleagues, who had no knowledge of Bauer’s primary job, told him that an investigative journalist should shed light on the facility’s rampant mismanagement and horrid treatment of inmates." Bauer’s grisly retelling of his time at the facility—a 35,000-word opus accompanied by a six-part video series, with a ppodcast produced with Reveal to come next week—confirms many of our worst fears about the private prison industry.
• For journalists covering prisons, the First Amendment is little help (Jonathan Peters, CJR, 7-3-18) It is tempting to see the limited access as an especially Trumpian trouble. But the problem of press access to prisons is a chronic one. The First Amendment does a generally fine job of guaranteeing rights to communicate, but it’s a fickle source for access rights, which come from a complex system of statutes, regulations, the common law, and a few problematic Supreme Court decisions (Branzburg v. Hayes, Pell v. Procunier, and Saxbe v. Washington Post Co.)
• Working With Whistleblowers in the Digital Age: New Guidelines (Julie Possetti, European Journalism Observatory, 5-3-18)
• Protection for Whistleblowers (section of links to important resources)
• Reporter , reveals ‘luckiest break’ in investigation of cult behind Netflix’s Wild Wild Country (Alexandria Neason, CJR, 4-6-1)
• The story behind the 'Spotlight' movie A look at The Boston Globe's coverage of sexual abuse in the Catholic Church and the movie "Spotlight," which is based on the stories and the reporters behind the investigation.
• Boston Globe introduces $100,000 ‘Spotlight’ fellowship (Dan Adams, Boston Globe, 12-9-15)
• New survey reveals everything you think about freelancing is true (David Uberti, Columbia Journalism Review, 2-17-15) freelancers have abandoned at least several hundred investigations over the past five years due to a lack of resources, according to a new survey conducted by the advocacy group Project Word.
• New Media, Old Problem (Project Word blog) "...new media companies like Gawker, Huffington Post, and Newsreel can profit exactly because they tend to aggregate other people’s work, rely on cheap opinion instead of expensive reporting, and do not really fund investigative reporting—all the while diverting audiences from legacy media that do (or did)." ... “In a world where aggregated content and new devices lure audiences and advertisers, how will substantial, diverse, expensive public-interest reporting survive?”
• Investigative Journalists and Digital Security (Jesse Holcomb, Amy Mitchell, Kristen Purcell, Pew Research Center, 2-5-15) "About two-thirds of investigative journalists surveyed (64%) believe that the U.S. government has probably collected data about their phone calls, emails or online communications, and eight-in-ten believe that being a journalist increases the likelihood that their data will be collected." Most have little confidence that ISPs can protect their data; they are split on how well their organizations protect them against surveillance and hacking.
• Kickstarter adds journalism and crafts to its categories. And The Guardian promotes some investigative stories funded by Kickstarter
• The New York Times Navigator (Rich Meislin). Links to many internet sites of use to working reporters.
• Small Pieces, Loosely Joined: On the End of Big News (Nicco Mele, Nieman Reports, Spring 2013). Fascinating analysis of what's happening to newspapers, and especially to investigative journalism--with some hints of new ways to support it.
• An extremely expensive cover story — with a new way of footing the bill ( Zachary M. Seward, Nieman Journalism Lab). Sherri Fink's 13,000-word story about the New Orleans hospital where patients were euthanized in the wake of Hurricane Katrina, a New York Times Magazine cover storythat is simultaneously available on ProPublica's site, may be "the most expensive single piece of print journalism in years." The new economics of journalism. Investigative journalism is labor-and-brain-intensive! Mother Jones on the same story: Cost of the NYT Magazine NOLA Story Broken Down< (Clara Jeffery, Mother Jones 8-28-09)
• The 23-Year-Old Woman Who Pioneered Investigative Journalism A new short film from Reveal from the Center for Investigative Reporting brings Nellie Bly’s intrepid spirit to life. "Over the course of 10 days in 1887, Bly masqueraded as a psychotic patient and was admitted to the most notorious mental asylum in New York City—the women’s asylum on Blackwell’s Island." And that got her off the society pages.
• An Online Upstart Roils French Media, Politics (Eleanor Beardsley, All Things Considered, NPR, 7-1-13). Great story on public radio about Mediapart, a new French Internet company and approach to investigative journalism: It "will never accept advertising. And he calls entertainment and its opinion pieces the real enemies of good journalism. 'My opinion against your opinion, my point of view against your point of view, my religion against your religion, my community — that's the sort of disorder of opinion,' he says. 'A democratic culture needs information.' "
• The Public Editor’s Club at The New York Times as told by the six who lived it: An oral history of the NYT public editor (Andy Robinson, CJR, 7-20-17) Public editors disappear as media distrust grows
• Stories must 'shock and amaze' for the new Investigations Fund to take off, says Stephen Grey (Judith Townend, journalism.co.uk, 6-24-09). How a group of elite journalists hopes to rescue investigative reporting in the UK
Books and other resources about investigative reporting
• STATS (nonpartisan analyses of how numbers are distorted and statistics misunderstood)
• Story-Based Inquiry: A manual for investigative journalists (free PDF, in English, French, Arabic, or Chinese, from UNESCO)
• Two dozen freelance journalists told CJR the best outlets to pitch (Carlett Spike, CJR, 2-1-17) A handful of publications that value freelancers--described with a focus on pay, the editing process, turnaround time, and the ability to maintain a relationship with the publication.
• Verification Handbook: A guide to verifying digital content for emergency coverage. Authored by leading journalists from the BBC, Storyful, ABC, Digital First Media and other verification experts, the Verification Handbook is a groundbreaking new free resource for journalists and aid providers. It provides the tools, techniques and step-by-step guidelines for how to deal with user-generated content (UGC) during emergencies. Funded by the European Journalism Centre and edited by Craig Silverman
• Chapter 10: Verification Tools
• New handbook fills training gap in verifying user-generated content (Gerri Berendzen, Aces, 2-6-14)
• Verification Handbook for Investigative Reporting: A guide to online search and research techniques for using user-generated content (UGC) and open source information in investigations (free Web-based read, second installment in a series)
• 'Verification Handbook' Gets a Free Companion Book (Mark Allen, Copyediting, 4-17-15)
• Who are we writing for? Investigative storytelling for grannies and lawmakers (Simon Bowers, Meet the Investigators series, International Consortium of Investigative Journalists, 11-29-19) A Q&A with Harry Karanikas, @hkaranikas, an investigative filmmaker for One Channel TV and reporter for the website Protagon and newspaper To Vima.
• Working by Robert Caro. Fascinating stories about how his major books got written -- insights into how a master investigative history writer figured out how power works in his books about Robert Moses and LBJ. A must-read for investigative journalists, especially those willing to do the deep dives.
• Investigative Reporters & Editors (IRE, a grassroots nonprofit organization dedicated to improving the quality of investigative reporting). Investigative Reporters & Editors. Join one of several listservs run by IRE and NICAR (National Institute for Computer-Assisted Reporting).
• Investigative Reporter's Handbook: A Guide to Documents, Databases, and Techniques by Brant Houston and IRE.
• Computer-Assisted Reporting: A Practical Guide by Brant Houston
• The Science Writers' Investigative Reporting Handbook: A Beginner's Guide to Investigations by Liza Gross (Watchdog Press, 2018)
• Susan White’s Brief Guide to Investigations (Susan White, The Open Notebook, NASW, 8-18-15) The best investigative reporters pay attention to these inconvenient thoughts. Even a routine daily story becomes an “investigation” when the right questions are asked and answered.
• The New Whistleblower's Handbook: A Step-By-Step Guide to Doing What's Right and Protecting Yourself by Stephen Martin Kohn
Investigative Journalism organizations
and watchdog groups
• Alliance of Independent Authors (ALLi) Watchdog Advisories
• Bellingcat A Netherlands-based independent international collective of researchers, investigators and citizen journalists who specialize in fact-checking and open-source investigations of a variety of subjects, from Mexican drug lords and crimes against humanity, to tracking the use of chemical weapons and conflicts worldwide. See case studies, podcasts, and resources. Also: Bellingcat breaks stories that newsrooms envy — using methods newsrooms avoid (Elahe Izadi and Paul Farhi, Washington Post, 1-8-21)
• Binders Full of Investigative Reporters (Facebook group)
• The Bureau of Investigative Journalism An independent, not-for-profit organisation that holds power to account. Founded in 2010 by David and Elaine Potter. Not strictly an organization for journalists, it seems.
• Californians Aware (CalAware) (The Center for Public Forum Rights). Helping citizens, public servants and journalists keep Californians aware of critical facts and choices through access to public records, freedom to speak, assemble, or report, freedom from fear for whistleblowing, etc.
• Center for Public Integrity
• Columbia Journalism Review (CJR) Watchdog
• Committee to Protect Journalists (CPJ)
• Citizens for Responsibility and Ethics in Washington (CREW), a watchdog group that uses legal actions to target government officials who sacrifice the common good to special interests (see their blog, research and investigations, video, and legal filings). See CREW's Scandals and Scoundrels.
• Fix the Court Politics has infected the Supreme Court appointment process. We don't care which party created the problem or how or when it began, but we believe our elected officials should fix it. 's how. Tell your elected representatives that the justices shouldn't serve for life. Petition the court to adopt the same disclosure rules that the rest of the government follows. Urge he judiciary to allow broadcast media in their courtrooms.
• Freelance Investigative Reporters + Editors (FIRE) FIRE exists to help freelancers do investigative reporting, from the liability side to the research, writing, and placing of the final product with media outlets (usually major daily papers in the markets where their supported stories are based). See Guidelines and Application: FIRE provides a suite of customized services to freelance reporters who are planning or developing investigative stories—as well as story grants for select reporters. Any reporter meeting the FIRE criteria would apply for what's known as a FIRE Consultancy—a two-hour consultation to meet your specific needs. Also, be sure to have good professional liability insurance.
• Fund for Investigative Journalism (FIJ) Supporting investigative reporting projects around the world, uncovering wrongdoing by powerful people or institutions.
• Grants, MacArthur Foundation. See also Information for Grantseekers
• The Investigative Fund (The Nation Institute, dedicated to strengthening the independent press and advancing social justice and civil rights) Links here also to some great investigative stories.
• The Innocence Project. The leading nonprofit for criminal justice reform, helping to exonerate the wrongly convicted through DNA testing and reforms in the criminal justice system to prevent future injustices.
• The International Consortium of Investigative Journalists, a project of the Center for Public Integrity "Do you have a story about corruption, fraud, or abuse of power? ICIJ accepts information about wrongdoing by corporate, government or public services around the world. We do our utmost to guarantee the confidentiality of our sources." Website links to stories about investigation results as well as how-it-was-done stories and datasets.
• In the hunt for sustainability, DocumentCloud and MuckRock are joining together as one organization (Christine Schmidt, NiemanLab, 6-11-18) MuckRock and DocumentCloud are joining into one organization on the quest for sustainability as a hub for some of journalism’s most widely-used tools for transparency. MuckRock has a payment system for users and organizations, which DocumentCloud is eager to introduce. DocumentCloud has brand recognition and is good at showing it’s important to the journalism community and getting foundational support. MuckRock users have also asked for annotation and others features that DocumentCloud already has.
• International Reporting Project (IRP, Paul H. Nitze School of Advanced International Studies, Johns Hopkins University)
• Investigate West, a new model for investigative journalism about the Pacific Northwest
• Investigating Disability Issues (National Center on Disability and Journalism)
• Investigative News Network (INN)(advancing sustainability and excellence in nonprofit journalism)
• Investigative Reporters & Editors (IRE) Must-join for investigative journalists. Among other things, members can access the many resources available only to members, including a wealth of investigative stories to read and "how-to" and "how-we-did-it" pieces for inspiration and good reading (including more than 25,000 investigative stories entered into IRE's annual awards contests and more than 5,000 tip sheets and presentations by journalists on how to cover specific beats or tackle specific stories). Check out IRE's Events Calendar (including data journalism bootcamps, hands-on training in digging into data, data bootcamps for educators, Web scraping with Python)
IRE awards: The Golden Padlock Award recognizing the most secretive publicly funded agency or person in the United States, for government at all levels, local to federal, and the Don Bolles Medal (recognizing investigative journalists who have exhibited extraordinary courage in standing up against intimidation or efforts to suppress the truth about matters of public importance).
• Investigative Reporting Workshop (American University School of Communication)
• Local Matters the "best in investigative journalism," sign up for a weekly newsletter digest of the best local watchdog reporting around the country. ---See archive.
---IRE, Local Matters partner to spotlight watchdog reporting across the country.
• The Marshall Project (nonprofit journalism about criminal justice)
• The Media Consortiumsupporting powerful, passionate, independent journalism)
• Meet the Investigators, an interesting monthly series from the International Consortium of Investigative Journalists.
• Mongabay.org (originally a source on tropical forests; now raising awareness about social and environmental issues relating to forests and other ecosystems)
• MuckReads(ProPublica's ongoing collection of watchdog reporting by other news organizations)
• Muckrock, a U.S. -based organization that assists anyone in filing governmental requests for information through the Freedom of Information Act, then publishes the returned information on its website and encourages journalism around it.
• New England Center for Investigative Reporting (NECIR), website, The Eye
• New Program Protects Investigative Freelancers From Legal Woes (Erik Hoffner, Society of Environmental Journalists) ‘We need to increase accountability journalism, so we need to advance legal protection.’ — Laird Townsend of FIRE (Freelance Investigative Reporters and Editors)
• Online privacy for journalists by Michael Dagan (how to safeguard your communications, browsing, and data, from any unwanted "big brother" or intruder--indirectly how to protect a source. Proceeds go to Electronic Frontier Foundation)
• Open Payments database (a federal program that collects and makes information public about financial relationships between the health care industry, physicians, and teaching hospitals--a good place to spot conflicts of interest)
• Open Secrets (Center for Responsive Politics) tracks the influence of money on U.S. politics, and how that money affects policy and citizens' lives. See for example:
---Politicians (to see who is giving how much to specific members of Congress, plus several other categories defining influence on politicians)
---Influence and Lobbying (which corporations and industry groups, labor unions, single-issue organizations spend how much to influence political decision-makers).
• Organized Crime and Corruption Reporting Project (OCCRP, an investigative reporting platform formed by 40 non-profit investigative centers, scores of journalists and several major regional news organizations around the globe--a network including Europe, Africa, Asia and Latin America)
•OSINT (SecJuice) A selection of articles related to OSINT (open source intelligence), written by members of the Secjuice writers collective. Secjuice is a volunteer led collective of 100+ writers focused on cybersecurity, information security, network security and open source intelligence. See, for example, The Pig Butchers (Michael Eller, Secjuice, 12-30-22) Pig butchering is when scammers fatten up a pig before sending it off for slaughter. But the scammers aren't fattening a pig, they're fattening their pockets, as in Fraudulent Cryptocurrency Trading Portals (Michael Eller, LinkedIn, 8-30-22)
• Philippine Center for Investigative Journalism
• Project on Government Oversight (POGO), an independent nonprofit U.S. watchdog organization that investigates and seeks to expose corruption and other misconduct
• ProPublica (journalism in the public interest -- a nonprofit investigative journalism organization) Links to hundreds of stories.
• Public Citizen(Washington watchdog group, protecting health, safety, and democracy)
• Schuster Institute for Investigative Journalism at Brandeis University (site features these topics: interracial marriage,women's march, human trafficking & modern-day slavery, global inequality, race & justice). See also The Justice Brandeis Law Project (examining systemic flaws in the criminal justice system)
• Truth in Advertising.org (TINA)
--- Class-Action Tracker
--- Deceptive Marketing 101
--- TINA.org's Legal Efforts
--- TINA.org in the News (ledes to watchdog journalism)
---Wall of Shame
• Watchdog News (@Watchdogorg, Facebook)
• Word Has It (Project Word's blog). Here's how Project Word came about.
• Writer Beware This Science Fiction and Fantasy Writers Association blog shines a bright light into the dark corners of the shadow-world of literary scams, schemes, and pitfalls. Lots of articles--on this page, helpfully listed by year. "The number one sign of a writing scam is solicitation." Not just for SFF writers. Look here for articles and tips on avoiding all kinds of scams and writer abuse.
Secure Ways to Share Leaks, Confidential Tips, and Investigative Reporting
• Confidential News Tips at the NY Times
Best ways to share confidential tips (explained):
---Signal (this free and open source messaging app offers end-to-end encryption) +1 646-951-4771;
---WhatsApp (allows full end-to-end encryption) +1 646-951-4771;
---Email OpenPGP(Pretty Good Privacy) (was PGP) is encryption software and Mailvelope is a browser extension for Chrome and Firefox that makes it easy to use PGP;
---Postal Mail (use a public mailbox, not a post office);
--- SecureDrop (this encrypted submission system set up by The Times uses Tor anonymity software). "We strongly recommend that tips be sent using a public Wi-Fi network, and that the computer you use is free of malware. If the computer is compromised, communications using SecureDrop may be compromised as well. " The Times outlines 'best practices for use of SecureDrop, as well as the steps that we take to protect your privacy."
To which, the International Consortium of Investigative Journalists adds several other resources, under Leak to Us: Encrypted Mail, Wire, Telegram, Keybase, and ICIJ's phone number: +1-202-820-0036.
Covering Gun Violence
"Call me crazy, but I hope someday women have more rights than guns do." ~Bill AbbottCovering juvenile justice
Crime writing (true crime)
• Better Gun Violence Reporting (Reporting Resources, The Philadelphia Center for Gun Violence Reporting, or PCGVR) A super-helpful searchable website, with links to dozens of useful resources, articles. Sections on Reporting Resources, Gun violence prevention reporting, Covering mass shootings, Gun violence prevention research institutions, Intervention programs, Advocacy groups.
• The BulletPoints Project Clinical tools for preventing firearm injury
• Share the Air (OpenMHz) Listen to Police and Fire radio from across the US. Listen to Trunk Record and explore archived calls. Read about the software behind OpenMHz. One page shows State radio systems
• Under the Gun How Gun Violence Is Impacting the Nation (ProPublica series, 2022-2023) Links to all of ProPublica's coverage on the topic. As America emerged from the pandemic, communities continued to experience a rising tide of gun violence. School shootings and the rate of children and teens killed by gunfire both reached all-time highs since at least 1999. ProPublica’s coverage of gun violence reveals how first responders, policymakers and those directly affected are coping with the bloodshed. What follows are some of the many articles o Uvalde.
---“Someone Tell Me What to Do” Lomi Kriel and Lexi Churchill, ProPublica and The Texas Tribune, and Jinitzail Hernández, The Texas Tribune, Dispatches, Dispatches, 12-5-23) This investigation takes readers inside law enforcement’s flawed response to the school shooting in Uvalde, Texas. Across the country, states require more training to prepare students and teachers for mass shootings than for those expected to protect them. The differences were clear in Uvalde, where children and officers waited on opposite sides of the door.
---Inside the Uvalde Response (Video, Frontline, 12-5-23) Drawing on real-time, firsthand accounts, FRONTLINE, @ProPublica and @texastribune reconstruct law enforcement’s chaotic response to the May 2022 Uvalde school shooting and examine the missteps and lessons learned.
" 'Contained and barricaded'. What those two words conveyed to the other officers who were arriving at the scene is that the gunman likely is inside a room, alone, without any victims. Andso what that does is set up a response where they're treating it like a barricaded subject, rather than an active threat, where they should try getting to that room immediately. [Minute 17 on video.] Read full credits for this series under this link.
---Texas Agencies Fight Releasing Records That Could Help Clarify Response to Uvalde School Shooting (Lexi Churchill and The Texas Tribune, 6-15-22) ProPublica and The Texas Tribune have submitted about 70 requests to state and local agencies for emergency response documentation surrounding the mass shooting at Robb Elementary. Most likely won’t be released publicly for months, if ever.
---Texas Judge Orders Release of Uvalde Shooting Records (Zach Despart and The Texas Tribune, with ProPublica, 12-1-22) For more than a year, the state Department of Public Safety has blocked the release of records that could offer more clarity into the police response. The agency can appeal the ruling.
---Records Reveal Medical Response Further Delayed Care for Uvalde Victims (Zach Despart, The Texas Tribune, Lomi Kriel, ProPublica and The Texas Tribune, Alejandro Serrano, The Texas Tribune, Joyce Sohyun Lee, Arelis R. Hernández, Sarah Cahlan and Imogen Piper, The Washington Post, and Uriel J. García, The Texas Tribune, 12-20-22) A 17-minute read.) Previously unreleased video, audio and interviews show for the first time how the medical response faltered after police finally confronted the Robb Elementary shooter.
---New Uvalde School Shooting Documentary and Investigation Reveal Details of Law Enforcement’s Flawed Response (ProPublica, The Texas Tribune and FRONTLINE, 12-1-22)The “Inside the Uvalde Response” film and related reporting by ProPublica, The Texas Tribune and FRONTLINE analyze one of the most criticized mass shooting responses in recent history and show real-time insight into officers’ thoughts and actions.
• The CHDS K-12 School Shooting Database
• Covering Guns A Non-Partisan Resource for Journalists
• Covering Guns & Gun Violence (Dart Center)
• Mass killing database: Revealing trends, details and anguish of every US event since 2006 (USA Today, Associated Press, and Northeastern University, 8-18-22 and updated) How many mass killings are there in the US? High profile public shootings are on``ly a portion of the nation's mass killings since 2006, analysis shows. Mass shootings in American schools, churches and other public places capture the nation's attention. But these are only part of the larger violence of mass killings – deaths by guns, knives, fires, vehicles and other weapons in public and in private – that plague the U.S.
• Covering Gun Violence (Nieman Reports series)
• How a 9/11 narrative guided a gun violence narrative 22 years later (Talia Richman, Nieman Storyboard, 8-25-23) Reporters from The Dallas Morning News pieced together a tick-tock of a deadly mall shooting, starting with "normal aspects of life"
---September 11, 2001; Steve Miller Ate a Scone, Sheila Moody Did Paperwork, Edmund Glazer Boarded a Plane: Portrait of a Day That Began in Routine and Ended in Ashes (David Maraniss, Washington Post, 9-16-01)
• Gun buybacks: What the research says (Clark Merrefield, Journalist's Resource, 10-21-22) "Gun buybacks allow gun owners to trade their firearms to law enforcement, no questions asked. We dive into what the research says on whether they work to reduce gun violence....“Perhaps alternative firearm-related policies, such as safe storage laws or stricter background checks would be more effective at deterring gun violence. Our findings also suggest that prior city [gun buyback programs] have been poorly designed to achieve their policy objectives.”. See:
---The effects of state and federal background checks on state-level gun-related murder rates (Mark Gius, Applied Economics, 2015) child access prevention (CAP)
---Child Access Prevention Laws and Juvenile Firearm-Related Homicides (D. Mark Anderson, Joseph J. Sabia & Erdal Tekin, National Bureau of Economic Research, 2018) "Our results suggest that [child access protection] (CAP) laws are associated with a 19 percent reduction in juvenile firearm-related homicides. The estimated effect is stronger among whites than blacks and is driven by states enforcing the strictest safe-storage standard. We find no evidence that CAP laws are associated with firearm-related homicides committed by adults or with non-firearm-related homicides committed by juveniles, suggesting that the observed relationship between CAP laws and juvenile firearm-related homicides is causal."
• Tegna Snaps Gun Violence Reporting Out of Its Fog (Michael Stahl, TVNewsCheck, 6-27-23) 7 Days, 1,000 Shootings, charts a path to more impactful local journalism on the epidemic.
• America’s unique, enduring gun problem, explained (Nicole Narea, Li Zhou, and Ian Millhiser, Vox, 4-17-23) The factors that lead to tragedies like the Dadeville, Alabama, shooting are deeply ingrained in US politics, culture, and law. In 2022 Congress reached a deal on limited gun reforms for the first time in nearly 30 years. But the recent shootings underscore why narrow reform won’t stop mass shootings — and just how embedded gun violence is in the US. "American guns are concentrated in a tiny minority of households: just 3 percent own about half the nation’s guns, according to a 2016 Harvard and Northeastern University study. Gallup, using a different methodology, found that 42 percent of American households overall owned guns in 2021. Self-defense has become by far the most prominent reason for gun ownership in the US today. Gun manufacturers and gun rights organizations like the National Rifle Association claim that further arming America is the answer to preventing gun violence, but the rate of deaths in 133 mass school shootings between 1980 and 2019 was 2.83 times greater in cases where there was an armed guard present.
"Canada banned military-style assault weapons two weeks after a 2020 mass shooting in Nova Scotia. The 1996 Port Arthur massacre in Australia spurred the government to buy back 650,000 firearms within a year, and murders and suicides plummeted as a result.The culture of gun ownership in the US has made it all the more difficult to explore serious policy solutions to gun violence a mass shootings."
• What Journalists Can Do To Report More Effectively — and Compassionately — on Gun Violence(Katherine Reed, Nieman Reports, 11-22-19) Ten ways to constructively cover gun violence by applying a “public health model.” It’s everywhere: the crime “brief”—that staple of American journalism—that gives one or two sentences of attention to the shooting death of a human being on some street, or in a car, or in a park. It’s harmful and dehumanizes victims of gun violence. The Better Gun Violence Reporting Summit, a one-day conference at public radio station WHYY in Philadelphia, brought together reporters, trauma surgeons, representatives of NGOs, researchers and survivors—the mothers and aunts of young black men who die with horrifying regularity in Philadelphia. It was an unusually powerful melding of research and practice, and it produced action items for journalists and newsrooms struggling to find the most constructive ways to report on gun violence. Michelle Kerr-Spry, the mother of a shooting victim, noted that stories about her son’s death made no mention of resources for survivors, like her, who wonder each day how they can go on living.
• “A mass shooting, only in slow motion” (Glenn Jeffers, Nieman Reports, 2019) Newsrooms are moving away from a focus on mass shootings to tell more nuanced stories about the people and communities marred by gun violence
• More meaningful coverage of firearm violence requires ‘radical empathy’ (Laura Beil, Covering Health, AHCJ 11-2-22) Journalists have long reported on gun violence in its most superficial terms: arriving at a crime scene, interviewing police, witnesses, and distraught family members, then filing a quick story by deadline. But that model doesn’t provide the empathy and dignity victims and their communities deserve, said panelists during the session “Transforming news coverage of gun violence” on October 28 at AHCJ’s fall summit.
Moderator Jim MacMillan, who directs the Philadelphia Center for Gun Violence Reporting, asked whether it’s time to just abolish the crime beat altogether, suggesting perhaps there is more to throw out than to salvage.
One way to achieve more sensitive coverage is to look beyond the immediate tragedy, said Kaitlin Washburn, an independent journalist in Chicago who covered gun violence at the Kansas City Star. Approach families long after the violence has upended their lives. Learn how to interview trauma victims with sensitivity. Look for stories that focus more on underlying causes rather than violence itself. “The ideas are out there,” she said. “Look at the conditions of the communities you are covering.”
• Experts who work with children affected by gun violence say coverage lacks nuance (Katti Gray, Covering Health, AHCJ 11-2-22) Law enforcement officials frequently mischaracterize perpetrators and victims of gun violence, resulting in news headlines and soundbites that sometimes obscure the toll it takes on very young people.
“‘My son was not a gangbanger,’” said University of Illinois social work professor and community-based mental health clinician Kathryn Bocanegra, quoting some parents whose offspring were killed or injured. “’He was more than someone on felony parole, who was on this corner and was shot’ … You’re adding to the trauma that exists for the family of a loved one” when relatives of violence victims are not sufficiently allowed to contribute to the news narrative.
• Red flag gun laws: Dig deeper to find stories that matter (Randy Dotinga, Covering Health, AHCJ, 11-9-22) Are these laws being used? Who’s using them? And in what kinds of circumstances are they being used?”
• Covering Mass Shootings (Journalist's Toolbox)
• Communities Affected by Gun Violence: What They Want Journalists to Understand (Audio, SoundCloud, PCGVR)
• Credible Messenger Reporting Project Empowers people impacted by gun violence to report on root causes, lived experience and possible solutions from the community perspective. Credible Messengers are paired with advanced professional journalists to learn from each other and leverage their combined authority to produce and distribute independent news reports
• “Don’t name them” – Criminologist asks journalists to help stop mass shootings (Journalist's Resource) Criminologist Adam Lankford has found that mass shooters and suicide bombers are looking for fame. He asks journalists not to honor them, not to publish their names and pictures. ''
• Estimates of gun sales (The Trace)
• Every Stat How does gun violence impact the communities you care about? Stats by state on all gun deaths, suicides, homicides/shootings by police, unintentional, undetermined.
• Evidence-based Gun Safety Policies (Grantmakers in Health)
• Experts who work with children affected by gun violence say coverage lacks nuance (Katti Gray, Covering Health, AHCJ or Association of Health Care Journalists, 11-3-22)
• Fatal Force (Washington Post) Running tally of number of fatal shootings by police this year.'
• Ghost Guns The Trace. Less than a month after the ATF required serial numbers and background checks for "buy-build-shoot" kits, sellers have found a workaround.
• Gun Policy
• Gun violence and violent deaths (Comfortdying.com site) Links to articles, resources. (The Journalist's Toolbox)
• How has news coverage of gun violence changed since Columbine? (Lauryn Claassen, Berkeley Media Studies Group)
• How journalists cover mass shootings: Research to consider (Denise-Marie Ordway, Journlist's Resource, 8-6-19) Including how they portray shooters of different races, religious backgrounds.
• The Initiative for Better Gun Violence Reporting
• Journalist's Resources articles on guns'
• Mapping Police Violence
• Mass shootings, including school shootings (comfortdying.com site) Links to many articles, resources.
• How the US Drives Gun Exports and Fuels Violence Around the World (Michael Riley, David Kocieniewski and Eric Fan, Bloomberg, 7-24-23) No company has benefited more from the federal government’s push to boost overseas sales than Sig Sauer Inc. Part of a Pulitzer-finalist series series.
• Media’s Reporting on Gun Violence Does Not Reflect Reality (New Release, Penn Medicine News, 2020) The gap between what is covered – and what goes uncovered – in the news could be painting an unrealistic picture of gun violence. Blacks and men were less likely to be covered. Shootings with multiple victims occurred just 22% of the time. However, mass shootings were almost six times as likely to make the news.
• Miscellaneous Crime Sites (The Journalist's Toolbox)
• National Gun Violence Memorial (search by various factors)
• #NotAnAccident Index In 2022 (as of November) there were at least 238 unintentional shootings by children, resulting in 106 deaths and 145 injuries nationally. (Behind guns, cars are the second-biggest killer of American kids.)
• School Violence (Journalist's Toolbox)
• 7 things journalists should know about guns (Denise-Marie Ordway, Journalist's Resource)
• What Bullets Do to Bodies (Jason Fagone,Huff Post)
• Why Suicide Reporting Guidelines Matter (National Alliance of the Mentally Ill, NAMI)
Covering various specialty beats
Roughly alphabetical by topic but not title
• Covering children and trauma (PDF, Dart Center for Journalism & Trauma)
• Weinberg Collection University Of Missouri Columbia Libraries (University of Missouri Library Merlin Collection) A wonderful long bibliography of novels about journalism and journalists that Steve collected and the library prizes. View the titles in the collection by searching the Merlin Catalog by subject: Weinberg Collection University Of Missouri Columbia Libraries. I particularly recommend this interview with Steve: A Conversation with Steve Weinberg (National Book Critics Circle).
• Thomas Curwen and “Surgeon races to save a life during L.A.’s shooting season” (Davis Harper, Nieman Storyboard, 6-27-17) The Los Angeles Times writer, who watched a doctor operate on a teen gunshot victim, talks about his enduring passion for stories that depict “the split-second events that change the predictable course of life"
• Why journalists need to think twice about reporting on arrests (Akintunde Ahmad, CJR, 10-31-19) "Americans believe violent crime is rising, despite its decline over the years. Crime is now at its lowest rate in four decades. Yet it remains the number one topic on local news. A starting point may be for daily news outlets to start publishing less about crime. Being arrested and charged is not the same as being guilty. Reporting charges without using names and photos, especially when the alleged aren’t a potential threat to the community, is fairer to those accused.
• Disaster Preparedness (Cool science sites for young people, McNees site). See also 3 quick tips for debunking hoaxes in a hurricane (Chloe Reichel, Journalist's Resource).
• Covering diversity and inclusion, in the newsroom and out
• Beat Reporting: Education (Deborah Potter, NewsLab)
• EWA Radio Your guide to what's hot on the education reporting beat. Each week, the Education Writers Association's public editor, Emily Richmond, hosts engaging interviews with journalists about education and its coverage in the media.
• EWA National Seminar (July 21-24, 2020, online) A trio of momentous forces — the coronavirus pandemic, the resulting economic meltdown, and America’s long-entrenched structural racism — have converged in 2020 to upend the U.S. education landscape. Journalists covering the education sector face a host of immediate challenges as they work to help the public understand a coming academic year like no other. EWA’s 73rd annual National Seminar will explore how these three interconnected crises have reinforced profound educational inequities, and how responses, including widespread protests of police brutality, are changing everything from preschool story time to college admissions.
• Covering the environment
• Covering LGBTQ+ health and health care: Reporting tips and story ideas ( Naseem S. Miller, Journalist's Resource, 4-10-12)
• Covering health reform, Medicare, Medicaid, and the Affordable Care Act (ACA)
• Covering health journalism’s various beats (Slim guides from the Association of Health Care Journalist, on Covering obesity, medical research, hospitals, the quality of health care, the health of local nursing homes, health in a multicultural society, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention's website and data resources). Also online, archived issues of HealthBeat
• How to cover drinking responsibly (Chloe Reichel, Journalist's Resource, 6-3-19) 8 tips, including Tip #2: When reporting on alcohol-related health research, put the findings in context. Tip #7: Diversify perspectives on drinking.Tip #8: Diversify perspectives on sobriety, too.
• How to cover an epidemic (Chloe Reichel, Journalist's Resource, 11-21-17)
• Covering medical beats and health care
• Reporting accurately on mental health and violence (Debbie Hall, NewsLab)
• Covering the opioid crisis: Addiction, treatment, and recovery
• Covering Pandemic Flu (Nieman)
• Covering Indian Country: How an Outsider Gets In (Steve Magagnini, Nieman Reports)
• Writing About Native Americans: 7 Questions Answered (Sarah Elisabeth Sawyer on Jane Friedman's blog, 3-21-23) What is the correct way to refer to Native Americans? Are there still organized tribal nations in North America? What about marketing my books with Native American characters?
• Covering Indigenous Communities with Respect and Sensitivity (Debra Utacia Krol, The Open Notebook, 6-18-19) After some media outlets misreported—and even distorted—one tribe's objections to placing a 500-foot, red-and-white bull’s-eye on the valley floor to train pilots, subsequent tribal leaders retreated to a 150-year-long tradition of being silent about their 10,000-year-old culture, and they decided to quit interacting with media. This wasn't an isolated incident.
• Apocalypse Then and Now: How Indigenous stories test the limits of journalism (Julian Brave NoiseCat,Columbia Journalism Review, Winter 2020) "Indigenous experiences and perspectives challenge the notion that a press corps equipped with notepads and recorders can capture the whole truth. More often than not, I’m convinced that reality defies the disciplined space of stories, waging an epistemic resistance against the tyranny of language, text, and form—something we Indians can relate to."
• Covering poverty: What to avoid and how to get it right (Denise-Marie Ordway and Heather Bryant, Journalist's Resource)
• Reporting on Religion: a Primer on Journalism's Best Beat (Religion Link, an archive and database of sources, resources and story ideas for journalists, from the Religion News Foundation). See also Religion Links Reporting Guides (on Sexual and Gender Minorities & Religion in Sub-Saharan Africa; hate speech; Islam, Buddhism, Catholicism; Orthodox Christianity; Judaism; Hinduism; and Protestant Christianity.
• Covering rural America: What reporters get wrong and how to get it right (Chloe Reichel, Journalist's Resource, 5-14-18)
• Covering tragedies (PDF, Dart Center for Journalism and Trauma)
• As California burns again, news outlets neglect climate change again (Jon Allsop, CJR, 10-29-19) Linking a specific disaster to climate change is really hard, and fires in California are especially complex. But news outlets’ failures to consistently mention climate change in such stories—even just once—are troubling.
• What journalists miss when covering the California fires (Justin Ray, CJR, 11-1-19) Among many angles that could be included in coverage, Prison inmates who put their lives on the line to fight wildfires earn between $2.90 and $5.12 per day--a pittance. Ray mentions several others.
• Covering Wildfires (Cheryl Clark, @CherClarHealth, Covering Health, AHCJ, 10-30-19) offers tips to keep yourself safe covering wildfires.
• How to Use Reporting Skills from Any Beat for Science Journalism (Aneri Pattani, The Open Notebook, 4-24-18) You can read in Spanish. See also Science and medical writing (a full section).
• Tracking journalist stoppages at the US border (Kirstin McCudden, CJR, 10-21-19) The US Press Freedom Tracker, a nonpartisan research tool that collects data on the obstruction of journalists’ rights, has reported hundreds of cases of journalists targeted with arrests, subpoenas, and physical assaults. Dozens of cases, like Watson’s, involve journalists at the border who are aggressively questioned, harassed, or pulled aside for secondary screening while they go through what should be the mundane process of customs and passport control. Sometimes, journalists’ devices—phones, computers, cameras—are searched during these screenings
• Covering Unidentified Flying Objects [aka unidentified aerial phenomena [UAPs]) (PDF, Center for Skeptical Inquiry, "Tips for Media in Covering UFO/UAP Claims") See also Responding to Claims about Alien UFOs: A Brief List of Resources on the Web (PDF, Andrew Fraknoi, Fromm Institute, U. of San Francisco)
• Beat Reporting: What Does It Take to Be the Best? (Chip Scanlan, Poynter, 12-31-02)
"Courage is not an absence of fear; courage is fear walking."~ Susan David
Covering immigration
• The Immigration Story Nobody Is Talking About (John Cassidy, The Financial Page,New Yorker, 6-10-24) The "experience of Japan, where the population has declined in the past decade and a half, and where economic growth has stagnated, demonstrates the challenge that the United States would face if immigration was severely curtailed, as Trump and other Republicans have called for....New migrants to the U.S. contribute to economic growth in two ways: by working and by spending..."Our economy needs immigrants to grow over the long term,” economist Wendy Edelberg said. “What we really need to do is open up more pathways for legal immigration.”
• Reporting on immigration (Chloe Reichel, Journalist's Resource) Tips on how to balance immigration stories with opposing viewpoints responsibly. If you're looking to balance the viewpoints in your immigration stories, seek quotes from both conservative and liberal organizations – but avoid citing organizations that have been classified as hate groups.
• A Guide to the Legal Rights of Undocumented Immigrants (Legal Finders) What rights do undocumented immigrants have under the U.S. Constitution? What rights don't they have? What barriers do they face in accessing legal rights? What national legal resources are available in the U.S. for undocumented immigrants? An excellent free online guide to national legal resources for undocumented immigrants.
• Alone and Exploited, Migrant Children Work Brutal Jobs Across the U.S. (Hannah Dreier, NY Times, 2-25-23) Part 1 of a Pulitzer Prize-winning series.
• Mind the Darién Gap, Migration Bottleneck of the Americas (Daniel F. Runde and Thomas Bryja, CSIS, 5-16-24) "The Darién Gap, a roadless, 60-mile stretch of rainforest straddling the Colombia-Panama border, was named for being the only break in the Pan-American Highway, a 19,000-mile-long network of roads that otherwise runs uninterrupted from Alaska to the southern tip of Argentina. But as the only land bridge connecting South and Central America, this remote, treacherous terrain has become a major route for irregular migration as the only corridor to the United States for desperate asylum seekers traveling on foot.
"A “perfect storm” of economic insecurity, political upheaval, rising violence, climate change, and region-wide crackdowns on immigration pushed a stunning 133,653 migrants to cross in 2021. This figure has continued to double annually, jumping to 248,284 in 2022 and a record 520,085 migrants in 2023—more than 40 times the annual average between 2010 and 2020."
• Seventy Miles in Hell (Listen or read. Caitlin Dickerson, The Atlantic, 8-6-24) The Darién Gap was once considered impassable. Now hundreds of thousands of migrants are risking treacherous terrain, violence, hunger, and disease to travel through the jungle to the United States.
"Each year, Panamanian authorities remove dozens of bodies from the jungle. Far more are swallowed up by nature. These deaths are the result not only of extreme conditions, but also of the flawed logic embraced by the U.S. and other wealthy nations: that by making migration harder, we can limit the number of people who attempt it. This hasn’t happened—not in the Mediterranean, or the Rio Grande, or the Darién Gap. Instead, more people come every year. What I saw in the jungle confirmed the pattern that has played out elsewhere: The harder migration is, the more cartels and other dangerous groups will profit, and the more migrants will die."
• My Life as an Undocumented Immigrant (Jose Antonio Vargas, NY Times Magazine, 6-26-11) 'One August morning nearly two decades ago, my mother woke me and put me in a cab. She handed me a jacket. “Baka malamig doon” were among the few words she said. (“It might be cold there.”)' So starts a wonderful first-person account of coming to the U.S. as an immigrant. Vargas, a former reporter for The Washington Post, shared a Pulitzer Prize for coverage of the Virginia Tech shootings. He founded Define American, which seeks to change the conversation on immigration reform.
• Dairy Workers on Wisconsin’s Small Farms Are Dying. Many of Those Deaths Are Never Investigated. (Maryam Jameel and Melissa Sanchez, ProPublica, 10-25-23) OSHA sometimes investigates deaths on small farms if they provide housing to immigrant workers. Other times the agency says it can’t take action. For decades, Congress has barred the Occupational Safety and Health Administration from enforcing safety laws on farms with fewer than 11 workers unless they have what’s called a temporary labor camp. OSHA has repeatedly, though inconsistently, said housing for immigrant workers is a type of temporary labor camp — and as a result has inspected some small Wisconsin dairy farms after worker deaths. ProPublica identified three deaths on small Wisconsin dairy farms, including a worker’s recent drowning in a manure lagoon, that OSHA didn’t investigate even though workers lived in employer-provided housing.
• An Immigration Shift (David Leonhardt, The Morning Newsletter, NY Times, 1-10-24) Before Trump’s presidency, Democrats tended to combine passionate support for the rights of immigrants already in this country with strong support for border security. Not long ago, leading Democrats supported immigration enforcement measures like tough border security and deportations. Today, much of the party is uncomfortable doing so. Leonhardt traces the Democratic Party’s changing position.
• The Surge at the Border (David Leonhardt, The Morning Newsletter, NY Times, 12-18-23) Inside the congressional debate over immigration policy: why migration has surged in recent years, and how current proposals would address it.
• How they did it: ProPublica investigates Trump's ‘zero tolerance’ immigration policy (Chloe Reichel, 3-4-19) “I’ve been doing this a long time, and I haven't ever been part of a story that has had such powerful impact so swiftly,” Ginger Thompson, senior reporter at ProPublica, said.
• Covering immigration in a private contractor’s world (Natalie Yahr, CJR, 10-15-19) The growing role of contractors threatens the public’s right to know, as government agencies employing private contractors routinely dodge public-records requests by claiming that contractor-related documents are trade secrets. “It’s a fuzzy area of the law,” Townsend says of whether contractors are subject to public-records laws.... Open the Government, a coalition that advocates for government transparency and accountability, is rallying support for Senator Ben Cardin’s (D-MD) Private Prison Information Act, which would require that private facilities detaining federal prisoners follow the same disclosure rules as public prisons.
• Solitary Voices (International Consortium of Investigative Journalists, May 2019) U.S. immigration authorities have been misusing and overusing solitary confinement in detention centers housing tens of thousands of immigrants from around the world, a new five-month investigation reveals. In May of 2019, ICIJ and six media partners published this investigative series on how detention centers under the control of ICE have misused and overused solitary confinement.
The reporting, based on internal reports, showed that a high number of mentally ill immigrants had been placed in isolation cells for weeks and months at a time. The reports described instances of detainees in isolation mutilating their genitals, gouging their eyes, cutting their wrists and smearing their cells with feces. Advocates also say the Biden administration’s lack of action on solitary confinement extends to the much larger federal prison system, and that the practice has only grown during the COVID-19 pandemic.
• U.S. citizenship (USA.gov) Learn about naturalization, dual citizenship, and proving or renouncing your citizenship.
• Green Card Having a Green Card (officially known as a Permanent Resident Card (PDF, 1.69 MB) allows you to live and work permanently in the United States. The steps you must take to apply for a Green Card will vary depending on your individual situation.
• What Is a Green Card and How Do I Apply for One? (Immigration Help)( Green Card Learning Center (ImmigrationHelp.org) Answers common questions, such as What is the difference between having a green card and having citizenship? What are Humanitarian Green Cards (for Refugees and Asylum Seekers, for Abuse Victims, for Crime Victims, for Human-Trafficking Victims). What are employment-based green cards? diversity-lottery green cards? long time resident green cards
• Green Card (Wikipedia) Lots of information, with links.
• How to report an immigration violation (USA.gov) Immigration violations include criminal acts, visa violations, or public safety threats. Find out how to report an immigration violation.
• ICE Tip Form (U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement)
• Newest Americans: stories of immigrants who help make the country great (Jasmine Bager, Nieman Storyboard, 4-3-18) Newest Americans is a self-proclaimed “collaboratory” —a collaborative laboratory — led by journalists, citizen journalists, artists, academics and regular people who want to share where they came from to figure out where we are going as a nation. The website is sort of like a multimedia space where slices of life are dished out. The collaborative project asks: "What could be more salient at a time when our nation is debating what it means to be American and who deserves to claim that mantle?” It’s “an incredible mosaic of human migration, resilience and cross-pollination. It is a celebration of the complex factors that brought us together at this moment in this place.”
• Search Immigration, Passenger, and Naturalization Records (My Heritage)
• Immigration Direct Immigration software from a private (not official) company.
• Fact check: No, migrants aren’t getting $2,200 a month from U.S. (Glenn Kessler, Washington Post, 9-21-23) A viral tweet by Rep. Lauren Boebert is a zombie claim that started in 2006 in Canada. H/T HeraldNet
Saving local news
(subtopics: Local journalism, chains, community engagement, solutions journalism)
"Good journalism that's fact-checked enables the public to make decisions around where they want their community to go and why," says former mayor Setti Warren. "In the absence of that, you see a deterioration of civil discourse. You see a deterioration of the capacity of government to make the right decisions for their constituents."
• Readers Share the State of Their Local Journalism (Conor Friedersdorf, The Atlantic Newsletter, 1-31-24) "Must read."
---"I live in a remote, small, rural (and breathtakingly beautiful) valley in Washington State. We are fortunate to have a weekly local newspaper that has been operating for over 100 years. However, the owner/editor is elderly. How many more years does he have in him? Who, if anyone, will take over when he is done? I don’t know how else we would get reliable news and information."
---"So much of what people view as free is propped up by the work of journalists who need to eat, too. There is far more value in a local-news subscription than there is in Paramount Plus."
---"Our very local paper, The Pilot, may seem provincial to some, but the paper has won many awards for local reporting and seems quite strong these days. I receive a Briefing newsletter every weeknight that has relevant links to the stories. The paper is published in print form twice a week (Wednesdays and Sundays). This paper is especially important for local elections, school-board news (major drama there), economic development, and sports (lots of golf and high-school sports). I rely on The Pilot."
• Report for America In 2017, GroundTruth launched Report for America, a national service program that places emerging journalists into local newsrooms across the country to report on under-covered issues and communities. By bolstering local journalism, Report for America is seeking to shore up local journalism as the cornerstone of our democracy.
• Rebuilding Local News 1,800 communities have no local news. Thousands more have “ghost newspapers”; by one study, only 17% of the articles in local papers were about local civic news. Rebuild Local News is a nonpartisan, nonprofit coalition whose member organizations 3,000+ newsrooms, including family-owned newspapers, nonprofit websites, weeklies, ethnic publications, hyperlocal sites, and rural papers – as well as civic organizations and other groups pushing to save local journalism.
• A Small-Town Paper Lands a Very Big Story (Paige Williams, New Yorker, 7-2-24) In Southeast Oklahoma, a father-son reporting duo’s series on the county sheriff led to an explosive revelation. In the summer of 2021, the Gazette got a tip about morale problems at the county sheriff’s department. Then employees started getting fired, and quitting. The newspaper managed to secretly record a county meeting and caught officials talking about the idea of killing Gazette reporters.
• Partisan Sites Posing as Local News Expand Ahead of Election (Emily Glazer and Keach Hagey, WSJ, 10-19-20) As local news outlets suffer cuts, political donors see an opportunity to influence coverage. The rise in partisan news sites is adding to an already noisy news marketplace where determining the accuracy of information is increasingly difficult
If campaign funds are used to create a website, that should be a campaign communication. But let’s say you use those funds, run them through intermediaries, and it’s hard to determine where it’s coming from. You create a website and call it the Durham News; you’ve probably effectively done an end-around around the campaign laws.”
• The rise and rise of partisan local newsrooms (Jem Bartholomew, Tow Center, Columbia Journalism Review, 9-19-22) As part of a deeper shift in US media, more than two thousand local newspapers have vanished since 2004. Some of the vacuum has been filled by partisan, digital-first journalism like Texas Scorecard.
"There are two broad categories of politically motivated outlets in the US: First, what’s become known as “pink slime” journalism. These are networks of local newspapers that deploy algorithmic stories and display a lack of funding transparency as well as a casual attitude to reporting conventions such as bylines or mastheads. They have trumpeted conservative talking points across all fifty states.
"Second, partisan newsrooms. The question of their value is much more complex: Some produce original reporting, some less so. These sites typically do have connections to their localities and produce solid journalism, but their news coverage tends to be steered by politics—they sometimes receive funding from candidates or political action committees (pacs)."
---Dark money news outlets outpacing local daily newspapers (Sara Fischer, Axios, 6-11-24) The number of partisan-backed outlets designed to look like impartial news outlets has officially surpassed the number of real, local daily newspapers in the U.S., according to a new analysis. Why it matters: Many of those sites are targeted to swing states — a clear sign that they're designed to influence politics.
At least 1,265 websites were identified as being backed by dark money or intentionally masquerading as local news sites for political purposes, according to a new report from NewsGuard, a misinformation tracking company. Nearly half (45%) of the sites observed as part of the study were targeted to communities or regions in swing states, according to an Axios analysis of the sites. The most frequently targeted states are Illinois, Pennsylvania, Wisconsin, North Carolina, Ohio, Florida, Michigan and Georgia.
---Unmasking pink slime: A shadowy world of partisan sites deceptively pose as local news (Bob Miller, Editor & Publisher Magazine, 3-21-24) As of January 2024, NewsGuard identified 1,177 pink slime sites across the United States, representing both sides of the political spectrum, with innocuous-sounding names, like The Main Street Sentinel and Metric Media. That number is down slightly from a 2022 accounting, which had identified 1,202 such sites. NewsGuard warns that the number will rise as election season heats up. Some sites go inactive or stop publishing content between election cycles, but that shouldn’t be interpreted as a decline in the pink slime tactics.
• Here’s how entrepreneurial local journalists are fighting back against Alden Global Capital (Dan Kennedy, Neiman Lab, 10-15-2020) I just determined that I would rather do anything else in life than to dismantle a proud newsroom and lay off my friends and colleagues and eventually be laid off myself.”
• A Secretive Hedge Fund Is Gutting Newsrooms (McKay Coppins, The Atlantic, 10-14-21) Inside Alden Global Capital. The hollowing-out of the Chicago Tribune was noted in the national press. Longtime Tribune staffers had seen their share of bad corporate overlords, but this felt more calculated, more sinister. “They call Alden a vulture hedge fund, and I think that’s honestly a misnomer,” Johnson said. “A vulture doesn’t hold a wounded animal’s head underwater. This is predatory.” The model is simple: gut the staff, sell the real estate, jack up subscription prices, and wring out as much cash as possible
• Hedge Fund Seeks Full Control of Tribune Publishing, a Major News Chain (Michael J. de la Merced and Marc Tracy, NY Times, 12-31-2020) In the latest sign of the finance industry’s tightening grip on the local news business, Alden Global Capital has moved a significant step closer toward acquiring a major prize: Tribune Publishing, the parent of nine major metropolitan papers including The Chicago Tribune, The New York Daily News and The Baltimore Sun. Alden Global Capital, already Tribune’s biggest shareholder, is known for its practice of slashing costs in its newsrooms and shutting down small news operations.
• Local Matters the "best in investigative journalism." Sign up for a weekly newsletter digest of the best local watchdog reporting around the country. See IRE, Local Matters partner to spotlight watchdog reporting across the country. Alexandra Glorioso, Joe Cranney, and Brett Murphy started the newsletter in December 2016 while they were beat reporters at the Naples Daily News in Florida.
• Americans Trust Local News. That Belief Is Being Exploited. (Brendan Nyhan, NY Times, 10-31-19) A growth in impostor local news that promotes ideological agendas.
• A D.C. experiment seeks to save local news with city council coupons (Petula Dvorak, Washington Post, 10-30-23) The bill proposes giving registered voters government-funded vouchers to pay for community news subscriptions.
• Is There a Market for Saving Local News? (Clare Malone, New Yorker, 2-3-22) Jump-starting journalism in smaller, economically depressed places requires a degree of patience, and some tolerance for risk. 'More than two hundred counties in the U.S. that the U.N.C. Hussman report found “have no newspaper and no alternative source of credible and comprehensive information on critical issues.” Only three of those counties are the site of a local-news nonprofit. This metro-area focus can also take on a partisan tilt. According to the report, most local-news sites “are located in affluent communities that tend to vote Democratic and not in economically struggling communities that voted Republican in 2016.” Tofel acknowledged that there’s a structural problem when it comes to fixing local-news deserts, at least for the moment. “There is not enough national funding to go everywhere,” he said.'
• Your Tax Dollars at Work (Liena Zagare and Ben Smith, Columbia Journalism Review, Spring 2017) Move legal notices online. "Part of the explanation for the failure of local digital media is the same litany of woes faced by old media: a struggling display ad business; the complete dominance of Facebook and Google, which have absorbed most of the growth in digital ads; and the inherent difficulties in building the scale that powers many digital media businesses through deep coverage for a niche audience. But we would suggest there’s another uncomfortable and underreported reason for the struggles of new community news startups, as well as the survival of a kind of zombie community print press that soldiers on increasingly without an audience: the major, quiet subsidy to print community papers, which comes in two basic forms — legislation requiring that legal notices be published in print, and advertising by government agencies. [Emphasis added.]
"...If you want to reach local residents, and alert them to something of civic interest, online community publishers, with their engaged audiences, can do this far better than their print counterparts—and provide fodder for search engines on the side.
“State laws should reflect changing times,” NY state representative Nily Rozic told us. “When posting notices about government or private sector activities, important information should expand its reach to local digital media, meeting readers where they are.”
• Hey, local news publishers: Give the people a calendar (Laura Hazard Owen, Nieman Lab, 3-21-23) “It shouldn’t be that difficult to keep an updated list of when and where and what the meetings are.” Give people more information about what is actually happening in their communities, things that they can attend. The greatest share of survey respondents (more than half) said that they attend events that ‘help me solve everyday problems in my life’ and that ‘connect me to friends and neighbors.’
• The Local-News Crisis Is Weirdly Easy to Solve (Steven Waldman, The Atlantic, 8-8-23) Restoring the journalism jobs lost over the past 20 years wouldn’t just be cheap—it would pay for itself.
• Local News Lab The future of local news depends on creating new kinds of collaboration between journalists, newsrooms, and communities. The Lab is a project of Democracy Fund.
• Local Journalism Worth Reading From 2023 (Staff of The Morning, NY Times, 12-22-23) Editors from publications across the U.S. shared the best journalism they published this year.
• Chalkbeat: Local News Fieldguide
• A Guide to Assessing Your Local News Ecosystem
• Local News Initiative (Northwestern University) New findings on news deserts, shifting business models and what needs to be done to sustain local journalism.
• Is half a billion dollars a big-enough Band-Aid to cure what ails local news? (Sophie Culpepper, NIeman Lab, 9-23) The Press Forward coalition, led by the MacArthur Foundation, has pledged to invest $500 million in revitalizing local news over the next five years while working to raise more. This massive philanthropic coordination effort in support of local news has an ambitious goal: to “reverse the dramatic decline in local news,” and in doing so, “boost community, civic participation, and strengthen democracy.”
• ‘Pink Slime’: Partisan journalism and the future of local news (Pete Brown, Columbia Journalism Review 1-26-24) As we hurtle towards 2024 elections, interest in pink slime journalism and the continued growth of partisan local outlets with deep, often opaque, ties to dark money, advocacy groups and other special interests has only grown.
---A company linked to a large “pink slime” network is being hired by big publishers like Gannett (Steven Monacelli, Nieman Lab, 3-14-24)"My follow-up reporting uncovered how Advantage Informatics, a company with numerous and previously overlooked linkages to a vast network of “pink slime” sites, is also working with major U.S. media companies like Gannett and is buying and selling local print newspapers.
• More funding is flowing to local journalism and for-profit newsrooms, study finds (Sarah Scire, Nieman Lab, 8-28-23) The report finds “warning signs” over editorial independence in responses from newsrooms. See also Are journalism intermediaries getting too much foundation money? (Richard Tofel, Nieman Lab, 11-3-22) More money should go to news organizations directly — even if that means making hard choices.
• Local News Most Trusted in Keeping Americans Informed About Their Communities (Sarah Fioroni, Knight Foundation, 5-19-22) Part 1 of 3. Read the second article (The Roles of Local News, Personal Networks and Social Media in Local Political Engagement) here and the third article (Americans’ Social Networks and Social Media, Not Traditional News Sources, Drive Community Engagement) here.
• “Local Matters” spotlights first-rate investigative journalism around the nation (Dean Miller, Seattle Times, 4-9-20)
Local Matters is a must-read among journalists who aspire to do important work no matter how big or small their newsroom is. You can find links to back issues here and you can Subscribe here (free). An important weekly roundup of the best investigative and watchdog reporting from local newsrooms around the country.
• Journalism isn’t dying. But it is changing in ominous ways. (Christopher B. Daly, Washington Post, 7-31-18) "The business model that supported the American newspaper since the 1830s is cratering and not coming back. The fundamental problem is that print advertising has dried up as a reliable stream of revenue...And this has a real impact in how state and local news gets covered — or not covered.Without coverage at local and state level, misconduct will thrive."
"Even within the hard-news business, developments are not all bad. Some journalism operations, especially with a national audience, are thriving. NPR is having a banner year, as are MSNBC and Fox News. The New York Times, The Washington Post and the Wall Street Journal are reporting record numbers of digital subscribers. And some "digital natives" — such as HuffPo, BuzzFeed, Politico, Jezebel and the Undefeated — have gone from employing essentially zero journalists to employing thousands. Podcasting, which did not exist as a career five years ago, is exploding."
• Local News Is Dying, and Americans Have No Idea (Alexis C. Madrigal, The Atlantic, 3-26-19) While the industry nose-dives, a large majority of the country thinks it is doing great.
• Greenbelt News Review (Greenbelt, MD) A great local news site, an example of how it can be done (long-term). Is there one place that links to a lot of these? Please let me know.
• Overstory is one of the fastest growing media companies in Canada (YouTube video, SimonOwens, 1-19-23, 1 hour+) "If you read articles about the state of local news, you’ll come away with a pretty pessimistic view of the industry. But while legacy newspapers have certainly faced a steep decline, there’s a burgeoning explosion of local media startups that are innovating in the space. One such company is Overstory Media. What started as a single local newsletter operating in Victoria has since expanded into 14 separate verticals operating all across Canada. In a recent interview, I spoke to CEO Farhan Mohamed about why he got into local news, his company’s acquisition strategy, and why he’s optimistic about the state of local news."
• How to have productive conversations in a polarized world (blog post, roundup of articles)
• Gannett Starts Another Round of Staff Cuts (Benjamin Mullin, NY Times, 12-1-22) The largest newspaper chain is cutting roughly 6 percent of its 3,440-person U.S. media division. "Gannett has battled a sagging share price in recent years as revenue from printed newspapers has continued to wane. The company has sought to offset the declining print business with digital subscription revenue and marketing services, but revenue has declined this year amid a difficult ad market."
• Shoe Leather A new database of local reporters, for better local journalism. "Need a local reporter in [state] with [expertise]? This directory wants to blow away parachute journalism."~Nieman Lab
• Local Papers Find Hints of Success With Online Subscriptions (Marc Tracy, Business, NY Times, 2-9-22) The numbers still pale in comparison with print’s heyday, but the increase is giving some publishers an unusual feeling: hope.
• These Online Publications Are Not Free … and Readers Don’t Mind (Marc Tracy, NY Times, 10-4-21) Defector, The Daily Memphian, The Dispatch and other outlets of recent vintage are driving a shift in the digital media business.
• If local journalism manages to survive, give Evan Smith some credit for it (Margaret Sullivan, WaPo, 1-23-22) The Texas Tribune founder has been a ‘true pioneer’ in finding ways to cover local communities as a nonprofit. When Smith co-founded the Texas Tribune back in 2009, digital-first nonprofit newsrooms were something of a rarity. There was ProPublica, only two years old at the time, MinnPost in Minneapolis, the Voice of San Diego, and a few others....
'In Baltimore, the Banner — funded by Maryland hotel magnate Stewart Bainum — is hiring staff and expects to start publishing soon. In Chicago, the Sun-Times is converting from a traditional newspaper to a nonprofit as it merges operations with public radio station WBEZ. And in Houston, three local philanthropies working with the American Journalism Project (also co-founded by Thornton) announced a $20 million venture that will create one of the largest nonprofit news organizations in the country.“These newsrooms are popping up like mushrooms after a rainstorm,” Smith, 55, told me.'
• Can We Fix Journalism? Andrew Van Wagner interviews Robert W. McChesney, Digital Disconnect: How Capitalism Is Turning the Internet Against Democracy "Local journalism has historically been the heart and the crucial part of US journalism....even if people want to get involved locally and understand what’s going on in their communities, it’s really hard to do because there just aren’t enough resources there to make it possible. And so we have an information climate that’s ideal for propaganda, and rogues and demagogues, and all sorts of" BS....for the first 75 or 100 years of American history, the federal government basically subsidized the newspaper industry....So that’s the tradition that we need to build on: public money to provide local journalism with the necessary resources, but without government control over content. Is there a way to do that? A long and important discussion.
• Robin Kemp lost her news job in Clayton County, Ga. — but she kept reporting the news. It paid off on election week. (Reis Thebault,WaPo, 11-10-20) "A British radio station wanted her on air to talk about the presidential election in Clayton County, Ga., where she lives and works. Could she be ready in, oh, 30 seconds? That was Kemp’s first clue that her county, a suburban community south of Atlanta, had become the center of the political world....It took her even longer to realize that the world wasn’t just watching her state. It was watching her.... it was votes from Clayton County — the heart of the late civil rights icon Rep. John Lewis’s old district — that pushed Biden into the lead.... Kemp’s all-night coverage was public service journalism in its purest form." H/T to Delia Cai, Deezlinks (11-12-20) "I’m hugely impressed by this story about how Robin Kemp, the lone journalist who reported on the entire 21-hour-long absentee vote count in her county in Georgia last week, did it not as part of her job for a local outlet or wire service, but for her own fledgling news site that she started after getting laid off two years ago."
• The Metric Media network runs more than 1,200 local news sites. Who's funding them?, Part 1. (Priyanjana Bengani, CJR, 10-14-21) and Part 2: How advocacy groups and Metric Media are influencing local ‘community news’ By tracing its funding and partnerships, an investigation by the Tow Center has found how the network promotes interests of advocacy groups without explicit disclosures. This points to a worrying trend that exists across the political spectrum: local news sites and networks funded by political actors, big-money interest groups, and ideological partners that target key battleground states (and counties) on certain issues, while ignoring the bigger local news stories.
"For example, our analysis found, when a building collapsed in Miami in June, across the local news network, just one story was published, six days after the event, despite the network having about 40 Florida-based titles. In August, Hurricane Ida made landfall in Louisiana, but none of the fifteen-odd Louisiana-based sites even mentioned the Category-4 storm. Similarly, we found the eight Montana-based sites have not covered wolf-hunting regulations and wildfires at all, but ran multiple stories about a single primary race last year that was funded by a PAC run by a co-organizer of the Community Newsmaker project." H/T Simon Owens
• How The Dallas Morning News expanded its hyperlocal journalism through a web hub and newsletter initiative (Nicole Stockdale, The Dallas Morning News, May 2021) This project stems from audience-centered idea generation: What do our readers really need from us, and how can we answer that need. Cross-department collaboration has been critical to the success of the project. Breaking down silos and developing relationships across teams is paying dividends in plenty of other projects, as well.
• Newspaper chains won’t save local news (Simon Owens's Media Newsletter, 5-28-21) " Legacy newspapers chains are not going to make a comeback. If local news is going to be saved, it's going to be through hundreds of lean, digital native startups.
• How Axios is tackling local news: newsletters from small teams, in more markets (Sara Guaglione, Digiday, 9-27-21) Axios has hired 20 new reporters (and three associate editors) to launch local news-focused local newsletters in eight cities, covering local news for Axios’ audience of “smart professionals.” “We are trying to hire the two best journalists in each market.” Johnston believes what differentiates Axios’ local coverage is its newsletter model, rather than a business dependent on traffic and clicks for ad revenue.
• Axios Local newsletters
• Axios is the latest media company to try to make money from local news. History is not on its side. (Paul Farhi, Washington Post, 5-19-21) National news — which was Axios’s initial strategy, and the one that has built the readership of a few big digital news operations, including The Washington Post — has been more successful for digital news publishers than local news, allowing them to draw from a larger pool of readers. In most cases, advertising alone will not support a venture, because giants such as Facebook soak up so much of the ad market.
• How Australia May Have Just Saved Journalism From Big Tech (Whitehead, Time, 2-23-21) On Feb. 18, Australians woke up to find that all the local news stories that they had shared on Facebook had abruptly disappeared. Facebook claimed it had no choice in the face of a proposed media law that would force tech giants to pay for the use of local media content. Both Google and Facebook opposed the new law. This article explains the power struggle that ensued, ending in a win for small newspapers, as the two tech giants agreed to pay for using their news.
• The real reason local newspapers are dying (Lyz Lenz, Nieman Lab, 12-14-2020) “I left daily newspaper journalism in 2005. But it’s only gotten worse, because now there is the internet to scapegoat for all of the incompetence and thievery.” A long and important Q&A with Allison Hantschel, who argues that "newspapers were damaging themselves long before the internet and private equity came along."
• Is Substack the panacea local news is looking for? (Elizabeth Djinis, Poynter, 3-3-21) When The Weekly Standard announced its demise, journalist Tony Mecia started a local newsletter, using Substack, a barebones newsletter platform that allows journalists to engage directly with subscribers, relying on a paid subscription model to earn writers money. founded in 2017. He's not the only one. An interesting piece.
• Nextdoor Is Quietly Replacing the Small-Town Paper (Will Oremus, OneZero, 1-27-2021) While Facebook and Twitter get the scrutiny, Nextdoor is reshaping politics one neighborhood at a time....At its core, Nextdoor is an evolution of the neighborhood listserv for the social media age, a place to trade composting tips, offer babysitting services, or complain about the guy down the street who doesn’t clean up his dog’s poop. “Anecdotally, Nextdoor has gone from being kind of sub-Facebook to actually being the main platform you hear people discussing as a vector for local news and events and discussions,”says Emily Bell, director of the Tow Center for Digital Journalism at Columbia University.
• ‘Connect the dots’: Why publishers are investing in local media to round out big national stories (Kayleigh Barber, Digiday, 1-20-21) “The thing I’m excited about is the ability to connect the dots” with how national stories impact local communities “and to see more stories bubble up from areas that are not Washington, D.C., New York and California,” said Goo.
• How Google is hurting local news (Sean Fischer, Kokil Jaidka and Yphtach Lelkes, Washington Post, 12-22-2020) Our audit reveals that Google News sends readers — and advertising dollars — away from local news outlets. "Scholars find that local news organizations strengthen democracy by boosting local involvement in cities and towns, helping to hold officials accountable, and reducing citizens’ partisan polarization. In their stead, a network of “pink slime” propaganda outlets has taken advantage of the gaps left behind, replacing local news outlets with deceptive and manipulative media."
• What Happens When the News Is Gone? (Charles Bethea, New Yorker, 1-27-2020) In Jones County, North Carolina, and many other places around the country, local journalism has just about dried up.Part of a special New Yorker series: The Future of Democacy
• The Death and Life of Great American Newspapers (Gwen Florio, The Nation, 10-26-2020) Fewer and fewer reporters cover the local institutions whose decisions most directly affect their neighbors’ lives.
• Crisis in Local News = Crisis in Democracy (Margaret Sullivan, media columnist for the Washington Post, interviewed by Michel Martin on Amanpour and Company, PBS, 7-27-2020) Listen or read the transcript. Talking about her book Ghosting the News: Local Journalism and the Crisis of American Democracy, she reports that since 2004, more than 2,000 American newspaper haves closed their doors and stopped the presses and gone out of business. The business models small newspapers relied on for years--print and classified advertising, with a third from subscriptions--shrank when businesses began relying on the Internet. As 11,000 newsroom employees have lost their jobs during the pandemic, we've lost our local watchdogs, which kept local government accountable. Julie E. Brown, reporting on the sex trafficker Jeffrey E. Epstein in the Miami Herald, brought about justice which Epstein had eluded.
Local journalism and local radio journalism have suffered more than TV, which can do good work, but doesn’t do the same kind of granular, cover-the-city-council, develop-your-sources work that newspapers traditionally do. In many cases, hedge funds are buying up newspaper chains, stripping them of as much value as possible, and laying people off. Politics are affected. With local news gone, people don't learn that a particular candidated is corrupt -- he can get elected by people voting the party line. The more informed people are, the more willing they are to at least consider crossing the aisle to vote for someone in the other party, as opposed to staying in their tribal corners.
• Hundreds of hyperpartisan sites are masquerading as local news. This map shows if there’s one near you. (Jessica Mahone and Philip Napoli, Nieman Lab, 7-13-2020) "We found that while the (few) left-leaning sites prioritize statewide reporting, right-leaning sites are more focused on local reporting, indicating the potential for these sites to exacerbate polarization in local communities." See Partisan local news sites.
• ‘No Mercy’ Chapter 7: After a Rural Town Loses Hospital, Is a Health Clinic Enough? (Sarah Jane Tribble, KHN, 11-10-2020) "‘No Mercy’ is Season One of ‘Where It Hurts,’ a podcast about overlooked parts of the country where cracks in the health system leave people without the care they need. Our first destination is Fort Scott, Kansas."
• The Local News Landscape is Broken: NewsQ Panel Review of Platform Products (Gabriel Kahn with Meredith Clark, Al Cross, Claudia Irizarry Aponte, Mandy Jenkins, David Kroman, NewsSQ, 11-20-2020) Scroll to bottom of page to download (free) the full report.
• How can news algorithms do a better job at ranking and recommending journalism? (NewsQ, MisInfoCon) An initiative of the Tow-Knight Center for Entrepreneurial Journalism at the Craig Newmark Graduate School of Journalism and supported by Hacks/Hackers, NewsQ seeks to elevate quality journalism when algorithms rank and recommend news articles online. Ultimately, the intent of the NewsQ initiative is to contribute to efforts that drive financial support towards quality news and away from disinformation, and misinformation. Three white papers emerged:
---Local news: The Local News Landscape is Broken: NewsQ Panel Review of Platform Products
---Our Opinion: Recommendations for Publishing Opinion Journalism on Digital Platforms
---Towards Healthier Science and Health News Feeds: NewsQ Panel on Science and Health Journalism.
• Senator wants Google, Facebook to pony up for local news (Kate Cox, Ars Technica, 10-27-2020) The decimation of local media is by now a sad, familiar tale experienced by tens of millions of Americans all over the country. A report from the Senate Commerce Committee's top Democrat is laying blame for the bloodbath squarely at the feet of Google and Facebook, claiming the companies have participated in destroying local news in the pursuit of monopolizing monetization. What ad revenue still exists is going to platforms, not outlets, Sen. Cantwell writes.
• The Last Reporter in Town Had One Big Question for His Rich Boss (Dan Barry, NY Times, 7-10-2020) For several decades, "The Mercury abided by an understood compact: In exchange for some updated version of a coin pressed into a newsboy's ink-smudged hand, the newspaper provided you with information and context that could not be gleaned from reading school board minutes or watching local-access television. "It's as old as the press in America itself," said Ken Doctor, a news industry analyst. "It all starts with what your elected officials are doing, and what they're doing with your tax money. This was so baked into the DNA of newspapers that nobody thought about it."
Nancy March, a former Mercury editor in chief, said she took pride in the time-intensive enterprise reporting that provided the people of Pottstown a voice. What it felt like, for example, for a mother to lose a child to the now-overshadowed epidemic of opioids....The Mercury also crusaded: pushing for local government reform, fighting for the rights of crime victims, exposing deplorable conditions at a local institution for people with developmental disabilities.
In 2011, the Mercury's owner, the Journal Register Company, was bought by Alden Global Capital. The hedge fund's publicity-shy owners, Randall D. Smith and Heath Freeman, were often referred to as vulture capitalists, having made their fortunes by buying and monetizing distressed properties. Freeman said that newspapers were muddling through the early stages of digital transformation, while Google and Facebook were devouring the advertising revenue they depended on. "And if local newspapers do not reset to these economic challenges," he wrote, "they may cease to exist." Read the full piece, which covers the problems fully, while profiling a dedicated journalist.
• Local newsrooms across the country are closing. Here’s why that matters (PBS NewsHour, 1-1-20) Across the country, local newspapers are printing fewer pages, less frequently -- and sometimes collapsing entirely. Recent studies paint a grim picture of the decline in local newspapers and the impact it has on American politics. Jeffrey Brown reports and talks to Chuck Plunkett, formerly of the Denver Post, and the GroundTruth Project’s Charles Sennott about the crisis of lost local news. "Studies have shown that, when there are fewer reporters in communities, corruption inevitably starts to grow, taxes start to go up, voter participation starts to drop." With the loss of local news, "there are fewer reporters covering the city hall, covering the statehouse, covering the important beats like cops and business."
• If you want to see the contours of a national crisis, look at local reporting (Brett Murphy, Op Ed, Columbia Journalism Review, 7-24-2020) Local reporters have continued to report on non-covid subjects, holding the powerful to account when and where no one else is looking--linking to examples.
• Introducing SJN’s New England Local News Ecosystem Project (Emily Roseman, The Whole Story, 11-26-919) The first of three posts announcing the New England Local News Ecosystem Project, a new effort by the Solutions Journalism Network, studying the issues most urgent to New Englanders, and whether New Englanders say they find the information they need on these issues. Part 2: Mapping Local News in New England, and how the region compares to the rest of the country. Compared to other regions, the landscape of New England newspapers isn’t nearly as grim as other parts of the country. More research is needed to understand how the prevalence of news outlets that serve immigrant and minority communities, also known as ethnic media, compares to other regions around the country.
• Meet the Unlikely Hero Saving California’s Oldest Weekly Paper (Tim Arango, NY Times, 2-10-2020) High in the Sierra, Downieville, Calif., was about to become the latest American community to lose its newspaper. In stepped Carl Butz, a 71-year-old retiree.
• The Do’s and Don’ts of Community Engagement (Aneri Pattani, The Open Notebook, 9-3-19) Writes Spotlight PA investigative journalist Aneri Pattani in TON's latest feature: "At a time when media organizations are struggling to convince people to pay for their product and most American adults say they've lost trust in journalism, many reporters are turning anew to community engagement. From standing on street corners handing out flyers, to adding extra transparency to reporting, and crowdsourcing data and story ideas, Pattani compiles lessons learned by a host of journalists experimenting with ways to better connect with their audiences and restore that trust." See also Introducing the Transparency Project (Nancy Shute, Science & Society, Science News, 4-26-19) They will be "experimenting with ways to show who we are and how we do what we do, revealing decisions we make to ensure our coverage is accurate and fair." They're partnering with News Co/Lab, a collaborative lab at Arizona State University’s Walter Cronkite School of Journalism and Mass Communication.
• The future of local newspapers just got bleaker. Here’s why we can’t let them die. (Margaret Sullivan, WashPost, 2-14-2020) “Local newspapers are suffering but they’re still (by far) the most significant journalism producers in their communities,” was how Nieman Lab’s headline summed it up in September. In 100 communities across the nation, the study found, “local newspapers produced more of the local reporting in the communities we studied than television, radio, and online-only outlets combined.”
• When My Newspaper Died (Graig Graziosi, CJR, 11-25-19) "The closing of the massive factory at Lordstown in March of 2019 was that rare Youngstown story that captured the nation’s attention....For a long time, the people with the strongest argument for staying were the workers at the General Motors plant at Lordstown. Their labor had earned them middle-class lives without expensive investment in a college degree. That was one of the sad ironies of my story, “The Last Days at GM Lordstown.” While everyone else ricocheted between staying and leaving, those who most wanted to remain in the valley would be forced to go. My job was to ask these people how they felt now that the end had come. And though I didn’t know it at the time, I would soon know that feeling all too well."
• Warren Buffett Was a Terrible Newspaper Owner (Alex Shephard, New Republic, 1-31-2020) "The billionaire's decision to sell his local newspapers could not have come at a worse time for the industry.... There is a limited and rapidly shrinking amount of time left to find a model that can sustain meaningful reporting at the local level. Buffett had the opportunity to find that model. He squandered it."
"Newspapers once had beat reporters who didn't just show up at a weekly or monthly meeting—they'd chat with sources daily about what was going on behind the scenes," says columnist Phil Luciano.
• Local News on the Brink (Ayad Akhtar, PEN America, 11-20-19) Robust local news drives voter turnout, holds officials and corporate leaders accountable, makes people aware of nearby opportunities and dangers, and, perhaps most importantly, works against the now-widespread breakdown in social cohesion by narrating the life of a place and its inhabitants, telling the daily stories that form the basis for shared communal experience. Local news was essential in exposing the Flint water crisis and in showing how disparities in access to news in neighboring North Carolina counties affected their respective environmental well-being. The good news? In Denver, where two major papers once thrived, a host of locally run, community-focused outlets are proliferating. One such outlet, Chalkbeat, is reporting from public schools and school board meetings, covering education, one of the biggest casualties of the attrition in local news—and successfully scaling to other states. Nationwide, over 6,500 philanthropic foundations, as well as tech giants, are now financing media initiatives. Be sure to read the case studies.
• Print newspapers are struggling — public radio might have some solutions (HotPod Insider, 10-15-21) Why the Chicago Sun-Times and WBEZ are exploring a merger. The Chicago Sun-Times needs help. After being bought and sold several times over the last decade, the 73-year-old paper is looking for a more stable home to continue its award-winning reporting — and it may have finally found it in an unexpected place: a radio station.
• Report for America Revives Possibilities for Local Journalism (James Fallows, Reporter's Notebook, The Atlantic, 6-26-19) Independent local publications are of such tangible importance that (according to a much-noted academic study last year), bond ratings go down, and the cost of issuing bonds goes up, for cities or counties that don’t have viable local newspapers. Yet they're endangered. The Report for America project is part Peace Corps, part Teach for America, part something entirely new -- a new model for saving local journalism, borrowing from national and community service programs. Newsrooms and philanthropists both contribute funding. Most of the RFA corps members have already spent a few years as reporters—so they are older, and better prepared for the newsrooms they’re headed toward. The end goal "is that local communities can hold authorities accountable, improve their schools, have clean drinking water. And if there are secondary benefits to the reporter—as with the Peace Corps, the excitement of being part of something bigger—then that is great as well.”
• ‘Local, Local, Local’: How a Small Newspaper Survives (James Fallows, The Atlantic, 8-30-19) Local journalism is imperiled for obvious reasons. What has happened to media revenues in general has happened worst, fastest, and hardest to local publications, newspapers most of all. James and Deb Fallows have been reporting on local-journalism innovations (and successes) they’ve seen. Here they report on The Quoddy Tides, the twice-monthly, family-owned and -run newspaper that has a print circulation several times larger than the population of the city where it is based, Eastport, Maine.
• How open is your government? Find out.Muckrock's 50 state guides to each public records law as well as examples of successful requests, average response times.
• The Last Family-Owned Daily in Mississippi (James Fallows, The Atlantic, 5-10-19) A report on how and why one small daily newspaper in the South has been bucking the national trend. They downplay social media, considering it a distraction. They're militant about expenses; if they don't have enough ads to support extra pages, they reduce the size of that day's paper. They have hung on to real estate investments, profits from which support the paper. And the family that owns the paper has "never seriously considered selling out to a newspaper chain or a venture-capital fund." I link here to a sampling from a series. Check it out.
• Why the Decline of Newspapers Is Bad for the Environment (Sophie Yeo, Pacific Standard, 11-20-18) New research suggests 'corporations pollute more when there aren't local papers to hold them accountable.' Besides reporting on local government, community newspapers cover nearby corporations—and on the toxic emissions released by those corporations' facilities. In doing so, journalists wield a powerful tool when it comes to forcing companies to clean up their act.
• What chasing clicks means for news: A tale of two dailies (Chloe Reichel, Journalist's Resource, 3-21-19) Reichel highlights a case study comparing the news coverage of two community newspapers, one much more focused on audience metrics than the other. “I think journalists everywhere — at the management level, at the reporter level — are struggling with this tug of war between the need to create traffic and the need to fulfill the civic mission of journalism,” lead author Tom Arenberg tells Reichel, discussing the relevance of the research. “Sometimes those two go hand in hand. Most times they don’t.”
• J Lab's New Voices Program a pioneering effort to help start local news sites, met its goal of seeding dozens of start-ups that provided much-needed news and information to communities across the United States. The program helped launch 55 local sites between 2005 and 2010 with micro grants of between $17,000 and $25,000. One report details what worked and what didn't and offers tips for other startups. Another report details what happened when, starting in 2009, eight legacy newspapers and one public radio station were invited to partner with at least five independent news sites in their communities for at least a year. J-Lab, with Knight Foundation funding, helped cover some of the costs. Key takeaways from report with case studies: "Content sharing overall can be a win-win for both legacy newsrooms and indie start-ups. Revenue sharing, however, is still a nut to be cracked."
• Our Towns Civic Foundation Believing that the sources of American renewal are mainly at the community level, Our Towns aims to share the stories of local innovators; distill and share the lessons of their successes (or failures); promote connections among like-minded people around the country, in virtual and real-world venues; encourage new journalistic models (and technologies) to cover local stories and their implication; and in other ways help now-disconnected innovators and reformers realize that they’re part of something larger.
• The AP is using data journalism to help strengthen local newsrooms (Kristen Hare, Poynter, 2-4-19) Report for America is putting more reporters in local newsrooms. ProPublica’s adding local investigative journalists. And in the last three years, the Associated Press has worked with member newsrooms to localize data stories.
• Report for America is ready to kick growth into a higher gear (Rick Edmonds, Poynter, 10-15-18) Report for America, an ambitious attempt to bring the Peace Corps/Teach for America model to local journalism, is opening applications to news organizations and sponsored reporters for a second year. That would put Report for America on a path to fielding 1,000 local reporters by 2022, co-founder Steve Waldman's stated goal.
• Local Reporting Network (Connor Sheets, ProPublica, 3-12-2020) ProPublica is supporting local and regional newsrooms as they work on important investigative projects affecting their communities. Topics include conflicts of interest, housing, mental health care, criminal justice and workplace safety. Links to stories from various reporters/participants.
• Vulture capitalism: As a secretive hedge fund guts its newspapers, journalists are fighting back (Paul Farhi, WaPo, 4-13-18) Demoralized by rounds of job cuts, journalists at San Jose’s Mercury News and East Bay Times in Oakland, Calif., took their case to the public last month. At a rally in Oakland, they handed out a fact sheet detailing the “pillaging” of their papers, accompanied by a cartoon of a business executive trying to milk an emaciated cow. Headquartered in New York with investment funds domiciled in the tax-lenient Cayman Islands and a clientele that is mostly foreign, a little-known hedge fund called Alden Global Capital has been investing in American newspapers since 2009. Through its majority control of a management company called Digital First Media, Alden owns nearly 100 daily and weekly papers, where it effectively owns every major newspaper around Los Angeles and the San Francisco Bay area with the exception of the Los Angeles Times and the San Francisco Chronicle. the conventional analysis of newspaper decline has been replaced in Alden’s case by a narrative about “vulture capitalism,” the notion that Alden’s draconian cutbacks are designed to sustain profits without regard for the newspapers’ long-term future. And some newspapers are beginning to fight back.
• Elaina Plott Explores Everyday Life on a Sinking Island (Olga Kreimer, The Open Notebook,, 2-5-19) Scientists project that Tangier Island, a fishing community in the Chesapeake Bay, might be uninhabitable in 25 years--but locals don't buy it. In her Pacific Standard portrait of a cozy town fighting a changing climate and a changing culture, Elaina Plott shows what climate science and climate politics look like at street level. She spoke to TON Fellow Olga Kreimer about the power of basic questions, the keys to small-town field reporting, and why opinions and empathy might both be overrated.
• 215 journalists in 43 states applied for ProPublica’s next Local Reporting Network (Kristen Hare, Poynter, 12-12-18) ProPublica announced the newsrooms, projects and journalists for its second-year class of the Local Reporting Network. The project, which launched in 2018, began with seven newsrooms. The local reporting network covers one year’s salary and benefits for reporters and brings them together with ProPublica editors and resources.
• The Decline of Local News Is Bad for Democracy (Seth Masket, Pacific Standard, 4-2-18) Tracking the events in state legislatures and city councils requires skilled beat reporters. They're becoming an increasingly rare breed. At least one study has found that legislators tend to better represent their districts when the media provides better coverage of those constituents. Weaker news coverage also results in a less engaged citizenry, and one that's less knowledgeable about politics.
• The Hidden Costs of Losing Your City's Newspaper (Kriston Capps, CityLab.com, 5-30-18) "Without watchdogs, government costs go up, according to new research.... Politicos take liberties when it’s nobody’s job to hold them accountable....Disruptions in local news coverage are soon followed by higher long-term borrowing costs for cities. Costs for bonds can rise as much as 11 basis points after the closure of a local newspaper..."
• Capital Gazette shooting shows the vulnerability of journalists ( Jon Allsop, CJR, 6-29-18)
RIP Gerald Fischman, Rob Hiaasen, John McNamara, Wendi Winters, Rebecca Smith. "Because it happened in a newsroom, this attack feels different....Writing from the UK this morning, I’m reminded of Jo Cox, the Labour Party lawmaker murdered while working in her district a week before the Brexit vote in 2016. ...Cox’s murder also exposed the vulnerability of those whose jobs depend on meeting members of the public."
• The Expanding News Desert (Penelope Muse Abernathy) For residents in thousands of communities across the country – inner-city neighborhoods, affluent suburbs and rural towns– local newspapers have been the prime, if not sole, source of credible and comprehensive news and information that can affect the quality of their everyday lives. Yet, in the past decade and a half, nearly one in five newspapers has disappeared, and countless others have become shells – or “ghosts” – of themselves. Two separate reports (2018):
“The Loss of Local News: What It Means for Communities” and
“The Enduring Legacy of Our New Media Barons: How They Changed the News Landscape.”
• New project allows users to identify local media by ZIP code (Michelle Ferrier, CJR, 7-11-18) Story about The Media Deserts Project and its Media Access Research Atlas, an interactive map of all the places in the country where people live in media deserts – places where it is difficult to access daily, local news and information.
• What I’ve learned from two years trying to shift narratives about the South (Lyndsey Gilpin, CJR, 11-26-18) "As journalists, we owe it to the places and people we write about to go into a story with an open mind, without writing it in our heads before reporting. I always ask sources what I’m missing or what’s been reported inaccurately before, and their reactions and answers often surprise me. They’re so rarely asked those questions....As we reflect on the midterm elections and try to assess what’s happening politically in Southern states, I challenge journalists to reject boiling things down to red v. blue, or coal v. climate. I hope more journalists will take a beat to confront assumptions about this region. We should tell the stories that have been waiting to be told for decades, like those about systemic voter suppression, the fossil fuel industry’s constant efforts to block job growth, the impact climate change will have on the most vulnerable among us. Southerners are more than a vote or a sound bite; they’re unique, deep, and complex. The stories about their worlds should be, too."
• Local news and civic accountability: 5 questions for Setti Warren (Chloe Reichel, Journalist's Resource) Warren, the former mayor of Newton, Massachusetts, is now the executive director of the Shorenstein Center. Reichel got his thoughts on his thoughts on the relationship between local government and local news — and how to improve both -- on what happens to a community when there aren't journalists covering city hall.
• ‘An earthquake’: The deal that changed Montana’s insurance market (Katheryn Houghton, Bozeman Daily Chronicle, 1-26-2020) Two decades ago, four Montana hospitals wanted to challenge what they described as Blue Cross Blue Shield of Montana’s “dominating presence.” So they founded insurer New West Health Services in 1998 to cover hospital employees and whoever else they could pick up. Blue Cross remained the lead by far, but those watching the industry said New West lowered prices for Montanans as insurers’ competition intensified. It worked, and then it ended. By 2011, the hospitals’ leadership wanted out of the insurance business. To do that, they made a deal that deflated New West and boosted the insurer it was formed to compete against. See Montana journalist explains how one deal years ago changed the state’s insurance market (Katheryn Houghton, How I Got That Story, Covering Health, AHCJ, 7-21-2020) Her tips are a reminder that there is a wealth of untouched stories in places where health reporters are few.
• Facebook’s troublesome local media tactics (Marie C. Baca, CJR, 6-18-18) What should journalists make of Facebook’s efforts to shape access? ...It’s a question reporters ought to ask themselves in each of the 50 cities where the social media giant is launching Community Boost, a multi-day conference marketed as digital skills training for small businesses. (The majority of the sessions are about how to use Facebook and Instagram.)...to what extent will journalists in those communities push back on the attempts to control and perhaps harvest information—especially if it means risking access to one of the most powerful technology companies in the world?"
• AAAS Kavli Small Newspaper Award Can Help Spark Careers (Michaela Jarvis, AAAS, 6-5-18) A journalism award for work in small newspapers gave a boost to the careers of four winners.
• When towns lose their newspapers, disease detectives are left flying blind (Helen Branswell, STAT, 3-20-18) "Epidemiologists rely on all kinds of data to detect the spread of disease, including reports from local and state agencies and social media. But local newspapers are critical to identifying outbreaks and forecasting their trajectories....“We rely very heavily on local news. And I think what this will probably mean is that there are going to be pockets of the U.S. where we’re just not going to have a particularly good signal anymore,” said Majumder, a Ph.D. candidate at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.'
• A pop-up newsroom in Canada is taking a slow journalism approach to local news (Joseph Lichterman, Solution Set, 5-3-18)
• To rebuild trust, we need to change journalistic process (Lewis Wallace, CJR, 7-3-18) "Most news media (in particular public radio, where she worked for five years) is targeted toward upper-income audiences. [Sarah Alvarez] set out to start a news service that would provide high-value information for low-income people in Detroit." Outlier Media is "a Detroit-based service journalism organization. We identify, report, and deliver valuable information that helps residents create more accountability around the housing and utility issues they care about....Service journalism is a news consumer-oriented approach to identifying information needs, building trust with news consumers, and creating accountability. By keeping residents first, we hope to give more than we take, and leave people with the information they need to create change and accountability in their own communities."
Alicia Bell works across North Carolina to connect journalists with underserved communities through an organization called Free Press
• This British local news co-op’s model is evolving as it grows (Joseph Lichterman, Solution Set, 4-26-18)
• Meet the local “news militia” covering East Lansing, Michigan (Joseph Lichterman, Solution Set, 3-29-18)
• How local news site Berkeleyside raised $1 million through a direct public offering (Joseph Lichterman, Solution Set, 4-12-18)
• What's Next for Local TV News? (Karen Rundlet and Sam Gill, Knight Foundation, Informed and Engaged, Medium, April 2018). Key findings: 1. TV is a key source of news, but audiences are slowly shrinking. 2. TV newsroom staffs have increased. 3. In local markets, the experiments are online. 4. Social media gets audiences watching more TV. 5. TV news leaders ask if their content is still relevant in the digital age. 6. Is OTT the answer? Is digital? (Over-the-top (OTT) delivery is the distribution of video content via the internet that doesn’t require users to purchase traditional cable, satellite or pay-TV services.)
• A Penny for My Thoughts? (Maureen Dowd on local California newspapers outsourcing to India) “A thousand words pays $7.50.”
• How we're working with reporters from around America to cover class and inequality (Alissa Quart and Jessica Reed, The Guardian, 6-26-17) The national media failed to cover large swathes of the US pre-election, while rural voices have been quieted by the decimation of local news. Our On The Ground project aims to remedy these issues.
• In Search of Equity: the Media Consortium Reinvents Itself (Jo Ellen Green Kaiser, Idea Lab, 9-20-17) The big drivers of national political life—immigration, education, health care—all begin with local stories. To best tell the story of our times we need to be able to tell these stories where they start. The Media Consortium was founded in 2006 to create a collaborative network of self-sustaining independent progressive journalism outlets. The good news is that this work has succeeded. After a dozen years, the Media Consortium will be sunsetting so that a new, stronger organization can rise in its place. Those best equipped to tell these community-specific stories are reporters living in those communities. Here’s what we imagine as the next iteration of the organization that is currently called the Media Consortium: The new organization will be a network of news outlets dedicated to building a racially equitable independent media ecosystem. Consortium members will center the voices of culturally-specific communities, promote local/national partnerships, and work collaboratively to grow impact.
• Writing about Immigration From the AP Stylebook. (Andy Hollandbeck,Copyediting, 6-6-18) Dream Act vs. DACA; immigrants, migrants, asylum seekers, and refugees; avoid "chain migration."
• Rebuilding local journalism as an essential democratic force (Joyce Dehli, Pulitzer Prizes) In truth, journalists from big coastal news media, with a few exceptions, have never done a good job of covering people in the vast middle of the country.
• How to Best Serve Communities: Reflections on Civic Journalism (PDF, Geneva Overholser, Democracy Fund briefing paper, Nov. 2016)
• No, Craig Newmark did not kill local news. (Aron Pilhofer, Medium, 6-12-18) "So what killed classifieds? The internet did. Or, more accurately, the impact of a communication platform on which the cost to distribute to a mass audience is effectively zero. Suddenly, it was easy and cheap to reach a local audience, and that’s what killed classifieds."
• The Goldenrod A news and culture publication covering the vibrant small towns, hamlets, and communities that serve Central and Eastern Kentucky. (Is there a list somewhere of all pubs covering these local areas?)
• With school discrimination coverage, a suburban weekly flexes its muscles (Jackie Spinner, CJR, 2-23-18) "Parents started talking, and we started dropping FOIA requests. We knew they were talking about stuff in closed session they shouldn’t have been talking about."
• What a hyperlocal investigative powerhouse looks like (Jackie Spinner, CJR, 6-13-17) "Without journalists in small towns, or in large communities for that matter, no one is held accountable. It’s like having laws without anybody to enforce them....Pinckneyville’s mayor acknowledges that the Press is an ‘adversary.’ But he also says the paper plays a vital role."
Solutions-focused journalism
• What solutions-focused journalism has to offer health care reporters Barbara Mantel, Covering Health, AHCJ, 9-17-21)
• Fixes (Opinion, New York Times) Fixes looks at solutions to social problems and why they work.
• The Solutions Journalism Network "trains journalists to reframe stories to emphasize and explore how people are responding to problems, rather than merely laying out the problem. The network also connects journalists to newsrooms."
• The Power of Solutions Journalism (Alexander L. Curry and Keith H. Hammond, MediaEngagement.org, 2014)
• Apply for a 2021 LEDE Fellowship Got an idea to spread solutions journalism in your community (and beyond) and need some money for it? Apply for a LEDE Fellowship and shape the future of solutions reporting with journalism entrepreneurs from around the globe.
• Solutions Journalism for Science Reporters (Rachel Crowell, The Open Notebook, 9-17-19) According to Nieman Lab and the 2019 Reuters Institute Digital News Report, between 2017 and 2019 there was a 3 percent upswing in the number of people in the U.S. who reported they "often or sometimes avoid the news." Among reasons reported were the onslaught of negative stories and news-induced feelings of helplessness. Rachel Crowell looks at one antidote to these feelings: solutions journalism. Drawing from the people behind the Solutions Journalism Network, Ensia and elsewhere -- and from a number of solutions journalism stories -- Crowell shares tips for science journalists interested in tackling the "doom and gloom" in unique, solutions-oriented ways.
• 10,000 ways the world is getting better: Meet the Solutions Story Tracker, "a curated repository of solutions journalism (rigorous reporting on responses to social problems). Links to over 585 stories related to science." (Lita Tirak, The Whole Story: Ideas and Dispatches from the Solutions Journalism Network, 9-17-2020)
• How one publisher is trying to solve America’s local news desert problem (Joseph Lichterman, Solution Set, 5-17-18) Solution Set is a project of the Lenfest Institute and the Solutions Journalism Network.
• When the story we cover becomes our own (Chip Scanlan, Nieman Storyboard, 1-9-2020) A reporter chronicles the shutdown of a factory and the closing of his newspaper, capturing a familiar “cycle of death and exodus.”
• Losing the News: The Decimation of Local Journalism and the Search for Solutions (PDF, PEN America report, December 2019). What is a local news ecosystem? Why local news matters. Case studies: Views from Southeastern North Carolina, from Detroit, from Denver. Systemic inequity in U.S. news media. Industry adaptation and innovation. Big picture solutions. "One problem with losing local coverage is that we never know what we don't know," writes Margaret Sullivan, an expert on local journalism and a columnist for The Washington Post, "Corruption can flourish, taxes can rise, public officials can indulge their worst impulses."
• Finding Solutions: Saving Community Journalism. A section from The Rise of a New Media Baron and the Emerging Threat of News Deserts (Report from the UNC School of Media and Journalism, UNC Center for Innovation and Sustainability in Local Media). "The most urgent challenge for newspaper owners is developing new sources of digital revenue so they can survive and continue producing the news that feeds democracy....Cutbacks in newsroom staffing have left many communities and regions in this country — especially those that are rural and less affluent — underserved by news media. Several hundred newspapers in the past decade have either ceased publishing or merged with other papers, leaving their communities without a media outlet....A dual need exists: to raise awareness in society about the vital role of community news organizations and to hold current newspaper owners accountable for delivering on their civic duty in the digital age."
• Solutions Journalism Network (rigorous coverage of how people are responding to problems). Here's an example: Seeking Safety
• Solution Set (a weekly report from The Lenfest Institute for Journalism and The Solutions Journalism Network--each Thursday publishes in-depth story on one innovative idea in news)
• Finding Solutions: Saving Community Journalism. A section from The Rise of a New Media Baron and the Emerging Threat of News Deserts (Report from the UNC School of Media and Journalism, UNC Center for Innovation and Sustainability in Local Media). "The most urgent challenge for newspaper owners is developing new sources of digital revenue so they can survive and continue producing the news that feeds democracy....Cutbacks in newsroom staffing have left many communities and regions in this country — especially those that are rural and less affluent — underserved by news media. Several hundred newspapers in the past decade have either ceased publishing or merged with other papers, leaving their communities without a media outlet....A dual need exists: to raise awareness in society about the vital role of community news organizations and to hold current newspaper owners accountable for delivering on their civic duty in the digital age."
• Is Solutions Journalism the Solution? (John Dyer, Nieman Reports, 6-11-15) New media ventures are focusing on what’s going right in the world rather than what’s going wrong
• What makes a successful solutions journalism story? (Daria Sukharchuk, International Journalists Network, 4-18) The overwhelming negativity of normal news coverage can add momentum to politicians like Donald Trump. The liberal media’s constant coverage of Trump contributed to his rise because he was such a good story. Haagerup believes this kind of reporting is irresponsible toward readers, and that journalists should not focus on stories that simply sell themselves. Readers want to read more about solutions to the problems covered by journalists.
• Yes, everyone, there is a reason to believe… (Tom Warhover, Why's This So Good? Nieman Storyboard, 12-25-18) 'As the holiday weekend approached, a newspaper friend asked me why, as editor of a community newspaper, I reprinted the editorial "Yes, Virginia, there is a Santa Claus" on Christmas day every year for 15 years.' From one crusty newspaperman in 19th century to another in the 21st, the "Yes, Virginia" letter endures, transcending time and cynicism.
• The Progress Network Looking for inspiration or new sources for reporting on what the world can do to solve its biggest problems? Look no further than this network of journalists, scientists, academics and other professionals
• Tool for journalists: The Progress Network, for finding experts on societal solutions (Jacob Granger, Journalism.co, UK, 10-27-2020) Looking for inspiration or new sources for reporting on what the world can do to solve its biggest problems? Look no further than this network of journalists, scientists, academics and other professionals
• Reporting a disaster when it's where you live so you're in the middle of it (pdf, Katie Myers, 2023) In eastern Kentucky on July 28, 2022, we woke up to find ourselves in a flood... I came home to find that several coworkers had lost their homes, and 40 people across the region had lost their lives. My workplace, and station, had been washed away. We had no electricity, internet, or potable water for days. But as a reporter in the middle of a historic disaster, I was somehow supposed to make sense of it all. "Solutions stories become possible in this timeframe. The post-disaster world is full of ordinary people doing extraordinary things."
• How solutions journalism makes your reporting stronger (Vicki Krueger, Poynter, 4-25-16) This “howdunnit” approach offers rigorous and compelling coverage about responses to social problems — reporting that adheres to the highest of journalistic standards. It makes watchdog reporting even stronger. "By regularly highlighting problems without including responses, journalists can convey a false sense that people haven’t tried to fix things or don’t know how to do any better. Solutions-oriented journalism can, in many cases, provide a more accurate picture of the world....solutions stories are more likely to be shared on social media than traditional stories....they can make people feel powerful, less likely to tune out and less apathetic or cynical about the problem....can advance the public discourse....can lead to more constructive conversations. People need models for change — so do societies." ~ from Solutions Journalism in Every Newsroom, a self-directed course at Poynter NewsU.
Journalism organizations
Wikipedia has pretty good entries and useful information about most of these organizations.
• ACOS Alliance, an unprecedented coalition of major news companies, journalism organizations, and freelancers, who have gathered to develop and endorse worldwide freelance protection standards and work to embed them into newsrooms worldwide. These principles were launched in February 2015.
• Alliance of Women Film Journalists (AWFJ)
• American Association of Sunday and Feature Editors (AASFE). Changed its name to the Society for Features Journalism in 2011.
• American Copy Editors Society (ACES)
• American Jewish Press Association
• American Journalism Review (AJR), no longer publishing original content, but website and archives still available online.
• American Press Institute (API), training and professional development
• American Society of Business Publication Editors (ASBPE)
• American Society of Journalists & Authors (ASJA), professional association of freelance/independent journalists and nonfiction book writers.
• American Society of Magazine Editors ASME sponsors the National Magazine Awards in association with the Columbia Journalism School, conducts training programs for reporters and editors and publishes the ASME Guidelines for Editors and Publishers.
• American Society of News Editors (ASNE) Now part of News Leaders Association (NLA)
• Asian American Journalists Organization (AAJA)
• Associated Collegiate Press (ACP) for U.S. college student media
• Associated Press Media Editors (APME). Merged with ASME to become News Leaders Association (NLA) in 2019
• The Associated Press-NORC Center for Public Affairs Research
• The Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication (AEJMC)
• Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication (AEJMC)
• Association for Women in Sports Media (AWSM)
• Association for Women Journalists (AWJ-Chicago)
• Association of Alternative News Weeklies (AAN)
• The Association of American Editorial Cartoonists (AAEC)
• Association of British Science Writers (ABSW)
• Association of Capitol Reporters and Editors Capitolbeat appears to be inactive as of 2011.
• Association of Food Journalists code of ethics AFJ folded, but Poynter hosts its excellent code of ethics.
• Association of Health Care Journalists (AHCJ), a super-helpful organization for anyone reporting on health and medical news and issues, staff or freelance. See especially its tip sheets, blogCore Topics, resources(How I Did It, Tip Sheets, Why This Matters, On Demand Webinars, Analysis, and more), and excellent annual conference.
• The Association of Independents in Radio (AIR)See its Freelance Tools
• The Association of LGBTQ+ Journalists (NLGJA @nlgja)
• Authors Guild (major national organization of fiction and nonfiction authors)
• Authors Licensing and Collecting Society (ALCS) (UK)
• Association of Schools of Journalism and Mass Communication (ASJMC)
• Brechner Center for Freedom of Information (University of Florida)
• Broadcast Education Association (BEA)
• The Bureau of Investigative Journalism (TBIJ) A London-based nonprofit news organization founded in 2010 to hold power to account, to pursue "public interest" investigations, funded through philanthropy. The Bureau works with publishers and broadcasters to maximize the impact of its investigations. Investigations in the world outside the U.S.
• Buzzfeed Open Lab (an arts and technology fellowship program at Buzzfeed News)
• California Chicano News Media Association (CCNMA), Latino Journalists of California
• Canadian Association of Journalists (CAJ)
• Canadian Journalism Forum on Violence and Trauma (an educational charity promoting the physical and emotional safety of journalists in Canada and abroad), which has editorial control of MindSet Media Guide: Reporting on Mental Health (PDF, free download, in French or English)
• Casey Journalism Center on Children and Families
• Center for Citizen Media (encouraging grassroots media, especially citizen journalism, not to be confused with Huffington Post, which means not getting paid to write)
• Center for Cooperative Media (CollaborativeJournalism.org)
• Center for Democracy and Technology (CDT)
• The Center for Independent Journalists (CIJ announced it is folding.) "For independent journalists, focusing on Black, Indigenous and People of Color" (who self-identify as BIPOC, which includes but isn't limited to Black, Indigenous, Hispanic, Asian American, Middle Eastern and North African, Native Hawaiian or other Pacific Islander).
• Center for International Media Assistance (CIMA), dedicated to improving U.S. efforts to promote independent media in developing countries around the world
• Center for Investigative Reporting (CIR), investigative reporting on the Web
• The Center for Public Integrity (CPI), a US-based nonprofit investigative journalism organization whose stated mission is "to reveal abuses of power, corruption and dereliction of duty by powerful public and private institutions in order to cause them to operate with honesty, integrity, accountability and to put the public interest first." Here's Wikipedia entry on and how CPI is funded .
• Center for Scholastic Journalism (School of Media and Journalism, Kent State University)
• College Media Association (CMA)
• College Media Business & Advertising Managers (CMBAM)
• Columbia Journalism Review (CJR) Must reading for journalists.
---Galley by CJR: A new forum to talk about journalism. Check out its featured journalists (Mathew Ingraham and others Talking with Cory Doctorow about free speech, Talking about Facebook with Roger McNamee, Talking about disinformation with Joe Bernstein, A roundtable on Facebook and transparency, Talking with Will Oremus and many others about Facebook's transparency report, Talking with Eva Galperin and others about Apple's plans to scan your phone, Talking about Section 230 with Makena Kelly, Talking with Rebekah Tromble about research and the platforms, Talking with Nikki Usher about how to save local journalism, and so on. Check it out!
• Committee to Protect Journalists (CPJ), Defending journalists worldwide. See CPJ's blog.
• Content Marketing Association (CMA)The industry association for marketing, publishing, advertising and social agencies. Many journalists find $ doing backup work here.
• Current: News for People in Public Media
• Council of National Journalism Organizations (CNJO)
• Criminal Justice Journalists A national organization of journalists who cover crime, court, and prison beats.
• CyberJournalists.Net (Online News Association, with tips, news, commentary re online and citizen journalism and digital storytelling)
• Dart Center for Journalism & Trauma (a resource for journalists who cover violence)
• Design & Artists Copyright Society (DACS, UK)
• Displaced Journalists (a community where displaced journalists find common ground and "begin to pick ourselves up, dust ourselves off and get on with our lives and livelihoods")
• The Economic Hardship Reporting Project (Barbara Ehrenreich's baby) "aims to change the national conversation around both poverty and economic insecurity. The stories we commission — from narrative features to photo essays and video — put a human face on financial instability. We fund and place our reportage and photojournalism in the most renowned and popular sites and magazines, from The New York Times to Slate to MSNBC."
• Editorial Photographers (EP)
• Editor & Publisher (E&P) An American monthly trade news magazine covering the newspaper industry. Published since 1901, Editor & Publisher is the self-described "bible of the newspaper industry." See Wikipedia entry for its history (including changed hands).
• Education Writers Association (EWA)
• European Federation of Journalists (EFJ)
• European Journalism Observatory (EJO), an international network of research institutions that disseminate analysis on journalism and on the global media industry.
• Food and Environment Reporting Network (FERN) , independent, nonprofit news organization that produces investigative reporting on food, agriculture, and environmental health
• FIRE: The Foundation for Individual Rights and Expression Defending fundamental rights on college campuses
• Freedom Forum A nonpartisan organization dedicated to free press, free speech, and free spirit for all people
• Freedom of the Press Foundation, which hosts
---U.S. Press Freedom Tracker A database of press freedom incidents in the United States — everything from arrests of journalists and the seizure of their equipment to assaults and interrogations at the U.S. border.
---Secure Drop An open source whistleblower submission system that media organizations and NGOs can install to securely accept documents from anonymous sources. Available in 21 languages.
• Freelance Investigative Reporters and Editors (FIRE), formerly Project Word, a service bureau for freelance investigative reporters, is a project of Investigative Reporters and Editors (IRE).
• Freelance Success (good online resource for professional writers and editors of nonfiction)
• Fund for Investigative Journalism (FIJ), supporting investigative reporting projects around the world
• GardenComm: Garden Communicators International
• Gen Beat Online(. Generations Beat Online (GBO), the e-newsletter of the Journalists Network on Generations for writers/producers covering issues in aging and retirement
• Global Editors Network (Bertrand Pecquerie, 11-12-19) announced its closure, ceasing its activities due to lack of sustainable finances. It was an international association of over 6,000 editors-in-chief and media executives whose mission was fostering digital innovation in newsrooms all over the world.
• Global Investigative Journalism Network "GIJN is open to nonprofits, NGOs, and educational organizations, or their equivalent, that actively work in support of investigative reporting and related data journalism. Government entities are not eligible to join. Nor are individual journalists and most for-profit businesses, though we work to support investigative journalists in all sectors." Links to lots of useful articles about, for example, whistleblowing.
• Hacks/Hackers Hacks/Hackers is an international grassroots community of people who seek to inspire and inform each other to build the future of media. “Hacks” (journalists) and “hackers” (technologists) work together to create physical and digital spaces for exploring new ways to tell stories. Check out Global Open Calls and MisinfoCon summits on misinformation and disinformation.
• Independent Press Association (IPA)
• Independent Press Institute (IPI), aiming to strengthen community voices and empower the media that serve them, New York Community Media Alliance.
• Indigenous Journalists Association (IJA) More than two dozen Indigenous journalists seeking to form an indigenous journalists organization established the Native American Press Association in 1983. In 1990 they changed the name to the Native American Journalists Association (NAJA) to "to encapsulate and support Native voices across all media platforms." In 2023, by a vote of 89 to 55, the organization became the Indigenous Journalists Association. “Connecting with our brothers and sisters across the globe, from Canada to New Zealand, has made it clear that as Indigenous peoples the struggles we face in this industry are universal,” said president Graham Lee Brewer, Cherokee, and we're "the rightful storytellers of their own narratives.”
• Institute for Journalism & Natural Resources (promotes public dialogue about natural resource issues through programs that inform, empower and inspire better journalism)
• The Institute for Nonprofit News (originally the Investigative News Network) fosters collaboration among a new collective of nonprofit newsrooms dedicated to serving the public interest. Explore the website for links to news stories about immigration; climate change; health and healthcare; money, power & influence; gun violence & criminal justice; #METOO; community wellbeing; we, the people; local investigations; and global reporting.
• Inland Press Association (IPA)
• Institute for Independent Journalists (IIJ) An education, professional development, and mutual support organization for independent journalists, focusing on Black, Indigenous and people of color.
• Institute for Journalism & Natural Resources (IJNR) (providing top-quality immersion training programs for environment and natural resource journalists throughout North America, to promote public dialogue about natural resource issues through better journalism)
• Institute on Political Journalism (sponsored by the Fund for American Studies, in partnership with George Mason University) hosts an eight week summer academic internship program that offers undergraduate students a first-hand look at the journalism and communications in our nation’s capital.
• International Association of Religion Journalists (iARJ), partnering with the ARDA (Association of Religion Data Archives -- resources, teaching tools, press room, research archives)
• Inter American Press Association (IAPA)
• International Center for Journalists (ICFJ) (excellent resources)
• International Cinematographers Guild (Local 600). Members work in the world in film and television as Directors of Photography, Camera Operators, Visual Effects Supervisors, Still Photographers, Publicists and all members of camera crews. See International Cinematographers Guild Interview Collection
• The International Consortium of Investigative Journalists (ICIJ, the world's best cross-border investigative team, a project of the Center for Public Integrity)
• International Federation of Journalists (IFJ) Among other benefits, the IFJ International Press Card (IPC) "It gets you wherever the story takes you" (aso available through the Authors Guild.. See also the IFJ Safety Fund, a "lifeline for journalists facing violence, persecution and threat or needing medical treatment."
• International Journalists' Network (IJNet)
• International Reporting Project (IRP), a project at the Paul H. Nitze School of Advanced International Studies at Johns Hopkins University that aims to fund independent journalistic coverage of "under-reported" events around the world (e.g., ten journalists are brought to the IRP office in Washington, D.C. to participate in a five-week overseas reporting project, and 24 "gatekeeper editors" are selected to visit countries of importance in the news) After 20 years of supporting journalists to report in more than 115 countries, the International Reporting Project (IRP) is ending its programs effective in February 2018.
• International Society of Weekly Newspaper Editors (ISWNE)
• International Symposium on Online Journalism (ISOJ), an annual gathering of editors, producers, executives and academics from around the world who convene at the University of Texas at Austin to discuss the evolution of online journalism. For sessions at many past gatherings you can watch, read, or download sessions from past symposia.
• International Women's Media Foundation (IWMF)
• Investigative News Network (INN), helps nonprofit news organizations become sustainable
• Investigative Reporters & Editors (IRE, a grassroots nonprofit organization dedicated to improving the quality of investigative reporting)
• Jazz Journalists Association (Jazzhouse)
• Journalism & Women Symposium (JAWS), which has a JAWS Camp (a Conference and Mentoring Project, "a remarkable network of kickass women"), JAWS Facebook page (@JAWSFB) that sounds interesting but produced the ugliest tee shirt I've ever seen, which I inherited in a White Elephant exchange.
• Journalism Education Association (JEA), scholastic journalism and media education
• JournalismTraining.org (managed by SPJ for the Council of National Journalism Organizations)
• Kid Magazine Writers (about writing for children and teen magazines--includes guidelines for many publications)
• The Lenfest Institute (a nonprofit whose mission is to develop and support sustainable business models for great local journalism)
• Los Angeles Press Club
• Maynard Institute for Journalism Education
• Media Bloggers Association (MBA)
• Media Law Resource Center (MLRC) A non-profit membership association for members of the media and content providers and their defense lawyers, providing resources on media and content law and policy issues.
• Military Reporters and Editors (MRE)
• MisinfoCon (Trust, Verification, Fact Checking & Beyond) See Catalogue of all projects working to solve Misinformation and Disinformation.
• National Association of Black Journalists (NABJ)
• National Association of Hispanic Journalists (NAHJ)
• National Association of Real Estate Editors (NAREE), for journalists covering real estate and home and urban design
• National Association of Science Writers (NASW)
---NASW's regional chapters
• National Center for Business Journalism (BusinessJournalism.org, at Arizona State University)
• National Center on Disability and Journalism (NCDJ) (provides info and resources for all journalists, including style guidance--what language to use that is not offensive to particular groups)
• National Coalition Against Censorship (NCAC)
• National Conference of Editorial Writers (NCEW)
• National Federation of Press Women (NFPW)
• National Institute for Computer-Assisted Reporting (NICAR), part of IRE, maintains a library of federal databases, employs journalism students, and trains journalists in the practical skills of getting and analyzing electronic information. Valuable organization.
• National Lesbian & Gay Journalists Association (NLGJA)
• National Newspaper Association (NNA), community newspapers
• National Newspaper Publishers Association (NNPA), The Black Press of America, a federation of black-owned U.S. newspapers
• National Press Club, a private club for journalists and communications professionals,“The Place Where News Happens" (mostly through luncheon speeches)
• National Press Association (NPA) (We make journalists better)
• National Press Foundation (primary mission: to increase journalists' knowledge of complex issues in order to improve public understanding)
• National Press Photographers Association (NPPA), "The voice of visual journalism"
• National Religious Broadcasters (NRB)
• National Scholastic Press Association (NSPA), for high school journalists
• National Society of Newspaper Columnists Resources of interest to writers of serial essays, including columnists or bloggers, in any medium -- a good example of organizations adapting to change.
• National Union of Journalists (NUJ), UK and Ireland
• National Writers Union (NWU) (United Auto Workers Local 1981) A union for fiction and nonfiction writers, originally for journalists.
• Native American Journalists Association (NAJA) serves more than 1,000 members, including media professionals working in tribal, freelance, independent and mainstream news outlets, as well as academia and students covering Indigenous communities and representing tribal nations from across North America.
--- NAJA to vote on Indigenous Journalists Association name change during 2023 election (6-2-23)
• National Association of of Hispanic Journalists (NAHJ), an educational and charitable association dedicated to the recognition and professional advancement of Hispanic students, professionals, and educators in the field of journalism.
• New American Media (NAM) (national collaboration and advocate of 2000 ethnic news organizations, providing Ethnic Media in the News, Collaborative Reporting and many other resources).
• NewAssignment.net (testing open-source reporting)
• New England Center for Investigative Reporting (NECIR), website: The Eye
• New England Newspaper and Press Association (NEN&PA)
• News Leaders Association (NLA) The American Society of News Editors and the Associated Press Media Editors merged in 2019 to become NLA, which provides journalists at all levels with training, support, and networks. See useful Wikipedia article.
• The News Literacy Project (NLP, works with educators and journalists to teach middle school and high school students how to sort fact from fiction in the digital age)
• The Newspaper Guild (Communications Workers of America) and The Guild Reporter
• News University (Poynter)
• New York Association of Black Journalists (NYABJ)
• New York Financial Writers Association (NYFWA)
• NLGJA: The Association of LGBTQ+ Journalists
• North American Agricultural Journalists (NAAJ)
• Ochberg Society for Trauma Journalism . See its magazine Act of Witness: Covering Trauma, Conflict, and Human Rights (Trauma journalism gets personal) and its blog.Online News Association (ONA) an organization for digital journalists — connecting journalism, technology and innovation.
• OpenNews (connects a network of developers, designers, journalists, and editors to collaborate on open technologies and processes within journalism)
• Organization of News Ombudsmen (ONO)
• Outdoor Writers Association of America (OWAA), an international, professional association of outdoor communicators, outdoor companies and outdoor industry service providers
• PEN America
• Pen & Pencil Club (in Philadelphia--oldest continuously operating press club in America)
• Philippine Center for Investigative Journalism
• PJNet (Public Journalism Network, an information clearinghouse for public, citizen, representative journalism)
• The Poynter Institute. Much useful information, once you dig into the website. For example, 12+ tools and resources useful during hurricanes and other disasters (Ren LaForme, 9-10-18)
• Professional Writers Association of Canada (PWAC), formerly Periodical Writers Association of Canada
• Project for Excellence in Journalism (Pew Center's Journalism.org)
• ProPublica ProPublica is a outstanding nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Nonprofit investigative journalism in the public interest. Check out its many excellent series (yes, series is singular or plural, so "this series" or "these series").
• Public Radio News Directors Incorporated (PRNDI)
• Quill and Scroll (International Honorary Society for High School Journalists)
• Radio Television Digital News Association (RTDNA) Devoted exclusively to broadcast and digital journalism--its mission: to promote and protect responsible journalism.
• Reclaim the Media (grassroots organizing for social change through media justice--expanding communication rights of ordinary citizens)
• Religion News Association (RNA) (formerly (Newswriters")
• The Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press. Nonmembers can subscribe to The Nuance (a weekly e-letter), which analyzes issues at the intersection of technology and press freedom, highlights notable legislation and policy developments, and shares short updates about surveillance and platform news. Resources for both the press and public.
• Reporters Without Borders (for freedom of information -- press freedom index, by year; Internet enemies (by country)
• RTDNA, Radio Television Digital News Association (formerly Radio-Television News Directors Association)
• Reporters Sans Frontières (RSF) See next entry.
• Reporters Without Borders (important journalist advocacy group, fighting for press freedom). The U.S. ranks 47th on its Press Freedom Index. See 2017 World Press Freedom Index -- tipping point
• Shorenstein Center on the Press, Politics and Public Policy
• Society for Advancing Business Editing and Writing (SABEW, an organization of business journalists). Presents annual Best in Business Awards and has an excellent teletraining archive.
• Society for News Design (SND), for editors, designers, graphic artists, publishers and other media professionals.
• Society for Features Journalism (SFJ)
• The Society for Advancing Business Editing and Writing (SABEW) From which grew The American History of Business Journalism (AHBJ), a volunteer project developed by former SABEW president Philip Moeller and other business journalists, educators, and journalism students.The AHBJ’s goal is to host a comprehensive repository of articles, essays, reminiscences, and important milestones in the history of U.S. business journalism. Check out SABEW and AHBJ's archives and SABEW's teletraining archive. Other incarnations seem to be The Business Journalist, Society of Business Journalists.
• Society for Features Journalism, formerly the American Association of Sunday and Features Editors. Promoting the craft of writing and innovation in lifestyle, arts and entertainment journalism
• Society for News Design (SND)
• Society for Technical Communication (STC) Here because it's so big, but not particularly for journalists.
• Society of American Travel Writers (SATW)
• Society of Environmental Journalists (SEJ)
• Society of Professional Journalists (SPJ), Sigma Delta Chi. A national organization that normally doesn't make headlines like this: A disastrous conference call for SPJ, followed by a call for impeachment (Andrew McCormick, CJR, 6-5-19)
• Society of Professional Obituary Writers (writing about the dead for a living)
• Solutions Journalism Network (rigorous coverage of how people are responding to problems). Here's an example: Seeking Safety
• Solution Set (a weekly report from The Lenfest Institute for Journalism and The Solutions Journalism Network--each Thursday publishes in-depth story on one innovative idea in news)
• South Asian Journalists Association (SAJA)
• Southern Newspaper Publishers Association (SNPA)
• Special Libraries Association, News Division
• Suburban Newspapers of America (SNA)
• Student Press Law Center The nonprofit, nonpartisan SPLC provides information, training and legal assistance at no charge to student journalists and the educators who work with them.
• Study Hall An online community for media workers. See writeup in Successful Pitches Shows Freelancers the Way (CJR): "Study Hall is perhaps the biggest and most visible organization to come out of this new movement for transparency. Founded as a coworking space in Brooklyn in 2015, it has since expanded into a network of over 4,500 members who share resources and tips on everything from pitching to labor organizing in the media industry. The site, says Chayka, saw its biggest increase in membership in May, following a wave of layoffs caused in part by the economic fallout from the coronavirus pandemic." "I think people just don't know what the rules are, because there are no rules."
• Textbook & Academic Authors Association (TAAA)
• Tow Center for Digital Journalism at Columbia University
• Trans Journalists Association
• Trusting News (an RJI research project, Helping journalists earn news consumers' trust)
• UK Conference of Science Journalists (Association of British Science Writers) A three-day online programme of professional development and networking.
• United Nations Correspondents Association (UNCA, whose links spin their wheels when I click on them at http://www.unca.com/).
• UNITY, Journalists of Color
• University Research Magazine Association (URMA) promotes excellence and professionalism among those who write, edit, design, and publish magazines, e-newsletters, social media, and multimedia about research at a university, nonprofit research center, agency or institute.
• U.S. Basketball Writers Association
• Washington Center for Politics & Journalism
• Western Knight Center for Specialized Journalism (Knight Digital Media Center)
• White House Correspondents' Association (WHCA)
• Wired Journalists,(home of collaborative journalism, a Publish2 network)
• World Association of Newspapers and News Publishers (WAN-IFRA), global organisation of the world’s press
• World Press Institute (WPI)
• Writers Guild of America (WGA)
• Youth Media Organizations (local and national youth-led media organizations identified by youth researchers at The Freechild Project -- including Appalachian Media Institute (AMI), HarlemLIVE, and Teen Voices).
Writing compelling profiles
• How Journalists Get Their Profile Subjects to Open Up (Narratively, 3-18-23) Seven Narratively writers lift the curtain on what measures they take to get their subjects to trust them, from coming prepared to being fully present to really listening.
Part 1: How 7 Narratively Writers Found the Perfect Profile Subject
• Q&A with Susan Orlean (The Turnaround with Jesse Thorn, 6-26-17) Susan Orlean of The New Yorker talks to Jesse about what she’s learned from more than 30 years of interviewing people as a print journalist, whether it’s been talking to locals in Clackamas, Oregon about Tonya Harding or writing profiles on celebrities like Tom Hanks. Transcript here. "So in the beginning, I will very intentionally go into each interview as open as I can I’ll interview people who seem very tangential to the story because the whole process for me is something has stuck in my head that I want to understand. And to me the only way to truly understand it is to be really open and cast myself in every possible direction rather than having a thesis that I’m looking to support."
• New Yorker profiles (archive)
• New York Magazine profiles (archive)
• Saturday Profiles (New York Times)
• Profiles in Science (New York Times)
• Teach Your Students to Write Profiles Like a Times Reporter (New York Times Learning Network video, 46 min.)
One of eight videos from a free writing curriculum series here (The Learning Network Professional Development Team).
• Profile Magazine profiles (archive)
• Interviewing for Career-Spanning Profiles (Alla Katsnelson, The Open Notebook, NASW, 3-27-18) A successful profile weaves together three parallel timelines that make up a subject’s life, says Jacqui Banaszynski, a Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist: the subject’s basic biography and “résumé stuff,” defining personal moments in the person’s life, and "the social and historical context of their work."
When done well, “legacy” profiles reveal something that’s usually hidden: how the swirl of a person’s inner world connects with the accomplishments they make in their outer world. For every answer you get, ask five more questions, says Banaszynski. “The first answer will probably be very general. Stay in the moment and peel it back.” Ask about Turning Points, Failures, and Oddball Details.
Download A Crowd-Sourced Cheat-Sheet for Career-Spanning Profile Interviews.
• Profile writing brings a fresh approach to health news (Michele Cohen Marill and Barbara Mantel, Association of Health Care Journalists blog, 6-9-23) Profile writing brings readers behind the scenes of important discoveries or challenging medical issues — and it offers a fresh avenue for freelance pitches. “My favorite profiles have been of regular folks dedicated to their jobs who have fascinating back stories and a good personality.”
• A Transit Worker’s Survival Story (Jennifer Gonnerman, New Yorker, 8-21-20) Driving a New York City bus during a pandemic and an uprising. (Nogte for award from American Society of Magazine Editors: "With great clarity and care, this profile of a city bus driver depicts daily acts of courage." and quiet morality. The judges called it a celebration of ordinary goodness and decency."
• The Charming, Eccentric, Blessed Life of Lee Maxwell (Robert Sanchez, 5280: Denver's Mile-High Magazine, a free, daily guide to life in Colorado, Aug. 2024) Ninety-four-year-old Lee Maxwell lives in Eaton and owns a Guinness-world-record-holding washing machine museum. When his wife of 71 years recently died, Maxwell was left to ponder what his new life would look like—and if anyone, besides him, cares about his singular collection.
• How to Write a Profile Article (Master Class, 9-3-21) While you’re crafting this piece with your own words, show your subject’s point of view. Quote them extensively.
• How to Write a Profile Story: 8 Tips for a Compelling Piece (Joel Foster, The Write Life, 3-25-20) Let your subject do 90 percent of the talking.
• 6 Best Examples of Profile Stories Plus Top Tips for Creating Engaging Human Interest Features (Become a Writer Today) Six examples of successful profile stories.
• The Human Element: Bringing Science to Life with Profiles (Esther Landhuis, The Open Notebook, 12-15-15) Use human stories to explore ideas. Look for struggle. Go with your gut.
• Narratively announces its Profile Prize (2023)
A few Narratively profiles:
---Meet the Paranormal Moms Society
---The First Family of Counterfeit Hunting
---America’s Most Flamboyant Private Eye and the 8,000-Mile Manhunt
---America’s Next Top Male Model Wears Size XXXXL
---Meet Ladybeard, the Crown Prince of Japan’s Strangest Music Scene
---Inspired by Black Lives Matter, This Masked Man Patrols Under the Cover of Darkness
• The decline and fall of entertainment reporting (Scott Collins, CJR, 6-22-18) During the Hollywood "studios’ Golden Age in the 1930s, MGM was well known for its masterful manipulation of the press. MGM’s top publicist and in-house “fixer,” Eddie Mannix, was famed for cajoling and bullying reporters into burying such scandals as Judy Garland’s drug addictions and the rape of a dancer named Patricia Douglas at a studio bacchanalia in 1937.
Then the tide turned. After Watergate brought investigative reporting into vogue, coverage of Hollywood grew more dogged as well."
"Over the course of 12 years as a reporter and columnist at the Times, I was swamped by a wave that has carried entertainment journalism far away from hard reporting on the industry, and toward such fripperies as snubs and surprises on awards shows, plot twists of dramatic series, and puff profiles. By the time I quit, in 2016, my colleagues and I were spending less and less time on the type of coverage that seriously examined the people who control Hollywood and how they make their money, and more on … something else....as time went by, opportunities for original reporting grew more and more scarce."
• Wikis on Profiling (Wikipedia)
Covering rural news and issues
• Covering rural America: What reporters get wrong and how to get it right (Chloe Reichel, Journalist's Resource, 5-14-18)
• Rural News Network Locally sourced, collaborative reporting from and for rural America. The Rural News Network is a project of the Institute for Nonprofit News, a resource hub for more than 425 nonprofit newsrooms dedicated to producing journalism as a public service.Explore the archive.
• Independent websites team up to boost rural journalism (David Bauder, AP News, 11-18-21) More than 60 sites cover rural issues or specific rural areas. The institute has seen how many of them are covering similar issues, and thought that by working together, they could produce more powerful, impactful journalism, said Sue Cross, INN executive director and CEO.
Because they are wired into their communities and issues, these member news sites have an expertise that outsiders usually can’t match, said Bridget Thoreson, INN’s collaborations editor.
• PBS NewHour coverage of rural America Links to many episodes, including:
---Rural shortages lead to worsened ambulance deserts and delayed medical care (7-15-23)
---How an Alaska village’s switch to renewable energy helps local Native economies (1-21-23)
---Rural parents are less likely to say their pediatrician recommended COVID shots. Here’s why that matters “Often, folks in rural communities may not have a health care home or a trusted medical provider,” Murthy said. If people don’t have a trusted provider urging them to get vaccinated against COVID, they are less likely to decide to do so.” Pediatricians located in rural parts of the country, particularly those without connections to a research hospital or academic institution, may not always have ready access to the latest COVID guidelines, including those tied to vaccines, Costello said. Our understanding of the virus changes quickly, and “that’s part of the scientific process,” Costello said. Even for medical professionals, it can be a struggle to stay up to date on how to best protect oneself.
• How we're working with reporters from around America to cover class and inequality (Alissa Quart and Jessica Reed, The Guardian, 6-26-17) The national media failed to cover large swathes of the US pre-election, while rural voices have been quieted by the decimation of local news. Our On The Ground project aims to remedy these issues.
• Millions of Rural Americans Rely on Private Wells. Few Regularly Test Their Water. (Tony Leys, KFF Health News and USA Today, 10-24-23) More than 43 million Americans drink, bathe, and cook with water from private wells, which can be tainted by farm or industrial runoff, leaky septic systems, or naturally occurring minerals.
• How one publisher is trying to solve America’s local news desert problem (Joseph Lichterman, Solution Set, 5-17-18) Solution Set is a project of the Lenfest Institute and the Solutions Journalism Network.
• Finding Solutions: Saving Community Journalism. A section from The Rise of a New Media Baron and the Emerging Threat of News Deserts (Report from the UNC School of Media and Journalism, UNC Center for Innovation and Sustainability in Local Media). "The most urgent challenge for newspaper owners is developing new sources of digital revenue so they can survive and continue producing the news that feeds democracy....Cutbacks in newsroom staffing have left many communities and regions in this country — especially those that are rural and less affluent — underserved by news media. Several hundred newspapers in the past decade have either ceased publishing or merged with other papers, leaving their communities without a media outlet....A dual need exists: to raise awareness in society about the vital role of community news organizations and to hold current newspaper owners accountable for delivering on their civic duty in the digital age."
• Tiny, Rural Hospitals Feel the Pinch as Medicare Advantage Plans Grow (Sarah Jane Tribble, KFF Health News, 10-23) More than half of seniors are enrolled in private Medicare Advantage plans instead of traditional Medicare. Rural enrollment has increased fourfold and many small-town hospitals say that threatens their viability.
"Medicare Advantage insurers are private companies that contract with the federal government to provide Medicare benefits to seniors in place of traditional Medicare. The plans have become dubious payers for many large and small hospitals, which report the insurers are often slow to pay or don’t pay. Private plans now cover more than half of all those eligible for Medicare.
"Medicare Advantage growth has had an outsize impact on the finances of small, rural hospitals that Medicare has designated as “critical access.” Under the designation, government-administered Medicare pays extra to those hospitals to compensate for low patient volumes. Medicare Advantage plans, on the other hand, offer negotiated rates that hospital operators say often don’t match those of traditional Medicare.
"If a hospital or provider does not contract with a Medicare Advantage plan, then a patient may have to pay for out-of-network care. That generally wouldn’t happen with traditional Medicare, which is widely accepted.
• Beyond the Myth of Rural America (Daniel Immerwahr, New Yorker, 10-23-23) Its inhabitants are as much creatures of state power and industrial capitalism as their city-dwelling counterparts. 'Few things evoke the American heartland as indelibly as Grant Wood’s painting “American Gothic,” from 1930, which appears to show a stolid and plain-living couple standing in front of their farmhouse in Eldon, Iowa. Yet, as Daniel Immerwahr explores in a fascinating essay in this week’s issue, the image’s projection of rural authenticity belies its stage-managed creation. “The Eldon house that Wood depicted, built in 1881, wasn’t the ancestral home of sturdy agrarians,” Immerwahr writes. “The first owner lost it because of overdue taxes, the next tried unsuccessfully to turn it into a candy-and-novelty store, and the property changed hands many more times before Wood’s 1930 visit.” The “couple” in the painting were modelled by Wood’s sister and his dentist. Their clothes came new, courtesy of Sears, Roebuck & Co., in Chicago. And the famous window in the background came from Sears, too.
'The myths and realities of “American Gothic,” which a director of the Metropolitan Museum of Art called a “Rorschach test for the character of the nation,” mirror the fictions and truths about country life in America more generally. And, Immerwahr writes, as the United States has divided itself politically between urban and rural demographics—with the contested suburbs in between—the work of untangling these stories is more urgent than ever.'
• ‘No Mercy’ Chapter 7: After a Rural Town Loses Hospital, Is a Health Clinic Enough? (Sarah Jane Tribble, KHN, 11-10-2020) "‘No Mercy’ is Season One of ‘Where It Hurts,’ a podcast about overlooked parts of the country where cracks in the health system leave people without the care they need. Our first destination is Fort Scott, Kansas."
• The Expanding News Desert (Penelope Muse Abernathy) For residents in thousands of communities across the country – inner-city neighborhoods, affluent suburbs and rural towns– local newspapers have been the prime, if not sole, source of credible and comprehensive news and information that can affect the quality of their everyday lives. Yet, in the past decade and a half, nearly one in five newspapers has disappeared, and countless others have become shells – or “ghosts” – of themselves. Two separate reports (2018): “The Loss of Local News: What It Means for Communities” and “The Enduring Legacy of Our New Media Barons: How They Changed the News Landscape.” .
• Finding Solutions: Saving Community Journalism. A section from The Rise of a New Media Baron and the Emerging Threat of News Deserts (Report from the UNC School of Media and Journalism, UNC Center for Innovation and Sustainability in Local Media). "The most urgent challenge for newspaper owners is developing new sources of digital revenue so they can survive and continue producing the news that feeds democracy....Cutbacks in newsroom staffing have left many communities and regions in this country — especially those that are rural and less affluent — underserved by news media. Several hundred newspapers in the past decade have either ceased publishing or merged with other papers, leaving their communities without a media outlet....A dual need exists: to raise awareness in society about the vital role of community news organizations and to hold current newspaper owners accountable for delivering on their civic duty in the digital age."
• Buy and Bust: When Private Equity Comes for Rural Hospitals (Sarah Jane Tribble, KFF Health News, 6-15-22) Part of a series: Patients for Profit: How Private Equity Hijacked Health Care (KFF Health News, 2022)
• Military Exercises and Paranoia in West Texas: A Reporter’s Notebook (Manny Fernandez, NY Times archive, 7-15-15) "Christoval has been in a state of low-grade anxiety and mild unease. It is one of more than a dozen mostly rural communities in Texas where a military exercise called Jade Helm 15 will be conducted starting Wednesday. The exercise — a seven-state war game featuring helicopters, fixed-wing aircraft, weapons loaded with blanks, and military personnel playing the roles of both the good and bad guys — has fueled speculation and paranoia that it is part of a plot to take over Texas or to take away people’s guns."
• Treating Rural America: The new country doctors (Hyacinth Empinado, STAT News, 10-12-23) "These rural training programs provide a much-needed supply of doctors to critically underserved rural communities. Multiple studies show that physicians who train in a rural area are much more likely to stay and practice in a rural community. There are now over 160 accredited rural training programs according to The RTT Collaborative, a cooperative of rural residency programs.
"The second installment of STAT’s rural health series explores why these programs are so effective at training rural doctors and the barriers that prevent rural medical education from growing."
• Treating Rural America: The last doctor in town (YouTube video, the first video in a series, STAT, 11.48 min.) You can click to shut off ads. "More than 15% of Americans — about 46 million — live in rural areas, but only 10% of doctors practice in these communities, many of whom are primary care and family physicians. That mismatch forces every rural doctor to tackle all sorts of cases and make the best use of their limited resources. In this short documentary, STAT explores why the shortage exists and shows what life is like for a doctor in Kansas who wears many hats and a physician in Illinois pondering retirement."
Covering tax avoidance and the wealthy
(including an extensive ProPublica series)
• Ten Ways Billionaires Avoid Taxes on an Epic Scale (Paul Kiel, ProPublica, 6-24-22) After a year of reporting on the tax machinations of the ultrawealthy, ProPublica spotlights the top tax-avoidance techniques that provide massive benefits to billionaires. Must-read.
• He's Part Of The 1%. And He Thinks His Taxes Aren't High Enough (Jim Zarroli, Up First, NPR, 10-8-20) "The U.S. tax code favors people who make money through investments like stocks and real estate, including a lot of people in finance, such as hedge fund titans and money managers. Instead of paying income taxes, which rise to about 37% as a person's income goes up, investors pay the much lower long-term capital gains tax, which tops out at 20%. This inequity in the tax code is something investment giant Warren Buffett has frequently remarked upon, noting that he pays taxes at a lower rate than his own secretary.
'Our system allows rich people, particularly real estate developers and investors, to pay far lower taxes than people that work for a living,' says Pearl, who chairs the group Patriotic Millionaires, a group that advocates for a more equitable tax system. Most of the other wealthy people he knows share that conviction, according to Pearl. "I think most wealthy people understand that we have to change our system — because the current system is not sustainable," he says.
The tax bill Trump signed "did strip the tax code of some deductions that tend to benefit the well-heeled, but it retained the lower tax rate for investment income....one of the more well-known tax loopholes...[but] it retained the very controversial carried interest provision, which allows many people who work in finance to take the money they make as investment income instead of salary. That sharply lowers their tax rate....[The] bill did little to address the inequities in the tax code."
• Wealth and Poverty
• The Deadbeat Billionaire: The Inside Story Of How West Virginia Governor Jim Justice Ducks Taxes And Slow-Pays His Bills (Christopher Helman, Forbes and ProPublica, 4-9-19)
• A Right-Wing Think Tank Claimed to Be a Church. Now, Members of Congress Want to Investigate. (Andrea Suozzo, ProPublica, 8-2-22) Forty lawmakers are calling on the IRS and the Treasury to investigate after ProPublica reported that the Family Research Council gained protections by claiming it is a church. They asked the IRS and the Treasury to investigate what the lawmakers termed an “alarming pattern” of right-wing advocacy groups registering with the tax agency as churches, a move that allows the organizations to shield themselves from some financial reporting requirements and makes it easier to avoid audits.
• Ken Griffin Spent $54 Million Fighting a Tax Increase for the Rich. Secret IRS Data Shows It Paid Off for Him. (Paul Kiel and Mick Dumke, ProPublica,7-7-22) The ultrawealthy poured money into a successful campaign to defeat a graduated state income tax. For the first time, we can reveal the scale of their return on this investment.
• The Pandora Papers: Billions Hidden Beyond Reach (Greg Miller, Debbie Cenziper, and Peter Whoriskey, Washington Post, 10-3-21) A global investigation. A trove of secret files details the opaque financial universe where global elite shield riches from taxes, probes and accountability.The details are contained in more than 11.9 million financial records that were obtained by the International Consortium of Investigative Journalists (ICIJ) and examined by The Post and other partner news organizations.
• Key findings from the Pandora Papers investigation (10-3-21) A trove of secret files details the financial universe where global elite shield riches from taxes, probes and accountability. Key Findings:
1. Country leaders on five continents use the offshore system
2. Governments launch investigations after secret papers show how elite shield riches
3. Some American states have become central to the global offshore system
4. Wealthy investors profited from stressed American renters amid national affordability crisis
5. Billionaires make extensive use of offshore finance.
6. A global treasure hunt leads to an indicted art dealer's offshore trusts — and the Met
7. U.S. sanctions imposed on Russian oligarchs hit their targets.
• Secret real estate purchases are a driving force behind the offshore economy (Margot Gibbs and Agustin Armendariz, Pandora Paper, ICJI, 11-3-21) No longer content with Miami condos and London townhouses, investors are pouring money into properties in all corners of the world, fueling inequality and driving up prices, Pandora Papers investigation reveals. “Whether people are hiding from the tax authorities or law enforcement, or from the scrutiny of a trusting public, these transactions are about obtaining impunity,” said Alex Cobham, head of the Tax Justice Network, a tax fairness advocacy group.
Read about the series The Landlords--for example, The landlord from Wall Street After a housing crisis, a rising real estate titan purchased tens of thousands of homes, converted them into rentals — and siphoned earnings offshore. How Progress Residential and its investors profited from a housing crisis.
• Meet the Billionaire and Rising GOP Mega-Donor Who’s Gaming the Tax System (Justin Elliott, Jesse Eisinger, Paul Kiel, Jeff Ernsthausen and Doris Burke, The Big Story, ProPublica, 6-21-22) Susquehanna founder and TikTok investor Jeff Yass has avoided $1 billion in taxes while largely escaping public scrutiny. He’s now pouring his money into campaigns to cut taxes and support election deniers.
• Casinos Pled Poverty to Get a Huge Tax Break. Atlantic City Is Paying the Price. (Alison Burdo, The Press of Atlantic City, 6-2-22) Despite growing profits, casino operators used predictions of “grave danger” to convince the state to slash their tax burden, denying millions to the city, its school district and the county. And sidebar: New Jersey Officials Refused to Provide the Numbers Behind New Casino Tax Breaks. So We Did the Math. Lawmakers claimed, without providing evidence, that casinos would close without a tax cut. A ProPublica, Press of Atlantic City analysis found otherwise.
•TurboTax Maker Intuit Faces Tens of Millions in Fees in a Groundbreaking Legal Battle Over Consumer Fraud (Justin Elliott, ProPublica, 2-23-22) In addition to the unusual mass arbitration Intuit is fighting, federal regulators and state prosecutors are still investigating the company, which made $2 billion dollars last year. See also The TurboTax Trap: Here’s How TurboTax Just Tricked You Into Paying to File Your Taxes (Justin Elliott and Lucas Waldron, ProPublica, 4-22-19) And FTC Sues to Stop “Deceptive” TurboTax “Free” Ad Campaign (Justin Elliott, ProPublica, 3-29-22) Following an investigation sparked by ProPublica’s coverage, the Federal Trade Commission is asking a federal court for a restraining order barring Intuit from marketing TurboTax as “free.”
• The Secret IRS Files (ProPublica's excellent series, with links to all the stories, starting June 2021) Here are only some of the stories.
---How These Ultrawealthy Politicians Avoided Paying Taxes (Ellis Simani, Robert Faturechi and Ken Ward Jr., ProPublica, 11-4-21) IRS records reveal how Gov. Jim Justice, Gov. Jared Polis, former Education Secretary Betsy DeVos and other wealthy political figures slashed their taxes using strategies unavailable to most of their constituents.
---Proposal to Rein in Mega IRAs Faces Lobbying Resistance From Retirement Industry (Justin Elliott, ProPublica, 10-25-21) Several companies, including one backed by Peter Thiel, are fighting a proposal to curb giant retirement accounts and tighten rules for IRA investments.
---House Bill Would Blow Up the Massive IRAs of the Superwealthy (Justin Elliott, Patricia Callahan and James Bandler, ProPublica, 9-21-21) The proposed reform stems from a ProPublica story that detailed how PayPal founder Peter Thiel had amassed $5 billion, tax-free, in a Roth IRA. If the bill passes, Roth accounts would be capped at $20 million for high-income individuals.
---More Than Half of America’s 100 Richest People Exploit Special Trusts to Avoid Estate Taxes (Jeff Ernsthausen, James Bandler, Justin Elliott and Patricia Callahan, ProPublica, 9-28-21) Secret IRS records show billionaires use trusts that let them pass fortunes to their heirs without paying estate tax. Will Congress end a tax shelter that has cost the Treasury untold billions? Examples: Charles Koch, Michael Bloomberg, Herb Simon and Laurene Powell Jobs.
---The Inside Story of How We Reported the Secret IRS Files (ProPublica, 8-6-21) The ProPublica journalists who obtained the secret tax documents of thousands of America’s richest people share how they conceived of their stories, what readers should understand about the tax system and where they’re taking these stories next.
--- (Secret IRS Files Reveal How Much the Ultrawealthy Gained by Shaping Trump’s “Big, Beautiful Tax Cut” Justin Elliott and Robert Faturechi, ProPublica, 8-11-21) Billionaire business owners deployed lobbyists to make sure Trump’s 2017 tax bill was tailored to their benefit. Confidential IRS records show the windfall that followed.
---The Billionaire Playbook: How Sports Owners Use Their Teams to Avoid Millions in Taxes (Robert Faturechi, Justin Elliott and Ellis Simani, ProPublica, 7-8-21) Owners like Steve Ballmer can take the kinds of deductions on team assets — everything from media deals to player contracts — that industrialists take on factory equipment. That helps them pay lower tax rates than players and even stadium workers.
• How a Billionaire Team Owner Pays a Lower Tax Rate Than LeBron James — and the Stadium Workers, Too (Nadia Sussman, Mauricio Rodríguez Pons, Joseph Singer and Kristyn Hume, ProPublica, 7-8-21) Pro sports teams pretty much always increase in value. But our tax laws allow the owners to claim that their teams’ assets lose value, lowering their tax bills through amortization. The government misses out on billions in revenue. Here’s how.
• Eight Takeaways From ProPublica’s Investigation of How Sports Owners Use Their Teams to Avoid Taxes (ProPublica, 7-8-21) How do billionaire team owners end up paying lower tax rates not only than their millionaire players, but even the person serving beer in the stadium? Let’s go to the highlights.
• You May Be Paying a Higher Tax Rate Than a Billionaire (Paul Kiel, Jeff Ernsthausen and Jesse Eisinger, ProPublica, 6-8-21) A new ProPublica analysis of a trove of IRS documents revealed that the richest 25 Americans pay a tiny fraction of their wealth in taxes. But even if you use the most conventional yardstick — income — the wealthiest still pay low rates.
• The Secret IRS Files Links to the full series, only part of which is linked to here.
• The great American tax haven: why the super-rich love South Dakota (Oliver Bullough, The Guardian, 11-14-19) It’s known for being the home of Mount Rushmore – and not much else. But thanks to its relish for deregulation, the state is fast becoming the most profitable place for the mega-wealthy to park their billions. A decade ago, South Dakotan trust companies held $57.3bn in assets. By the end of 2020, that total will have risen to $355.2bn.
In recent years, countries outside the US have been cracking down on offshore wealth. But according to an official in a traditional tax haven, who has watched as wealth has fled that country’s coffers for the US, the protections offered by states such as South Dakota are undermining global attempts to control tax dodging, kleptocracy and money-laundering. See also How Britain can help you get away with stealing millions: a five-step guide (Oliver Bullough, The Long Read, The Guardian, 7-5-19) Dirty money needs laundering if it’s to be of any use – and the UK is the best place in the world to do it. Britain’s most famous money launderer is HSBC, thanks to its systematic cleansing of the earnings of the Latin American drug cartels over the second half of the last decade.
• The President's Taxes: Long-Concealed Records Show Trump’s Chronic Losses and Years of Tax Avoidance (Russ Buettner, Susanne Craig and Mike McIntire, New York Times, 9-27-2020) The Times obtained Donald Trump’s tax information extending over more than two decades, revealing struggling properties, vast write-offs, an audit battle and hundreds of millions in debt coming due.
---How Reality-TV Fame Handed Trump a $427 Million Lifeline (NY Times, 9-28-2020) Tax records show that “The Apprentice” rescued Donald J. Trump, bringing him new sources of cash and a myth that would propel him to the White House.
---Charting an Empire: A Timeline of Trump’s Finances ( Russ Buettner, Gabriel J.X. Dance, Keith Collins, Mike McIntire and Susanne Craig, NY Times, 9-27-2020) Tax records provide a detailed history of President Trump’s business career, revealing huge losses, looming financial threats and a large, contested refund from the I.R.S.
---An Editor’s Note on the Trump Tax Investigation (Dean Baquet, NY Times, 9-27-2020) The New York Times has examined decades of President Trump’s financial records, assembling the most comprehensive picture yet of his business dealings.
• Lord of the Roths: How Tech Mogul Peter Thiel Turned a Retirement Account for the Middle Class Into a $5 Billion Tax-Free Piggy Bank (Justin Elliott, Patricia Callahan and James Bandler, ProPublica, 6-25-21) Roth IRAs were intended to help average working Americans save, but IRS records show Thiel and other ultrawealthy investors have used them to amass vast untaxed fortunes. See also The Ultrawealthy Have Hijacked Roth IRAs. The Senate Finance Chair Is Eyeing a Crackdown. (Justin Elliott, Patricia Callahan and James Bandler ProPublica 6-25-21) Sen. Ron Wyden, chair of the Senate Finance Committee, said he planned to rein in tax breaks for gargantuan Roth retirement accounts after ProPublica exposed how the superrich used them to shield their fortunes from taxes.
• The FinCEN Files BuzzFeed News, a big series. See Dirty money pours into the world’s most powerful banks. Since 2010, at least 18 financial institutions have received deferred prosecution agreements for anti–money laundering or sanctions violations, according to an analysis by BuzzFeed News. Of those, at least four went on to break the law again and get fined. Twice, the government responded to this kind of repeat offense by renewing the deferred prosecution agreement — the very tool that failed the first time. MORE: Top Deutsche Bank Executives Missed Major Red Flags Pointing To A Massive Money Laundering Scandal.... The Untold Story Of What Really Happened After HSBC, El Chapo's Bank, Promised To Get Clean....They Suspected Their Bank Of Doing Business With Iran And Suspected Terrorist Financiers. Now, They Feel Betrayed By The Government.
• 'Times' Journalists Puncture Myth Of Trump As Self-Made Billionaire (Terry Gross interviews investigative reporters Susanne Craig and David Barstow, who say the president received today's equivalent of $413 million from his father's real estate empire, through what appears to be tax fraud. See also Trump Engaged in Suspect Tax Schemes as He Reaped Riches From His Father (Susanne Craig and David Barstowand Russ Buettner, NY Times, 10-2-18) The president has long sold himself as a self-made billionaire, but a Times investigation found that he received at least $413 million in today’s dollars from his father’s real estate empire, much of it through schemes to avoid paying taxes on multimillion dollar gifts in the family.
• A toast to undercover journalism’s greatest coup, when reporters bought a bar (Jackie Spinner, Columbia Journalism Review, 1-26-18) "In a 25-part series, Sun-Times writer Zay N. Smith (known as Norty when he tended bar), Sun-Times reporter Pam Zekman, and Bill Recktenwald, the lead investigator for the watchdog Better Government Association, detailed a Chicago underworld of bribery, skimming, and tax evasion. The series ultimately led to indictments for a third of the city’s electrical inspectors, and major reforms in city and state codes."
Covering Crime and Criminal Justice
See alsoCriminal Justice, Injustice, Law, and the Courts
Covering juvenile justice
Crime writing (true crime)
• Guidelines for Covering Crime (Deborah Potter, NewsLab)
• Criminal Justice Journalists (founded in 1997, publishes Understanding Crime Statistics). Not all links on this site worked for me. Be persistent.
• The Crime Report: Your Criminal Justice Network (Center on Media, Crime and Justice at the John Jay College of Criminal Justice in New York) A national news service covering the diverse challenges and issues of 21st century criminal justice in the U.S. and abroad. Staffed by working journalists in New York, Washington and Los Angeles.
--- Justice Digest published daily
---The Crime Report
• Media’s Influence on the Perception of Criminal Justice (Richard Kania, Crime & Justice Research Alliance) See Find an Expert. See also papers on Mass Incarceration and Justice Reinvestment (Todd Clear)
• Crime Reporting Tips (Newslab)
• Reporting on Crime and Crime Victims (MediaCrimeVictimGuide -- How to Facilitate Sensitive and Respectful Treatment of Crime Victims)
• Beat reporting: Crime and Justice (NewsLab)
• Crime Databases and Statistics (Mike Reilley, SPJ Journalist's Toolbox, 5-11-19) See also More crime sites (SPJ) and Miscellaneous crime sites (Mike Reilley, SPJ, 4-12-13)
• Violent Crime Reduction Roadmap (Office of Justice Programs, U.S. Dept. of Justice)
• Council on Criminal Justice Grounding Criminal Justice Policy in Facts and Evidence
---Saving Lives: Ten Essential Actions Cities Can Take to Reduce Violence Now (Council on Criminal Justice)
• Who Gets to Kill in Self-Defense? (Rachel Louise Snyder, Opinion, NY Times Interactive, 9-4-24) A "must-read article" on the topic) Self-defense laws were written for men. This is how they fail women who fight back. A thought piece, with plenty of examples and explanations of changing standards: "In the United States, self-defense law originates in part from a 17th-century English common law principle called the castle doctrine, which established the right of a man to protect himself and the property in his home in the event of an attack; when this doctrine was created, such property included his wife and children. In other instances — in the public sphere, for example — a man generally had a duty to retreat." Books and reports referred to in Snyder's piece:
---National Commission on the Causes and Prevention of Violence, Report to President Lyndon B. Johnson (1969) The U.S. National Commission on the Causes and Prevention of Violence (National Violence Commission) was formed by President Lyndon B. Johnson in Executive Order 11412 on June 10, 1968, after the April 4 assassination of Martin Luther King Jr. and the June 5 assassination of Robert F. Kennedy.
This study "recognized that women were significantly more likely than men to have been defending themselves when committing homicide. But because criminologists for decades focused their research on men, who commit a majority of violent crimes, we still know very little about these women — what their circumstances were and what self-defense looked like for them."
Excellent as an overview of changing angles on murder resulting from domestic violence:
"A 17th-century English common law principle called the castle doctrine, which established the right of a man to protect himself and the property in his home in the event of an attack; when this doctrine was created, such property included his wife and children. In other instances — in the public sphere, for example — a man generally had a duty to retreat."
The“true man” doctrine. 'An Ohio Supreme Court case from 1876 declared not only that a man in the public sphere did not have to retreat from attack but also that a “true man” would stand and fight — a “true man” was “not obliged to fly from an assailant, who, by violence or surprise, maliciously seeks to take his life or to do him enormous bodily harm.”
"To require such retreat, a similar court decision determined, was essentially “legalized cowardice,” as one author put it. Numerous states created similar exceptions in the following decades, though a duty to retreat whenever possible was still the norm.'
"The 'true man; doctrine helped pave the way for 'stand your ground” laws, which have proliferated across the country since Florida became the first state to enact “stand your ground” in 2005. Such laws state that anywhere a person has a right to be, in public or private, one has the right to fight back against attack — except most of the laws are not written to apply to violence in the home, against another person who has the same right to be there, like a spouse. There are now 30 states with “stand your ground” laws and eight others that allow for “stand your ground” defenses in practice, according to research conducted by Caroline Light.
---Stand Your Ground: A History of America’s Love Affair With Lethal Self-Defense by Caroline Light, Michal Goldstein, and Agatha Nyarko. 'Despite the more gender-neutral phrasing of “stand your ground,” these laws still view the world through a male perspective. The three authors found that the laws “emphasize the need to protect citizens from threats outside the home while ignoring the fact that intimate partner violence and, more broadly, domestic violence, have been and remain the most common forms of violence against women.” To stand one’s ground, she wrote in her book, remains “a masculine, cisgender act.”
---Justifiable Homicide: Battered Women, Self Defense, and the Law (1989) by Cynthia Gillespie "served as a sort of primer on women who kill their abusers and how self-defense principles fail them."
---Imperfect Victims: Criminalized Survivors and the Promise of Abolition Feminism by Leigh Goodmark. "Three tenets of self-defense law prove troublesome for abused women. These are imminence, proportionality and reasonableness.... Self-defense law imagines two parties of equal strength, size, weight and physical capability... where self-defense law really fails to capture a woman’s experience is around the question of imminence.... A court generally imagines only one type of situation that counts as self-defense in a domestic violence situation...What a domestic violence victim sees, however, is a long tail of history, an offender who will follow through on threats to kill because past violence underscores every one of those threats. And often it is in this intermission that she’ll take her shot."
---Fatal Peril: Unheard Stories from the IPV-to-Prison Pipeline by Debbie Mukamal, Andrea N. Cimino, Blyss Cleveland, Emma Dougherty, Jacqueline Lewittes, and Becca Zimmerman. (Stanford Criminal Justice Center, Summer 2024). The Stanford study (which you can download) runs to 230 pages and provides important new evidence about the role of domestic violence in homicide convictions. "Research has long confirmed high rates of abuse among those serving time in both men’s and women’s prisons. But Ms. Mukamal wanted a clearer picture of that connection when it came to homicide specifically....Out of the 649 women included in the study, nearly three-quarters of them experienced intimate partner violence in the year leading up to their homicide-related convictions....In the study, 60 percent of the women who experienced intimate partner violence in the year leading up to their crimes said they’d been strangled — most often multiple times.
---The Battered Woman (1980) by Lenore Walker. "She coined the term “battered woman syndrome,” which she used to describe a situation in which an abused woman is unable to escape her abuser because of what Dr. Walker termed “learned helplessness,” a phrase she borrowed from psychologists who said victims of extreme abuse eventually became so devoid of agency, they were unable to escape their violent situations even when change is available.
---Survival Suicide by Michal Buchhandler-Raphael (Cardozo Law Review, Volume 44 Issue 5, 2024) a law professor at Widener University, who 'suggested a new charge she called “survival homicide,” which would sit somewhere between full acquittal and manslaughter. She wrote that it would have a “mitigated criminal responsibility” and the offense would be “graded lower than manslaughter.” But Mary Anne Franks, a law professor at George Washington University who has written extensively on gender-based violence, said such women shouldn’t be charged in the first place....One example of a country that has proceeded with legal reforms that attempt to balance accountability with a more complete understanding of domestic abuse is Canada, which changed its self-defense laws in 2013."
• Combined DNA Index System (CODIS) (Bureau of Justice Statistics, or BJS) CODIS is an acronym for Combined DNA Index System, a computer software program that operates local, state, and national databases of DNA profiles from convicted offenders, unsolved crime scene evidence, and missing persons.
• What is DNA?(MedlinePlus) DNA, or deoxyribonucleic acid, is the hereditary material in humans and almost all other organisms. An important property of DNA is that it can replicate, or make copies of itself. Each strand of DNA in the double helix can serve as a pattern for duplicating the sequence of bases. This is critical when cells divide because each new cell needs to have an exact copy of the DNA present in the old cell.
• DNA links US serial killer to 4 Calgary cold cases prompting tips from BC (YouTube video, Crimebeat TV) Alberta RCMP announced a huge break in several cold cases, saying Gary Allen Srery had savagely assaulted and killed four young women in Calgary. The cases went back nearly 50 years.
---Familial DNA as a method of identifying serial killers (ScIU Editorial Team, Indiana University, 4-30-22) The “Golden State Killer” had gone undetected for 39 years. Once Joseph DeAngelo was identified as a suspect, he was surveilled, and genetic material was collected from his car door and a tissue from his trash can outside. He was arrested the next day. Matching DNA markers does not always lead to valid results, as large percentages of the population can share many specific DNA markers.
• How We Can Help You (FBI) In the case of a sexual assault where an evidence kit is collected from the victim, a DNA profile of the suspected perpetrator is developed from the swabs in the kit. The forensic unknown profile attributed to the suspected perpetrator is searched against their state database of convicted offender and arrestee profiles (contained within the Convicted Offender and Arrestee Indices, if that state is authorized to collect and database DNA samples from arrestees). If there is a candidate match in the Convicted Offender or Arrestee Index, the laboratory will go through procedures to confirm the match and, if confirmed, will obtain the identity of the suspected perpetrator. The DNA profile from the evidence is also searched against the state’s database of crime scene DNA profiles called the Forensic Index."
• Your DNA Test Could Send a Relative to Jail (Rafil Kroll-Zaidi, NY Times, 12-27-21) Thanks to “genetic genealogy,” solving crimes with genomic databases is becoming mainstream — with some uncomfortable implications for the future of privacy.
• How Genetic Sleuthing Helped a Kidnapped Girl Recover Her Identity (Jonathan Corum and Heather Murphy, NY Times Interactive, 10-15-18) A complex case involving an abandoned child and a serial killer inspired a new way of solving crimes through cousins’ DNA and family tree data. A similar technique was later used to identify a suspect in the Golden State Killer case, and has led to arrests in more than 10 other murder and sexual assault cases in the past five months.
• Southeast Asian Casinos Emerge as Major Enablers of Global Cybercrime (Cezary Podkul, ProPublica, 10-6-23) A growing number of casinos in Cambodia, Laos and Myanmar are engaging in large-scale money laundering, facilitating cyberfraud that is costing victims in America and abroad billions of dollars, according to new research by the United Nations.
• Journalistic integrity requires a reckoning with how news media covers the criminal legal system (Tamar Sarai, Prism Reports, 1-24-23) The ways newsrooms report crime can have irrevocable consequences for both individual lives and public perceptions
• When Dynamite Turned Terrorism Into an Everyday Threat (Steven Johnson, NYTimes, 5-17-24) In early 20th-century America, political bombings became a constant menace — but then helped give rise to law enforcement as we know it. The actions the anarchists took to advance their values — made possible by Nobel’s innovation — ended up playing a defining role in the creation of the very antithesis of the anarchist vision: the modern surveillance state. Image A black-and-white portrait of Alexander Berkman.
• AP Stylebook’s new chapter on crime is a glimpse into the future (Kelly McBride, Poynter, 2024) A decade from now, American newsrooms will have replaced cheap stories with data-rich narratives that educate communities and hold cops accountable. McBride breaks down the AP Stylebook’s latest updates and how they will—hopefully—lead to a new era of journalism that educate communities on trends, hold cops accountable, and center victims.
---Newsrooms are rethinking their use of mugshots in crime reporting (Keri Blakinger, Poynter, 2-11-20) In it, she breaks down the AP Stylebook’s latest updates and how they will—hopefully—lead to a new era of journalism that educate communities on trends, hold cops accountable, and center victims.Publishing mugshots, for example, can disproportionately impact people of color by feeding into negative stereotypes and undermining the presumption of innocence, said Johnny Perez, a formerly incarcerated New Yorker who is currently director of U.S. prison programs for the National Religious Campaign Against Torture. “It reaffirms existing biases and creates biases where none exist,” he said. “People of color are already more likely to be found guilty than their white counterparts.”
• From Fact-Checker to Editor-in-Chief: How One Woman Rose to the Top at OCCRP (Laura Dixon, Global Investigative Journalism Network, 6-5-23) Ten questions with Miranda Patrucic, who has steadily risen up the ranks of the Organized Crime and Corruption Reporting Project (OCCRP), a nonprofit that has pioneered cross-border investigative journalism by hunting down wrongdoing in some of the world’s most difficult places to report. See also
---10 Questions: Lessons Learned from Mexican Investigative Journalist Anabel Hernández (4-4-23) Anabel Hernández is one of the most prominent investigative journalists in Mexico. Her investigation “Narcoland” revealed the links between the Sinaloa Cartel and Genaro García Luna, Mexico’s former Secretary of Public Security.
---10 Questions: Lessons Learned from Investigative Journalist Hayatte Abdou, from the Comoros (1-16-23) As one of just a few investigative journalists in the small island country, which is dominated by state media and where press freedom is under duress, Abdou has faced intimidation for her undaunted watchdog reporting. She has won acclaim for her courageous reporting into the killing of fellow Comorien journalist Ali Abdou (no relation), whose suspicious death was brushed aside by authorities.
---10 Questions: Lessons Learned from Puerto Rican Journalist and Media Entrepreneur Omaya Sosa (2-1-233) Omaya Sosa is the founding co-director of Puerto Rico’s Centro de Periodismo Investigativo (CPI or, in English, Center for Investigative Journalism).
• AP says it will no longer name suspects in minor crimes (David Bauder, AP News, 6-15-21) The name of a person arrested will live on forever online, even if the charges are dropped or the person is acquitted, explains AP. And that can hurt someone’s ability to get a job, join a club or run for office years later. See Who Deserves to Have Their Past Mistakes “Forgotten”? (Rachael Allen, Slate, 2-15-21) The Cleveland Plain Dealer started its "right to be forgotten" program in 2018, and the Boston Globe announced it would start its own “right to forgotten program,” called Fresh Start. Newspapers across the country, including the Atlanta Journal-Constitution and the Bangor Daily News, have launched similar efforts.
• A Day in the Life of a Reporter Covering the Elizabeth Holmes Trial (Times Insider, 12-28-21) Erin Griffith, a New York Times journalist who is reporting on the fraud trial against the Theranos founder, shares what it’s like lining up for the trial and inside of the courtroom.
• Covering crime. Even ethical journalism can have collateral damage (Raina Kumra, CJR, 8-1-18) Raina lost her father to a homicide during a home invasion. By some miracle, her mother survived. They endured a media circus, and the way the story was handled made her question whether Frontline’s editorial team put their own commercial and professional interests ahead of her family’s grief.
• Covering gun violence (full section on Pat's site about death and dying)
• The Army Increasingly Allows Soldiers Charged With Violent Crimes to Leave the Military Rather Than Face Trial (Vianna Davila, Lexi Churchill and Ren Larson, ProPublica and The Texas Tribune, and Davis Winkie, Military Times, 4-10-23) A federal watchdog called for ending the practice nearly 50 years ago, but the military pushed back. Now, soldiers leave the Army with a negative discharge, avoiding possible federal conviction and with little record of the allegations against them.
• Mapping Police Violence The Official Mapping Police Violence Database. Charts use data from 2013-2023 to show which police departments are most - and least - likely to kill people. You can also compare police departments operating in jurisdictions with similar levels of crime to show that, even under similar circumstances, some police departments are much more likely to kill people than others.
• The Jan. 6 investigation is the biggest in U.S. history. It’s only half done. (Spencer S. Hsu, Devlin Barrett and Tom Jackman, Washington Post, 3-18-23) Nearly 1,000 people have been charged to date, and a federal courthouse strains to handle what may be years more of trials.
• The Supreme Court's Republican Partisan Hacks (Robert Reich, 5-23-24) Alito and the five other Republican justices have made it much harder, if not impossible, to challenge racial gerrymandering. The Constitution’s equal protection clause bars racial gerrymandering but not partisan gerrymandering. In this case, the lower court had found that South Carolina’s redistricting map — which moved Black voters from one district to another to bolster the Republican majority — was racially gerrymandered. It caused the “bleaching of African American voters” from a district and “exiled” thousands of Black voters to carve out a district safer for a White Republican incumbent.
• House GOP gave Jan. 6 footage to Carlson without telling Capitol Police, lawyer says (Justine McDaniel and Tom Jackman, Washington Post, 3-17-23) Police then wanted to review footage for security concerns, but say they only saw one clip out of 40.
• Harlan Crow Provided Clarence Thomas at Least 3 Previously Undisclosed Private Jet Trips, Senate Probe Finds (Justin Elliott, Joshua Kaplan and Alex Mierjeski, ProPublica, 6-13-24) The Supreme Court justice flew to Montana and other destinations on the billionaire GOP donor’s dime. Crow’s lawyer revealed these flights to the Senate Judiciary Committee, whose ongoing investigation was sparked by ProPublica’s reporting.
---Ethics Watchdog Urges Justice Department Investigation Into Clarence Thomas’ Trips (Brett Murphy, ProPublica, 4-12-23) In pushing to kick-start an inquiry into Thomas’ lavish travel provided by a GOP megadonor, the nonpartisan Campaign Legal Center wrote that the ethics issue has “historic implications far beyond one Supreme Court justice.”
---Friends of the Court: SCOTUS Justices’ Beneficial Relationships With Billionaire Donors (ProPublica series, starting with this story by Andy Kroll, 10-10-23) Supreme Court Justice Clarence Thomas’ decades-long friendship with real estate tycoon Harlan Crow and Samuel Alito’s luxury travel with billionaire Paul Singer have raised questions about influence and ethics at the nation's highest court. Scroll down for several stories in this series.
• There Have Been Huge Gaps in FBI Hate Crime Data for Years. A New Law Aims to Fix That. (Ken Schwencke, ProPublica, 6-4-21) A lack of reliable hate crime data has left authorities with neither a complete understanding of such incidents nor the tools needed to address them, ProPublica reported. A bill Biden just signed will start to address that.
• Another Police Officer Pleads Guilty to Punching Handcuffed Man (Ken Armstrong, ProPublica’s Local Reporting Network and South Bend Tribune, 4-14-23) The conviction is the latest development in the extensive fallout from an investigation into the criminal justice system in Elkhart, Indiana.
• A Detective Sabotaged His Own Cases Because He Didn’t Like the Prosecutor. The Police Department Did Nothing to Stop Him. (Jeremy Kohler, ProPublica, and Ryan Krull, Riverfront Times, Criminal Justice, ProPublica, 10-10-23) A number of American cities have elected prosecutors who promised progressive law enforcement, focusing as much on police accountability as being tough on crime. Across the country, police have undermined and resisted reform. To protest a prosecutor, one detective was willing to let murder suspects walk free, even if he’d arrested them and believed that they should be behind bars. From San Francisco to Philadelphia, prosecutors like Kim Gardner have faced pushback from the police and, in several cities, from their own courtroom assistants. Politicians and voters have tried to remove some of these prosecutors from office — and, in a number of cities, they have been successful.
• St. Louis has lost hundreds of cops. Here’s why some say they left. (Dana Rieck, St. Louis Post-Dispatch, 8-14-23) The police killing of George Floyd led to weeks of protests in St. Louis and nationwide, and calls intensified to defund police departments altogether. Meanwhile, tensions continued to mount between police and former Circuit Attorney Kimberly M. Gardner, first elected in 2016 on the promise to deliver criminal justice reform and hold police accountable. The result was a police exodus.
• We Don’t Talk About Leonard (Andrea Bernstein, Andy Kroll and Ilya Marritz, ProPublica and On the Media, 10-13-23) One largely unknown man has played a significant role in pushing the American judiciary to the right: Leonard Leo. The conservative legal movement in the United States is more powerful than ever. “We Don’t Talk About Leonard,” a podcast series with WNYC’s “On The Media,” explores the web of money, influence and power behind the conservative takeover of America’s courts — and the man at the center of it all: Leonard Leo.
• Hate Crimes Are Up — But the Government Isn’t Keeping Good Track of Them (A.C. Thompson and Ken Schwencke, Documenting Hate, ProPublica, 11-15-16) There is considerable anxiety about the potential for violence after a bitter national election. The data kept on hate crimes won’t reassure anyone.
• ‘What’s Going On, Daddy’: A Reporter on the Hate Beat Finds 2 Very Local Stories (A.C. Thompson, Documenting Hate, ProPublica, 12-19-16) A brutal beating; a terrible murder. Seeking motives in a divided America.
• The SEC Undermined a Powerful Weapon Against White-Collar Crime (Lydia DePillis, ProPublica, 1-13-21) Now the lawyer who wrote the rules that gave Wall Street insiders a big financial incentive to report crimes to the SEC is suing the government for changing them.
• Police Say Seizing Property Without Trial Helps Keep Crime Down. A New Study Shows They’re Wrong. (Ian MacDougall for ProPublica, 12-14-20) Civil asset forfeiture laws, which allow police to seize property without trial, are frequently justified as tools to seize millions from kingpins. A new study reveals the median amount taken is as low as $369 in some states.
• Some Are Jailed in Mississippi for Months Without a Lawyer. The State Supreme Court Just Barred That. (Caleb Bedillion and Taylor Vance, Northeast Mississippi Daily Journal and The Marshall Project, ProPublica, 4-14-23) Criminal justice reformers have long complained that the state’s rules on appointing public defenders leave poor defendants without a lawyer as they wait to be indicted.
• How Dollar Stores Became Magnets for Crime and Killing (Alec MacGillis, ProPublica, 6-29-20) Discount chains are thriving — while fostering violence and neglect in poor communities.
• Why America Fails at Gathering Hate Crime Statistics (Ken Schwencke, Documenting Hate, ProPublica, 12-4-17) The FBI relies on local law enforcement agencies to identify and report crimes motivated by bias, but many agencies fumble this task.
• Hate Crime Training for Police Is Often Inadequate, Sometimes Nonexistent ( A.C. Thompson, Rohan Naik and Ken Schwencke, Documenting Hate, ProPublica, 11-29-17) Only a fraction of bias crimes ever get reported. Fewer still get successfully prosecuted. Perhaps the widespread lack of training for frontline officers has something to do with that.
• Hate Crime Law Results in Few Convictions and Lots of Disappointment (Ryan Katz for ProPublica, Documenting Hate, 4-10-17) In Texas, the tiny number of successful prosecutions leave both victims and lawmakers questioning state's commitment to punishing hate.
• Alleged Chicago Assault Reignites Issue of Hate Crimes Against Whites (Joe Sexton, Documenting Hate, ProPublica, 1-5-17) As Chicago authorities waited before filing hate-crime charges against four young adult blacks for an alleged attack on a white disabled man, the Internet raged.
• A 2-for-1 for Racists: Post Hateful Fliers, and Revel in the News Coverage (Ken Schwencke, Documenting Hate, ProPublica, 3-24-17) White supremacists have targeted college campuses, causing upset and gaining attention.
• Federal Judge Unseals New York Crime Lab’s Software for Analyzing DNA Evidence (Lauren Kirchner, Machine Bias, ProPublica, 10-20-17) We asked the judge to make the source code public after scientists and defense attorneys raised concerns that flaws in its design may have resulted in innocent people going to prison.
• These Playing Cards Have an Extra Motive. Flushing Out Suspects. (Rebecca Carballo, NY Times, 4-25-24) The 2,500 decks being issued to correctional facilities in southern Mississippi seek clues on missing persons and unsolved murders. Cold case cards sometimes bring useful tips to dormant investigations.
• How an Unlikely Family History Website Transformed Cold Case Investigations (Heather Murphy, NY Times, 10-15-18) Fifteen murder and sexual assault cases have been solved since April with a single genealogy website. This is how GEDmatch went from a casual side project to a revolutionary tool. Investigators converted the assailant’s DNA to the kind of profile that family history websites such as 23andMe are built on, and uploaded it to GEDmatch.com, a free site open to all and beloved by genealogical researchers seeking to find biological relatives or to construct elaborate family trees. And no one has been more surprised than the two creators of GEDmatch.
• The Golden State Killer Is Tracked Through a Thicket of DNA, and Experts Shudder (Gina Kolata and Heather Murphy, NY Times, 4-27-18)
• Technique Used to Find Golden State Killer Leads to a Suspect in 1987 Murders (Heather Murphy, NY Times, 5-18-18) As in the Golden State killer case, investigators uploaded DNA taken from well-preserved crime scene evidence to the public genealogy site GEDmatch. That DNA profile, which had been extracted from semen, led them to second cousins whose genetic information was available on the site.
• What Improves the Chances of Solving a Murder? (Jeff Asher, NY Times, 7-23-21) Speedy work is helpful, but it’s not the main factor in clearing a case, research finds.
• To Catch a Killer: A Fake Profile on a DNA Site and a Pristine Sample (Tim Arango, Adam Goldman and Thomas Fuller, NY Times, 4-27-18) It took about four months, from when the first possible links appeared on GEDmatch to when Mr. DeAngelo was arrested. Mr. Holes contrasted that time frame with the decades of shoe-leather police work that had always come up empty. “It underscores the power of this technology,” he said. Even as Mr. Holes pursued the novel method of online genealogy, there was still one problem: Many of the known DNA samples of the suspect had degraded over the years
Covering Juvenile Justice
• The Price Kids Pay: How Schools and Police Work Together to Punish Students (ProPublica Education series) Illinois law bans schools from fining students. But police routinely issue tickets to children for minor misbehavior at school, burdening families with financial penalties.
---The Federal Government Is Investigating an Illinois School Where Students With Disabilities Were Frequently Arrested (Jennifer Smith Richards, Chicago Tribune, and Jodi S. Cohen, ProPublica, 3-8-23) The civil rights inquiry by the Department of Education follows a ProPublica and Chicago Tribune investigation that found the school regularly called police to arrest students.
---Years After Being Ticketed at School for a Theft She Said Never Happened, Former Student Prevails in Court ( Jodi S. Cohen and Jennifer Smith Richards, ProPublica, 8-10-23) Amara Harris declined plea deals and ultimately won a legal fight that dates back to 2019. Now she and her attorneys want to push for statewide reforms.
---Illinois Officials Will Try a Second Time to Make Good on Pledge to Reform Student Ticketing (Jodi S. Cohen and Jennifer Smith Richards, Co-published with Chicago Tribune, 6-29-23) Despite legislative setbacks, state leaders and Gov. J.B. Pritzker say they remain committed to stopping schools from continuing to use police to punish students.
• Secrecy Shields Powerful Adults in Our Juvenile Justice Systems. Kids Showed Me What’s Really Happening. (Meribah Knight, WPLN/Nashville Public Radio, ProPublica, 10-16-23) The three years I spent working on “The Kids of Rutherford County” podcast taught me one thing: Tennessee’s punitive policies aren’t leaving children in the legal system better off.
• How the top U.S. official for incarcerated youth sees the challenges for kids in the justice system (Nicole Ellis, Tim McPhillips, and Casey Kuhn, Nation and PBS News, 4-4-23) The number of young Americans in juvenile detention dropped by 77 percent over the last two decades, from more than 100,000 to just over 25,000, according to federal data published late last year. Despite this huge reduction due to changing laws and policies, experts say young people still face stubborn barriers that make it more difficult to successfully reenter society after their release from incarceration.
“Part of the whole initiation of the juvenile court system more than 100 years ago was to provide a path forward for young people to be rehabilitated,” said Liz Ryan, administrator of the U.S. Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention. In 2014, Ryan founded the Youth First Initiative, a national advocacy campaign that helped close youth prisons in six states and redirected more than $50 million to community-based alternatives to incarceration. She said her previous work outside the Biden administration informs her priority to serve young people at home and in their communities.
"When it comes to advice for young people leaving detention or correctional facilities, Ryan advises that it’s critical “to get reconnected right away to their families, to their communities, to community-based supports, to educational opportunities and employment opportunities,” and that “we shouldn’t wait until the day that a young person leaves a facility to make that happen. We need to start the second a young person enters a facility because those young people are going to come home, and we need to make sure they’re fully prepared to come home and that they’re being set up for success.”
• This Agency Tried to Fix the Race Gap in Juvenile Justice. Then Came Trump (Eli Hager, The Marshall Project, 9-19-18)
• Moving Beyond Mass Incarceration (Center on Juvenile & Criminal Justice, or CJCJ, 10-3-23)
• Youth In Crisis: How Kings County Locks Up Youth with Disabilities (Disability Rights) Disability Rights California and Disability Rights Advocates conducted a multi-year investigation into conditions at the Kings County Juvenile Center. This locked youth detention center is in Hanford, California and houses between 20 and 30 youth who are detained or incarcerated. The County’s youth arrest and detention rates are excessive – among the highest per capita in the state by several measures. The center is prison-like and regimented, rather than the homelike, rehabilitative environment that state law requires. The incentive program is frustrating and confusing, especially for disabled youth. These conditions re-traumatize many youth with a history of trauma held at the facility. Probation staff in tactical gear improperly interfere in the J.C. Montgomery school at the detention facility, monitoring students’ work and behavior without regard to students’ special education accommodations. Nine recommendations for reform.
• Juvenile Justice History (CJCJ)
• Black Children Were Jailed for a Crime That Doesn’t Exist. Almost Nothing Happened to the Adults in Charge. Meribah Knight, Nashville Public Radio, and Ken Armstrong, ProPublica, 10-8-21) Judge Donna Scott Davenport oversees a juvenile justice system in Rutherford County, Tennessee, with a staggering history of jailing children. She said kids must face consequences which rarely seem to apply to her or the other adults in charge. Among cases referred to juvenile court, the statewide average for how often children were locked up was 5%. In Rutherford County, it was 48%. The judge was proud of what she had helped build, despite alarming numbers buried in state reports.
• Youth in the System: An overview (Juvenile Law Center)
• The Marshall Project Inside (created and led by Marshall Project staff who are formerly incarcerated) provides criminal justice news and information to the millions of people living inside America’s prisons and jails.
• The Conversation Articles about juvenile justice.
• Formerly incarcerated teens share their research and ideas on how to improve the juvenile justice system (The Conversation, 8-4-21) Valuable comments made by incarcerated teens during focus group interviews inside a juvenile detention center in New Mexico. Among other things, several youths insisted that the “plan of care” section of the probation agreement – which examines youth services such as counseling and drug treatment as well as such privileges as being able to stay out past curfew and work – should focus on individual needs rather than boilerplate language. Curfews determine what time you have to be home. For the teens who work or have after-school activities, an early curfew means they can’t participate in these programs. For example, they argued that many young people work to support their families, and a 6 p.m. or 7 p.m. curfew can impede that.
Another "goal was to reduce racial and county-to-county disparities found in the enforcement of searches and seizures, curfews and other restrictions found in local county probation agreements. The state also sought to eliminate potential rights violations permitted by the agreements – such as entering homes and confiscating young people’s personal items."
• How The Supreme Court Changed Juvenile Justice (The Crime Report, 11-2-23) "Prior to 2005, twenty-two people who were executed in the United States were tried as adults after committing crimes as juveniles. At the time, only two countries in the world, US and Iran, allowed the death penalty for juveniles.
"Juvenile executions came to a halt in 2005 when the Supreme Court in Roper v. Simmons held that executing a child whose crime was committed when they were under age 18 violated the cruel and unusual punishment provisions of the 8th Amendment and the due process provisions of the 14th Amendment. Roper was decided by a 5-4 vote—four liberal justices and one moderate justice casting the deciding votes over the four conservative justices.
Five years after Roper, the Supreme Court handed down another juvenile justice decision, Graham v. Florida. Graham held that juvenile offenders could not be sentenced to life without parole for non-homicide offenses; that such a punishment was disproportionate to the offenses in violation of the 8th Amendment.
"Two years after Graham, the Supreme Court decided yet another juvenile justice case, Miller v. Alabama—a decision finding that sentencing juvenile offenders to a mandatory life without parole for homicide offenses also violates the cruel and unusual punishment provisions of the 8th Amendment....
In the wake of Miller and Montgomery, states adopted a wide array of resentencing options, including life without parole for the most heinous juvenile murder cases after a factual determination is made that the offender is "permanently incorrigible."
"This judicial confusion was created because neither Miller nor Montgomery established a "categorical ban on the practices of imposing life imprisonment without parole for juveniles." Instead, the two decisions required an "individualized sentencing determination to identify those rare instances when a life without parole sentence would be appropriate."
"Some courts, wishing to avoid future challenges of life without parole sentences, opted to impose what are known as "virtual life sentences"—sentences with a specific number of years that must be served without the benefit of parole which exceed the life expectancy of the offender.
"These new types of juvenile life without parole sentences were effectively given constitutional blessing in 2021 when the Supreme Court decided Jones v. Mississippi.
And so on.
"Texas has a sordid history of fast-tracking juveniles from juvenile court to adult courts for capital offenses, some drug offenses and certain felonies if the offenders, particularly those of color, have extended criminal histories and are charged with a serious violent offense. These are the kind of ideological-driven juvenile sentencing practices Jones v. Mississippi gives constitutional blessing to."
Covering abortion
"If you're against gun reform, you're not pro-life." ~Robert Reich
• Map of World Abortion Laws (Center for Reproductive Rights) The legal status of abortion in countries across the globe, updated in real time. See also its excellent Glossary: Abortion Bans, Restrictions and Protections
• Justice Alito wrote the 2022 Dobbs v. Jackson Women's Health Organization decision overturning both the Roe v. Wade (1973) decision that recognized the constitutional right to abortion and Planned Parenthood v. Casey (1992), returning to individual states the power to regulate any aspect of abortion not protected by federal statutory law.
• After Roe Fell: Abortion Laws by State (Center for Reproductive Laws) Color-coded map of the U.S. to indicate (on a spectrum) Legal, Hostile, Not Protected, Protected, Expanded Access.
• Public Opinion on Abortion (Views on abortion, 1995-2024, Pew Research Center) "While public support for legal abortion has fluctuated somewhat in two decades of polling, it has remained relatively stable over the past several years. Currently, 63% say abortion should be legal in all or most cases, while 36% say it should be illegal in all or most cases.
"About three-quarters of White evangelical Protestants (73%) think abortion should be illegal in all or most cases. By contrast, 86% of religiously unaffiliated Americans say abortion should be legal in all or most cases, as do 71% of Black Protestants, 64% of White nonevangelical Protestants and 59% of Catholics.
"Among Republicans and independents who lean toward the Republican Party, 57% say abortion should be illegal in all or most cases. By contrast, 85% of Democrats and Democratic leaners say abortion should be legal in all or most cases....Majorities of both men (61%) and women (64%) express support for legal abortion."
• After Dobbs, Abortion Politics are Straining the Republican Coalition (Daniel K. Williams, History News Network, 5-19-23) and Post-Dobbs climate has exposed longstanding GOP divisions on abortion (Daniel K. Williams, Washington Post, 5-19-23) Republicans are divided on abortion.For some, this is a debate about tactics rather than long-term goals. For a while, the two groups within the GOP could unite on a strategy to appoint conservative justices to overturn Roe v. Wade. But now that a conservative Supreme Court has overturned Roe in Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Organization, they cannot agree what to do next. In many ways, this division reflects a tension between personal liberty and moral regulation that is as old as the Republican Party. The divisions also reflect a deeper reality: Republicans have never reached a consensus on the morality of abortion. Today, more than one-third of Republican voters want abortion to remain legal in all or most cases, while 60 percent want it to be mostly or entirely illegal. And in previous decades, Republican voters were even more divided on the issue. Supporters and opponents of abortion rights can both claim support for their position from the party’s founding principles.
• Early, often and unequivocally: How Whitmer’s fight for abortion rights helped turn Michigan blue (Joey Casppelletti, AP News, 12-12-23) Ten years ago, as Michigan’s Republican-led Legislature was on the verge of passing one of the nation’s most restrictive anti-abortion laws at the time, a 42-year-old state senator from East Lansing took to the Senate floor to speak out against what she knew was about to happen. The bill, which Democrat Gretchen Whitmer had derisively called “rape insurance” because it required women to declare when buying health insurance whether they expected to receive an abortion, passed anyway. But Whitmer, now in her second term as Michigan’s governor after winning reelection by nearly 11 percentage points in 2022, this week removed the requirement from state law with the stroke of a pen after Michigan’s Democratic-controlled Legislature sent her a bill tossing it aside.
• What to know about abortion lawsuits being heard in US courts this week (Geoff Mulvihill, AP News, 12-13-23) The Texas Supreme Court received a lot of attention this week when it rejected a woman’s request for an immediate abortion there due to harrowing pregnancy complications. It’s one of several Western states where there have been developments and court arguments this week in lawsuits over state abortion policies. In some cases, plaintiffs are trying to end the abortion bans most Republican-controlled states have begun enforcing since last year. In others, the quest is for clarity about exceptions that could come into play in a small portion of pregnancies. A rundown of abortion-related requests, challenges, cases, and legal activities in Texas, Kentucky, Idaho, Tennessee, New Mexico, Wyoming, and Arizona.
One case will determine whether mifepristone, one of the two drugs used in combination for most medication abortions, was properly approved by federal regulators. An appeals court’s ruling would cut off access to the drug through mail and impose other restrictions. The arguments will be the first before the highest court in the U.S. on abortion since Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Organization in 2022). That was the case in which the court undid the right to abortion that justices had found nearly 50 years earlier in Roe v. Wade, sparking the wave of laws and lawsuits.
• Alabama Court Rules Embryos Are Children. What Now? (What the Health podcast, KFF Health News, 2-22-24, audio + transcript) In a first-of-its-kind ruling, the Alabama Supreme Court has determined that embryos created for in vitro fertilization procedures are legally people. The decision has touched off massive confusion about potential ramifications, and the University of Alabama-Birmingham has paused its IVF program. Meanwhile, former President Donald Trump is reportedly planning to endorse a national 16-week abortion ban, while his former administration officials are planning further reproductive health restrictions for a possible second term. Lauren Weber of The Washington Post, Rachana Pradhan of KFF Health News, and Victoria Knight of Axios join KFF Health News’ Julie Rovner to discuss these issues and more
• Abortion Pill Can Be Dispensed in Retail Pharmacies, FDA Says (Amanda D'Ambrosio, MedPage Today, 1-4-23) Decision allows patients to pick up mifepristone (Mifeprex), one of two drugs used for medication abortion, at brick-and-mortar locations. The rule will not apply to pharmacies in the roughly dozen states that have near-total abortion bans or that restrict access to the abortion pill. However, when the FDA permanently removed the in-person dispensing requirement, it added a condition mandating that pharmacies acquire a special certification to dispense the drug.
---Safe, Online, Delivered: How to Get the Abortion Pill By Mail (National Women's Health Network, 10-6-22) Safe and effective FDA-approved abortion pills (aka medication abortion) are now available by mail in several states — without an in-person clinic visit.
---The Plan C Guide to Abortion Pill Access
---Medication abortion, also known as medical abortion or abortion with pills, can be safely used up to the first 10 weeks of pregnancy according to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration.
• An Abortion Clinic One Year Later (Emily Witt, New Yorker, 6-23-23) After the fall of Roe v. Wade, North Dakota’s Red River Women’s Clinic moved two miles away, into Minnesota and a new political reality. Forced to shutter in its home state, it can now provide care with greater freedom just a few minutes away.
• Traveling for abortions: The untold story (Katelyn Jetelina, Your Local Epidemiologist, 12-24-23) Forced abortion travel has doubled following Dobbs. And if you’re one of the lucky few who can travel, this journey isn’t without very real challenges that may not be apparent to the unseen eye.
• Walgreens Says It Won’t Offer the Abortion Pill Mifepristone in 21 States (Pam Belluck, NY Times, 3-3-23) The decision applies to conservative states whose attorneys general threatened Walgreens and other pharmacies with legal action if they dispensed the pill there. The decision does not affect the second pill in the medication abortion regimen, misoprostol, which is used for several medical conditions and has long been available by prescription at retail pharmacies nationwide.
• New tip sheet guides reporting on rise of medication abortion and its safety (Kerry Dooley Young, Covering Health, AHCJ, 5-31-22) See What the FDA and a major report say about safety of abortion pills (Kerry Dooley Young, 5-31-22) Tip Sheet available to members of the Association of Health Care Journalists, a top resource if you're writing about health care). Two broad tips:
1. Explain the potential risks of mifepristone, also known as RU 486, in proper context, as you should for any medicine. This treatment has been subject to an unusual level of scrutiny because of ongoing political fights over abortion.
2. Describe the funding and context of any studies or reports on medication abortion.
• Medication Abortion Now Accounts for More Than Half of All US Abortions (Guttmacher Institute, Feb. 2022) Throughout the more than 20 years that it has been used in the United States, medication abortion has been proven to be overwhelmingly safe and effective. Because it can be taken safely and effectively outside of a clinic setting, it has long been a target of abortion opponent.
• Overview of Supreme Court decision, Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Organization, and its impact at UT Austin (University of Texas at Austen, Human Resources)
• Heather Cox Richardson on the Supreme Court's decision on abortion (9-3-21) The fact that the Fox News Channel is not mentioning what should have been a landmark triumph of its viewers’ ideology suggests Republicans know that ending safe and legal abortion is deeply unpopular. Their base finally, after all these years, got what it wanted. But now the rest of the nation, which had been assured as recently as the confirmation hearings for Supreme Court Justice Brett Kavanaugh that Roe v. Wade was settled law that would not be overturned, gets a chance to weigh in.
• Justice Alito’s Crusade Against a Secular America Isn’t Over (Margaret Talbot, New Yorker, 8-28-22) He’s had win after win—including overturning Roe v. Wade—yet seems more and more aggrieved. What drives his anger? If Alito is still fighting against the Warren Court of the sixties, he is now in an incomparably more powerful position.
'As the liberal Justices pointed out in their dissent, the Dobbs decision endangers other Supreme Court precedents. In particular, it leaves vulnerable the cases that established “unenumerated rights” to privacy, intimacy, and bodily autonomy—rights that the Constitution did not explicitly name but that previous Court majorities had seen as reasonable extensions of the liberties protected by the Fourteenth Amendment.
• Abortion: Pro and Con Key arguments on both sides of the debate.
• A History of Key Abortion Rulings of the U.S. Supreme Court (Fact Sheet, Pew Research Center, 1-16-13, so before the Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Organization decision)
• Reproductive Health resource links (Association of Health Care Journalists) Key Supreme Court cases, professional medical societies, articles and
• ACOG Guide to Language and Abortion (American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists) To help inform language choice for those writing about reproductive health to use language that is medically appropriate, clinically accurate, and without bias.
Many Americans have also built their lives on precedents such as Griswold v. Connecticut, the 1965 case confirming the constitutional right of married couples to buy and use contraception; Loving v. Virginia, the 1967 case declaring bans on interracial marriage unconstitutional; Lawrence v. Texas, the 2003 case recognizing a right to same-sex intimacy; and Obergefell v. Hodges, the 2015 case recognizing a right to same-sex marriage. Would Alito grant that these decisions have created reliance interests?'
• We Cannot Rest Until Abortion Rights Are Restored (Morgan S. Levy, Shira Fishbach, Vineet Arora, and Arghavan Salles, MedPage Today, 12-30-22) As physicians, we have the privilege of bearing witness to the critical role of preserving access to the full spectrum of reproductive healthcare. Access to care is essential not only for our patients, but also for the physician workforce, as our data shows over 1 in 10 physicians have had an abortion. For the patient whose amniotic sac ruptures at 22 weeks' gestation and faces likely sepsis, or the patient with a new diagnosis of pulmonary hypertension for whom a pregnancy would be lethal, or for the pre-med student with aspirations to go to medical school: abortion is essential. We cannot rest until abortion rights are restored.
• Former Anti-Abortion Leader Alleges Another Supreme Court Breach (Jodi Kantor and Jo Becker, NY Times, 11-19-22) Years before the leaked draft opinion overturning Roe v. Wade, a landmark contraception ruling was disclosed, according to a minister who led a secretive effort to influence justices.
• Kansas Votes to Preserve Abortion Rights Protections in Its Constitution (Mitch Smith and Katie Glueck, NY Times, 8-2-22) The defeat of the ballot referendum was the most tangible demonstration yet of a political backlash against the U.S. Supreme Court’s decision to overturn Roe v. Wade, the landmark decision that had protected abortion rights throughout the country. See also Here’s how abortion rights supporters won in conservative Kansas. (Maggie Astor and Nate Cohn, NY Times, 8-2-22)
• Abortion: scales tip on this divisive, embattled, politicized issue (Writers and Editors site) Links to many articles about abortion, as healthcare information.
• Michigan, California and Vermont Affirm Abortion Rights in Ballot Proposals (Mitch Smith and Ava Sasani, NY Times, 11-9-22) Voters in all five states where abortion-related questions were on the ballot this week chose to secure access to the procedure or reject further limits. The results, which came just months after the U.S. Supreme Court removed the constitutional right to abortion, showed that when asked directly, a broad cross section of Americans want to protect abortion rights.
• When Abortion Roiled 19th Century New York (Kenneth D. Ackerman, American Heritage, Summer 2022) Long before Roe vs. Wade, the practice of abortion led to fierce political conflict and public health problems in 1870s America.
• Abortion at SCOTUS: A Review of Potential Cases this Term and Possible Rulings (Laurie Sobel, Amrutha Ramaswan, and Alina Salganicoft, KFF, 10-20-2020) A detailed history and legal issues in question for the two abortion cases pending the Supreme Court’s review. See also A Reconfigured U.S. Supreme Court: Implications for Health Policy (MaryBeth Musumeci and Laurie Sobel, KFF, 10-9-2020) A broader discussion on health care cases to be reviewed or potentially coming before the Court in the current term.
• With Roe likely in its final days, experts say reporters should sharpen focus on abortion as a health issue (Margarita Martín-Hidalgo Birnbaum, Covering Health, AHCJ, 5-3-22) Pregnancy is a medical condition and abortion is an intervention for it, so journalists writing about the topic should take the same approach they would when writing about cancer, diabetes, and other conditions and treatments: focus on mortality risks, patients’ rights to care and bodily autonomy.s.
• State Actions to Protect and Expand Access to Abortion Services (Laurie Sobel, Alina Salganicof, and Amrutha Ramaswamy, Women's Health Policy, KFF, 5-16-22) Should the Supreme Court overturn or weaken the Roe decision in its ruling on the Dobbs case, it will again be up to each state to establish laws protecting or restricting abortion in the absence of a federal standard. While it is estimated that roughly half of the states across the U.S. will move to either outright ban or greatly restrict abortion access, there is growing momentum in a handful of states to not only protect abortion access for their state residents, but also to expand access to people who live in states that ban or restrict abortion.
• Abortion Opponents Take Political Risks by Dropping Exceptions for Rape, Incest, and the Mother’s Life (Julie Rovner, KHN, 6-1-22) If it seems as though the anti-abortion movement has gotten more extreme in recent months, that’s because it has. But it’s not the first time — positions taken by both sides of the abortion debate have ebbed and flowed repeatedly in the 49 years since the Supreme Court declared abortion a constitutional right.
• Resources for Journalists Reporting on Abortion (Physicians for Reproductive Health) Very useful.
• Resources for Journalists: 15 Things to Consider When Covering Abortion, the Supreme Court, and a Potential “Post-Roe World” (Lauren Cross and Elizabeth Nash, Guttmacher Institute)
• What If Roe Fell (Map of states, Center for Reproductive Rights) You can filter map by abortion laws: Abortion bans, abortion restrictions, abortion protections.
• Abortion Media Coverage Is “Deeply, and Problematically, Politicized” Says Study (Zoe Larkin, MS, 7-1-20) Some of the studies notable findings:
---Reporters portray abortion as more controversial than it actually is. Seventy-seven percent of Americans, across party lines, support the landmark abortion ruling in Roe v. Wade, and 78 percent support abortion in at least some circumstances—solidifying a decisive outpouring of support for legal abortion.
---Abortion is almost always covered as a political issue. It should be covered as a health and medical issue.
---Reporters use misleading anti-choice rhetoric without explanation.
---Abortion coverage often lacks expert voices.
---Abortion coverage uses polarizing language.
---Reporters can do better. Among other things, writers should include the real-life stories of people who have had abortions—those who ultimately bear the consequences of their reporting.
• Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Organization (Center for Reproductive Rights, 3-19-18) In the most consequential abortion rights case in generations, the U.S. Supreme Court is considering a Mississippi abortion ban that directly challenges Roe v. Wade. See also Guttmacher Institute on the case (11-21)
• Supreme Court has voted to overturn abortion rights, draft opinion shows (Josh Gerstein and Alexander Ward, Politico, 5-2-22) The draft opinion is a full-throated, unflinching repudiation of the 1973 decision which guaranteed federal constitutional protections of abortion rights and a subsequent 1992 decision — Planned Parenthood v. Casey — that largely maintained the right. See also Reporting on abortion round table discussion, AHCJ, 4-30-22) Suggested topics to address:
1. Carrying a baby to term is riskier than having an abortion.
2. Teens are more likely than women in their 20s and 30s to develop pregnancy-related high blood pressure and pre-eclampsia. Some of the states with the toughest abortion restrictions in the country also have the highest teen pregnancy rates in the U.S.
3. The U.S. maternal mortality rate increased between 2018 and 2020, the most recent year for which there is data. Banning abortion in the U.S. may lead to a significant increase in maternal mortality, especially for non-Hispanic Black women.
4. The restrictions may bring legal ramifications for women who have spontaneous abortions and who perform self-managed abortions in the privacy of their homes.
• Abortion in the courts: a political football (Heather Cox Richardson, 9-2-21) While it is hard to remember today, the modern-day opposition to abortion had its roots not in a moral defense of life but rather in the need for President Richard Nixon to win votes before the 1972 election. Pushing the idea that abortion was a central issue of American life was about rejecting the equal protection of the laws embraced by the Democrats far more than it was ever about using the government to protect fetuses.
• Newsrooms must reframe abortion coverage and the worn-out debate around the rules of objectivity (Kelly McBride, Poynter, 5-5-22) Coverage often fails to capture the complexity of American viewpoints on abortion, and newsroom rules about speech stifle conversation. American newsrooms face two problems when it comes to abortion. The coverage itself often fails to capture the complexity and ambiguity that most Americans express on abortion. On top of that, the internal rules about avoiding political speech tend to stifle this conversation within newsrooms, leaving journalists poorly prepared for capturing the nuances of the issue.
• The media fell for ‘pro-life’ rhetoric — and helped create this mess (Margaret Sullivan, Washington Post, 5-5-22) A conversation with the journalist son of the doctor who endured Buffalo’s abortion wars (and delivered my firstborn).
• Perspective: Lesson from a pre-Roe vs. Wade experience: Men cannot be silent on abortion rights (Norman Pearlstine, LA Times, 6-16-19) The recent spate of antiabortion legislation in Alabama and other states resuscitated long-dormant and traumatic memories that I had suppressed since adolescence. I think it important to remind myself and to tell others what life was like before Roe vs. Wade. Should Roe vs. Wade be overturned, there will be a spike in illegal abortions resulting in increased injuries and death.
• I kept my abortion a secret for years, but I'm ready to speak up (Taylor DeVille, Baltimore Banner, 5-5-22) ‘News of the looming Supreme Court decision lit a fire in me to defend our bodies against subjugation. But I’m a journalist, and our standards preclude us from protesting or donating to certain funds. What else can I do but reach out and hope my words touch someone?’
• Tracking new action on abortion legislation across the states (Washington Post, 2022)
• Sotomayor’s Defiant Dissent (Justice Sonia Sotomayor, The Nation,9-3-21) In her blistering dissent, the Supreme Court justice calls out her conservative colleagues’ breathtaking disregard of precedent and the Constitution. "Conservatives would have you believe that the Supreme Court’s decision to allow Texas’s law banning abortions after six weeks, and deputizing bounty hunters to enforce it, was a narrow and technical ruling from the high court. It was not. It was a frontal attack on the constitutional rights of women, made all the more despicable by the conservative decision to authorize the Texas attack on women without the benefit of a full, public hearing on the issues....In effect, the Texas Legislature has deputized the State's citizens as bounty hunters, offering them cash prizes for civilly prosecuting their neighbors' medical procedures."
• Supreme Court Strikes Down Louisiana Abortion Restrictions (Adam Liptak, NY Times, 6-29-2020) The Supreme Court struck down a Louisiana law that could have left the state with a single abortion clinic.In Medical Services v. Russo, the court ruled, 5 to 4, that a Louisiana law violated the Constitution when it required doctors performing abortions to have admitting privileges at nearby hospitals.The case is the first abortion ruling since two Trump appointees joined the court. The vote was 5 to 4, with Chief Justice John G. Roberts Jr. voting with the court’s four-member liberal wing but not adopting its reasoning. The chief justice said respect for precedent compelled him to vote with the majority.
• The woman behind ‘Roe vs. Wade’ didn’t change her mind on abortion. She was paid (Meredith Blake, Los Angeles Times, 5-19-2020) Director Nick Sweeney started making the film “AKA Jane Roe,” which premiered on FX, in April 2016. He interviewed figures on either side of the abortion issue who were close to McCorvey, including attorney Gloria Allred and Rob Schenck, an evangelical minister and former leader of the antiabortion group Operation Rescue. 'Despite her visible role in the fight against abortion, McCorvey says she was a mercenary, not a true believer. And Schenck, who has also distanced himself from the antiabortion movement, at least particularly corroborates the allegations, saying that she was paid out of concern “that she would go back to the other side,” he says in the film. “There were times I wondered: Is she playing us? And what I didn’t have the guts to say was, because I know damn well we were playing her.”'
• Our child received a devastating diagnosis before she was born. We decided to protect her (Allison Chang, STAT, 1-7-19) Is she in pain?” I asked quietly as the pearlescent baby-shaped image on the screen folded its legs and then extended them. The radiologist doing my ultrasound had just finished pointing out a cluster of alarming abnormalities in our developing daughter, using a slew of medical terms my husband and I, both medical students, were grimly familiar with.Something was very wrong with our baby. Trisomy 18 is rare, occurring in about 1 in 2,500 pregnancies. The few who live past one year have serious health problems, such as a toddler lacking abdominal wall muscles, revealing the slithering movement of intestines beneath his skin, or a 1-year-old who cannot not defecate on her own, requiring anal sphincter dilation multiple times each day. As parents, we felt it was our duty to protect our daughter from the inevitable suffering she would meet if she were to make it to term. And so, at 15 weeks of gestation, we made the painful decision to end our very wanted pregnancy. For such a heartbreaking event, we had the best-case scenario. Other families aren't as lucky as mine. (The stories of one rational termination of pregnancy and of another, punitive one.)
• The Twenty-First Chromosome and Down Syndrome (Boen Wang, The Sunday Long Read, 9-25-21) Whose life is worth living? Who decides whose life is worth living? Since his son Jamie was born with Down syndrome, Penn State English professor Michael Bérubé has written two memoirs testifying to the richness of Jamie’s life, while also defending reproductive rights. “When parental leave is the law of the land,” he wrote, “when private insurers can’t drop families from the rolls because of ‘high risk’ children, when every child can be fed, clothed, and cared for—then we can start talking about what kind of a choice ‘life’ might be.”
• Lizzie Presser Reveals the Underground Work of Home-Abortion Providers (Aneri Pattani, The Open Notebook, NASW, 9-4-18) "Before abortion was legal across the United States, underground networks of women—such as the Jane Collective in Chicago—worked secretly to help end unwanted pregnancies.... Then, in 1973, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled on the landmark case Roe v. Wade, asserting a woman’s constitutional right to an abortion....Many women who had fought hard in the legal battle for abortion rights thought the days of underground medical care were over. Forty-five years later, that hasn’t been the case.Today, approximately 200 women are operating outside the law and the medical establishment to provide cheap and accessible home abortions. But the reasons this work is thriving are more complicated than just access to legal abortion procedures: These women serve clients who can’t afford clinical care, live far from clinics, or simply dislike and distrust medical settings....Here, Presser talks to Aneri Pattani about how she was able to get access to such a sensitive story, how she reported it out with diligence and compassion, and how other investigative reporters can do the same."
Here's the story Presser wrote: “Whatever’s your darkest question, you can ask me.” (The California Sunday Magazine, 3-8-18) A secret network of women is working outside the law and the medical establishment to provide safe, cheap home abortions.... ...In Anna’s view and that of many legal scholars, Roe upheld a doctor’s right to perform an abortion, not a woman’s right to choose one. Choice wasn’t just whether a woman could seek an abortion but also how and when she wanted to have it, who she wanted around her, and where she wanted to be." Reported in partnership with The Investigative Fund at The Nation Institute.
• Why The Abortion Fight Is Becoming A Battle Over Health Information (Chelsea Conaboy, CommonHealth, WBUR, 5-22-18) As the White House moves to block federal funding for family planning clinics unless they stop providing abortions or abortion referrals, supporters and opponents of abortion rights are gearing up for a familiar and likely protracted fight. Women today have access to safe, private, do-it-yourself abortion -- if they know where to look. Or rather, which search terms to type into Google. Abortion pills -- typically a combination of misoprostol and mifepristone, the same drugs used in medication abortions initiated at a clinic -- are widely available for sale from online pharmacies. See also Abortion and women's reproductive rights.
• As Leak Theories Circulate, Supreme Court Marshal Takes Up Investigation (Michael D. Shear and Zolan Kanno-Youngs, NY Times, 5-4-22) A leaked draft Supreme Court opinion has led to demonstrations and a renewed focus on Roe v. Wade, prompting speculation over its leaker’s identity and motivation. Not since Bob Woodward and Carl Bernstein refused for decades to disclose the identity of their Watergate source has Washington been as eager to unmask a leaker.
• Supreme Court Asked To Uphold Roe V. Wade In Another Major Abortion Case (KHN Morning Briefing, Summary of health policy coverage from major news organizations, 9-14-21) In a court brief, a Mississippi abortion clinic and doctor urged the Supreme Court justices to strike down a Mississippi state law that effectively bans the procedure after 15 weeks of pregnancy and warned of national "chaos" if Roe v. Wade is overturned.
• Political and Religious Identities and Views on Abortion (Diana Orcés, PRRI,* 4-8-22) PRRI (the Public Religion Research Institute) is a nonprofit, nonpartisan organization dedicated to conducting independent research at the intersection of religion, culture, and public policy. I discovered it when researching how Republican and Democratic opinions vary. It turned up as conducting interesting polls.
"In 2021, PRRI asked a series of questions related to how important personal identities are to Americans. About one-third of Americans (35%) said that their religious identity is the most important thing or a very important thing in their lives, compared to about one in five who mentioned their political identity (19%).
"About six in ten Americans who identify strongly with their political identity (61%) agree that “Roe v. Wade, the 1973 Supreme Court decision that affirmed a constitutional right to abortion, was the right decision and should be upheld,” compared to 43% of Americans who identify strongly with their religious identity. Democrats who identify strongly with their political identity are substantially more likely than Republicans to agree with this statement (80% vs. 36%). By contrast, the majority who identify with their religious identity (55%) disagree that “Roe v. Wade, the 1973 Supreme Court decision that affirmed a constitutional right to abortion, was the right decision and should be upheld.” This percentage is particularly high among white evangelical Protestants (78% disagree vs. 20% agree) and white Catholics (60% disagree vs. 38% agree), but white mainline Protestants tend to agree more than disagree on this question (44% disagree vs. 55% agree)."
• The Roe Baby (Joshua Prager, The Atlantic, 9-9-21) Ever since the National Enquirer published its story on “the Roe baby,” anti-abortion-rights activists have claimed her as a metaphor for their cause. But Shelley herself isn’t so sure. “From Shelley’s perspective, it was clear that if she, the Roe baby, could be said to represent anything, it was not the sanctity of life but the difficulty of being born unwanted.”
• New Texas Abortion Law Likely to Unleash a Torrent of Lawsuits Against Online Education, Advocacy and Other Speech(David Greene, Cindy Cohn, Corynne McSherry, and Sophia Cope, Electronic Frontier Foundation, 9-2-21) ' "SB8 is a “bounty law”: it doesn’t just allow these lawsuits, it provides a significant financial incentive to file them. It guarantees that a person who files and wins such a lawsuit will receive at least $10,000 for each abortion that the speech “aided or abetted,” plus their costs and attorney’s fees. At the same time, SB8 may often shield these bounty hunters from having to pay the defendant’s legal costs should they lose. This removes a key financial disincentive they might have had against bringing meritless lawsuits." '
• Supreme Court has voted to overturn abortion rights, draft opinion shows (Josh Gerstein and Alexander Ward, Politico, 5-2-22) “We hold that Roe and Casey must be overruled,” Justice Alito writes in an initial majority draft circulated inside the court. It's a draft, not the final opinion.
• The Dishonesty of the Abortion Debate (Caitlin Flanagan, The Atlantic, December 2019) "No matter what the law says, women will continue to get abortions. How do I know? Because in the relatively recent past, women would allow strangers to brutalize them, to poke knitting needles and wire hangers into their wombs, to thread catheters through their cervices and fill them with Lysol, or scalding-hot water, or lye. Women have been willing to risk death to get an abortion. When we made abortion legal, we decided we weren’t going to let that happen anymore."
• Unmasked: Women Write About Sex and Intimacy After Fifty edited by Marcia Meier and Kathleen A. Barry. "Sex for women after 50 is invisible for the same reason that contraception, abortion, and sex between two women or two men has been forbidden: sexuality is supposed to be only about procreation. This lie was invented by patriarchy, monotheism, racism and other hierarchies. Sexuality is and always has been also about bonding, communicating, and pleasure. Unmasked helps to restore a human right." ~ Gloria Steinem
• MacKenzie Scott Just Made The Single Largest Donation In Planned Parenthood's History (Paige Skinner, Buzzfeed News, 3-23-22)The $275 million donation comes at a critical time when reproductive rights are under attack across the US.
• She ended a pregnancy so her child wouldn’t suffer. Now she helps others like her. (Ashley Fetters Maloy, Washington Post, 4-26-22) Emma Belle and other parents who experienced TFMR, or termination for medical reasons, are creating an online community to ease the grieving process. TFMR has long been a taboo subject, but recently, TFMR parents have begun to find one another online, on Instagram in particular, and carve out a distinct place for themselves.
• Rise in delivery complications is increasing hospital costs (Maria Castellucci, Modern Healthcare, 1-6-2020) Women are more likely to experience an unexpected outcome during delivery and it's adding to hospital costs, according to a new analysis from Premier. The rate of women with a severe maternal morbidity factor, which are complications during labor such as sepsis, shock or eclampsia, rose by 36% from 2008 to 2018, Premier found. And those vaginal births cost nearly 80% more on average than those without complications. Additionally, cesarean deliveries for women with a severe maternal morbidity factor cost almost twice as much as uncomplicated C-sections on average.Screening women when they present to the hospital for conditions that make them vulnerable to complications (such as substance abuse disorder or obesity) could avoid issues during labor, experts say.
• As Red States Push Strident Abortion Bans, Other Restrictions Suddenly Look Less Extreme (Julie Rovner, KHN, 3-30-22) The Supreme Court’s conservative majority has yet to make clear its stand on Roe v. Wade. But state lawmakers aren’t waiting to consider a variety of extreme measures: bills that would ban abortions in cases of ectopic pregnancies, allow rapists’ families to object to terminating a victim’s pregnancy, or prohibit the procedure in the case of fetal disability. Do these proposals make the less extreme restrictions seem more mainstream?
• The Abortion I Didn’t Have (Merritt Tierce, NY Times, 12-2-21) I never thought about ending my pregnancy. Instead, at 19, I erased the future I had imagined for myself.
• Most Women Denied Abortions by Texas Law Got Them Another Way (Margot Sanger-Katz, Claire Cain Miller and Quoctrung Bui, NY Times, 3-6-22) New data suggests overall abortions declined much less than previously known, because women traveled to a clinic in a nearby state or ordered abortion pills online. See Association of Texas Senate Bill 8 With Requests for Self-managed Medication Abortion (Abigail R. A. Aiken, Jennifer E. Starling, James G. Scott, et al., JAMA Network, 2-25-22) Medication (mifepristone and misoprostol) for home use was ordered through Aid Access.
• Indigenous Women in Canada Are Still Being Sterilized Without Their Consent (Ankita Rao, Vice, 9-9-19) In the 20th century, the U.S. and Canada carried out a quiet genocide against Indigenous women through coerced sterilization. In 2019, it’s still happening. See also Web of Incentives in Fatal Indian Sterilizations (Ellen Barry and Suhasini Raj, NY Times, 11-13-14) and Ankita Rao Reckons with the Toll of Forced Sterilization on Vulnerable Women (Emily Laber-Warren, The Open Notebook, 11-19-19) About the process of finding and pursuing the story.
• Methodist Pastor David Barnhart:
“The unborn” are a convenient group of people to advocate for. They never make demands of you; they are morally uncomplicated, unlike the incarcerated, addicted, or the chronically poor; they don’t resent your condescension or complain that you are not politically correct; unlike widows, they don’t ask you to question patriarchy; unlike orphans, they don’t need money, education, or childcare; unlike aliens, they don’t bring all that racial, cultural, and religious baggage that you dislike; they allow you to feel good about yourself without any work at creating or maintaining relationships; and when they are born, you can forget about them, because they cease to be unborn. You can love the unborn and advocate for them without substantially challenging your own wealth, power, or privilege, without re-imagining social structures, apologizing, or making reparations to anyone. They are, in short, the perfect people to love if you want to claim you love Jesus, but actually dislike people who breathe. Prisoners? Immigrants? The sick? The poor? Widows? Orphans? All the groups that are specifically mentioned in the Bible? They all get thrown under the bus for the unborn.”
Op Eds
(Opinion pieces, often printed "opposite the editorial" page)
• Writing Opinion Pieces as a Journalist (Pratik Pawar, Reported Features, The Open Notebook, 4-18-23) Report the heck out of your argument, just as you would for any journalistic assignment, and make sure your story stands on solid ground. One challenge with writing opinions is that it defies the traditional view of a journalist as a neutral, impartial observer. As such, writing op-eds may raise questions among your readers, editors, or future sources about possible conflicts of interest or bias. Even with the risk of perceived bias or pigeonholing, writing opinion pieces tends to pay off for both writers and their readers.
• Publications to pitch op eds to (The Op Ed Project)
• You’re as Good as Your Best Byline (Katherine X Reynolds Lewis, Nieman Reports, 8-14-24) "My love letter to all the hard-working, committed journalists out there -- and an argument for celebrating our wins, resting on our laurels, and slowing down!"
• Op-Eds and Essays (Ashley Smart , KSJ Science Editing Handbook). Nailing down an argument, structuring an op ed, handling perceptions of bias.
She links to an important essay: A Reckoning Over Objectivity, Led by Black Journalists (Wesley Lowery, NY Times, 6-23-20). Amazing photo of members of the media outside a memorial service for George Floyd in Houston.
• The OpEd Project The OpEd Project's mission is to increase the range of voices and quality of ideas we hear in the world. We provide trainings, fellowships, and resources to amplify underrepresented voices, and change our public discourse for the better.
---The OpEd Project LinkedIn page Changing who writes history. Celebrating diverse intelligence. Making the world smarter one voice at a time.
• The Op-Ed Pages, Explained (Remy Tumin, NY Times, 12-3-17) "The Opinion section operates editorially independently from the rest of the newspaper. It is the section’s unique mission both to be the voice of The Times, and to challenge it. The Op-Ed pages were born, in part, because of the closing of New York’s top conservative newspaper, The New York Herald Tribune. They were created to be opposite the editorial pages — and not just physically.
“The purpose of the Op. Ed. page is neither to reinforce nor to counterbalance The Times’s own editorial position,” the introduction to the newly created opinion pages stated in 1970. “The objective is rather to afford greater opportunity for exploration of issues and presentation of new insights and new ideas by writers and thinkers who have no institutional connection with The Times and whose views will very frequently be completely divergent from our own.” Check out the New York Times Opinion page and NYT Op Ed Columnists
• How to Write an Op-Ed or Column (Harvard University John F. Kennedy School of Government, 7-2012)
• Op-ed Writing: Tips and Tricks (The Op-Ed Project) The basics.
• Op Ed Boot Camp with Steve Holmes (50-minute YouTube video, Student Press Law Center)
• Op-ed Writing: Tips and Tricks (The Op Ed Project) Resources, including Public Voices Fellowships
• Tips for Aspiring Op-Ed Writers (Bret Stephens, NY Times, 8-25-17) Things he's learned over the years as an editor, op-ed writer and columnist.
• A Guide to Op-eds and Original Content (BU Public Relations)
• Pulitzer Prizes for Editorial Writing Read examples of the best editorial writing.
• Public Philosophy Op-Ed Contest (American Philosophical Association
• CASE Circle of Excellence Awards for Writing Columns or Opinion Pieces Each year the CASE Circle of Excellence Awards recognize hundreds of institutions whose talented staff members advanced their institutions last year through innovative, inspiring, and creative ideas.
• ASJA Award for Opinion/Op Eds (American Society of Journalists & Authors)
• SPJ Award for Editorial Writing (Society of Professional Journalists)
• Op-Comic: 3,362 book bans? What year is this, anyway? (comic op ed by Bryn Durgin and Navied Mahdavian, Los Angeles Times, 2-20-24) Concluding with: "Kurt Vonnegut survived one of the worst massacres in the fire bombing of Dresden. It took him 23 years to write about it in 'Slaughterhouse-Five'. The least we can do is listen."
• The Conversation Slogan: "Academic rigor, journalistic flair." The Conversation is a network of not-for-profit media outlets publishing news stories and research reports online, with accompanying expert opinion and analysis. Articles are written by academics and researchers under a free Creative Commons license, allowing reuse without modification.
• Opinion Journalism Is Broken ( Parker Molloy, Pressing Issues, DAME, 4-13-22) "It probably doesn’t come as much of a surprise that a significant segment of U.S. news consumers can’t tell the difference between what constitutes “news” and “opinion”—but it’s not entirely their fault.The goal of newspapers is to inform the public. But increasingly, they are publishing opinion pieces as fact, misleading and confusing readers, and undermining their own agenda—and quite possibly, our democracy."
• NYT Opinion section doubles in size (Sara Fischer, Economy & Business, Axios, 4-26-22) Opinion and its focus on multimedia projects are among the best retention vehicles for the Times' subscription, said Kathleen Kingsbury, opinion editor of the Times.
• The real problem with the New York Times op-ed page: it’s not honest about US conservatism (David Roberts, Vox, 3-15-18) "It wants to challenge its readers, but not with the ugly truth...Trumpist conservatism is motivated not by ideas, but by resentments."
• Top 9 Conservative News and Opinion Websites (Marcus Hawkins, ThoughtCo, 6-9-2020)
• Not just “elected officials and policy experts”: Top editors are trying to refocus the opinion pages on regular people (Sarah Scire, Nieman Lab,4-30-21) Editors at The New York Times, The Los Angeles Times, and The Washington Post (and one opinionated Substacker) discussed the rapid growth of opinion in online journalism.
“Fact-checking, editing, and elevating different — and differing — opinions are all part of “a business strategy,” said Karen Attiah, global opinions editor for The Washington Post. “Our pages, in many ways, are facing competition from right-wing media, individual Facebook accounts, social media accounts, and other alternative forms of voices and viewpoints,” she said. “I think our challenge is to add value. We add value to the conversation with fact-checking, editing, and inclusion. I think we’re realizing that inclusion of various voices is not only a luxury, but an imperative. If we are going to remain relevant and [continue] adding value, we have to continue to uphold these standards.”
• The Opinions Essay (Washington Post) See also Our favorite Washington Post op-eds of 2019 and Election 2020: Opinions
• Manning Up, Letting Us Down (Maureen Dowd, Opinion Columnist, NY Times, 9-11-21) Overdosing on macho after 9/11 led America astray. "A top commander in Afghanistan once told me that he was confounded about why we invaded Iraq. Weren’t we playing into Osama bin Laden’s hands by occupying two Muslim countries? Yes. But W. liked the idea of upstaging his father, an actual war hero." Links to many op eds about 9/11.
• Ten simple rules for writing scientific op-ed articles ( Hoe-Han Goh and Philip Bourne, PLoS, 9-17-2020)
• Writing an Op Ed (Center for Public Engagement with Science & Technlogy, American Association for the Advancement of Science) Includes links to several good op eds about science. Scroll down on page to learn more about how op-ed editors think by listening to remarks by John Timpane, commentary page editor at the Philadelphia Inquirer (click play to hear the audio).H/T to this page for excellent links to pieces about writing science op eds.
• Writing for Newspaper Op-Ed Pages:A Guide To Getting Your Views Published David Jarmul, Chapter 12 from Headline News, Science Views)
• What Is an Op-Ed Article? (Allena Tapia,The Balance, 7-4-2020) "They are usually longer than a regular letter to the editor, often being written by a subject matter expert or otherwise notable person with the qualifications to have an opinion (or written by someone else for them)."
• (CNN)
Covering extremism
• Hate in the Headlines: Journalism & the Challenge of Extremism (James Tager and Summer Lopez, PEN America Experts, Nov. 2022) PEN America's new report examines how the news media has grappled with reporting on the increasing prevalence of far-right extremism in U.S. politics and society; how that reporting has evolved from 2016 until today; and considers how the journalism profession can respond as the line between extremism reporting and political reporting continues to blur. The following links come from that report, so you might want to start there.
• The New Anarchy (Adrienne LaFrance, The Atlantic, 3-6-23) "What had seemed from the outside to be spontaneous protests centered on the murder of George Floyd were in fact the culmination of a long-standing ideological battle. Some four years earlier, Trump supporters had identified Portland, correctly, as an ideal place to provoke the left. The city is often mocked for its infatuation with leftist ideas and performative politics....Right-wing extremists understood that Portland’s reaction to a trolling campaign would be swift, and would guarantee the celebrity that comes with virality. When Trump won the presidency, this dynamic intensified...
"We face a new phase of domestic terror, one characterized by radicalized individuals with shape-shifting ideologies willing to kill their political enemies....A drumbeat of violent attacks, by different groups with different agendas, may register as different things. But collectively, as in Italy, they have the power to loosen society’s screws....Portland stands as a warning: It takes very little provocation to inflame latent tensions. Once order collapses, it is extraordinarily difficult to restore."
• ‘Not normal’: What local newsrooms can do now to prepare for a series of historic elections (Jane Elizabeth, American Press Institute, 9-19-22) How do local newsrooms cover elections at a time when democratic principles are under attack, basic voting procedures are questioned, and many people fear the future of personal rights? Designed to help news organizations think about their politics and campaign coverage in different and more effective ways, with advice for how to re-design election-related coverage Download also What you can expect from our elections coverage (Texas Tribune report, 8-15-22)
• Political extremism in the public square: A resource for journalists and voters (Amy Sherman, Poynter, 9-20-22) Fact-checks of 17 claims about election processes and alleged election fraud that are stoking anger among voters who feel neglected.
• Covering Political Extremism in the Public Square (Poynter, 9-9-22) This one-day workshop was recorded.
• The Authoritarian Playbook (Jennifer Dresden, Aaron Baird, and Ben Raderstorf, Protect Democracy, June 2022) How reporters can contextualize and cover authoritarian threats as distinct from politics-as-usual.
• Election Integrity Project (Center for Journalism Ethics, University of Wisconsin/Madison, Fall 2022) Check out its media toolkit Responsible Reporting Toolkit Covering misinformation and disinformation and News Consumers' Toolkit also covering misinformation and disinformation. "Misinformation can acquire power through repetition, creating the illusion of truth." Links to three of several related articles:
---Pre-bunking falsehoods: How Wisconsin voters can avoid falling for election misinformation (Howard Hardee, Wisconsin Watch, 10-17-20) The best defense from rumors, hoaxes and propaganda is knowing what to expect.
---Pro-Trump and pro-Biden PACs spread debunked Facebook ads in Wisconsin (Howard Hardee, Wisconsin Watch, 10-17-20) Researchers flag hundreds of political advertisements containing false or misleading messages — including some already debunked by fact-checkers
---A pile of mailboxes: Tracking the spread of misinformation in Wisconsin (Naomi Kowles, Wisconsin Center for Investigative Journalism, 10-29-20) The life cycle of misleading images purporting to prove Postal Service misconduct shows how social media users can amplify falsehoods
• Election SOS Reporting Resources. 2020. "We started with a call for radically different campaign coverage, in collaboration with and inspired by the work of Jay Rosen of New York University on The Citizens Agenda Model for elections. In this call, we issued a challenge and offered a vision for creating voter-centered news reporting." Offers courses, seminars, and training as well as Critical Reads for Covering Extremism (Election SOS) An excellent recommended reading list.
• Media inquiry expert list The Election Coverage and Democracy Network is a group of scholarly experts in politics and media offering practical, nonpartisan, and evidence-based recommendations to journalists covering elections. Its Media Inquiry expert list includes approximately 45 high-level political communications scholars for reference, with expertise in polarization, misinformation, election coverage, and hate speech. Political communication scholars available for expert interviews and other media inquiries.
Navigating Mis- and Disinformation Online
I've "borrowed" links and copy here that I found toward the end of Hate in the Headlines: Journalism & the Challenge of Extremism (James Tager and Summer Lopez, PEN America Experts, Nov. 2022)
• An Unrepresentative Democracy: How Disinformation and Online Abuse Hinder Women of Color Political Candidates in the United States.
• (Center for Democracy and Technology, Oct. 2022) CDT explores and explains how online harassment and abuse, including targeted mis- and disinformation campaigns, must be understood as attempts to limit women’s ability to participate in electoral politics and suppress their voices.
• Essential Guides: Tools and Tips for Better Online Journalism: First Draft’s Essential Guide to Disinformation. (First Draft News, 4-28-20) This guide compiles resources for identifying and effectively reporting on disinformation, understanding how disinformation works, reporting on manipulated media content, verifying online information, and accessing closed groups. It’s available in Spanish, Italian, Portuguese, German, and Sanskrit.
• Understanding Information Disorder This primer part 1 of First Draft’s “Essential Guide to Disinformation,” breaks down the basics of mis- and disinformation for journalists: what it is, how it spreads, how to spot it, and the risks it poses, particularly in politics.
• A Guide to Open-Source Intelligence (OSINT). (Michael Edison Hayden, Tow Center for Digital Journalism, Columbia Journalism Review, 6-7-19) Hayden, an investigative reporter specializing in extremism at the Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC), published this guide to the world of online research, particularly gathering and verifying information about people and events through social media.
"Open-source reporting refers to the effort of retrieving information that is publicly available online, part of what we will call an open network."
Chapters: The difference between open and closed networks. Searching the Open Web. Verifying the authenticity of social media accounts. Verifying images and videos. Exploring fringe websites. Using archives, saving your work. Learning new platforms and interacting with hostile communities. Tools.
See also on this Writers and Editors website
---Misinformation, disinformation, and fake news (intentional misinformation) How to spot, recognize, identify, and combat them
---Verification sites
Covering Poverty
• Covering poverty: What to avoid and how to get it right (Denise-Marie Ordway and Heather Bryant, Journalist's Resource, 9-4-18) This tip sheet, from two journalists who grew up poor and still have ties to the working class, aims to help newsrooms do a better job covering poverty and integrating lower-income people into all news stories. Heather Bryant, the founder of Project Facet, and Denise-Marie Ordway, an editor at Journalist's Resource, offer insights to help journalists think more deeply about who their audience is and how current journalistic practices can limit some people's ability to access the news. For example:
WHAT TO AVOID: Representing people experiencing poverty as one of three character types: the victim, the criminal, or the exception.
HOW TO GET IT RIGHT: Seek out sources who are experiencing poverty for all kinds of stories — not just stories about poverty.
WHAT TO AVOID:
Making broad statements about what “everyone” thinks or does, especially when those statements likely don’t apply to individuals of all income levels. Associating poverty with certain habits, lifestyle choices or TV shows. Only depicting poverty as despair.
HOW TO GET IT RIGHT: Think carefully about how you approach a story and the messages you’re sending to people with limited incomes. Help audiences understand that people living in poverty are multidimensional, as are their experiences. Include details that have meaning to the person you are reporting on. Read story for more concrete suggestions.
• Covering Poverty (Journalism Writing Lab, University of Georgia, @coveringpoverty)
---Reporting Tips
---Storytelling Tips
---Service Journalism Materials
---Essential Studies, Data, Tools, and Resources
---How I Reported the Story (exemplar stories on food security, housing, youth, service journalism, investigative journalism)
---Explainer piece: Child tax credit
• Matthew Desmond’s ‘Evicted: Poverty and Profit in the American City’ (Barbara Ehrenreich's review, NY Times, 2-28-16) Read that review and then read the book, Evicted, in which Princeton sociologist and MacArthur “Genius” Matthew Desmond follows eight families in Milwaukee as they each struggle to keep a roof over their heads.
• The Economic Hardship Reporting Project (Barbara Ehrenreich's baby) "aims to change the national conversation around both poverty and economic insecurity. The stories we commission — from narrative features to photo essays and video — put a human face on financial instability. We fund and place our reportage and photojournalism in the most renowned and popular sites and magazines, from The New York Times to Slate to MSNBC." Search for pieces by topic--say, Criminal justice-- or by genre (writing, photography, audio, film/tv, or illustration).
• Going for Broke A podcast from the Economic Hardship Reporting Project and The Nation about Americans on the edge. Journalist and broadcaster Ray Suarez talks to people who have lost jobs, lost their homes and sometimes lost the narrative thread of their lives--and provide insights into the problems facing millions of people in the U.S.
• Between the Lines: A History of the Poverty Line (the Most Important Concept in Global Poverty) (Ranil Dissanayake, Asterisk Magazine, 10-4-23) The global poverty line helps determine how billions of dollars in aid are allocated. But where did the idea of measuring poverty come from — and how might it be holding us back?
• Two Stories About Housing and Poverty (Journalism Writing Lab)
—Separated by design: Why affordable housing is built in areas with high crime, few jobs and struggling schools (Jacqueline Rabe Thomas, The Connecticut Mirror/ProPublica, 11-25-19) Connecticut’s approach to affordable housing creates pockets of poverty, where low-income people are locked out of opportunities that are just around the corner.
—Broken (Erik Castro and Meg McConahey, Santa Rosa Press Democrat, 9-6-18) Castro and McConahey document in detail the movements of a homeless couple for 14 months, recording the couple’s relationship, attempts to rise out of economic insecurity, and experiences in homeless camps in detail. While the story focuses on one couple, it gives a face to the housing and homelessness crisis in Santa Rosa, California.
• Poor Economics: A Radical Rethinking of the Way to Fight Global Poverty by Abhijit V. Banerjee and Esther Duflo (winners of the 2019 Nobel Prize in Economics)
• What $500 Means to Zinida Moore (Elly Fishman, Chicago Magazine, 9-26-23) In an experimental program, 5,000 Chicagoans received monthly cash payments from the city for a year, no strings attached. Here’s how the money changed one woman’s life — and how it didn’t. The $6,000 Moore will receive from the Resilient Communities Pilot won’t, on its own, enable her to buy a house, for instance. But repairing her credit has allowed her to entertain the idea as a real possibility. “The broader social value of a pilot comes from learning new information about what people need,” says University of Chicago economist Damon Jones. “What do people prioritize once they get a little more flexibility and choice?”
• Broke in America: Seeing, Understanding, and Ending US Poverty by Joanne Samuel Goldblum and Colleen Shaddox.
• Federal Poverty Level (Healthcare.gov)
• Federal Safety Net Bob Pfeiffer's site with information and articles on U.S.poverty and the anti-poverty, welfare, and safety net programs of the federal government.
• The great remove (Sarah Jones, CJR, spring/summer 2018) "American society is boldly, unrepentantly rigged against its most marginalized members. But this fact, while clear to me, may not be to everyone else. America is wedded to the myth of its own greatness....Whether you cover pop culture or poverty, your background shapes your path into your chosen field. And if your background includes poverty, that path contains boulders....‘The only people who get to rage about poverty and economic hardship are people who are not experiencing it.’
• One Problem, Many Dimensions: Tips on Covering Poverty (Jean Claude Louis, Global Investigative Journalism Network, 1-24-14) Find out who attends school. Give voices to the children. Pay attention to people released from prison. Follow the money. Find out the goals and limitations of non-profits. Be aware of people who try to take advantage of poverty. And more....
• Tips for Covering Poverty (ristiana Bedei, International Journalists' Network, 11-19-18) Question your preconceived ideas. Don’t miss the bigger picture. Involve people experiencing poverty in your stories.
• Broke in Philly Collaborative reporting on economic mobility. Includes a language guide.
• 37 People Struggling to Get by in New Jersey (Mike Rispoli, Free Press, 4-4-18) Free Press and coLAB Arts launch ’37 Voices’ collaboration to cover economic hardship in New Jersey. This collaboration comes out of nearly two years of community engagement, group meetings, deep listening, issue exploration and project piloting in New Brunswick. People who are in crisis may not be willing to speak with reporters. “They have a story to tell,” said Renee Wolf Koubiadis from the Anti-Poverty Network, noting that it’s important to listen, show patience, accept that people may not respond right away, and establish safe spaces for people to share their experiences. What excited the group was being able to take those personal experiences from the interviews and dive into the larger structures around economic inequality. The interviews won’t just tell stories; they could lead to policy solutions.'
• Breaking News Consumers Handbook: Poverty in America Edition (On the Media, WNYC Studios) 10 statements that suggest a range of story ideas for journalists.
• Robert Reich's Wealth and Poverty course (watch 14 courses free, online).
1: The problem of widening inequality
2. Wealth and poverty: The investor's view
3. Globalization, technological change, and you: The jobs of the future
4. Why your income increasingly depends on where you live
5. Power: Why corporations have so much and workers have so little.
6. The vicious cycle of wealth and political power
7. How to make America fairer? From pre-distribution to redistribution
8. Inequality and the macroeconomic mess
9. The shameful legacy of systemic racism and inequality
10. The “deserving” poor: Who should get public assistance?
11. Why we have the most expensive and least effective health care system in the world
12. How climate change worsens inequality
13. Beyond affirmative action: The shame of education and widening inequality
14. My last “Wealth and Poverty” class! Forever!
Covering War
Including wars in Afghanistan, Bolivia, Cuba, Israel-Hamas, Nigeria (Boko Haram), Ukraine, Vietnam
• Open Source Munitions Portal
• War Journalism Resources (Society of Professional Journalists)
• On Assignment: Covering Conflicts Safely (Committee to Protect Journalists, Feb 2003)
---Resources for journalists covering conflict (CPJ)
---Guide for reporting in hazardous situations. (CPJ)
• Press Freedom, 2016 (Our World in Data)
---Our Data Explorers on Armed Conflict and War (Our World in Data) https://dartcenter.org/topic/war-civil-conflict
• Reporting on both war and civil conflict (Dart Center for Journalism & Trauma)
---On the Front Lines in Ukraine (Dart Center for Journalism & Trauma)
• Women in War Zones (Quill, 2002)
• How The Times is covering the Israel-Hamas war. (NY Times,12-8-23) We have been working with journalists who were already in Gaza when the siege began, but limited access has made reporting difficult.
---‘I left my good friends’: In videos shown in Tel Aviv, freed hostages share their stories. (Talya Minsberg, reporting from Jerusalem, 12-9-23) “Please make sure that we free everyone first,” she said. “Bring them home, then take military action.” On Saturday night, Ms. Moshe was one of the hostages who recounted personal stories in videos released publicly for the first time. While family members have shared accounts of the conditions hostages faced in captivity, including being denied adequate food, being squeezed into tight quarters and being forced to watch disturbing footage of the Oct. 7 attacks, this was one of the first times that some of the freed captives addressed cameras.
---Jake Tapper reveals challenges of covering war, why he feels news outlets ‘censor too much’ and what has left him ‘shocked’
(Oliver Darcy, CNN and Reliable Sources newsletter, 11-22-23) An excerpt:
"What has been the most challenging aspect about reporting on the Israel-Hamas war? As always, it’s the fog of war. Not knowing exactly what is going on for sure at any given moment, first reports being inadequate, sources for information being biased, the difficulty of knowing what is happening on a battlefield, the near impossibility of getting hard, cold facts in real-time.
"I generally feel that we in the news media writ large, all over the world, censor too much. There is part of me that thinks if we showed more of what war is and what gun violence is and what fentanyl and opioids actually do, the better the journalism we would be providing. But these are fights I lose, and I understand why I lose them. I just don’t think we should pretend that hiding these images is any less of an overt act than showing them."
Q: "Some critics believe the news media, broadly speaking, has not been doing an adequate job showing the suffering of the Palestinian people in Gaza. What are your thoughts on such critiques?
A: "I’ve seen a ton of strong coverage that gives glimpses into life in Gaza, but it is incredibly dangerous to be there right now. Journalists have been killed.
"The problem as U.S. policymakers explain it is twofold: First and foremost, Hamas staged this brutal attack on Israel on October 7 and ran back into Gaza where they embed within the population. And their spokesmen have been very clear in their public pronouncements that they do not particularly care about the loss of life of Palestinian civilians, and that they have spent money on tunnels for their own safety, that of Hamas fighters, and they consider it the responsibility of the United Nations to protect the Palestinian civilians.
"Second, and the Biden administration has been pretty clear about this, in their view Israel is not doing enough to protect civilian casualties during its bombing campaign against Hamas. So thousands of innocent civilians have been killed and it is undeniably horrific.
"Journalists are working every day to get into Gaza and safely report stories out, documenting the horrors of war and loss of human life. Because of the factors above, not to mention the near impossibility of getting in and out of Gaza, covering this war has proved challenging compared to, say, Iraq, Afghanistan or Ukraine."
• RISC: Reporters Instructed in Saving Colleagues "We train and equip freelance journalists in all media to treat life-threatening injuries on the battlefield. Freelancers comprise the vast majority of those who cover wars, and consequently make up the vast majority of deaths and injuries. Surviving a gunshot or shrapnel wound is often a matter of doing the right thing in the first few minutes, and our training focuses on that brief, critical period of time."
"In response to the increased dangers facing journalists, RISC expanded its program in 2018 to address additional threats. We remain committed to our effective, comprehensive first aid model and have added a two-day security component. Topics will vary according to regional relevance and include things like: creating a safety plan, vehicle and checkpoint procedures, covering protests and riots, surveillance detection/evasion, digital best practices, etc."
• What Would a Lasting Peace Between Israel and Palestine Really Look Like? (Isaac Chotiner, New Yorker, 11-28-23)
"To understand how such a process might develop, I spoke with Nathan Thrall, the former director of the International Crisis Group’s Arab-Israeli project, and an expert on the conflict, who lives in Jerusalem. He is also the author of the recent book “A Day In The Life Of Abed Salama,” which tells the story of the occupation through a Palestinian man’s search for his son after a fatal bus accident....During our conversation, the transcript of which has been edited for length and clarity, we discussed how Hamas’s incursion may have changed Israeli politics, whether debates about a one-state solution versus a two-state solution are helpful, and America’s role in the conflict."
---A Day in the Life of Abed Salama: Anatomy of a Jerusalem Tragedy by Nathan Thrall
"I know of no other writing on Israel and Palestine that reaches this depth of perception and understanding... One could read the book as a précis of modern Palestinian history embedded in the personal memories of many individuals, each of them drawn in stark, telling detail. To get to know them even a little is a rare gift, far more useful than the many standard, distanced histories of Palestine." ~ David Shulman, New York Review of Books
"Thrall offers a unique window onto the Israeli-Palestinian conflict in this captivating profile of Abed Salama, a Palestinian phone company worker and political activist, on the day when his five-year-old son, Milad, was ... in a traffic accident near Jerusalem ... It's a heart-wrenching portrait of an unequal society." ―Publishers Weekly (starred review)
• Israel and Hamas (The Economist, All of our coverage in one place) See also: Israel and Hamas: The war in video
• OU professor shares insights of covering the Middle East (Yuna Lee, 4029tv.com, 10-13-23) "I've worked in the Middle East over and over and over again, covered countless conflicts between Israel and various Palestinian groups. I've never seen anything like this," Boettcher said. "I feel that this is a pivot point in history, that whatever happens will change the landscape of the Middle East for decades to come."
• The Israel-Palestine Debate, on TikTok (Jacob Sweet, New Yorker, 11-28-23) "Adam Ventura, a thirty-two-year-old restaurant manager based in Denver, Colorado, who moderates one of the most popular recurring streams, told me that he wanted to provide a platform for anyone who felt excluded from the public conversation.... Live-streamers have flooded the social-media platform to prove the righteousness of their side. Even as social media companies like Meta, X, and TikTok continue to deëmphasize news, they remain the main source of information for many people.... Pasha Boyer feels that YouTube and podcasts are much more useful and balanced sources of information than TikTok—but, for now, the views on TikTok are higher, so that’s where he’s going to stay, for as many hours as it takes to win a few converts."
• Gaza’s Urban Warfare Challenge: Lessons from Mosul and Raqqa (Michael Knights, Policy Analysis, Washington Institute for Near East Policy, 10-13-23)The differences and parallels between urban battlefield circumstances in Gaza, Iraq, and Syria give U.S. policymakers a sobering but clear view of what exactly they will be committing to in supporting Israel’s ground campaign.
• 20 Days in Mariupol: The Team That Documented City's Agonies (Mstyslav Chernov, 3-21-22) Vivid account of covering Russia's systematic destruction of most of the city's lifelines, starting with power and communications, by two journalists taking risks to get stunning images of the damage to the world, while Russian propaganda denied what their visual record made evident. Follow AP coverage of the Russia-Ukraine war here.
• Don’t Look Away: Photojournalists Are Documenting the Brutality of Russia’s War in Ukraine (Chloe Coleman, Nieman Reports, 4-15-22) here are layers to bearing witness, from the war's victims, to journalists in the field, to readers like you. See also
---Covering The War in Ukraine: “The Putin Regime Doesn’t Want Eye Witnesses” by Katerina Sergatskova. Prior to the invasion, few Ukrainian journalists had experience working in conflict zones. Now the war has come to their homes
• Reporting War (PDF, Dart Center--recommendations for meeting the emotional challenges of covering war, from a group of seasoned veterans)
• 10 rules for reporting on war trauma survivors (Carmen Nobel, Journalists' Resource, 8-9-18)
• How Newsrooms Handle Graphic Images of Violence by Helen Lewis. Are images of violence and death too distressing to publish—or too important to ignore?
• “The Tragedy Has Never Left Us.” On the War in Ukraine (Florent Guénard's thoughtful interview with Bruno Cabanes, Books and Ideas, 4-18-22) Does the invasion of Ukraine resurrect images of the past: conquering armies, cities under siege, widespread destruction? References to the Second World War abound, but this conflict, with all its complexity and tragedy, belongs firmly to the present. 'Far from being a “war of the past,” the invasion of Ukraine has featured a repertoire of violence that we saw at work in Chechnya in the 1990s or, more recently, in Syria, like in the Battle of Aleppo (2012-2016). The forcible expulsion of civilian populations, village massacres, the organization of humanitarian corridors that Russian troops wasted no time in bombing, the siege or occupation of cities (Kyiv, Kharkiv, Mariupol, Kherson…), and the targeting of hospitals and maternity wards (for example, the Mariupol pediatric hospital on March 9, 2022) even echo the “policy of cruelty” implemented during the civil war in the former Yugoslavia.'
• What Racism Taught an American Journalist About Covering the War (Ruby Cramer, Politico, 3-19-22) Seeing persecution, a Black reporter in Ukraine refuses to keep his distance. Terrell Jermaine Starr, from his home base in Ukraine, is redefining what it means to be a journalist who is as much a participant as an observer.
• Historian Barbara W. Tuchman on the “Art of Writing” (Douglas E. Abrams, San Joaquin County Bar Association, 9-1-15) "In October of 1962, the world stood on the brink of war as the United States demanded dismantling of offensive medium-range nuclear missile sites that the Soviet Union was constructing in Cuba, potentially within striking range of American cities. From behind-the-scenes accounts, we know that a new book by historian Barbara W. Tuchman, a private citizen who held no government position, contributed directly to the negotiated outcome of the Cuban Missile Crisis as the world watched and waited. After chronicling Tuchman’s contribution, this article discusses her later public commentary about what she called the “art of writing,” commentary that holds valuable lessons for lawyers who write for clients and causes."
• War Reporting for Bloody Dummies (Chris Chafin, The Awl, 7-17-13). If you face danger, considering taking the all-day course offered by Reporters Instructed in Saving Colleagues (RISC) (dedicated to promoting the safety of journalists in combat zones-- training and equipping freelance journalists to treat life-threatening injuries on the battlefield. "RISC doesn't claim to be giving its students tools to keep safe. Rather, its main focus is on 'avoiding the four preventable deaths on the battlefield'...: tension pneumothorax (pressure changes in the body mainly due to explosions), hypothermia, suffocation due to a blocked airway, and hemorrhaging. "Blood is precious," she said,"and if we keep it inside ourselves, all of our systems work a lot better." Hence, learning to apply a tourniquet, etc.
• The Afghanistan Papers: A secret history of the war (Craig Whitlock, Washington Post, 12-9-19)
---Part 1: At War with the Truth. U.S. officials constantly said they were making progress. They were not, and they knew it, an exclusive Post investigation found. "We don't invade poor countries to make them rich.We don't invade authoritarian countries to make them democratic. We invade violent countries to make them peaceful and we clearly failed in Afghanistan." ~ James Dobbins, former U.S. diplomat
--- Part 2: Stranded without a strategy Bush and Obama had polar-opposite plans to win the war. Both were destined to fail. Conflicting objectives dogged the war from the start.
---Part 3: Built to fail Despite vows the U.S. wouldn’t get mired in ‘nation-building,’ it’s wasted billions doing just that
---Part 4: Consumed by corruption The U.S. flooded the country with money — then turned a blind eye to the graft it fueled
---Part 5: Unguarded nation Afghan security forces, despite years of training, were dogged by incompetence and corruption
---Part 6: Overwhelmed by opium The U.S. war on drugs in Afghanistan has imploded at nearly every turn
---The War in Afghanistan: A visual timeline of the 18-year conflict (12-9-19)
---Explore the documents In a cache of previously unpublished interviews and memos, key insiders reveal what went wrong during the longest armed conflict in U.S. history
--- ‘We didn’t know what the task was’ Hear candid interviews with former ambassador Ryan Crocker and retired Lt. Gen. Michael Flynn.
--- What we learned from the Afghanistan Papers. (Elizabeth N. Saunders, 12-11-19) Experts’ key takeaways on the war in Afghanistan.
--- Responses from people featured in The Afghanistan Papers
• Lessons to Be Learned from the Afghanistan Papers (James Carroll, New Yorker, 12-12-19)
• Looking for Calley (Seymour M. Hersh, Harpers, June 2018) How a young journalist found Lt. William L. Calley Jr. and untangled the riddle of My Lai. An excellent account of investigative reporting--an account that helped turn the country against the Vietnam War.
• When Hollywood Put World War III on Television (Tom Nichols, The Atlantic Daily, 11-21-23) 'The Day After' premiered 40 years ago. It was a scary year. Roughly 100 million people tuned in on Sunday night, November 20, 1983, and 'The Day After' holds the record as the most-watched made-for-television movie in history.
• Getting Away With Murder: ‘Clash’ as Media Euphemism for ‘Massacre’ (Alan MacLeod, FAIR, 12-13-19) After deposing Evo Morales in a US-backed coup November 11, Bolivia’s military selected Jeanine Añez as president. Añez immediately signed a decree pre-exonerating security forces of all crimes during their “re-establishment of order,” understood by all sides as a license to kill. Those same forces have now conducted massacres of Morales supporters near the cities of Cochabamba and La Paz. Corporate media have been laundering and obscuring the reality of the situation by referring to these events as “clashes.”
“'Clash' is an oft-used and highly convenient word for corporate media when they have to report on violence, but, for whatever reason, do not want to assign responsibility to any party for initiating it. This could sometimes be because they are treading carefully, unsure of the full context, but, as FAIR has noted before..., the term is chronically employed to obscure who instigated the violence, launder power asymmetry, and give the impression of two equally culpable sides. As Adam Johnson wrote..., “‘Clash’ is a reporter’s best friend when they want to describe violence without offending anyone in power.”
• Reporting From the War Zone: Why Conflict Journalism Matters (Nan Peterson, The Daily Signal, 12-18-16) While most news outlets have cut back on their foreign coverage, The Daily Signal has remained committed to covering the war in Ukraine--a war that, tragically, still feels like a secret.
• Jo Freeman's review which made me want to read the book: The Daughters of Kobani: A Story of Rebellion, Courage and Justice by Gayle Tzemach Lemmon. Rigorously reported and powerfully told, The Daughters of Kobani shines a light on a group of women intent on not only defeating the Islamic State on the battlefield but also changing women's lives in their corner of the Middle East (Syria) and beyond.
• The Risks and Rewards of Reporting in a War Zone (Scott Simon, Weekend Edition, NPR, 8-23-14)
• Return to Ward 17: Making peace with lost comrades (Dean Yates, Reuters Investigates, 4-18-18) "During my first hospitalisation in Ward 17 in 2016, I learned how I’d developed post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) from years of covering war, terrorist attacks and natural disasters in the Middle East and Southeast Asia for Reuters....But I did not make peace with the event that really drove me into mental hell. I was only starting to comprehend the moral dimension of losing Namir and Saeed," two Iraqis, "for what I saw as my complicity in their deaths."
• The Gulf War did not take place (by French philosopher Jean Baudrillard, U.S. Archive) "Baudrillard argued the Gulf War was not really a war, but rather an atrocity which masqueraded as a war. Using overwhelming airpower, the American military for the most part did not directly engage in combat with the Iraqi army, and suffered few casualties." (Wikipedia)
• The Paper Trail Through History (Jennifer Schuessler, NY Times on Books, 12-16-12). Ben Kafka in his book The Demon of Writing: Powers and Failures of Paperwork, "traces the modern age of paperwork to the French Revolution and the Declaration of the Rights of Man, which guaranteed citizens the right to request a full accounting of the government." (He writes of one clerk in France who in 1794 is said to have saved hundreds of people from the guillotine by disappearing the relevant paperwork.) Lisa Gitelman, who is writing a book about the history of documents, points out that photocopying (as Daniel Ellsberg did with the Pentagon Papers), is one aspect of document leaking that historians have not paid attention to, but “Even though we think of copying now as perfunctorily ripping something off, [Ellsberg] was expressing himself by Xeroxing.”
• Beyond Boko Haram: Pictures from Nigeria (Laura Beltrán Villamizar, Nieman Storyboard, 6-7-18) When learning about Nigeria in the news, we hardly ever get to see the work of Nigerian storymakers. Photojournalist Rahima Gambo invited schoolgirls to collaborate with her to create images reflecting intimate moments of joy and playfulness that challenge our perceptions of victimhood and war. “There are some horrific things happening in my country,” says Gambo. “I can give you the facts and figures and historical info on why this is happening, but what I am trying to do now is communicate an experience, the feelings that I have gone through while being there. What is crucial here is asking different questions and not expecting specific answers. That is when stories have an impact.”
• Memoirs of war and conflict (a reading list)
• Writing personal stories about war (on McNees site)
Artful Journalistic Interviewing
• In Conversation: Terry Gross (David Marchese, Vulture.com, 1-10-18) The Fresh Air host on the art of the Q&A, the guest that most surprised her, and how she salvages a tanking interview. "I'm not the kind of person who's doing interviews to be friends with the guests. I’m not trying to prove that I’m smart or funny. I just want the guests to say things of value. I want them to be interesting and I want them to say things that our listeners will want to hear without being embarrassed or harmed."
• Terry Gross Talks with David Remnick (live interview at the New Yorker Festival, Oct. 2019) Terry talks about how she first found her way to the microphone, the role of feminism in establishing NPR, the limits of her expertise, and what she has had to give up to prepare for serious conversations day after day. See also Q&A: Terry Gross explains why she’s terrified of being a reporter (Jesse Thorn, interviewer, Columbia Journalism Review, 8-11-17) "I have a very imperfect memory, and the idea of being a reporter was always really terrifying to me," says Gross. So why did she become a radio interviewer? "First of all, you’re invisible on the radio. That’s good if you’re self-conscious. You’ve already eliminated a whole lot of stuff that you otherwise would be worrying about." And "Getting back to the shy thing, I’m the person asking the questions. I don’t have to be the great anecdotalist."
• Elicitation (John McPhee, New Yorker, 3-31-14) Must-read accounts of McPhee's experiences interviewing. "Whatever you do, don’t rely on memory. Don’t even imagine that you will be able to remember verbatim in the evening what people said during the day. And don’t squirrel notes in a bathroom—that is, run off to the john and write surreptitiously what someone said back there with the cocktails. From the start, make clear what you are doing and who will publish what you write. Display your notebook as if it were a fishing license. While the interview continues, the notebook may serve other purposes, surpassing the talents of a tape recorder. As you scribble away, the interviewee is, of course, watching you. Now, unaccountably, you slow down, and even stop writing, while the interviewee goes on talking. The interviewee becomes nervous, tries harder, and spills out the secrets of a secret life, or maybe just a clearer and more quotable version of what was said before. Conversely, if the interviewee is saying nothing of interest, you can pretend to be writing, just to keep the enterprise moving forward.
"If doing nothing can produce a useful reaction, so can the appearance of being dumb. You can develop a distinct advantage by waxing slow of wit. Evidently, you need help. Who is there to help you but the person who is answering your questions? The result is the opposite of the total shutdown that might have occurred if you had come on glib and omniscient. If you don’t seem to get something, the subject will probably help you get it...."
• How to Steer an Interview So You Get What You Need (Tyler Santora, The Open Notebook, 2-20-24) With the right approach, you can take charge of any interview and get what you need for a story, from basic facts and story logic to scenic details to juicy quotes.
• How to Perfect the Art of Deliberate Listening (video clip, NBC Today show, 3-17-22) Ronnie Polaneczky joins the 3rd Hour of TODAY, to explain how to do Deliberate listening. You suspend the thought that you are right and just listen with compassion, curiosity, and courtesy.
• Complicating the Narratives (Amanda Ripley, Solutions Journalism, Medium, 6-27-18, updated 2-11-19) What if journalists covered controversial issues differently — based on how humans actually behave when they are polarized and suspicious? One summer, 60 Minutes brought 14 people — half Republicans, half Democrats — to a converted power plant in downtown Grand Rapids, MI. The goal was to encourage Americans to talk — and listen — to those with whom they disagree. Amanda Ripley explained how journalists can 'complicate the narratives' in their reporting at Solutions Journalism Network's Conflict Mediation Training in NYC
'Author and reporter Amanda Ripley published an essay exploring what journalists could learn from mediators, lawyers, rabbis, and others “who know how to disrupt toxic narratives and get people to reveal deeper truths.” It called on reporters and editors to dig beneath people’s positions and get to their motivations, to cover conflict more thoughtfully, to “revive complexity in a time of false simplicity.” 'Nearly 170,000 people read the piece, which one commenter called “the most encouraging, instructive, and informative thing [he’d] read in a year.” 'One item in this interesting story: "Over the past decade, the Difficult Conversations Lab and its sister labs around the world have hosted and recorded close to 500 contentious encounters. They intentionally generate the kind of discomfort that most people spend all of Thanksgiving trying to avoid."
---22 Questions that ‘Complicate the Narrative’ Conversation techniques, interview questions, and stellar story examples born from a conflict mediation training — for journalists
---22 interview questions to complicate the narrative The questions themselves. (H/T to John Grady for sharing these links on the Washington Biography Group's Facebook page ). John writes: "This article appears in the spring 2023 print issue of the Society of Professional Journalists' [SPJ's] Quill magazine. Whether you're working in daily meet-the-deadline journalism, its long form, or narrative nonfiction, particularly biographies, these are great questions to raise the appeal of all stories."
• Empathy Interviewing (Ronnie Polaneczky, Quill Archives, 5-22-23) Why it matters, how it can build trust in the media, and how to use it to tell truer, fuller stories.
• Empathy Interviews (Keri Nelsestuen and Julie Smith, Learning Forward, The Learning Professional, Oct. 2020) Good explanation of an interesting tool.
• Stop Trying to Ask ‘Smart Questions’ (Derek Thompson, The Atlantic, 1-19-23) A Smart Question is a query designed to advertise the wisdom of the asker. Popular articles tend to scope out the full landscape of an issue. "So, for example, rather than fixate on some lurid statistic about New York City rents, the popular piece would ask a broad question such as “Why are rents so expensive in the U.S.?” or “Why can’t America build enough homes?” We called these queries Big Dumb Questions. Readers seemed to like the Big Dumb Question stories because the articles used the day’s news to investigate a deeper truth about the world. Personally, I liked them because they changed the way I thought about asking questions."
• Elicitation (John McPhee, New Yorker, 3-31-14) If doing nothing can produce a useful reaction, so can the appearance of being dumb. You can develop a distinct advantage by waxing slow of wit. Evidently, you need help. Who is there to help you but the person who is answering your questions?
• The art of the interview (Cultural historian Marc Pachter's talk about his living self-portrait series at the National Portrait Gallery. Watch/listen and/or click on and read the transcript.) "I wanted interviews that were different. I wanted to be, as I later thought of it, empathic, which is to say, to feel what they wanted to say and to be an agent of their self-revelation." In this case, that includes Steve Martin and Clare Booth Luce). It's energy that creates extraordinary interviews and extraordinary lives. (Never interview someone who's modest. They have to think that they did something and that they want to share it with you.)
"It's amazing what people will say when they know how things turned out." [Paraphrasing:] That's the advantage of interviewing someone old enough to have some perspective on all the accidents that go into making a life. I try to get them to say what they probably wanted to say. Dumas Malone wrote a five-volume biography of Thomas Jefferson. Marc asked him, "Did Jefferson ever disappoint you?"
"Well," he said, "I'm afraid so....You know, I've read everything, and sometimes Mr. Jefferson would smooth the truth a bit." Basically he was saying that this was a man who lied more than he wished he had, because he saw all Jefferson's letters. "But I understand that. We southerners do like a smooth surface, so that there were times when he just didn't want the confrontation."
• The Art of the Interview (C-SPAN, 12-12-07) Brian Lamb interviews Marc Pachter, former head of the National Portrait Gallery, discussing his life, his work, his series of interviews with amazing people--and the secrets to successful interviews. Watch, or read the Transcript. Many of us know Marc through the Washington Biography Group, whose meetings he moderated for many years, until he retired and left Washington DC.
• Loosening Lips: The Art of the Interview (Eric Nalder, San Jose Mercury News, 2nd ed., June 2001) Must reading for journalistic interviews. There's a long and a short version of the transcript.
• Loosening Lips: The Art of the Interview (Eric Nalder, PBS) In 2004, investigative journalist Eric Nalder interviewed a whistleblower from ConocoPhillips, the nation's third-largest oil company. Nader's investigation revealed that oil industry safety nets were being undermined. EXPOSÉ episode, "A Sea of Troubles," featured Nalder's investigation into the enforcement of safety regulations on oil tankers which uncovered serious safety lapses and cover-ups. Two-time Pulitzer Prize-winning investigative reporter Eric Nalder is known for his ability to get people to open up and tell all they know, on the record.
• Stephen Colbert's interview with Barack Obama (YouTube video) Stephen Colbert's interview with the iconic former president is a perfect example of how two people can engage in a conversation that makes readers curious enough to spring for his expensive memoir, A Promised Land . Humor and personal stories make the book seem human.
• Please Don’t Ignore Me: Requesting Interviews with Scientists (Karen Kwon, The Open Notebook, 9-14-21) An effective interview request should pique the source’s interest, explain who you are, and convey what you’re looking for and when you need it. From the subject line to the sign-off, a strategic approach to what you say and how you say it can increase the chances that your source will read your message and agree to an interview.
• How to Find Scientist Sources and Plan Interviews (Abdullahi Tsanni, Open Notebook, 4-27-21) Mia Malan emphasizes the need to write detailed questions. “It is important to come prepared and to not waste someone’s time,” she says. Preparing thoughtful questions makes it easier to get usable facts and quotes from an interview, she says, and lessens the risk that the conversation will veer off in “random” directions.
'Sarah Kaplan, a climate reporter at The Washington Post, always writes out a list of questions before talking to a source so that she can refer to it and make sure she does not forget anything. “If I’m feeling nervous about the interview—if it’s a really important person, or I think the conversation might be confrontational—I will devote extra time to research so I can feel really confident about my grasp on the subject,” she says.
'Different publications have different rules on sharing quotes, so you should check with your editor what the policy is. Some, including Bhekisisa, allow reporters to check scientists’ quotes with them. “That’s one of our ethical practices,” Malan says. It’s done to ensure accuracy and build trusting relationships with sources.
• How to Steer an Interview So You Get What You Need (Tyler Santoram, Open Notebook, 2-20-24) As helpful as it can be to dig into specifics with follow-up questions, sometimes the best strategy is actually a more generic follow-up. Whitcomb at times urges an interviewee on with an enthusiastic non-question such as, “Interesting! Tell me more about that.”
"Some people love to talk, and in their enthusiasm for the subject they will ramble about details that are irrelevant to your story. At some point, you may need to acknowledge that an interviewee simply isn’t giving you what you need, and isn’t going to. “There is a way to jump in and interrupt in a way that conveys enthusiasm, as opposed to conveying disinterest.”
• What journalists need to know when interviewing a transgender person (Bethany Grace Howe, Nieman Storyboard, 6-24-21) A transgender activist and former journalist urges reporters to move past the bathroom question and other false stereotypes.
• How to Talk to People, According to Terry Gross (Jolie Kerr, NY Times, 11-17-18) The NPR host offers eight spicy tips for having better conversations. The secret to being a good conversationalist? Curiosity. The only icebreaker you'll ever need: “Tell me about yourself.”
• Public Radio International's Lisa Mullins on interviewing for story (Andrea Pitzer, Nieman Storyboard, 9-17-10) "I tell them ahead of time what I might want.... Then I become the person who teases them along and directs them in terms of questions, who fleshes it out.... When I can get them speaking in terms of chronology, in terms of a thought process, in terms of watching a story unfold and then maybe bringing it back to the beginning, that’s when the audience is naturally going to listen."
• Mastering the awkward art of the interview (Ioana Burtea, The Power of Storytelling, Nieman Storyboard, 10-25-19) Longform podcaster Max Linsky's five rules for getting people to open up on air. “I know in the first third I want to talk about where they grew up, second third about a book they wrote or an article, last third maybe is whatever I perceive their great anxiety to be. I want to know where I’m going, but I have no road-map other than that.” This forces him to listen, be present and ask follow-up questions. “I’ve found it’s much more effective than walking in with a whole arc of questions. No matter how much you prepare, the person is going to surprise you anyway.”
“Your job is to get the best out of them. And a lot of times, the best way to do that is to ask a simple question that’s straightforward.”
• Better questions = better journalism (David Beard, Morning Media Wire, Poynter, 5-11-18) 'At a Poynter seminar this week, a Pulitzer-winning journalist told her charges that the Mueller-Trump tussle for information has placed key techniques before all reporters and editors. They are valuable enough to share with all. Robert Mueller’s legal team knows how to ask questions in a way to glean intent and insight, says Jacqui Banaszynski, who has taught best practices of news thinking for decades in the newsroom or university. Most of the 40-some questions for Trump on interference in the 2016 elections, leaked to New York Times, began with “What” or “How.” Those entry points are less judgmental than “Why,” she told students — and more valuable than the “Where” and “When” questions that Mueller already knows.' See The Questions Mueller Wants to Ask Trump About Obstruction, and What They Mean (Matt Apuzzo and Michael S. Schmidt, NY Times, 4-30-18) "The questions show the special counsel’s focus on obstruction of justice and touch on some surprising other areas."
• The Art of Conversation: Studs Terkel Radio Archive In his 45 years on WFMT radio, Studs Terkel talked to the 20th century’s most interesting people. Browse the growing archive of more than 1,200 programs.
• How a top explanatory reporter does emotional interviews: With empathy (Kim Cross, Nieman Storyboard, 9-29-21) Pulitzer Prize winner Ed Yong of The Atlantic takes the same open approach with COVID scientists and frontline nurses. "I start interviews by telling people where I'm at and what I want to do. That sets expectations very clearly upfront. And some of it is achieved through the flexible and open act of interviewing, by showing people that you're actually listening to what they're saying." There's a perception among some that being empathetic and kind to people is antithetical to being a journalist. "You have to be distanced from your sources, you have to be like hard-nosed or whatever. But you can ask people hardball questions without being an ass about it."
• What journalists need to know when interviewing a transgender person (Bethany Grace Howe, Nieman Storyboard, 6-24-21) A transgender activist and former journalist urges reporters to move past the bathroom question and other false stereotypes
• What narrative master Eli Saslow learned about intimacy interviewing by phone (Matt Tullis, Nieman Storyboard, 2-24-21) The Washington Post's year-long "Voices from the Pandemic" series took hours of pre-reporting, patient listening and letting go of writerly control. He and his editor, Pulitzer Prize-winner David Finkel, had to figure out another way for Saslow to tell intimate stories that illustrate how people’s lives were affected by COVID. They landed on the idea of oral histories: as-told-to, first-person stories that come from those experiencing the pandemic first-hand.
• The benefits of calling sources (Pete Croatto, The Writer, 11-22-19) To write better stories, conquer your hang-ups and pick up the phone. "I tend to talk quickly. I stammer. But I sound like a human being. That makes me relatable instead of slick, which leads to a better conversation."
• Interviewing for Career-Spanning Profiles (Alla Katsnelson, The Open Notebook, NASW, 3-27-18) A successful profile weaves together three parallel timelines that make up a subject’s life, says Jacqui Banaszynski, a Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist: the subject’s basic biography and “résumé stuff,” defining personal moments in the person’s life, and "the social and historical context of their work."
• How to Conduct Difficult Interviews (Mallory Pickett, The Open Notebook, NASW, 12-11-18) It's okay to be nervous, but it's essential to be prepared. Interviews with the main subject of an investigative (especially a potentially confrontational interview) shouldn’t be about fact-finding. Fight hard to get all sides of a story. Get everyone's perspective. Read about the "No Surprises" letter BuzzFeed News sends out to people and institutions targeted in investigative stories. And see A Cheat Sheet for Difficult Interviews
• Reporting 101: When Doing the Interviewing, Don’t Act So Smart (Jack Limpert, About Editing and Writing, 5-14-18) Larry Van Dyne, whose forte was explanatory journalism, always did a lot of reading before an interview and was well informed, but didn't show it. He "always asked lots of open-ended questions, especially at the front end of an interview (‘Tell me a little about such and such’). And lots of what you might call dumb questions...Since I already knew lots about the subject, these open-ended and sometimes dumb questions also revealed if the interviewee was evasive or not telling the truth.”
• The Turnaround A podcast from Columbia Journalism Review, Maximum Fun, and hosted by NPR’s Jesse Thorn. A great interview — entertaining and informative — is one of the journalist’s most powerful tools. The Turnaround examines the science and art of journalism with the world’s greatest interviewers, from Larry King to Terry Gross.
• Q&A: NPR’s Audie Cornish on the intimacy of interviewing (The Turnaround, CJR, 7-4-17) Audie: When you are reporting, you are a detective, you’re a scavenger, you are wooing people.
• Q&A: Ira Glass on structuring stories, asking hard questions (The Editors, CJR and MaximumFun.org, 6-22-2017). "Ira: I’ve said this many times in many places, but the structure of stories on our show in this kind of narrative journalism is there’s plot and then there are ideas. And those are the two elements that you’re constantly monitoring to know whether or not you’ve got them....
"What you want is one thing leads to the next leads to the next leads the next and the reason why we do that is because once you have any sequence of actions in order of like, this happened and then this happened and this happened that creates narrative suspense because you wonder what happened next. And once you have narrative suspense, it just makes the entire project of getting somebody to listen to a story or listen to anything you’re saying so much easier because they just want to find out what’s going to happen. And then you can just take them on a journey and walk them through all kinds of feelings and ideas—even on subjects that they don’t think they want to hear about—you know, because they just get caught up in like wait like what happened next?"...
"And if you have something bad to say about somebody, you say it to their face so they get to give their side of it. And, and so partly it’s just basic Journalism 101: You need to get their side of it." Tricks of the trade, such as, The Question That Always Works: "How did you think it was going to work out before it happened? And then how did it really work out." (The first of a series of conversations with "some of the world's great interviewers," hosted by NPR's Jesse Thorn, for the podcast The Turnaround.
• Q&A: Larry King on asking simple questions and listening closely (NPR’s Jesse Thorn, The Turnaround, Columbia Journalism Review, 7-7-17) "when the Gulf War was on, and we would have guests on every night associated with the war: writers, politicians, generals. And I always asked the same question: What happened today? I wasn’t there. You were there. You were covering it. What happened? That’s the simplest question in the world. Why’d you do this? What happened?"
• In another Turnaround segment, Jesse Thorn interviews Dick Cavett (1-9-18) 'Before Cavett launched his show, he received a call from Jack Paar, who gave him this piece of advice: "Don't do interviews...make it a conversation."' Read and listen to more Turnaround interviews (play and/or read transcript) with Ira Glass, Susan Orlean, Marc Maron, Audie Cornish, Larry King, Brooke Gladstone, Errol Morris, Jerry Springer, Anna Sale, Combat Jack, Louis Theroux, Katie Couric, Ray Suarez, Werner Herzog, and Terry Gross. A goldmine.
• The Art of the Interview: Dick Cavett on How to Elevate a Q&A (Joe Berkowitz, Master Class, Fast Company, 12-4-12) Masterful talk show host Dick Cavett distinguished himself with a conversational, erudite style. Here he opens up about conducting the kind of interviews that leave nothing interesting behind. "The best shows were when the topic just got going and you’d forget all about notes and research and just let it flow." Lead with statements instead of questions. Don't beat around the bush. If there’s an obvious issue, just go for it. If the person has strayed from an interesting topic, the direct approach usually works for getting them back. Just start that topic over again. Say, “Let’s go back to this...”
• Dan Rather’s single biggest secret for interviewing powerful people ( Emily VanDerWerff St. James, Vox, 6-13-19) "Often, the best questions come not from what you have prepared to ask, not from your list of questions in your notebook, but from listening to the interview subject very carefully and picking up questions from what your interview subject says.... The more powerful the person, the more likely it is that the person’s going to try to do what I call the old political sidestep, the side shuffle. They will try to answer the question they want to be asked, not the question you want them to answer. So you have to be particularly alert to not only asking direct questions but also to be sure to follow up and keep following up until it’s either obvious that the person is ducking the question or you get an answer to the question."
An interesting comparison of how Presidents Nixon and Trump fared in television interviews, and why. "When you’re under constant attack, it is a political tactic to keep hammering and make it a constant message, as [Trump] has done, that the press is the enemy.... In order to be part of the system of checks and balances, you have to ask the tough questions, the questions that people in power don’t want to answer. You have to keep trying to find out what the people in power are hiding, that they don’t want people to say."
• Loosening Lips: The Art of the Interview (Eric Nalder, Seattle Times). Orig. for Seattle Times (Dec. 2008); here, PBS.
• 5(ish) Questions: Texas journalist Krys Boyd and the art of the radio interview (Krys Boyd, Nieman Storyboard, 9-26-17) The longtime host of "Think" talks about preparing for her daily show, and how radio is a form of oral storytelling. "I go into every interview with a plan, but I have to be listening carefully to what my subject is telling me and how they’re telling their story. Sometimes if you notice that someone is reluctant to speak, you have to accommodate your style in a way that makes it clear that you’re listening. I don’t think I demonstrate to every guest that I agree with everything they say to me, but I always want them to know that I’m listening, and I genuinely want to understand what they have to say to me."
• Interviewing (Teen Reporter Handbook, Radio Diaries)
• So What Do You Do, James Lipton, Creator and Host of Inside the Actor's Studio? (Amanda Ernst's interview for Media Bistro, 4-4-12)
• The Mike Wallace Interview (read and listen to some classic Sixty Minutes interviews by the master, as archived by the Harry Ransom Center, University of Texas at Austin)
• Taking Good Notes: Tricks and Tools (Editors, The Open Notebook 12-6-2011) Science’s online news editor David Grimm offers a trove of advice on note-taking, which he assembled for students at Johns Hopkins University’s science writing master’s program, where he is on the faculty. Grimm polled colleagues about the best way to take notes during interviews and shares their advice.
• Our Favorite Mike Wallace Stories (60 Minutes Overtime)
• The Art of Crafting Effective Interview Questions (Emily Laber-Warren, Open Notebook, 9-26-23) "Asking questions happens in two distinct phases—before and during the interview. Your prepared questions should be expansive and not overly specific. Things like: “Did you encounter any obstacles while conducting this research?” and not, “What is the name of the enzyme that starts the reaction?” Craft one question for each aspect of the story and keep them broad so your source isn’t boxed in and can share whatever they think matters most. To develop these questions, you don’t need to know what your source is going to say—just the key topics you want them to address.
"Once the interview gets started, your source will provide information, context, and even entire aspects of the story that are new to you. That’s when you begin to improvise follow-up questions to zero in on the most intriguing and relevant things—to make sure you understand, and to elicit quotes and details to enrich your story."
• The Art of the Interview, Dale Keiger's presentation at the CASE Editors' Forum (3-30-09)
• Elizabeth Arnold on Interviewing (The Transom Review)
• The Art of the Interview, ESPN-Style (David Folkenflik, NPR, 8-14-06)
• Tips for interviewing people with disabilities (National Center on Disability and Journalism). This blog led me to that useful page: Some do’s and don’ts when interviewing people with disabilities (Tara Haelle, Covering Health, Association of Health Care Journalists, 10-10-17)
• Krista Tippett's Master Class on the Art of Conversation ($, +Acumen, listen on demand)
• Katie Couric on how to conduct a good interview (YouTube Reporters' Center, 6-26-09) "You need to use your questions as a template but you have to be willing to listen and really veer off in a different direction. I can't stand it when people don't have an ability to do that."
• Beyond Question: Learning the Art of the Interview (Sandhya Nankani and Holly Epstein Ojalvo, The Learning Network, NY Times 9-20-10) How do interviewers craft and pose questions? How can questions open doors to information, shed light on important subjects and invite subjects to open up?
• A Cheat Sheet for Difficult Interviews (The Open Notebook, aka TON)
• How many interviews? (Jeanne Erdmann, Ask TON, TheOpenNotebook, 7-16-13)
• The interviewee's right to "edit" a transcript or story (Pat McNees)
• The Art of Interviewing: How Journalists Can Get the Best Out of an Interview (Newspaper Publishing, Suite 101)
• Tips for interviewing people with disabilities (National Center on Disability and Journalism) The Best Tip: Ask the expert — the person you are interviewing.
• Mary Pat Flaherty on interviewing and writing (Patrick Cassidy's Investigative Reporting webpage)
• Secrets to a Successful Interview (Valerie Holladay, ancestry.com, 1-1-05)
• Pat McNees's links to good interview questions and guides online
• What to ask in a life story or oral history interview (on a somewhat different tack, but helpful links)
• The Sarah Lacy/Mark Zuckerberg Fiasco Has Deep Meaning For Social Media. (Bruce Nussbaum, Bloomberg Business, 3-12-08) On what happens when the interviewer considers herself the expert and ignores the audience.
• Paris Review "Writers at Work" Interviews (selections from 1953 on, a gift to the world, and with a single click you can view a manuscript page with the writer's edits)
• You Don't Say Ann Hornaday's piece about reinventing the celebrity interview (Washington Post, 8-5-07)
• Ricky Gervais Compares the American and British "The Office" David Letterman's interview style and genuine laughter seems to bring out the best in Gervais.
• Academy of Achievement (a museum of living history--with archives of interviews in the arts, business, public service, sports, and so on)
• Archive of American Television (chronicling electronic media history as it evolves)
• Charlie Rose archives (you could spend months listening--and learn a lot)
• The Interview Archive (BBC)
• Modern Writers (BBC Interviews with remarkable authors, not available to listeners in U.S.)
• The Art of Cross-Examination by Francis Wellman (Macmillan, 2004) Read free online through Project Gutenberg.
• Help with emotional interviews (Chip Scanlan, Poynter, 2-23-05, updated 3-2-11) See also Lessons Learned: Handling Emotional Interviews, Part 2
• Out of the Shadows: Reporting on Intimate Partner Violence (Dart Center for Journalism and Trauma, Columbia Journalism School, 10-21/22-2011)
• Great interview questions and guides (www.PatMcNees.com) Links to excellent sets of questions for life story or oral history interviews.
• What journalists can learn from their local TV weather forecast (Jane Elizabeth, American Press Institute, 6-19-18) Journalists can build news consumers’ confidence in media and make them media savvy by making their reporting steps more obvious and helping consumers anticipate them. A good set of basic questions to answer:
---What’s new here? What have we already reported?
---What do we know now?
---What evidence is there? Who are the sources?
---What are the credentials of this journalist?
---What facts don’t we know yet? What’s in dispute?
---What might happen next? What could change?
---How and when will it be covered?
---How can people respond or get involved? See how meteorologist John Elliott (CBS2) in New York explains what will happen, then reminds you what already has happened, building, recycling, and updating “explainers,” adding depth to their reports.
• The Art and Technology of Interviewing Moderator James McGrath Morris and panelists Claudia Dreifus, Brian Jay Jones, and John Brady (BIO virtual conference, 2021) presented similar views about successful interviewing in this panel. They agreed that a biographer should find out as much as they can about the interviewee and be equally prepared when something unexpected arises in the conversation and pursue that topic.
• Remote Interviewing Resources (Oral History Association, 8-27-2020) Many many useful pages. Remarkable and very helpful. See, for example, among many pages: Advice on oral history interviewing during the Covid-19 pandemic , or this decision tree or Considerations for Choosing an In-Person vs. Remote Interview. With useful sections on equipment, such as Recording platforms.
• Still Life with Dick Van Dyke (Marian Sandmaier, Penn Gazette, 4-19-19) A comic superstar, a shy writer, and an unexpected epiphany.
• Finally, I find myself curious about "forensic interviewing." Have any of you been to one of these workshops? Mastering Inductive Interviewing Sheriff Ray Nash talks about his reliable and comprehensive system. Here are some of the topics, from a workshop pitch:The Working Definition of a Lie; Why People Lie; Overview of the Six-Phase Inductive Interview Process; Seven Virtues of an Interviewer; Avoiding the “Shut Down”; Six Objectives of Rapport; The Importance of Rapport and How to Build it Rapidly; Identifying the “Baseline Norm”; Detecting Imbalance in the Narrative; Chronologies and Detecting “Missing Time”; Word Cues: Extra words, use of passive voice, of the word "then," of the word "never," of the word "left," of the word "actually," and shift to present tense.
• The Dark Art of Interrogation (Mark Bowden, The Atlantic, Oct. 2003) The most effective way to gather intelligence and thwart terrorism can also be a direct route into morally repugnant terrain. A survey of the landscape of persuasion
Alternative news
what the mainstream media doesn't cover
• Top 10 Alternative Media List (Adam Rosszay, Citizen's Cafe, 1-29-18) Descriptions and links for
---Abby Martin — The Empire Files (what corporate media don't share)
---Chris Hedges (politics and current events)
---The Corbett Report ("conspiracy theories"--be prepared to go down the rabbit hole)
---Rogue Money (Rosszay's #1 'talk radio' daily news update)
---Signs of the Times (or sott.net, The World for People Who Think -- news and commentary on world events)
---South Front (geopolitical and military analysis of hotspots around the world, with focus on the Middle East)
---SGT Report ("corporate propaganda antidote" that focused initally on economic and precious metal news)
---Truthstream Media ("what in the hell is really going on," with excellent video)
---X22 Report (economic collapse and geopolitical news)
---Zero Hedge (economic news).
• TomDispatch.com ("a regular antidote to the mainstream media")
• When American Media Was (Briefly) Diverse (Danielle A. Jackson, Longreads, 9-4-19) An economic downturn in 2008 shuttered numerous publications and further marginalized people of color in an already minimally integrated industry. But in the 90’s and early-aughts, multicultural publications flourished, providing an alternative model for journalism that bears remembering.
• 12 Honest News Sites Way Better Than Mainstream Media (Chere Di Boscio, Eluxe Magazine) Describing
---The Anti-Media
---Consortium News
---The Corbett Report
---Global Research
---Media Roots
---Moon of Alabama
---The Off Guardian
---The Rubin Report
---StormCloudsGathering
---Truth In Media
---21st Century Wire
---We Are Change
• The Last American Vagabond (another set of links and descriptions, with some of the same sites and some others)
• Alternative News Sites (World-Newspapers.com) An even longer list, with brief descriptions.
• VAMP: Virtual Alternative Media Guide (University of Kentucky Libraries) A research guide to online alternative media resources. See also its Other guides to alt media
• Infoshop ("Unthinking respect for authority is the greatest enemy of truth") A general resource on anarchism.
• Key Dimensions of Alternative News Media (Kristoffer Holt, Tine Ustad Figenschou & Lena Frischlich, Digital Journalism, 2019) An academic look at the topic.
Headlines, clickbait, and audience grabbers
"If it bleeds, it leads."Bad news is a headline; gradual improvement is not. (paraphrasing Bill Gates)
"People often think that reporters write their own headlines. In fact, they almost never do. The people who do write headlines are the copy editors who are the front and last lines of quality-checking in a newspaper before it goes to print." --Jennifer Lee
• The secrets of great headline writing (David Marsh, The Guardian, 1-9-14) "In the old days (the 1990s) we just used to write funny or apt headlines without giving much thought to the reader. SEO [search engine optimization] has changed that...But the dangers of SEO are that it can make headlines too dull and prosaic...or not dull enough....The technology may have changed but the headline writer's art is still to summarise an article in a way that draws the reader in."
• 5 tips for writing better health news headlines (HealthNewsReview, 4-7-16) (1) Learn the difference between association and causality. (2) Watch those “X may/might do Y” style headlines. Etc.
• The Secret to Writing Great Headlines for Your News Stories (Tony Rogers, ThoughtCo., 1-14-19) "Headline size is determined by three parameters: the width, defined by the number of columns the hed will have; the depth, the meaning is the head one line or two (known by editors as a "single deck" or a "double deck";) and the font size. Headlines can run anywhere from something small - say 18 point - all the way up to banner front-page heds that can be 72 points or bigger....So if you're assigned to write a five-column, two-line, 28 point double-deck hed, you know you're going to have a lot more room to work with that if you're given a two-column, one-line hed in a 36 point font."
• When it comes to chasing clicks, journalists say one thing but feel pressure to do another (Angèle Christin, Nieman Lab, 8-28-14) "The obsession with clicks is said to be responsible for a degradation of online content: clickbait headlines, listicles of best burger places, and videos of adorable kittens that do little to turn readers into enlightened citizens.... Should journalists be shielded from traffic pressures? Or should they be encouraged to maximize page views?"
• Headlines editors probably wish they could take back (the lower case, Columbia Journalism Review). Archives of a popular column. Sample: "Doctor: No heart, cognitive issues. But Trump needs to reduce his cholesterol, lose weight."
• #unfortunateheadlines Twitter thread. Sample: NPR Politics: "Races Expected To Be Close In Alabama, Mississippi”
• Story about genetic testing company’s problems shows how good reporting stands up to criticism (Joseph Burns, Covering Health, AHCJ, 11-17-17) "In December 2016, Charles Piller (@cpiller), the west coast editor for Stat, reported that a genetic test to identify patients who could be prone to addiction lacked a firm scientific basis. With an eye-opening headline, “Called ‘hogwash,’ a gene test for addiction risk exploits opioid fears,” the article raised important questions about the Proove Opioid Risk test from Proove Biosciences in Irvine, Calif. See also Editor details the challenges of covering genetic testing companies that make dubious claims (Joseph Burns, AHCJ 11-15-17).
•
• The Step-by-Step Guide to Writing Powerful Headlines (Neil Patel) "Step #1: Use specific numbers & data in your headline. Numbers are like 'brain candy'--the brain is receptive to numbers (especially odd numbers). Give them reasons to click: tips, reasons, lessons, tricks, etc.
• How Headlines Change the Way We Think (Maria Konnikova, New Yorker, 12-17-14) "By now, everyone knows that a headline determines how many people will read a piece, particularly in this era of social media. But, more interesting, a headline changes the way people read an article and the way they remember it. The headline frames the rest of the experience. A headline can tell you what kind of article you’re about to read—news, opinion, research, LOLcats—and it sets the tone for what follows....almost every journalist has experienced the aggravation of having readers give aggrieved, enraged, dismissive, or, really, any other type of negative reaction to an article based solely on a headline.
• Focus on the "whos," not the "whys." Want to intrigue your audience? Focus on the "who": Headlines including the word "who" generated a 22% higher CTR than headlines without it.' --Corey Wainwright, How to Write Catchy Headlines and Blog Titles Your Readers Can't Resist (Hubspot, 10-13)
• ACES announces 2017 Headline Contest winners (4-27-18) ACES: The Society for Editing holds an annual headline contest (search for ACES headline contest winners and a year for past winners). For 2017, winners (with sample headlines) included “Six Personalities Walked Into a Risk Assessment . . . Optimizing Evaluations by Addressing Personality Types” (James Tehrani, Sphera Solutions), “Prada sells $185 paper clip, and Twitter can’t hold it together” (Gael Cooper, CNET.com), “Murder with no body will be tried with no jury” (Rich Mills, Omaha World-Herald), “Protests make Washington's port-a-potty industry flush” (Washington Post), “Ferris State: Where the students are salty, but the sidewalks are not” (Torch, Ferris State University).
"After I do my first writing of the day, I will generally look at Twitter and Google News - and that's my big media secret. I look at Twitter and I look at Google because they pull all the headlines from other websites." --Daniel Mallory Ortberg
New models for newspapers and magazines
Including "Entrepreneural journalism" (EP)• Jeff Bezos has a business problem (Hamish McKenzie, Substack Reads, 10-29-24) "Startup news organizations such as Bari Weiss’s The Free Press, Mehdi Hasan’s Zeteo, The Bulwark, Defector, Puck, Punchbowl News, The Ankler, and The Dispatch are proving that, while existing news outlets continue to struggle, the conditions are more favorable than perhaps at any time in history to start a new media organization. The Free Press, which is now three years old, boasts 800,000 subscribers and is valued at $100 million . Hasan launched the video-focused Zeteo within weeks of leaving his role at MSNBC and passed 3,000 paid subscribers and $3 million in annual revenue in the first three months. Political news outlet Punchbowl News was on track to bring in $20 million by the end of its second year in business. All of these businesses are growing robustly. They’re car companies for the age of the automobile."
• A bigger tent (Aditi Bhandari, Knight Lab, 6-13-16)
How new techniques and technology can help journalists reach more people:
---Translation: How and when to translate news apps and graphics
---Limited connectivity: Including readers whose only access might be a mobile phone
---Limited connectivity: How to serve content for people on slow, mobile-only connections
---Digital deserts: How journalists can reach people who have no Internet access
---Cat and mouse: Reaching readers who live under heavy government censorship
---Phone stories: How a 100-year-old-technology has helped Pop-up Magazine make news convenient for audiences
---Colorblind: Tips from a colorblind developer on building data visualizations
---Bye-bye GUI: Moving from screens to conversational UIs may increase accessibility of news for everyone
• A Free Entrepreneurial Journalism Teaching and Learning Toolkit (Jeremy Caplan) Help yourself to shared resources: a new set of original & curated materials for anyone teaching or learning about news innovation. H/T to Jeremy for many of the following links to resources, found in his EJ Resources Master List. I've included only a fraction of what Jeremy Caplan (creator of Wonder Tools) has listed. The following are Google spreadsheets:
---Good Ideas from Mostly Local Newspapers Google spreadsheet of ideas from Entrepreneuralism Journalism, with sources identified.
---Entrepreneurial Journalism Programs in Universities (2014)
---Resources: an entrepreneurial journalism compendium
---EJ Newsletters: Reaching readers where they spend time — in their inbox (H/T Jeremy Caplan, Director of Education at the Tow-Knight Center for Entrepreneurial Journalism at the City University of New York's Graduate School of Journalism)
• How to Pay Freelancers More Without Increasing Your Newsroom Budget (Katherine Reynolds Lewis, Nieman Reports,9-12-23) Follow these steps to create a more loyal, reliable, and productive contributor pool: Be specific with the assignment scope. Streamline the editorial process. Ask only for what you need.
"Be fair with your copyright terms. Some publications try to seize all rights from freelancers through a work-for-hire or copyright assignment contract. That means only the publication — not the writer — benefits from reuse of the creative work or any derivative works. Not only is this exploitative of freelancers, often it’s unnecessary. If your publication syndicates content, it’s just as easy to license the copyright from the freelancer exclusively for a set period of time, and then share a nonexclusive license after that time. You are only taking the rights you need — not all that your lawyers might want — and leaving more value in the hands of the freelancer."
• Why free streaming channels could be the future of broadcast TV news (Stephen Battaglio, LA Times, 11-7-22) The audience migration to online video has led the news divisions at the “Big Three” broadcast networks to get deeper into the 24-hour news business through free, ad-supported channels that can be accessed on internet-connected TV sets and mobile devices. “We’ve been able to monetize advertiser demand because we can deliver eyeballs,” says NBC News President Noah Oppenheim. The median age for streaming news viewers is up to 25 years younger than the traditional TV news audience. Streaming channels: ABC News, CBS News, NBC News, Fox News (for Republicans)
• Entrepreneurial Journalism Creators Program Newmark J-School’s new online program for Entrepreneurial Journalism Creators helps independent journalists develop newsletters, podcasts, local sites, and other niche news products.
• Is quality journalism sustainable? Here are 20 media organizations that are solving this problem (News Entrepreneurs,6-25-19) This post is part of a study that identifies 20 media organizations from 16 countries and four regions—Eastern and Central Europe, Western Europe, Latin America, and the United States—that have developed sustainable business models for high-quality journalism.
• The State of the News Media: An Annual Report on American Journalism (Pew Research, 2009) The problem facing American journalism is not fundamentally an audience problem or a credibility problem. It is a revenue problem—the decoupling of advertising from news.
• Seeking the Single-Subject News Model (Tow Center for Digital Journalism, 1-1-14) Single-subject news accelerates the trend of “unbundling” the newsroom: Bleacher Report as a spun-off sports desk, FactCheck.org as the outsourced function of a political desk, and Education News Network (Chalkbeat) as a specialized bureau on local schools. Journalists can create new content where they see a deficit because the demand for in-depth news coverage by niche audiences is spawning new products for the digital marketplace.
• New Users, New Revenue: Alternative ways to make money (Bill Grueskin, Ava Seave, and Lucas Graves, The Business of Digital Journalism, 5-10-11)
• Publishing for peanuts: Innovation and the Journalism Start-up (JJ Robinson, Kristen Grennan, Anya Schiffrin, Columbia University School of International and Public Affairs, May 2015) A 200-page study of global journalism startups commissioned by the Open Society Foundation’s Program for Independent Journalism.
• Survival Is Success: Journalistic Online Start-Ups in Western Europe (Nicola Bruno and Rasmus Kleis Nielsen, Reuters Institute for the Study of Journalism)
• Guide to audience revenue and engagement (Elizabeth Hansen and Emily Goligoski, Columbia Journalism Review, 2-8-18) Donation, subscription, and membership models, explained.
• Local News Field Guide (Chalkbeat) Practical advice for newsroom leaders seeking to reinvent the local news industry
• Sustainability (Global Investigative Journalism Network) Links to entries on fundraising, audience engagement, commercial revenue, crowdfunding, podcasting, micropayments, news cooperatives
• Big Impact: A Pocket-Guide to the Financial Benefits of Major Investigations (Katarina Sabados, Global Investigative Journalism Network, 9-12-18) All the costs of running investigations — including tools, travel expenses, people power and the actual publishing of a story — pale in comparison to the benefits and money saved or retrieved as a result of investigative stories. Good investigative stories reveal structural problems, which in turn force policy changes and criminal proceedings that save millions in the long run.
• Google News Initiative
• From Dean Baquet and Joe Kahn: The Year Ahead (Dean Baquet, The New York Times’s executive editor, and Joe Kahn, the managing editor) Their intro to, and high points from, the full report of the 2020 Group. (Covering Trump and the new world order, Reinvent editing, Present a more visual daily report, Expand training, Create thematic teams, Get serious about talent, Prioritize diversity and get results, Reinvent features, Redesign the print paper, Beef up the print hub, Launch an innovation team. Read Journalism That Stands Apart: The Report of the 2020 Group, January 2017 The full report, by a team of seven New York Times journalists, outlines the newsroom’s strategy and aspirations.
• The strategic brilliance of Slate's pivot to podcasts (Simon Owens's Media Newsletter). Subscribe here and check out Index of case studies (available to paid subscribers).
• Drones and VR Journalism (Journalist's Toolbox, 4-2-22) A few examples here, but go to the source for dozens more.
---Drone Journalism Lab and its Operations Manual.
---Scene VR (Knight Science Lab, Northwestern University) Turn your collection of panoramic and VR-ready photos into a slideshow of navigable scenes, allowing you to create unique 360° narratives. A simple-to-use editor allows you to order your photos, add descriptions and add text.
---Drone Journalism Resources (Global Investigative Journalism Network)
---GuriVR A free, open source project created to allow anyone to make virtual reality experiences with the lowest possible learning curve.
---More links to resources on drones and VR journalism
• Life After Print: How 3 Magazines Are Navigating Their New Business Models (Beth Braverman, Folio, 5-21-19) The print-to-digital transition has proven for some publications to be more of a rebirth, especially when they diversify to additional channels, like events and TV. With Self, the "first step was to eliminate social news writing aimed solely at generating clicks....Focusing on quality and differentiation over quantity and empty clicks has increased our engagement." They are also targeting a younger audience, and profiting from special issues, affiliate revenue and licensing product lines. With WWD, "speed matters (sometimes)," and a shift to the global fashion industry increased overseas sales....Government Executive chose to branch out and to segment the market, launching DefenseOne, covering the defense industry in 2013, and RouteFifty, covering state and local governments in 2016.
• The Magazine Diaries Newsletter "Publishing ideas worth stealing."
• Paywalls aren’t blocking access to high-quality news (Simon Owens's Media Newsletter, 6-14-23) Subscription models are by no means a silver bullet, but they’ve played a crucial role in shoring up media losses and helping to fund important journalism.
• FiveThirtyEight and the End of Average (Stratechery.com, 3-17-14)
• Testing news paywalls: Which are leaky, and which are airtight? (Ariel Stulberg, CJR, 5-23-17) It's widely known but rarely acknowledged. Most news paywalls are full of holes, that allow readers more access. In general, it’s the Times’s “soft” model, unlimited exceptions and all, that has prevailed. (A how-to for low-budget readers?)
• Reinventing the newspaper (The Economist, 7-7-11) New business models are proliferating as news organisations search for novel sources of revenue. News providers throughout the rich world are starting to charge for content on the web and mobile devices. "The Wall Street Journal, for example, puts much of its business and finance coverage behind a paywall but allows unrestricted access to other, less specialist stories. Another option is the “metered paywall”, pioneered by the Financial Times, which lets visitors to its site read ten stories a month before asking them to pay. (The Financial Times is owned by Pearson, which also owns half of The Economist.) At the New York Times, which has the world's most popular newspaper website, visitors can read 20 stories a month before being invited to subscribe." This was in 2011.
• Riding the Juggernaut That Left Print Behind (David Carr, Business, NY Times, 7-21-14) "Nothing can compete with the shimmering immediacy of now, and not just when seismic events take place, but in our everyday lives. We are sponges and we live in a world where the fire hose is always on. But once a sponge is at capacity, new information can only replace old information. Last month, researchers at Victoria University of Wellington in New Zealand published a study that found that comprehension, concentration and retention all went off a cliff when information was taken in online. (Then again, there are those who say that we see everything and remember nothing because we don’t have to, that the web now serves as our memory.)"
• Modern-day magazine business model relies on ‘tricks and goodies’ (Carlett Spike, CJR, 3-28-17) A short, meaty piece. Some alternatives to the advertising-revenue model ("most are repackaged or unsustainable long-term"): Print magazines sharing and renting subscriber lists; advertisers working with publications to produce advertorials and branded content based on the type of readers attracted to the site; recycling content in special-interest issues timed to deaths and anniversaries, benefiting from lower production costs; selling literary tote bags to subscribers; transitioning to, ad-free, scholarly publications (the 'white-paper model') for readers who care enough about the content to pay the higher subscription fee.
• Marc Andreessen’s news-business fairy tale (Ryan Chittum, CJR, 3-5-14) "Unionization had nothing to do with the structural changes that have decimated news organizations.""The existential problem for the news is that the Internet has unbundled advertising from content creation. The new digital monopolies all have hundreds of millions of people creating free content for them. That’s where the big profits are. Oh, sure, there are major differences between the old newspaper monopoly distribution model and the digital one. But the similarities are greater.
"The equivalent of Google, Facebook, and Twitter in the pre-Internet days would be a newspaper that shut down its newsroom, kept the ad department (though replacing much of it with robots), and printed stuff other people wrote. Today, Facebook’s got your weddings, baby announcements, and soccer pictures. Twitter’s got your breaking news. And Google’s got your stock listings, sports scores, news, recipes, etc. Oh yeah, and Craigslist has your classifieds."
• The reinvention of publishing: media firms diversify to survive (Ben Rossi, The Guardian, 1-30-17) Falling ad revenues have spurred media companies to find new opportunities in areas such as e-commerce and events
• The Print Apocalypse and How to Survive It (Derek Thompson, The Atlantic, 11-3-16) With paper ads in massive decline, legacy newspapers like The New York Times are slowly returning to the business models that dominated the ’30s—the 1830s...to recover the subscription-first model that dominated the industry before the 1830s—with one important catch....'Audiences are migrating from print bundles to mobile networks and aggregators. today it’s local news organizations that are suffering the most. “People in Cleveland and Dallas and San Diego have not only stopped subscribing to their local newspapers but in many cases are reading the websites of national news organizations instead of the website of their local paper," wrote Timothy Lee at Vox, one of the foremost news sites he’s talking about.'
• Annals of the Magazine Sub Game—Not the Atlantic, Too! (Jack Limpert, About Editing and Writing, 6-20-18) While the editorial sides of the New Yorker and Sports Illustrated respect their subscribers as intelligent readers, their circulation departments increasingly treat readers as pigeons. Let’s hope the Atlantic under its new owner keeps its distance from that con-game approach.
• As ESPN Falters, Sports Startup Chases Fans Tired of ‘Old Fluff’ (Joshua Brustein, Bloomberg Businessweek, 7-24-17) The Athletic 'charges subscribers $40 annually for local news in a handful of cities, forgoing advertising....Peeling away sports from other local news coverage seems like a particularly good target for a subscription business, according to Brian Moritz, an assistant professor at SUNY Oswego who studies the economics of sports journalism. “Nobody has ever offered a subscription to just the sports section of the newspaper for $5 a month instead of the whole thing for $10,” he said. The challenge for the Athletic, he said, is in convincing readers that it's making something good enough to justify the pricetag.'
• Subscription Businesses Are Exploding With Growth (Richard Kestenbaum, Forbes, 8-10-17) A subscription business is a company that sends you a package, usually once a month, of items they've picked out for you.Ipsy and Birchbox sell beauty products for women, Blue Apron and Home Chef deliver a box of ingredients for a complete meal that you cook at home, Dollar Shave Club sells men's shaving products, Stitch Fix sells fashion....If a company can make a subscription box with pleasant surprises, they will continue to sell through as long as the customer maintains an interest in discovering new products.
• Newspapers 2020: How Are Newsrooms Preparing for the Next Decade of Publishing? (Gretchen A. Peck, Editor & Publisher, 5-14-18)
• HR Directors Talk Challenges and Opportunities in Staffing Newspaper Organizations (Gretchen A. Peck, Editor & Publisher, 6-11-18)
• Instead of abandoning print, the 119-year-old MIT Technology Review is doubling down on it (Marlee Baldridge, Nieman Lab, 6-26-18) The rebrand expands each issue from a summary of articles into a small book discussing the past, present, and future of a single technology.
• How a billionaires boys’ club came to dominate the public square (Michael Scherer and Sarah Ellison, WaPo, 5-1-22) The information that courses through legacy publications and social media networks is increasingly shaped by billionaires and other wealthy dynasties. "Of course, billionaires with an ax to grind don’t need media ownership to change the information landscape. PayPal co-founder and early Facebook investor Peter Thiel (No. 552), who has given millions to GOP candidates this cycle, famously ran the gossip site Gawker out of business by secretly funding Hulk Hogan’s lawsuit against the site after it had published a recording of Hogan having sex with a friend’s estranged wife."
• A Year After the ‘Pivot,’ Video Still Rules Content and Advertising (Rob Tornoe, Editor & Publisher, 6-4-18)
• Production: Are Newsprint Tariffs Protecting Production Jobs or Are They Just Another Nail in the Coffin? (Jerry Simpkins, Editor & Publisher, 5-22-18)
• Newspapers Are Fighting Harder Than Ever Against the Spread of Misinformation (Jennifer Swift, Editor & Publisher, 5-7-18) The technology is advancing so quickly it’s getting harder and harder for people to catch up with verifying the information. But Jane Elizabeth, , director of the Accountability Journalism Program at the American Press Institute, urges reporters to go back to the tenets of journalism. "Accountability is a word thrown out a lot in journalism circles. It’s much more than rooting out fake news; it’s about holding politicians feet to the fire on matters of policy, and API’s Elizabeth, who heads the effort, believes it could help news organizations hold onto valuable readers."
• A Media Business Model That Makes the Most of Print (Shellie Karabell, strategy + business, 3-22-16) Selectionnist has created a Web-based bridge between print publications and online shopping. It aims to turn anything in any article or ad — in print or online — into an offering in a reader’s customized shopping catalog. All the reader needs do is take a picture of an image.
• A ‘profound shift’ in the newspaper business model (The World Association of Newspapers and News Publishers, or WAN-IFRA)
Nonprofit Newspapers
• Public corruption prosecutions rise where nonprofit news outlets flourish, research finds (Clark Merrefield, The Journalist's Resource, Editor & Publisher, 10-11-23) "Although prior research focuses on how media outlets alter their coverage in anticipation of economic challenges, this account more fully details the consequences when these efforts fall short.”
"A recent paper published in The International Journal of Press/Politics is among the first to explore associations between local news coverage and criminal corruption charges brought against public officials.
"The authors find prosecutions for public corruption are more likely in U.S. communities served by a nonprofit news outlet, a relatively new business model that often aims to fill the void left by shuttered traditional local newspapers."
Among other key findings in the study, which was published in the International Journal of Press/Politics:
Prosecutions for corruption rise after a nonprofit news outlet is established within a judicial district.
The likelihood of public corruption prosecutions in any given district is correlated with the amount of philanthropic funding the local nonprofit news outlet receives.
Public corruption prosecutions are more likely in districts with higher newspaper circulations.
Reporters without orders (Philanthrojournalism) (The Economist, 6-9-12) Can journalism funded by private generosity compensate for the decline of the commercial kind?
"Readers and advertisers have switched to the internet. Profit margins have shrunk or vanished. Papers are dying and journalists being sacked. Costly foreign and investigative reporting has been particularly squeezed, as has local news.
One increasingly popular—if limited—response to these travails is the sort of “philanthro-journalism” long practised elsewhere by the likes of Caucasian Knot....Thanks to its charitable traditions, this trend is most visible in America. A few philanthropically financed operations have been around for decades, but recently they have been joined by many more."
'Almost all philanthro-journalism is initially published online: it helps that, these days, readers often arrive at stories via social-media links and search engines, rather than simply by browsing a popular website. That means small operations can gain big readerships for timely articles.'
• If local journalism manages to survive, give Evan Smith some credit for it (Margaret Sullivan, WaPo, 1-23-22) The Texas Tribune founder has been a ‘true pioneer’ in finding ways to cover local communities as a nonprofit. When Smith co-founded the Texas Tribune back in 2009, digital-first nonprofit newsrooms were something of a rarity. There was ProPublica, only two years old at the time, MinnPost in Minneapolis, the Voice of San Diego, and a few others....
'In Baltimore, the Banner — funded by Maryland hotel magnate Stewart Bainum — is hiring staff and expects to start publishing soon. In Chicago, the Sun-Times is converting from a traditional newspaper to a nonprofit as it merges operations with public radio station WBEZ. And in Houston, three local philanthropies working with the American Journalism Project (also co-founded by Thornton) announced a $20 million venture that will create one of the largest nonprofit news organizations in the country.“These newsrooms are popping up like mushrooms after a rainstorm,” Smith, 55, told me.'
• Nonprofit News Websites (Federal Communications Commission (.gov)) Although a free-market conservative, John Hood is skeptical that commercial markets will fill all gaps. “When you get to the state and local level, the collapse of the traditional business models imperils the delivery of sufficient public interest journalism—and we do believe that donor driven journalism can be a very important model.”
"In all, independent nonprofit websites are providing exciting journalistic innovation on the local level—and a handful have created sustainable business models—but most either are struggling to survive or are too small to fill the gaps left by newspapers."
• Life at Local Newspapers in a Turbulent Era: Findings from a survey of more than 300 newsroom employees in the United States (Damian Radcliffe and Ryan Wallace, Columbia Journalism Review, 10-7-21) Set against the backdrop of COVID-19, survey respondents shared how the pandemic — as well as wider deep-rooted challenges — were redefining their work. Long hours: Even with COVID-era furloughs, pay cuts, and reduced contracted hours, more than a third of respondents (37 percent) told us they work 50 to 60 hours a week, with half (50 percent) saying they work 40 to 50 hours a week. Revenue and business models: Respondents spoke candidly about the challenges of attracting advertisers and subscribers, alongside the impact of ownership models on their work. Participants were often highly critical of hedge-fund ownership and frequently cited nonprofit models as the way forward for the sector. This cohort continues to work long hours, contending with job losses and competing with other media for attention and advertising dollars, as well as a rapidly changing work environment.
• Finding a Foothold: How Nonprofit News Ventures Seek Sustainability Knight Foundation) Report based on a detailed analysis of 18 nonprofit news organizations between 2010 and 2012, and their progress towards sustainability.
• The Columbia J-School wants to help its alums in nonprofit news pay back their student loans (Hanaa' Tameez, Nieman Lab, 8-17-23) Law schools and other graduate programs have long offered loan repayment assistance programs to encourage graduates to pursue work in the public interest without the specter of unmanageable student debt. With a new, pilot loan repayment program, the Columbia University School of Journalism is bringing that idea to graduate journalism schools. “It takes away a little bit of anxiety about pursuing a degree in journalism if you know that there is a path through which the cost can be covered.”
• Nonprofit Explorer (Andrea Suozzo, Ken Schwencke, Mike Tigas, Sisi Wei and Alec Glassford, ProPublica, and Brandon Roberts, Special to ProPublica, 9-14-22) Use this database to view summaries of 3 million tax returns from tax-exempt organizations and see financial details such as their executive compensation and revenue and expenses. You can browse IRS data released since 2013 and access more than 14 million tax filing documents going back as far as 2001.
• Institute for Nonprofit News (INN) INN is a new kind of news network. Strengthening 425+ independent news organizations. Because everyone deserves access to trustworthy sources of news.
Nonprofit journalism is the practice of journalism by nonprofit outlets instead of a for-profit business. Nonprofit news outlets often accept private donations and or foundation grants to help fulfill their mission. Nonprofit journalism though not new, has grown significantly in the 21st century.
• American Journalism Project (AJP) Empowering communities. Preserving democracy. Rebuilding local news.
• The 19th News, an independent, nonprofit newsroom reporting on gender, politics and policy.
• ProPublica Journalism that holds power to account.
• Rural News Network Locally sourced, collaborative reporting from and for rural America. The Rural News Network is a project of the Institute for Nonprofit News, a resource hub for more than 425 nonprofit newsrooms dedicated to producing journalism as a public service.Explore the archive.
• Independent websites team up to boost rural journalism (David Bauder, AP News, 11-18-21) More than 60 sites cover rural issues or specific rural areas. The institute has seen how many of them are covering similar issues, and thought that by working together, they could produce more powerful, impactful journalism, said Sue Cross, INN executive director and CEO.
Because they are wired into their communities and issues, these member news sites have an expertise that outsiders usually can’t match, said Bridget Thoreson, INN’s collaborations editor.
• Philanthrojournalism (Wikipedia) Links to many articles. Although nonprofit journalism dates back to the start of the Associated Press in 1846, the first group dedicated to investigative journalism was the Center for Investigative Reporting (CIR), which formed in 1977.
• Reinventing the newspaper (The Economist, 7-9-11) New business models are proliferating as news organisations search for novel sources of revenue. “The audience is bigger than ever, if you include all platforms,” says Larry Kilman of the World Association of Newspapers. “It's not an audience problem—it's a revenue problem.” News providers throughout the rich world are urgently casting around for new models. They are starting to charge for content on the web and mobile devices, as well as pursuing non-traditional sources of revenue such as wine clubs or dating services. Some are being supported by philanthropy. Nobody yet knows which, if any, of these models will work, but it is clear that revenue from online advertising alone will not be enough to cover the costs of running a traditional news organisation.
• Nonprofit News Guide (Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press) Topics covered:
The nonprofit news model
Forming a tax-exempt nonprofit: A general overview
The taxation of unrelated business taxable income
Advertising income: prepare to pay taxes, but after offsetting expenses
Sponsorships: Be careful of acknowledgements that become advertisements
Content-distribution agreements: income could be taxable if not tied to the nonprofit purpose
The taxation of unrelated income at the state level
Losing tax-exempt status because of too much unrelated income
Other resources for forming a nonprofit news organization
• The myth of nonprofit media immunity. A deep dive into sustainability (Andrew Ramsammy, Editor&Publisher, 10-11-23) For many, the label "nonprofit" conjures images of a benevolent sanctuary immune from the traditional pressures and risks of the corporate world. However, beneath this facade, many nonprofit media entities grapple with the same sustainability concerns that for-profit ventures face. The reality is that while nonprofit media may be free from certain financial obligations, they are not exempt from the overarching need for viable revenue streams.
Covering sexual abuse, assault, harassment, trauma
• Advice for incorporating vulnerable voices in news coverage (Fernanda Camarena, Diversity and Includion, IJNet, 2-1-24) The most pressing issues of the upcoming year — immigration, economic opportunity, racial disparities, abortion, public education, gun violence, the United States’ role in foreign wars — will be in the spotlight more than ever during the election cycle. Our audiences need deeply reported, insightful stories to make these big issues resonate. Focusing on vulnerable voices should be the status quo for any story that attempts to get at the heart of an issue.
• How psychiatry fails trauma survivors (Patricia Celan, KevinMD, 4-15-24) Psychiatry has a duty to be trauma-informed, given that 50 to 60 percent of the general population, and around 90 percent of people with severe mental illness, have a lifetime history of at least one traumatic event. Yet the mental health system often falls short. Psychiatry has a duty to be trauma-informed, given that 50 to 60 percent of the general population, and around 90 percent of people with severe mental illness, have a lifetime history of at least one traumatic event. Yet the mental health system often falls short. See What Is Trauma-Informed Care (Trauma Informed Care Implementation Resource Center) and Trauma-Informed Care Basics.
• Reporting on Sexual Misconduct in the Sciences (Humberto Basilio, Open Notebook, 9-5-23) A must-read story, with this takeaway: The arduous process of reporting on sensitive material and the risk of retaliation can take an emotional toll and contribute to burnout. As you cast your net further, reach out to the accused person’s former students and colleagues. These sources can help you understand what it was like to work with the person. The number of documents can mount quickly. To keep things straight and start connecting the dots of a complicated story, it helps to have an organization system in place.
One "step to ensure a story is ironclad is to send the accused person a 'no surprises letter' just before publication, in which the reporter lists in detail what the story will say about them and gives them one last chance to respond. These letters show that the accused person was notified and given an opportunity to rebut any claims made against them—a helpful defense in the event of a defamation lawsuit."
• Boy Scouts of America Files for Bankruptcy As It Faces Hundreds of Sex-Abuse Claims (Laurel Wamsley, Morning Edition, NPR, 2-18-2020) The Boy Scouts of America has filed for bankruptcy, a sign of the century-old organization's financial instability as it faces some 300 lawsuits from men who say they were sexually abused as Scouts.
• How letting sources lead transformed my reporting on survivors of sexual assault (Samantha Caiola, Center for Health Journalism, 10-20-2020)
• After Being Harassed and Pushed Out of a Shell Oil Refinery, This Woman Pushed Back (Zahra Hirhi, Buzzfeed, 8-6-19) Ciara Newton had her dream job at a Shell refinery. But she was fired after enduring months of harassment, including sexist comments from supervisors and a lewd sticker. "Despite the industry’s public efforts to recruit women, and the energy of the #MeToo movement, critics say the culture at oil and gas refineries is nearly as toxic now as it was 30 years ago."
• Reporting Sexual Assault: Why Survivors Often Don’t (Fact Sheet, Maryland Coalition Against Sexual Assault)
• Abortion: A highly politicized issue (articles about women's reproductive rights)
• Believed: “The Parents” and “What Have You Done?” (Kate Wells, Lindsey Smith, Jennifer Guerra, Sarah Hulett, Alison MacAdam, Juliet Hinely, Zoe Clark, Vincent Duffy, Dart Center for Journalism & Trauma, 4-8-19) These two episodes of the ambitious podcast "Believed" – “The Parents” and “What Have You Done?” – focus on Larry Nassar’s victims and their families, exploring the complicated, conflicted emotions that can persist when people are victimized by a seemingly known and trusted person. Judges recognized the "enormous trust" the reporters built with everyone they interviewed, allowing the survivors and parents to “reveal their deepest regrets and vulnerabilities,” and calling the end result "intimate," "revelatory," and "profound." Originally published by Michigan Radio in January 2018.
• Interviewing Sources about Traumatic Experiences (Sophie Hardach, The Open Notebook, 7-16-19) Advice based on interviews with other journalists. "Ruth Blue is an oral historian who co-recorded interviews with thalidomide survivors for the Wellcome Library in London. Oral history differs from journalism; for example, Blue's interviewees checked their transcripts before publication. But some of the techniques used by oral historians, such as letting a source speak freely for as long as they want, are worth considering for difficult interviews."
• Covering Campus Rape and Sexual Assault A Dart Center tip sheet for college media advisors, editors and student journalists.
• Covering Child Sexual Abuse ( Shelagh Beckett, Jeanny Gering, Sarah Heke, Olly Lambert, Katharine Quarmby, Alex Renton, Dart Center for Journalism & Trauma) Shared tactics for interviewing victims of childhood trauma.
• Reporting on Sexual Violence (Dart Center for Journalism & trauma, 7-15-11)
• The Story Is the Survivor: Reporting on Sexual Assault Guest speaker Claudia Garcia-Rojas at a Women’s eNews event last week on best practices in reporting on rape and sexual violence. Her presentation centered on the Chicago Taskforce on Violence Against Girls & Young Women’s toolkit: Reporting on Rape and Sexual Violence: A Media Toolkit for Local and National Journalists to Better Media Coverage
• How News Is "Framed" (Sara Tiegreen, Elana Newman, Dart Center tip sheet, 4-1-08) How news stories, traumatic and otherwise, are "framed," finding a general absence of context and recommending avenues for future research.
• The Effect of News "Frames" (Sara Tiegreen, Elana Newman, Dart Center tip sheet) Current scholarship on how different, contextual approaches to reporting news influence consumers’ knowledge, perceptions and opinions, and the implications for researchers and for journalists.
• Denied Justice (Brandon Stahl, Jennifer Bjorhus, MaryJo Webster, Renée Jones Schneider, Abby Simons, Dave Hage, Dart Center for Journalism & Trauma, Columbia University, 4-8-19). Originally published by the Star Tribune. This deeply reported multimedia project explores the failure of Minnesota’s policing and courts to serve rape and sexual assault victims.
• Sexual Misconduct Procedures (Office of Student Conduct, Georgetown University)
• An Unbelievable Story of Rape: Reporting the Complicated Truth A conversation with T. Christian Miller, senior reporter for ProPublica, and Ken Armstrong, writer for The Marshall Project, who peeled back the layers of their 2016 Pulitzer Prize winning investigative project. The story: An Unbelievable Story of Rape (by T. Christian Miller, ProPublica and Ken Armstrong, The Marshall Project, 12-16-15)
• Let's Talk: Personal Boundaries, Safety & Women in Journalism (Dart Center, 12-6-17) Sexual harassment is at the top of the news agenda, and every industry - from politics to arts and entertainment to journalism - is being called to account. Like so many of their counterparts in other fields, women journalists contend with unwanted presumptions and the threat of gender-based violence. The Dart Center asked nine leading women in journalism to share their experiences and to reflect on their own best practices.
• Brassy Broad: How One Journalist Helped Pave the Way to #MeToo by Alison Bass. "In 1989, Bass was the first reporter in the natilon to write about how common it was for male psychiatrists to sexually abuse female patients. She was also the first reporter at The Boston Globe to write about the molestation of children by Catholic priests, a decade ahead of the Spotlight investigation." A scrappy memoir that meanders through time but did keep me reading.
• Reinvestigating Rape: Old Evidence, New Answers (Rachel Dissell, Dart Center, 8-7-14) A growing number of communities across the country are wrestling with how to deal with rape kit backlogs. In this in-depth report, Cleveland Plain Dealer reporter and 2008 Dart Award Winner Rachel Dissell answers common questions about rape kit testing, and provides useful links, resources and questions that reporters can pose to authorities following the reopening of thousands of sexual assault cases nationwide. Read the Plain Dealer's Reinvestigating Rape project, reported by Dissell and her colleague Leila Atassi, and Tips on Reinvestigating Rape.
The Trouble with Newspaper Chains
"As The New York Times and The Washington Post have come to dominate national newspapering, we hear mostly about two kinds of regional companies. There are the three big guys — Gannett, GateHouse Media, and Digital First Media — all consolidators of one kind or another, who now collectively own a quarter of U.S. dailies. Then there are the privately owned or family-directed independents — The Boston Globe, the Star Tribune, The Dallas Morning News, The Seattle Times — caught mid-innovation, fashioning new business models on the fly that they intend will somehow allow them to fulfill their civic missions. Then there’s Tronc, McClatchy, and Lee, all chains on the edge, their status as publicly traded companies complicating their digital transformations." from Newsonomics: There’s a newspaper chain that’s grown profits for the past 5 years, and it’s looking to buy more papers (Ken Doctor, Newsonomics, Nieman Lab, 7-6-17) Because it’s privately held, Hearst isn’t as big a part of industry conversations around the future of newspapers as its publicly traded peers. But it’s charting a path forward and ready to open its checkbook to expand.
• The Last Reporter in Town Had One Big Question for His Rich Boss (Dan Barry, NY Times, 7-10-2020) Read or listen. The economic paralysis caused by the pandemic has clobbered a newspaper industry already on the mat. With revenues plummeting, substantial layoffs, furloughs and pay reductions have followed in newsrooms across the country. Meanwhile, the hedge funds and private equity firms that own many newspapers often siphon away profits rather than reinvest in local journalism. Frequently associated with this business model is the Alden Global Capital hedge fund, which controls The Mercury, Mr. Brandt’s employer for 23 years.His newspaper has withered under a hedge fund. His industry was in turmoil even before a pandemic. But Evan Brandt won’t stop chronicling his town.
• The Rise of a New Media Baron and the Emerging Threat of News Deserts (Report from the UNC School of Media and Journalism, UNC Center for Innovation and Sustainability in Local Media). "Unprecedented consolidation in the newspaper industry has placed the fate of local journalism into the hands of fewer companies than ever before. The largest chains have grown so large that they necessarily have less attachment to the communities where they own newspapers than even the barons of previous eras. The rise of the newest media owners, with their emphasis on profit benchmarks instead of civic responsibility, has added a new wrinkle."
• Papers Owned by the Largest 25 Companies in 2004, 2014 and 2016 (from the UNC School of Media and Journalism report)
• Who Profits From Alden Global Capital? You’d be surprised. (Julie Reynolds, NewsMatters, A Newsguild Project for Digital First Media Workers, or DFM Workers, 6-11-18) Alden Global Capital's "vulture" strategy is crippling newspapers. Much of the Knight family's once-grand newspaper empire was ultimately acquired by Alden Global Capital, while the family foundation invested in Alden funds. Randall Smith is the co-founder of Alden, together with his young protégé, Heath Freeman, and has been called the “grandfather of vulture investing.”Alden’s Distressed Opportunities Fund was launched in 2008.
• Island hopping with Alden Global Capital (Julie Reynolds, DFM Workers, NewsMatters, 5-16-16) For the past few years, hedge fund sponsor Alden Global Capital has held much of its investments in entities based in the Isle of Jersey and the Cayman Islands, two well-known global tax havens that are part of what investors call “the shadow market.” The privately held Alden specializes in distressed businesses, and is the owner of Digital First Media, one of America’s largest newspaper chains. In the past few years, nearly all DFM papers have sold off their real estate, moved into rented offices, endured years-long wage freezes (or decreases) and escalating staff reductions. It’s a strategy news business analyst Ken Doctor describes as “milking the company as much as possible,” executed in the name of profits for Alden’s mystery investors.
• Who is investor Randall Smith and why is he buying up newspaper companies? (Rick Edmonds, Poynter, 7-27-11) Randall Smith, the principal of Alden Global Capital, gives new meaning to the euphemism "low profile."
• Vulture in Distress (Michelle Celarier, New York Post, 7-26-12) The newspaper industry hasn’t been the dream distressed investment call that Randy Smith, the "grandfather of vulture investing," thought it would be.
• Digital First Media, last month a buyer, becomes a seller (Ken Doctor, Politico, 4-21-16) In several recent sales (of the Salt Lake Tribune to Paul Huntsman, and "of three proud, if small, New England dailies —The Berkshire Eagle, The Brattleboro Reformer, the Bennington Banner — and the weekly Manchester Journal...to local ownership after 20 years of chain ownership," we "see the larger wheeling and dealing of newspaper assets, as three major companies buy, sell and swap properties. Digital First Media, Gatehouse (as in its much–criticized sale of the Las Vegas Review Journal to Sheldon Adelson) and Gannett, in recent buys, all look for edges in the marketplace, and then exploit them. Whatever the motivations for these two sales, they mark a modest reinforcement of a trend to local, monied ownership of dailies."
Watchdog groups and Investigative journalism organizations
• Alliance for Nuclear Accountability
• Alliance of Independent Authors (ALLi) Watchdog Advisories
• American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) founded in 1920 "to defend and preserve the individual rights and liberties guaranteed to every person in this country by the Constitution and laws of the United States."
• Bellingcat A Netherlands-based independent international collective of researchers, investigators and citizen journalists who specialize in fact-checking and open-source investigations of a variety of subjects, from Mexican drug lords and crimes against humanity, to tracking the use of chemical weapons and conflicts worldwide. See case studies, podcasts, and resources. Also: Bellingcat breaks stories that newsrooms envy — using methods newsrooms avoid (Elahe Izadi and Paul Farhi, Washington Post, 1-8-21)
• Binders Full of Investigative Reporters (Facebook group)
• The Bureau of Investigative Journalism An independent, not-for-profit organisation that holds power to account. Founded in 2010 by David and Elaine Potter. Not strictly an organization for journalists, it seems.
• Californians Aware (CalAware) (The Center for Public Forum Rights). Helping citizens, public servants and journalists keep Californians aware of critical facts and choices through access to public records, freedom to speak, assemble, or report, freedom from fear for whistleblowing, etc.
• Center for Public Integrity
• Columbia Journalism Review (CJR) Watchdog
• Committee to Protect Journalists (CPJ)
• Citizens for Responsibility and Ethics in Washington (CREW), a watchdog group that uses legal actions to target government officials who sacrifice the common good to special interests (see their blog, research and investigations, video, and legal filings). See CREW's Scandals and Scoundrels.
• Fix the Court Politics has infected the Supreme Court appointment process. We don't care which party created the problem or how or when it began, but we believe our elected officials should fix it. 's how. Tell your elected representatives that the justices shouldn't serve for life. Petition the court to adopt the same disclosure rules that the rest of the government follows. Urge he judiciary to allow broadcast media in their courtrooms.
• Freelance Investigative Reporters + Editors (FIRE) FIRE exists to help freelancers do investigative reporting, from the liability side to the research, writing, and placing of the final product with media outlets (usually major daily papers in the markets where their supported stories are based). See Guidelines and Application: FIRE provides a suite of customized services to freelance reporters who are planning or developing investigative stories—as well as story grants for select reporters. Any reporter meeting the FIRE criteria would apply for what's known as a FIRE Consultancy—a two-hour consultation to meet your specific needs. Also, be sure to have good professional liability insurance.
• Fund for Investigative Journalism (FIJ) Supporting investigative reporting projects around the world, uncovering wrongdoing by powerful people or institutions.
• Grants, MacArthur Foundation. See also Information for Grantseekers
• The Investigative Fund (The Nation Institute, dedicated to strengthening the independent press and advancing social justice and civil rights) Links here also to some great investigative stories.
• The Innocence Project. The leading nonprofit for criminal justice reform, helping to exonerate the wrongly convicted through DNA testing and reforms in the criminal justice system to prevent future injustices.
• The International Consortium of Investigative Journalists, a project of the Center for Public Integrity "Do you have a story about corruption, fraud, or abuse of power? ICIJ accepts information about wrongdoing by corporate, government or public services around the world. We do our utmost to guarantee the confidentiality of our sources." Website links to stories about investigation results as well as how-it-was-done stories and datasets.
• In the hunt for sustainability, DocumentCloud and MuckRock are joining together as one organization (Christine Schmidt, NiemanLab, 6-11-18) MuckRock and DocumentCloud are joining into one organization on the quest for sustainability as a hub for some of journalism’s most widely-used tools for transparency. MuckRock has a payment system for users and organizations, which DocumentCloud is eager to introduce. DocumentCloud has brand recognition and is good at showing it’s important to the journalism community and getting foundational support. MuckRock users have also asked for annotation and others features that DocumentCloud already has.
• International Reporting Project (IRP, Paul H. Nitze School of Advanced International Studies, Johns Hopkins University)
• Investigate West, a new model for investigative journalism about the Pacific Northwest
• Investigating Disability Issues (National Center on Disability and Journalism)
• Investigative News Network (INN)(advancing sustainability and excellence in nonprofit journalism)
• Investigative Reporters & Editors (IRE) Must-join for investigative journalists. Among other things, members can access the many resources available only to members, including a wealth of investigative stories to read and "how-to" and "how-we-did-it" pieces for inspiration and good reading (including more than 25,000 investigative stories entered into IRE's annual awards contests and more than 5,000 tip sheets and presentations by journalists on how to cover specific beats or tackle specific stories). Check out IRE's Events Calendar (including data journalism bootcamps, hands-on training in digging into data, data bootcamps for educators, Web scraping with Python)
IRE awards: The Golden Padlock Award recognizing the most secretive publicly funded agency or person in the United States, for government at all levels, local to federal, and the Don Bolles Medal (recognizing investigative journalists who have exhibited extraordinary courage in standing up against intimidation or efforts to suppress the truth about matters of public importance).
• Investigative Reporting Workshop (American University School of Communication)
• Local Matters the "best in investigative journalism," sign up for a weekly newsletter digest of the best local watchdog reporting around the country. See IRE, Local Matters partner to spotlight watchdog reporting across the country.
• The Marshall Project (nonprofit journalism about criminal justice)
• The Media Consortiumsupporting powerful, passionate, independent journalism)
• Meet the Investigators, an interesting monthly series from the International Consortium of Investigative Journalists.
• Mongabay.org (originally a source on tropical forests; now raising awareness about social and environmental issues relating to forests and other ecosystems)
• MuckReads(ProPublica's ongoing collection of watchdog reporting by other news organizations)
• Muckrock, a U.S. -based organization that assists anyone in filing governmental requests for information through the Freedom of Information Act, then publishes the returned information on its website and encourages journalism around it.
• New England Center for Investigative Reporting (NECIR), website, The Eye
• New Program Protects Investigative Freelancers From Legal Woes (Erik Hoffner, Society of Environmental Journalists) ‘We need to increase accountability journalism, so we need to advance legal protection.’ — Laird Townsend of FIRE (Freelance Investigative Reporters and Editors)
• NYPIRG New York Public Interest Research Group
• Online privacy for journalists by Michael Dagan (how to safeguard your communications, browsing, and data, from any unwanted "big brother" or intruder--indirectly how to protect a source. Proceeds go to Electronic Frontier Foundation)
• Open Payments database (a federal program that collects and makes information public about financial relationships between the health care industry, physicians, and teaching hospitals--a good place to spot conflicts of interest)
• OpenSecrets.org (Center for Responsive Politics) Unbiased reporting on money in politics
• Open Secrets (Center for Responsive Politics), tracks data on campaign finance and lobbying; tracks the influence of money on U.S. politics, and how that money affects policy and citizens' lives. See for example:
---Politicians (to see who is giving how much to specific members of Congress, plus several other categories defining influence on politicians)
---Influence and Lobbying (which corporations and industry groups, labor unions, single-issue organizations spend how much to influence political decision-makers).
• Organized Crime and Corruption Reporting Project (OCCRP, an investigative reporting platform formed by 40 non-profit investigative centers, scores of journalists and several major regional news organizations around the globe--a network including Europe, Africa, Asia and Latin America)
•OSINT (SecJuice) A selection of articles related to OSINT (open source intelligence), written by members of the Secjuice writers collective. Secjuice is a volunteer led collective of 100+ writers focused on cybersecurity, information security, network security and open source intelligence. See, for example, The Pig Butchers (Michael Eller, Secjuice, 12-30-22) Pig butchering is when scammers fatten up a pig before sending it off for slaughter. But the scammers aren't fattening a pig, they're fattening their pockets, as in Fraudulent Cryptocurrency Trading Portals (Michael Eller, LinkedIn, 8-30-22)
• Philippine Center for Investigative Journalism
• Project on Government Oversight (POGO), an independent nonprofit U.S. watchdog organization that investigates and seeks to expose corruption and other misconduct
• ProPublica (journalism in the public interest -- a nonprofit investigative journalism organization) Links to hundreds of compelling stories. Also: Not Shutting Up.
• Public Citizen(Washington watchdog group, protecting health, safety, and democracy)
• Schuster Institute for Investigative Journalism at Brandeis University (site features these topics: interracial marriage,women's march, human trafficking & modern-day slavery, global inequality, race & justice). See also The Justice Brandeis Law Project (examining systemic flaws in the criminal justice system)
• Truth in Advertising.org (TINA)
--- Class-Action Tracker
--- Deceptive Marketing 101
--- TINA.org's Legal Efforts
--- TINA.org in the News (ledes to watchdog journalism)
---Wall of Shame
• Type Investigations A nonprofit newsroom dedicated to transforming the field of independent investigative journalism. Covers urgent issues of our time, including racial and economic justice, climate and environmental health, and civil and human rights.
• Watchdog News (@Watchdogorg, Facebook)
• Word Has It (Project Word's blog). Here's how Project Word came about.
• Writer Beware This Science Fiction and Fantasy Writers Association blog shines a bright light into the dark corners of the shadow-world of literary scams, schemes, and pitfalls. Lots of articles--on this page, helpfully listed by year. "The number one sign of a writing scam is solicitation." Not just for SFF writers. Look here for articles and tips on avoiding all kinds of scams and writer abuse.
Collaborative journalism
• The Silencing of Daphne (Stephen Grey, Reuters Investigates, 4-17-18) Last October, Maltese journalist Daphne Caruana Galizia was assassinated by a car bomb. This is the inside story of a murder that tarnishes Europe. A Reuters investigation, in collaboration with more than 15 other media groups, including Suddeutsche Zeitung, Le Monde and France 2 television, sheds new light on Daphne's complex character and life, and for the first time pieces together in detail key elements of the plot to kill her. This story is part of the Daphne Project, an investigation coordinated by Forbidden Stories, a Paris-based group that continues the work of journalists silenced through murder or imprisonment.
• Press Freedom: ‘It’s a poisonous cocktail’: How legal threats are being leveraged against journalists in Panama (Brenda Medina and Carmen Molina Acosta, International Consortium of Investigative Journalists, or ICIJ, 5-3-23) On World Press Freedom Day, investigative reporter Mary Triny Zea reflects on restrictions to journalism around the world after Panama’s transparency office fines another media outlet.
• How ICIJ got hundreds of journalists to collaborate on the Panama Papers (Kristen Hare, Poynter, 4-4-16) Read also How Reporters Pulled Off the Panama Papers, the Biggest Leak in Whistleblower History (Andy Greenberg, Wired,4-4-16) More than a hundred media outlets around the world, coordinated by the Washington, DC-based International Consortium of Investigative Journalists, released stories on the Panama Papers, a gargantuan collection of leaked documents exposing a widespread system of global tax evasion.
• Where are the key Panama Papers figures, seven years later? (Carmen Molina Acosta, ICIJ, 4-3-23) On the seventh anniversary of the Panama Papers, here’s an update on where some of the most pivotal figures are now, and the legacy the investigation left behind.
• Confronting the nexus of power and money, Pandora Papers inspires crime thriller (Fergus Shiel, ICIJ, 5-3-23) Bestselling crime-fiction author David Baldacci explains how he was inspired by ICIJ’s Panama and Pandora Papers to write one of his latest novels, “The 6:20 Man.”
• Documenting Hate (ProPublica) Hate crimes and bias incidents are a national problem, but there’s no reliable data on their nature or prevalence. ProPublica is collecting and verifying reports, building a database of tips for use by journalists, researchers and civil-rights organizations. Are you a victim or witness? Tell your story. Are you a journalist? Get involved. Read some of the stories ProPublica and its partners developed.
• Center for Cooperative Media Creates Collaborative Journalism Database (Jesus Ruiz, Editor & Publisher, 4-5-18). The Database: Search, sort and learn about collaborative journalism projects from around the world (Center for Cooperative Media)
• TEDx Talk: ‘Democracy depends on how we archive and share data’ Mar Cabra believes that journalists need to archive documents and share them so they can connect the dots between stories and make sense of the future.
• Comparing Models of Collaborative Journalism (Stefanie Murray, Center for Cooperative Media, 9-29-17) Center for Cooperative Media identifies 6 models of collaborative journalism, a ‘revolution’ in media.
• WAMU Leads Nine Other Public Media Stations in Launch of ‘Guns & America’ Reporting Collaborative “The Guns & America national coverage initiative will focus the power of public media on one of the most important – and polarizing – issues in our nation,” said JJ Yore, general manager, WAMU. “The collaborative will take a fresh approach to the topic of guns, exploring divergent views, highlighting solutions to gun violence, and stimulating new conversations about one of the most intractable issues of our time.”
• The Future of Dams (a collaborative team science blog)
• Giving Away the (Wind) Farm (Mike McGraw and Ryan Hennssy, Flatland KC, 12-4-17) Rush to Attract Wind Turbine Investors Leaves Rural School Districts in Kansas Shortchanged
• Here are 6 different kinds of collaborative journalism and the good and bad things about each (Laura Hazard Owen, NiemanLab, 9-29-17)
• Drawn to the common aim of covering issues around homelessness, Bay Area media organizations unite for the day (Shan Wang, Nieman Lab, 6-29-16)
• ProPublica’s collaborative reporting experiment takes on widespread voter fraud (and finds no evidence of it) (Joseph Lichterman, NiemanLab, 11-28-16) At least not the type that Trump claimed on Twitter was happening: "millions of people...voting illegally."
• How We're Working with Reporters from Around America to Cover Class and Inequality (Alyssa Quart, Economic Hardship Reporting Project and The Guardian, 6-26-17) Reporters across the country were commissioned to live in, work in and intimately know underreported communities across America, and report on them.
• The Paradise Papers (The International Consortium of Investigative Journalists and 95 media partners) A global investigation into the offshore activities of some of the world’s most powerful people and companies. Leaders, criminals, celebrities. A giant leak of more than 11.5 million financial and legal records exposes a system that enables crime, corruption and wrongdoing, hidden by secretive offshore companies.
• Top 6 Journalism Collaborations of 2017 (Stefanie Murray, MediaShift, 12-18-17) This story led me to many of those linked to on this page. Start here for the big picture.
• The Magnetar Trade: How One Hedge Fund Helped Keep the Bubble Going (Jesse Eisinger and Jake Bernstein, ProPublica, 4-9-10) The Wall Street Money Machine: As investors left the housing market in the run-up to the meltdown, Wall Street sliced up and repackaged troubled assets based on those shaky mortgages, often buying those new packages themselves. That created fake demand, hid the banks’ real exposure, increased their bonuses — and ultimately made the mortgage crisis worse. This investigation of the 2008 financial crisis was a collaboration between ProPublica, This American Life, and Planet Money.
• 100 Days in Appalachia (West Virginia University’s Reed College of Media in partnership with The Daily Yonder and West Virginia Public Broadcasting) Reporting from inside what national media called "Trump Nation."
• French newsrooms unite to fight election misinformation with the launch of CrossCheck (First Draft, 2-6-17) . Google launched a verification platform dubbed 'CrossCheck' at the French Development Agency's headquarters in Paris, to combat misleading or inaccurate news. The idea: the collaborative verification project would help voters make sense of what and who to trust online. See YouTube story.
• Three months after launching, Faktisk is already among the most popular sites in Norway (Daniel Funke, Poynter, 10-3-17) The Norwegian fact-checking outfit deftly debunked claims by politicians, led discussions on social media, and quickly grew its audience leading up to the election.
• How collaborative journalism sets newsrooms up for remote employees (Melody Kramer, Medium and Center for Cooperative Media, 2-21-18)
• It’s time for journalism to build its own platforms (Heather Bryant, Monday Note, Medium, 1-22-18)
• 37 People Struggling to Get by in New Jersey (Mike Rispoli, Free Press, 4-4-18) Free Press and coLAB Arts launch ’37 Voices’ collaboration to cover economic hardship in New Jersey. This collaboration comes out of nearly two years of community engagement, group meetings, deep listening, issue exploration and project piloting in New Brunswick. People who are in crisis may not be willing to speak with reporters. “They have a story to tell,” said Renee Wolf Koubiadis from the Anti-Poverty Network, noting that it’s important to listen, show patience, accept that people may not respond right away, and establish safe spaces for people to share their experiences. What excited the group was being able to take those personal experiences from the interviews and dive into the larger structures around economic inequality. The interviews won’t just tell stories; they could lead to policy solutions.'
• Seven Chicago Organizations Launch Criminal Justice Database (UI Labs, 1-23-18) The newly formed Chicago Data Collaborative unites media, advocacy, and tech groups to investigate Chicago’s criminal justice system via cooperative data sharing.
• Collaboration and the creation of a new journalism commons (Carlos Martínez de la Serna, A Tow Center for Digital Journalism Report, CJR, 3-30-18) See stories linked to on right side of page.
• Lessons for platform-publisher collaborations as Facebook and news outlets team to fight misinformation (Mike Ananny, CJR, A Tow Center Report, 4-4-18) This project is not about “fake news.” It is about the values and tensions underlying partnerships between news organizations and technology companies. "The press’s public accountability, technologists’ responsibilities, and journalists’ ethics will increasingly emerge not from any single organization or professional tradition; rather they will be shaped through partnerships that, explicitly and tacitly, signal which metrics of success, forms of expertise, types of power, and standards of quality are expected and to be encouraged."
• NewsFrames is building tools and a community for collaborative media analysis (Catalina Albeanu, journalism.co.UK, 1-24-18) Bias can be a difficult topic to approach in the journalism community, but NewsFrames hope to tackle it with a new platform and collaborative methodologies
• A network of news outlets and data agencies wants to unlock untold data stories across Europe (Shan Wang, Nieman Lab, 1-22-18) Data-driven news stories produced by members of the European Data Journalism Network are translated into English, French, German, Italian, Polish, and Spanish and then made available for free to all partner and non-partner news organizations.
Let me know of other notable collaborative journalism projects.
Covering disability
• Assistive devices, remodeling, and other ways to enable independent living for aging and disabled people (Comfortdying.com) Devices to make everyday living safer and easier. See also
---What are some types of assistive devices and how are they used? (National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, NICHD)
• Covering disability
---National Center on Disability and Journalism (NCDJ)
---Reporting on Assistive Technology (Amanda Morris, The Open Notebook, 3-7-23) Don't take a company’s press release at face value. Approach "coverage with rigor and a few special considerations—in particular, what problems a product is supposed to help with, what went into its design, and how it might actually work as part of a disabled person’s day-to-day life. Start with disabled people. Find a nuanced angle. Approach interviews with sensitivity: "Interviews on assistive technology may end up touching on sensitive or private information about a person’s life." Excellent questions to ask on the topic.
---Resources for Journalists with Disabilities (NCDJ)
---Journalist's Toolbox (SPJ's excellent links to resources on disability and accessibility)
---NCDJ Style Guide, how to use appropriate language--for example, when is it appropriate to use the terms "handicapped" or "disabled." General, physical disability, visually impaired, hearing impaired, mental and cognitive disability/seizure disorders. (National Center on Disability and Journalism)
---Tip sheets for reporters (National Center on Disability and Journalism)
---Covering disability (Writers and Editors website)
---Tips for interviewing people with disabilities (NCDJ)
---Investigating Issues (NCDJ) Download useful 7-page PDF, including Post-Dispatch's Restaurant Accessibility Assessment Questionnaire.
---Amputee Coalition Press Room
---Using Data to Cover Disability Issues (NCDJ) Download useful 4-page PDF.
---Representing Disability in an Ableist World: Essays on Mass Media by Beth A. Haller (see also Haller's links to disability resources)
---Mediadis&dat (news and information about people with disabilities and disability issues)
---ADA.gov (information and technical assistance on the Americans with Disabilities Act, U.S. Department of Justice, Civil Rights Division)
• Changing attitudes about disability
• Disability Resources (U.S. Department of Labor)
• What Medical Conditions Qualify for Social Security Disability or SSI? (Bethany K. Laurence, Disability Secrets, NOLO) An illness or disease does not need to be listed in Social Security's blue book to qualify for disability benefits.
Investigative reporting
• “Kids Seem to Be a Paycheck”: How a Billion-Dollar Corporation Exploits Washington’s Special Education System (Lulu Ramadan, Mike Reicher and Taylor Blatchford, The Seattle Times and ProPublica, 12-4-22) Universal Health Services collected more than $38 million in tax dollars for special education services that families and former teachers say it largely didn’t provide. Before UHS acquired its first therapeutic day schools in 2005, the company — the largest operator of psychiatric hospitals in the country — had no previous experience operating this type of specialty school.
• Cookie Company CEO With Down Syndrome Is Creating Jobs for People With Disabilities (Natalie Stone, Nice News)
• Invisible Schools (Mike Reicher and Lulu Ramadan, The Seattle Times and ProPublica, 11-26-22) At Washington special education schools, years of abuse complaints and lack of academics. Washington state spends millions sending students with disabilities to an obscure network of private schools. But what happens inside the schools is a mystery. No test scores. No discipline records. The alarming reports cataloged a failure to serve kids with disabilities at the Northwest School of Innovative Learning, a private school designed to cater to Washington’s most vulnerable students.
• At Washington State Special Education Schools, Years of Abuse Complaints and Lack of Academics (Mike Reicher and Lulu Ramadan, The Seattle Times and ProPublica, 11-26-22) Northwest SOIL promised to help students with serious disabilities. But when school districts urged action, the state allowed let the private school stay open and tap a pipeline of taxpayer money. In the five school years ending in 2021, Northwest SOIL collected at least $38 million and took in hundreds of public school students. “Northwest SOIL is an example of turning back the clock 50 years on kids” to an era when people with disabilities were denied access to education. The state “needs to be more hands-on to ensure that these kids are getting a proper education and not just feeding a money horse for UHS,” said Donna Green, Northwest SOIL’s top administrator in 2021, who later resigned.
• Trapped: Abuse and neglect in private care (Audrey Quinn, Reveal and PRX, 8-4-18) Quinn reported a history of abuse, neglect and client deaths at facilities run by Bellwether Behavioral Health, the largest group home provider in the state of New Jersey. The award-winning episode showed how even as state after state cut ties with Bellwether, New Jersey continued to send nearly 400 of its most vulnerable citizens and $67 million a year in Medicaid to the troubled company. Listen or read transcript. Won 2nd place in 2019 Schneider Disability Reporting Competition.
• G: Unfit (Matt Kielty, Pat Walters and Lulu Miller, RadioLab podcast, listen or read transcript. These episodes reveal how people with disabilities were targeted for sterilization during the early 20th century as a form of eugenic genocide, but laws permitting forced sterilization have quietly stayed on the books. While the language is now different — swapping terms like “feebleminded” for “mentally incapacitated” — there are still 23 states that allow for a person with intellectual disabilities to be sterilized against their will if a court decides it is in their “best interest.” Won 3rd place in 2019 Schneider Disability Reporting Competition. For more winning entries in that competition, go here.
• Blogs about disability
• Traveling with disability (links to blogs and websites)
• Assistive devices, remodeling and other ways to enable independent living (things that make life easier when our body falls short)
• Actors Access for Performers with Disabilities (SAG-AFRA)
• @DisabledWriters Increasing disability diversity in journalism, one connection at a time. Use our database to find disabled writers and sources for your media projects.
• Ask JAN (Job Accommodation Network, or JAN, Office of Disability Employment Policy)
• ADA.gov (information and technical assistance on the Americans with Disabilities Act, U.S. Department of Justice, Civil Rights Division)
• Mediadis&dat (news and information about people with disabilities and disability issues)
• Lifting Technology Barriers due to disability, literacy, digital literacy or aging (ProAging Sourcebook) (video, Gregg Vanderheiden, on Positive Aging, 1 hour). Fascinating lecture about how with aging we might lose ability to learn new things; and about Morphic, a Open-Source tool designed to make personal computers easier to use. Created by an international consortium of people and organizations working together.
• Did You Know? Invisible Disabilities (Center for Disability Rights)
• Critical Disability Studies (Purdue)
• Disability Resources (U.S. Department of Labor, Office of Disability Employment Policy) Federal directory of information for employees with disabilities, including explanation of workplace rights.
• Employees’ Practical Guide to Requesting and Negotiating Reasonable Accommodations Under the Americans with Disabilities Act
• Far From the Tree: Parents, Children and the Search for Identity by Andrew Solomon. From his author page: "Solomon’s startling proposition is that diversity is what unites us all. He writes about families coping with deafness, dwarfism, Down syndrome, autism, schizophrenia, multiple severe disabilities, with children who are prodigies, who are conceived in rape, who become criminals, who are transgender. While each of these characteristics is potentially isolating, the experience of difference within families is universal. In Solomon’s telling, these stories are everyone’s stories.
"All parenting turns on a crucial question: to what extent parents should accept their children for who they are, and to what extent they should help them become their best selves. Drawing on forty thousand pages of interview transcripts with more than three hundred families, Solomon mines the eloquence of ordinary people facing extreme challenges. Whether considering prenatal screening for genetic disorders, cochlear implants for the deaf, or gender reassignment surgery for transgender people, Solomon narrates a universal struggle toward compassion and innumerable triumphs of love."
• Haymarket Anthology 'Against Ableism' Comes Under Scrutiny (John Loeppky, Publishers Weekly, 4-13-21) An open letter to Haymarket Books calls for Haymarket to disclose how the editors of an anthology in development were selected, asks whether any of the editors are autistic or otherwise neurodivergent, questioned a lack of non-cis editors, and asked whether “the editors and press have the community and political savvy to engage the vast umbrella of Disability?” The anthology, titled Against Ableism: An Anthology, was criticized for not planning to pay contributors, and because the "call for submissions that does not focus on identity-first language (i.e., “disabled person” versus “person with a disability”), and that the initial call did not include accessibility features like alt-text. The letter questioned a lack of non-cis editors, and asked if “the editors and press have the community and political savvy to engage the vast umbrella of Disability?” Loeppky touches on the pecking order of disabilities. One editor wrote "Who do I think I am? What right do I have to claim 'disability' when everyone knows mental illness isn’t really a disability, right?”
• How to Qualify for Medicaid and CHIP Health Care Coverage
• Mediadis&dat (news and information about people with disabilities and disability issues)
• National Center on Disability and Journalism (NCDJ)
• NCDJ Style Guide, how to use appropriate language--for example, when is it appropriate to use the terms "handicapped" or "disabled." General, physical disability, visually impaired, hearing impaired, mental and cognitive disability/seizure disorders, etc.
• Obstacles and Opportunities for Journalists with Disabilities (Michelle Hackman, Nieman Reports, 3-30-16) A blind journalist on overcoming the latent prejudices that keep people with disabilities out of newsrooms
• On screen and on stage, disability continues to be depicted in outdated, cliched ways (Magda Romanska, The Conversation, 11-2-2020) Despite an increased sensitivity to gender and race representation in popular culture, disabled Americans are still awaiting their national (and international) movement....Typically, the disabled characters are limited to four types: the “magical cripple,” the “evil cripple,” the “inspirational cripple” and the “redemptive cripple.” ...What if their disability weren’t the thing to overcome but merely one element of one’s identity?This would require deconstructing the conceptual pyramid of past hierarchies, one that has long used disabled characters as props to illuminate conventional heroes."
• Organizations and sites helpful for improving life for seniors and the disabled (Comfortdying.com)
• Representing Disability in an Ableist World: Essays on Mass Media by Beth A. Haller (see Haller's links to disability resources)
• Resources for Journalists with Disabilities (NCDJ)
• Tip sheets for reporters (NCDJ)
• We Need More Doctors With Disabilities (Nathan Kohrman, Medical Examiner, Slate, 7-5-17) One-fifth of all Americans have a disability, but less than 1 percent of doctors do. That’s slowly starting to change—to the benefit of medicine and patients.
• What Can You Do? The Campaign for Disability Employment, the movement that’s changing attitudes about the employment of people with disabilities
• Why people with disabilities deserve better than the ‘checkbox’ approach (William Heisel, Investigating Health, Center for Health Journalism, 1-10-2020) Embry Owen has lived with her own disability — caused by a traffic accident — for the past few years. She now works in web design and accessibility in Philadelphia. Embry suggests that designers and developers consider whether people with disabilities have actually been included in the planning of a particular building or space, or if accommodations look like an afterthought....
Heisel: "Though I didn’t have the vocabulary for it yet, I was trying to navigate illegibility. There are millions of people trying to navigate illegibility around the world. They have differences in their brains and bodies that are truly invisible." See Did You Know? Invisible Disabilities (Center for Disability Rights) "Remember that a person may not have a physically obvious disability. Sometimes these are referred to as non-apparent impairments, hidden disabilities, or invisible disabilities....So what are some of these non-apparent impairments or illegible disabilities? They could be learning disabilities, brain injuries, chronic pain, arthritis, degenerative brain diseases like Alzheimer's, mental health conditions like anxiety, or diseases such as diabetes and Crohn's disease."
• Writing About People With Disabilities (Mike Reilley, Journalist's Toolbox, SPJ, 10-23-19) resources on disability and accessibility)
• Writing Well about Disability (Rachel Zamzow, TON, 10-24-17) "Treating disabled people as sources of inspiration simply because they have a disability reduces them to objects of others’ entertainment and curiosity....“Social media has been the game changer, because now people with disabilities, disability organizations, and disability-rights advocates are able to kind of drive the coverage."
• Writing Your Disability or Chronic Illness (Kate Horowitz, TheOpenNotebook, 10-29-19) The question of when—and whether—a writer should publish work about their own disability is as complex as it is personal. Here, six successful disabled writers offer their tips. For example, "Legally speaking, employers cannot discriminate against someone because they are disabled. Practically speaking, it happens all the time." See especially "Questions to ask yourself."
Covering mental illness and suicide prevention
• Living Apart, Coming Undone (Joaquin Sapien of ProPublica and Tom Jennings of PBS Frontline examined the efforts of New York City to let those with severe mental illnesses live on their own. Reporters obtained about 7,000 pages of records from hospitals, psychiatrists, social agencies and housing programs to reveal how an ambitious housing program left many vulnerable residents in danger. In response to the investigation, a New York federal judge ordered expanded oversight of the housing program. Under a landmark settlement, an ambitious housing program promised a better life for mentally ill New Yorkers. But some of the most vulnerable slip through the cracks. (Won 1st place in 2019 Schneider Disability Reporting Competition)
• Writing about the unthinkable pain of child suicides (Mark Johnson, Nieman Storyboard, 5-6-22) Andrew Solomon weaves statistics and personal pain to explore the toll that depression takes on young children in The Mystifying Rise of Child Suicide (Andrew Solomon, New Yorker, 4-11-22), "a riveting, 10,000-word exploration of a reality that is almost unthinkable." Surprising insights, such as "I thought that the bullying behavior was cruel and maybe even psychopathic rather than recognizing it as despairing and desperate...So I was so shocked as I read the statistics: While suicide is highly correlated with bullying, it’s just as highly correlated for bullies as for victims of bullying....The tendency of bullies to be desperate was one of the real revelations." Solomon's deeply reported and classic memoir The Noonday Demon: An Atlas of Depression has been published in two dozen languages.
• On Being a Science Writer and Managing a Mental Illness (Alex Riley, TON, 7-18-17) "There’s no one-size-fits-all prescription for writing about science while managing a mental illness. The relationship between the two is different for everyone....I see the days when I can write as a gift from my brain. I cherish them, and they can even help me recover."
• Against Stigma: Writing Responsibly About Mental Illness (Emily DePrang, Reporting on Health blog, 4-2-14). Write about mental illness more regularly and outside of a criminal context. There are plenty of fascinating stories.br />• Mental health: why journalists don’t get help in the workplace (Megan Jones, Ryerson Review of Journalism Spring 2014). "Reporters are finally telling empathetic stories about depression, anxiety and other mental illnesses, but newsroom culture keeps journalists’ own struggles in the dark." Find links to good articles about Suicide, suicide prevention, and suicide reporting here.
• Therapist and Filmmaker Team Up to Talk Mental Health Through the Lens of Movies (Ally Mauch, Nice News, 7-19-22) For example, The Incredible Hulk sheds light on anger management, Titanic is a study on relationship compatibility, and the horror film It is an easy segue to talking about childhood trauma.
• Best practices for covering suicide responsibly (Kelly McBride, Poynter, 6-8-18) How can journalists, celebrities and anyone who might make a post on social media embrace some best practices that will minimize contagion? (Yes, contagion is real.) Some things journalists need to mention when writing about suicides.
• Time to Change: Let's end mental health discrimination (Time to Change's Media Guidelines, UK, to encourage realistic and sensitive portrayals of people with mental health problems)
• Music May Improve Mental Health as Much as Exercise, Research Shows (Rebekah Brandes, Nice News, 7-21-22) A scientific review published in JAMA concludes that music’s benefit to mental health is actually comparable to that of exercise. In other words — singing your heart out in the shower could be as good for your mind as a jog around the block.
• Engaging in Meaningful Activities Can Reduce Loneliness, Study Finds (Brittany Vargas, Nice News, 7-19-22)
• Want to write about mental health? These publications are looking for pitches (Lindy Alexander, The Freelancer's Year, 5-22-19) Who to pitch and what the pay is at these pubs: Elemental by Medium, Vice, Vox (First Person), Glamour, Reader's Digest.
• Social Media Guidelines for Mental Health Promotion and Suicide Prevention (PDF, TeamUp, Entertainment Industries Council). Tips for organizations and individuals communicating about mental health and suicide on social media to reduce stigma, increase help-seeking behavior and help prevent suicide.
• How to Use Social Media for Suicide Prevention ((PDF, TeamUp, Entertainment Industries Council). See other resources from EIC.
• New York State Failed to Provide Legally Required Mental Health Care to Kids, Lawsuit Claims (Abigail Kramer, THE CITY and ProPublica, 3-31-22). A plan launched in 2014 by then-Gov. Andrew Cuomo made it harder for children experiencing mental health emergencies to get hospital care when they need it. Plaintiffs allege the state’s Medicaid program has caused young people with serious mental health conditions to suffer unnecessarily, ending up in hospitals and residential treatment programs because they can’t access vital services.
• Cuomo Set Out to “Transform” Mental Health Care for Kids. Now They Can’t Get Treatment. (Abigail Kramer, THE CITY, photography by Sarah Blesener for ProPublica, 3-28-22) New York cut nearly a third of state-run psychiatric hospital beds for children, pledging to reinvest the funds in outpatient measures. There’s no evidence it worked.
Covering diversity, equity, and inclusion, in the newsroom and out
“Race is the child of racism, not the father.”
~ Ta-Nehisi Coates
Diversity is a fact.
Equity is a choice.
Inclusion is an action.
Belonging is an outcome.
~Arthur Chan
• The Pros and Cons of Being Ourselves at Work (io Advisory, ) Actively covering up aspects of one's identity at work is surprisingly common. It’s worth clarifying the difference between diversity and inclusion. As explained by Jennifer Brown in Inclusion: Diversity, The New Workplace & The Will To Change:
“Diversity is the who and the what: who’s sitting around that table, who’s being recruited, who’s being promoted, who we’re tracking from the traditional characteristics and identities of gender and ethnicity, and sexual orientation and disability—inherent diversity characteristics that we’re born with.
Inclusion, on the other hand, is the how. Inclusion is the behaviors that welcome and embrace diversity. If you are a great leader for inclusion, you have figured out how to embrace and galvanize [a] diversity of voices and identities.”
• As Alabama Republicans Target DEI, They Propose ‘Gag Order’ on Professors (Ryan Quinn, Inside Higher Ed, 3-1-24) Free speech groups and students have raised alarm about a bill that flew through the state’s Senate last week and awaits action in the House. "State lawmakers have been targeting diversity, equity and inclusion efforts for years now. Bills from different states that seek to curtail DEI programs or the spread of arguably DEI-related, so-called divisive concepts—such as the idea that meritocracy is racist—can all seem to blend together.
"But Alabama’s Senate Bill 129, which suddenly appeared Feb. 20 and passed the Senate two days later, might break new ground if it ultimately becomes law. The bill includes provisions curbing DEI programs, “divisive concepts” and even transgender individuals’ access to campus bathrooms. While it’s moved quickly, so have its opponents."
Free speech groups say "the measure could limit faculty members' speech to such an extent that even professors who disagree with the bill's list of "divisive concepts" couldn't teach students about these ideas—even to criticize them."
• National Urban League v. Trump (Legal Defense Fund) Important Facts About LDF's Case Challenging the Trump Truth Ban. 'On October 29, 2020, the NAACP Legal Defense and Educational Fund filed a federal lawsuit challenging then President Trump’s “Executive Order on Combating Race and Sex Stereotyping” (EO 13950) that prohibited speech, activities, and workplace trainings that address or promote diversity, equity, and inclusion. The lawsuit was filed on behalf of the National Urban League and the National Fair Housing Alliance to challenge EO 13950 on the grounds that it violated the guarantees of Free Speech, Equal Protection, and Due Process – fundamental rights secured in the United States Constitution. The Executive Order, or Trump Truth Ban, went into effect on September 22, 2020 and applied to federal agencies, U.S. military institutions, grant recipients, and contractors. Former President Trump directed federal agencies to end trainings related to the discussion of inequality, critical race theory, or other forms of what he labeled “propaganda.” It went so far as to establish a McCarthy-esque hotline for people to report on the behavior of others.'
---In Defense of Truth (LDF/NAACP) "The right to free expression is a cornerstone of our democracy. Its protection is particularly critical for Black Americans and other marginalized groups who have a long history of battling infringement of this right. Recently, there has been a clear and coordinated attack on truth and a push to deny our nation’s shameful legacy of racism. States are passing laws that could ban or restrict what students in the United States can learn about our history, silence dissent, and punish those who speak the truth to counter whitewashed falsehoods. --- LDF has compiled answers to the most frequently asked questions about Critical Race Theory. Learn more about CRT, laws banning racial justice discourse, and how these fit into a larger effort to suppress the voices, history, and political participation of Black Americans. Denying history and banning discussions of systemic racism upholds white supremacy. Our students deserve and need more than a white-washed, sanitized, revised version of American history. LDF and coalition partners are fighting back to protect truth. Learn more about our pro-truth advocacy and litigation.
• Students fight back against a book ban that has a Pennsylvania community divided (Evan McMorris-Santoro, Linh Tran, Sahar Akbarzai and Mirna Alsharif, CNN, 9-16-21) Students are protesting a southern Pennsylvania school district's ban of books by black authors--the latest example of panic spreading over how history and race are taught in schools across the US. The all-White school board unanimously banned a list of educational resources that included a children's book about Rosa Parks, Malala Yousafzai's autobiography and CNN's Sesame Street town hall on racism.
• Black Lives Matter: An anti-racism reading and resource list for adults (Writers and Editors blog)
• Black Lives Matter: A reading list for children (and parents) (Writers and Editors blog)
• ‘Legal discrimination’: dismay as Kentucky poised to ban DEI in colleges (Ava Sasani, The Guardian, 3-21-24) Republican-led state senate to vote on bill that would defund diversity, equity and inclusion programs as students protest. The proposed legislation in Kentucky eliminates any degree program requiring students to complete coursework that teaches – “as truth” – that privilege and power in today’s society are rooted in “oppression, colonialism, socioeconomic status, religion, race, sex, color, or national origin”.
•‘This deepening division is not inevitable’: The failing diversity efforts of newsrooms (Farai Chideya, CJR, 5-22-18) "For most of the country’s history, Latino and non-white journalists were not welcomed in white-run newsrooms. Instead, they produced content which shed light on issues the white press was ignoring through their own news outlets." Newspapers are reluctant to share their staff diversity statistics. "We should not be ashamed by these numbers, whatever they are, but we should be deeply ashamed if we hide them." "Diversity in American media has nearly flatlined for more than a decade, and there’s no reason to expect it’s any better in our political units."
---Tanzina Vega: We're talking newsroom diversity today on @TheTakeaway and here MY top 10 tips for making your newsroom more inclusive (on Twitter)
---Diversity style guides (usage as to ability/disability, age, appearance, color, ethnicity/nationality, gender/gender identity/sexuality, health, and bias)
---Journal-isms (Richard Prince reporting on diversity issues in the news media)
---Diversity Toolbox (SPJ)
• When Weeding Books, Librarians Are Attending to Inclusion and Diversity, SLJ Survey Shows (Melanie Kletter, School Library Journal, 6-6-21) Librarians across the country are changing the criteria they use to weed books, paying more attention to unconscious racial bias, inclusion, and diversity issues when culling titles.
• Navigating Newsrooms as a Minority (Kendra Pierre-Louis, The Open Notebook, 5-7-19)
• Five tips for journalists on covering trans and nonbinary people (Lewis Raven Wallace, Columbia Journalism Review, 9-30-19) #1. Get over the pronoun hump. Do it now.
• Culture and inclusion (American Press Institute)
• 6 tips for journalists reporting on diverse communities (Knight Foundation, Medium, 3-6-18)
• Journalists of Color Face Harassment by Sources (Jane C. Hu, The Open Notebook, 4-9-19)
• Diversity (Online News Association)
• Why don’t newsroom diversity initiatives work? Blame journalism culture. (Kathleen McElroy, Poynter, 8-7-19) 'The problem isn't hiring or nurturing “diverse” journalists — it’s journalism’s approach to diversity, which points at “them,” at “others.” To people who aren’t straight white men.'
• On the Shortage of Spanish-Language Science Journalism in U.S. Media (Mariela Santos-Muñiz, Diverse Voices, The Open Notebook, 12-10-19)
• Invisible Science: Why Are Latin American Science Stories Absent in European and U.S. Media Outlets? (Federico Kukso, Diverse Voices series, The Open Notebook, 9-24-19)
• Writing When on the Autism Spectrum (Kelly Brenner, The Open Notebook, 10-9-18)
• Covering Indigenous Communities with Respect and Sensitivity (Debra Utacia Krol, Diverse Voices, The Open Notebook, 6-18-19)
• Our democracy’s founding ideals were false when they were written. Black Americans have fought to make them true. (Nikole Hannah-Jones, The 1619 Project, NY Times, 8-14-19) The 1619 Project (The New York Times) is a major initiative from The New York Times observing the 400th anniversary of the beginning of American slavery. It aims to reframe the country’s history, understanding 1619 as our true founding, and placing the consequences of slavery and the contributions of black Americans at the very center of the story we tell ourselves about who we are. Read all the stories.
Interviewing children, especially about trauma and catastrophic events
• Interviewing Children (Sarah Carr, Education Writers Association Reporter Guides, 2013) "When covering children, firsst do no harm." Particularly important. "Reporters should tell the child that it’s fine to decline an interview before asking for permission to proceed."
• Interviewing Children: An EWA Guide for Reporters (Education Writers Association) Detailed presentations and essential listening, particularly for interviewing about trauma. For example: Try to find a quiet location, away from chaos. Really explain, not with jargon, about what you are doing and why you are there. Have someone who the child knows and trusts nearby; otherwise you're going to move into a realm of stress for already traumatized children. Children nead comfort and familiarity even when facing up to very difficult things.
• Conducting interviews with kids: Do’s and don’ts (Alexandria Neason, CJR, 3-15-18) Best practices for journalists, especially when interviewing about traumatic events. This excellent piece led me to others listed here, and a daily email of recommended reading from the National Association of Science Writers led me to this piece.
• The California Sunday Magazine channels its inner teen with new issue (Meg Dalton, CJR, 12-21-17) Not about interviewing children, but on an issue of the magazine that focused on the American teenager. '“We wanted to give people a look at their lives right now through their eyes,” says Doug McGray, the magazine’s editor in chief. That meant relying on teens to tell their own stories, and consulting with teens on content produced by adult contributors.'
• Ethics and Practice: Interviewing Victims (Miles Moffeit and Kristen Lombardi, tipsheet from the 2011 Dart Center workshop "Out of the Shadows: Reporting on Intimate Partner Violence")
Restoring trust in the media
See also
• Journalists can change the way they build stories to create organic news fluency (Tom Rosenstiel and Jane Elizabeth, White Paper for American Press Institute, 5-9-18) Is teaching news literacy a journalist's job? Yes. Here's a way to build stories that can show people the difference between good and bad journalism and outright fakery. The first step is thinking about — and asking — what questions audiences may have about a story and then providing those answers explicitly. That step guides the journalist into a new and important mindset of putting themselves in the audience’s shoes.
This white paper presents templates for building news fluency for 9 story types — guides for constructing stories that proactively resolve doubts and questions audiences may have. Journalists should consider it their job to build stories in a way that shows people the difference between good reporting, bad reporting and outright fakery.
The first step is thinking about — and asking — questions audiences may have about a story and then providing those answers explicitly (in the mindset of putting yourself in the audience's shoes). The authors pose key questions a discriminating or “fluent” news consumer might ask to decide what to make of the story, guides for constructing stories that proactively resolve doubts and questions audiences may have. Broadly:
What is new here?
What evidence is there?
What sources did you talk to and why them?
What facts don’t we know yet?
What, if anything, is still in dispute?
The authors present templates for building news fluency for 9 story types, providing questions for nine news categories: Standard news stories, non-investigative projects, investigations, fact-checks, explainers, breaking news (live/unplanned), live events (planned), features, opinion.
• Nine Ways to Regain Your Readers’ Trust (Tim Gallagher, Editor & Publisher, 3-22-18) #1: Tell them how you did it.
• Trusting News Updates from a project that’s helping journalists earn trust and demonstrate credibility. The Trusting News project, staffed by Joy Mayer and Lynn Walsh, is designed to demystify the issue of trust in journalism. It researches how people decide what news is credible, then turn that knowledge into actionable strategies for journalists. It's funded by the Reynolds Journalism Institute, the Knight Foundation and Democracy Fund.
• David Brooks Interview: How To Live A Meaningful Life (YouTube video) A wise and encouraging talk about life, with a sidebar into how he got into the business of being a commentator.
• A more nuanced understanding of “journalism” is desperately needed — and we need our communities’ help (Joy Mayer, Medium, 6-29-18) "Community newsrooms need to tell a consistent, repetitive story about what motivates our work, the range of information and stories we offer, what sets us apart, who we are, how we operate and how people can reach us. Telling that story should be a constant drumbeat — part of the rhythm of our work. And as part of that drumbeat, we need to ask for the help of our communities."
• Naming names: is there an (unbiased) doctor in the house? (Jeanne Lenzer and Shannon Brownlee, Medicine and the Media, BMJ, 7-23-08) In an attempt to disentangle commercial messages from science, they compiled a list of nearly 100 independent medical experts to whom reporters can turn. See List of Industry-Independent Experts (Health News Review)
• Spin happens: How we cover medical studies affects readers’ attitude toward results (Tara Haelle, Covering Health, AHCJ, 9-13-19) A study of Google Health News stories found that 88% of stories about medical studies had at least some type of spin, such as misleading reporting or interpretation, omitting adverse events, suggesting animal study results apply to humans, or claiming causation in studies that only reported associations. The way we cover a study has impact — potentially both positive and negative — and that means we have a responsibility get it right.
• The Do’s and Don’ts of Community Engagement (Aneri Pattani, The Open Notebook, NASW, 9-3-19) Writes Spotlight PA investigative journalist Aneri Pattani in TON's latest feature: "At a time when media organizations are struggling to convince people to pay for their product and most American adults say they've lost trust in journalism, many reporters are turning anew to community engagement. From standing on street corners handing out flyers, to adding extra transparency to reporting, and crowdsourcing data and story ideas, Pattani compiles lessons learned by a host of journalists experimenting with ways to better connect with their audiences and restore that trust."
• Earn trust by sharing what motivates your journalism (Joy Mayer, Medium, 6-22-18) Report on the Membership Puzzle Project, The 32 Percent Project, an American Press Institute survey's report on what people think motivates journalism, and examples of how newsrooms can share the "why" of their work.
• Americans and the News Media: What they do — and don’t — understand about each other (Media Insight Project, American Press Institute and Associated Press-NORC Center for Public Affairs Research, 6-11-18) 'Much of the public doesn’t fully understand how journalists work, and journalism doesn’t make itself understandable to much of the public.... Many Americans think what they see in the news media looks largely like opinion and commentary.... Half do not know what an “op‑ed” is. More than 4 in 10 do not know what the term “attribution” means, and close to 3 in 10 do not know the difference between an “editorial” and a “news story.”' And much more; an interesting summary of the research.
• How can we restore trust in news? Here are 9 takeaways from Knight-supported research (Nancy Watzman, Nieman Lab, 6-8-18) As part of its effort to explore the root causes of the current crisis in trust in the media, the Knight Foundation is commissioning a continuing series of white papers from academics and experts. Here’s what they’ve learned so far. #7: "Context helps. ([C]ontextual fact-checks can be remarkably successful in correcting misperceptions. In addition, compared to fact-checks of politicians and candidates, they run a smaller risk of creating a partisan backlash."--from America the Clueless or America the Context-less?.
• Why inaccurate political information spreads (Jonathan Ladd, with Alex Podkul, Medium: Trust, Media & Democracy, 3-6-18) And why partisanship makes it difficult for people to accept corrections. "[P]eople are more likely to believe a correction if it comes from a source for whom it runs counter to personal and political interests." Ladd is author of Why Americans Hate the Media and How It Matters. See also the Knight Foundation white paper The Spread of Inaccurate Political Information in the Era of Distrusted News Media.
• Reporting in a Machine Reality: Deepfakes, misinformation, and what journalists can do about them (Nicholas Diakopoulos, CJR, 5-15-18) To build up trust, news platforms need to be able to detect fake news and photos and authenticate the real stuff. To do that, news organizations and educational institutions need to ramp up training in media forensics techniques. There are telltale signs of altered and synthesized media that an expert eye can pick out—Hany Farid’s book on photo forensics offers a few alternatives, for instance.
• Why Modern Newsrooms Should Mind the Generational Gap (Glynnis MacNicol, Hollywood Reporter, 4-16-18) Ignore the rising millennial class at your own risk: the elite of New York editors and writers is undergoing a massive shift as the under-35 class struggles to shoulder their "enormous influence" that "even they don't understand." "While some dismiss them as the "woke" vanguard of creeping political correctness, the new generation of media leaders, few familiar to anyone older than 40, bring with them differing views on transparency, egalitarianism and social justice — and are far more outspoken about their beliefs." "What's different in media now, Stella Bugbee argues, is that younger writers are incentivized to produce relatively cheap commentary. 'If you don't have the investment or the time to do a reported piece, naturally you're going to identity politics because that's what's available to you,' she says."
Bias in journalism vs. political correctness. Juan Williams Fired For Admitting He Is Afraid of Flying Muslims (Riley Waggaman, Wonkette, 10-21-10) and In wake of NPR controversy, Fox News gives Juan Williams an expanded role (Matea Gold, in Los Angeles Times, 10-21-10)
• Newsonomics: Will Facebook’s troubles finally cure publishers of platformitis? (Ken Doctor, Nieman Lab, 3-27-18) The Cambridge Analytica story is a reminder of the value of a trusted, direct connection between publisher and consumer. Building more of them is the news industry’s best strategy available. "It’s easier to see that now, to understand that Facebook is really just another advertising company — one grown beyond anyone’s imagination (except Google). But what can be done about it? Facebook is social crack, fostering a dependence that has made easy to swallow its monetization of our attention. Now that the extent of what it knows and how that knowledge can be used is clear, what are we going to do?"
• Tweets are the new vox populi ( Heidi Tworek, CJR, 3-27-18) Journalists use tweets as a way to include opinions from “ordinary people” instead of going onto the streets to get them from actual people. But tweets can be used to spread disinformation, so Tworek recommends (among other things) Vox Pops (one part of BBC's Editorial Guidelines, which this link leads you to, and Responsible Reporting in an Age of Irresponsible Information (Tworek, Policy Brief, German Marshall Fund, 3-23-18) "The problem of disinformation is exacerbated by two deeper and longer-standing crises within the American media system: a crisis of business model and a crisis of norms. Though issues of disinformation are not new, their appearance in new forms of weaponized information and social media call for new best practices within media organizations." She writes about "how to detect disinformation; how to increase literacy about foreign interference; how to anticipate future problems today."
• Show your work: The new terms for trust in journalism (Jay Rosen, PressThink, Dec. 2017) The transparency movement has finally come of age. Power has shifted to the users. Their trust has to be earned in different ways now.
• How We Did Our Analysis of New York City Nuisance Abatement Cases (Sarah Ryley for ProPublica and The New York Daily News, 2-5-16) Jay Rosen write that journalists ought to explain how we do what we do. This is an excellent example of ProPublica doing so well.
• Who trusts — and pays for — the news? Here’s what 8,728 people told us (Joy Mayer, Reynolds Journalism Institute, 7-27-17)
• This site is “taking the edge off rant mode” by making readers pass a quiz before commenting (Joseph Lichterman, Nieman Lab, 3-1-17) On some stories, potential commenters on a Norwegian public broadcast are now required to answer three basic multiple-choice questions about the article before they’re allowed to post a comment.The goal is to ensure that the commenters have actually read the story before they discuss it.
• Restoring the Public's Trust in American Journalism (Mitchell Baker, The Atlantic, 5-11-17) Faith in crucial institutions requires the free flow of reliable information.
• Five Tools to Rebuild Trust in Media (María amírez, Nieman Reports, 1-3-18) Helping readers slow down, ask questions, and find reasoned opposing views may foster civil discourse online
Media critiques and distrust of the media
• Five key questions for business journalists navigating sustainability coverage (Evie Liu, Reuters Institute, 7-17-23) “While holding those in power accountable is crucial, sustainability coverage should not solely focus on exposing problems and wrongdoings. By showcasing potential solutions and innovations, journalists can foster a sense of hope and encourage positive action from the audience. … Journalists also play a vital role in evaluating the viability of potential solutions to ensure that attention and resources are channeled towards the more effective strategies. By doing so, journalists could help shape public discourse and drive progress in the fight against climate change.” -- Evie Liu, reporter covering markets and investing at Barron’s (H/T "The Latest," National Press Club Journalism Institute)
• How did Republicans learn to hate the news media? (Larry Light, CJR, 11-14-18) "For many Republicans, the existence of a liberal media bias is an established fact, like the temperature at which water freezes. Attacks by Donald Trump, like the one he made last week on CNN White House correspondent Jim Acosta, resonate loudly with his base....The seeds of the Republican media prejudice were planted in the 1950s, when Republican senator Joe McCarthy launched a campaign to discredit the US government as an institution infested with Communist spies." From the Nixon era on, "Republican pols have used the base’s prejudice against the press to fire up the ideological troops. President George H. W. Bush put out a bumper sticker when he ran for a second term in 1992: 'Annoy the Media, Re-Elect Bush,' it read."
• The new pink slime media (Steven Brill, Semafor, 6-2-24--from his new book The Death of Truth) "Pink-slime sites are those that present themselves as legitimate news publishers but have a different, undisclosed mission. They are secretly financed by partisan funders and created to boost their favorite political candidates and tear down their opponents while piously masquerading as independent, nonprofit start-ups. A pink-slime network called Metric Media, which was found running more than a thousand such sites, is funded by Republicans and does the same kind of targeting for its candidates running in state and local elections. On the Democrats’ side, the most prominent and sophisticated of the pink-slimers is something called Courier Newsroom, which is owned by Good Information Inc."
• Slouching Toward Post-Journalism (Martin Gurri, City Journal, Winter 2021) The New York Times and other elite media outlets have openly embraced advocacy over reporting."Traditional newspapers never sold news; they sold an audience to advertisers. To a considerable degree, this commercial imperative determined the journalistic style, with its impersonal voice and pretense of objectivity. The aim was to herd the audience into a passive consumerist mass....The digital age exploded this business model. Advertisers fled to online platforms, never to return....
"Led by the New York Times, a few prominent brand names moved to a model that sought to squeeze revenue from digital subscribers lured behind a paywall....The new business model required a new style of reporting. Its language aimed to commodify polarization and threat: journalists had to “scare the audience to make it donate.”...
“The goal of post-journalism, according to media scholar Andrey Mir, is to ‘produce angry citizens.’” Discussion, then, on the Trump-collusion-with-Russia set of stories, and on The 1619 Project. "The final paradox of post-journalism is that the generation most likely to share the moralistic attitude of the newsroom rebels is the least likely to read a newspaper."
• CNN public editor: Television journalism will remain broken post-Trump (Ariana Pekary, CJR, 10-26-2020) "What does the public miss when networks focus so narrowly on Trump’s exploits? Last week, the American Enterprise Institute, a conservative think tank, released a study of Biden’s tax plan that concluded he would cut taxes for most Americans in 2021. The study is significant, and has a potential impact on people’s actual lives. It’s certainly the kind of news that a voter might want to know before voting. How many times has it been mentioned on CNN? Not once....We’ll soon find out whether Trump will have sustained the benefits of blanket coverage as he did in 2016. But even if he departs office in January, this fatal flaw in our democracy—that journalists at networks like CNN care only about ratings—will remain."
• ABC News suspends correspondent David Wright after comments about Trump coverage, socialism, in Project Veritas sting (Paul Farhi, WaPo, 2-26-2020) ABC News suspended one of its veteran correspondents late Tuesday for unguarded remarks he made in a video by operatives of Project Veritas, the conservative group that records “undercover” footage of mainstream journalists to bolster its accusations of media bias.
• Online Harassment Field Manual (PEN America)
• Dealing with cyberbullying – What would a feminist do? (Podcast, Jessica Valenti,The Guardian, 5-28-16) Jessica Valenti – The Guardian’s most frequently targeted writer – talks about online harassment and what people can do about it. She speaks with Jamia Wilson, executive director of Women, Action and the Media about resources to combat personal cyber-attacks. We also hear from Danielle Citron, law professor and author of Hate Crimes in Cyberspace about legal action options, suggestions for reform and initiatives like California Attorney General Kamala Harris’s Cyber Exploitation research hub.
• No thank you, Mr. Pecker (Jeff Bezos responds to David Pecker of AMI, owner of the National Enquirer, the pro-Saudi tabloid, who was apparently apoplectic about the Washington Post's coverage of Saudi Arabia and the "Post’s essential and unrelenting coverage of the murder of its columnist Jamal Khashoggi." Mr. Bezos calls the bluff of Mr. Pecker, who offered not to post revealing photos of Mr. Bezos in return for Mr. Bezos and his lawyer publicly stating they “have no knowledge or basis for suggesting that AMI’s coverage was politically motivated or influenced by political forces.”
• As publishers pump out repetitive content, quality reporting suffers (Eavi Somaiya, CJR, 6-27-18) "Readers, inundated by streams of stories tailored for them, with similarly sharpened headlines ruthlessly tested to work on social media, develop a kind of fatigue, and can no longer tell what is Watergate and what is a bunch of people on the internet screaming about Watergate."
• The decline and fall of entertainment reporting (Scott Collins, CJR 6-22-18) "Over the course of 12 years as a reporter and columnist at the Times, I was swamped by a wave that has carried entertainment journalism far away from hard reporting on the industry, and toward such fripperies as snubs and surprises on awards shows, plot twists of dramatic series, and puff profiles. By the time I quit, in 2016, my colleagues and I were spending less and less time on the type of coverage that seriously examined the people who control Hollywood and how they make their money, and more on … something else....as time went by, opportunities for original reporting grew more and more scarce. "
• Journalism While Brown and When to Walk Away (Sunny Dhillon, Medium, 10-29-18) Dhillon's story about resigning from the Globe & Mail went viral. See ‘It all played out very suddenly’: Former Globe and Mail reporter on resigning over race dispute (Karen K. Ho, CJR, 11-15-18)
• Polls show Americans distrust the media. But talk to them, and it’s a very different story. (Margaret Sullivan, media columnist for WashPost, 12-28-17) Sullivan talked to readers about what changes would help them trust the media more. Some anwers: Drop the attitude and preconceived ideas. Some of what’s on social media has been fabricated. National media coverage of Bernie Sanders during the campaign was “grossly lacking." You're not always getting the whole story: "Journalism sometimes suffers from a hit-and-run approach to reporting, especially on matters of substance.""Relentless stories about internal politics at the White House strike him as trivial, not worthy of the breathless treatment..." Commentary by pundits comes across as endless bickering ("the most disparaging comments I heard were about the worst qualities of cable-TV news, with their pundit panels and need to fill time, around the clock, by pointlessly chewing over small developmentsl.") Indifference was common: not paying attention to the news.
• Scientists and Journalists Square Off Over Covering Science and ‘Getting it Right’ (Dana Smith, UnDark, 3-1-18) Some scientists say they should have the right to review stories in which their work or words are covered prior to publication--particularly fact-checking quotes. Journalists disagree. “It’s as if scientists are saying, ‘Journalists are too dumb to get the science right, and so I have to check their work.’”“I’d heard experienced scientists say they had always been allowed to look at drafts, and I’d heard from journalists that their professional ethics explicitly forbade this.”“We have to care about the facts, and we have to fact check ourselves, and we have to not be embarrassed to admit if we don’t get it.” See also Science and medical writing.
• For Decades, Our Coverage Was Racist. To Rise Above Our Past, We Must Acknowledge It (Susan Goldberg, The Race Issue, National Geographic, April 2018) John Edwin Mason found "that until the 1970s National Geographic all but ignored people of color who lived in the United States, rarely acknowledging them beyond laborers or domestic workers. Meanwhile it pictured “natives” elsewhere as exotics, famously and frequently unclothed, happy hunters, noble savages—every type of cliché. Unlike magazines such as Life, Mason said, National Geographic did little to push its readers beyond the stereotypes ingrained in white American culture." Change came gradually and National Geographic now takes stock.
• Why the public hates the media (Mark Oppenheimer, Commentary, Chicago Tribune, 10-28-17) "It's been a rough 12 months for the news media. We got the election wrong, we got booed at campaign events and some of us get death threats on Twitter. In a new Reuters-Ipsos poll, only 48 percent surveyed had a “great deal” or “some” confidence in journalists. Why are they hated? 1) Reporters are like members of Congress: Everybody hates them in general, but loves their own. But there are fewer and fewer local reporters. 2) As news consumption has shifted to Facebook and other social media, we no longer know who originally produced the stories we read. 3) People believe reporters are biased in favor of liberals. Some truth to that but conservatives have opted out of the competition. "A deeper, systemic problem is that even conservatives who think they might be interested in journalism aren’t groomed to be reporters"...instead, focus on opinion writing, so young conservative journalists have a hard time learning reporting skills. And so on. Interesting!
• What is media framing? (Critical Media Review, 10-19-15) Media framing is the angle or perspective from which a news story is told. Agenda setting or gatekeeping decides what a newspaper or broadcaster covers or does not cover; the frame is the overarching angle of how various stories are treated. Drugs, for example, may be presented in the law and order frame; drug misuse can framed as a health issue, a social problem, or legal (e.g., recreational drugs should be legal).
• Media criticism (HuffPost)
• Honest Reporting (Defending Israel from Media Bias)
Identifying Media Bias
• How Reliable is Your News Source? Understanding Media Bias 2020 (League of Women Voters, Torrance, CA)
• Should you trust media bias charts? (Poynter, 2020) These controversial charts claim to show the political lean and credibility of news organizations. Here’s what you need to know about them.
• Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting (FAIR) (Challenging media bias and censorship since 1986), a national progressive media watchdog group, challenging corporate media bias, spin and misinformation.
• Media Bias/Fact Check, a fact-checking website that indexes and ranks websites by left- or right wing bias, as well as by quality of factual reporting.What I like best: the lists of publications/sites that are right-biased, left-biased, left-center and right-center biased, and least biased; those that are pro-science, conspiracy-pseudoscience, questionable sources (including "fake news"), and satire (because it's not always clear when people ARE being satirical).
• Ad Fontes Media Bias Chart rates both reliability and political bias.
• All Sides Media Bias Ratings, which has a version for Apple iPhones and a version for Android phones
• Media Bias (Wikipedia) Interesting long entry.
• Newsbusters A project of the conservative Media Research Center (MRC) "exposing and combating liberal media bias"
• Whose News Literacy? (Jane Regan, FAIR, 11-18-19) Resources for teachers and students offer useful tools but reinforce status quo
• Propaganda in the US vs in the USSR (Noam Chomsky, from Chronicles of Dissent, 1992, 10-24-1986)
• The Least Trusted and the Most Trusted News Sources (Lou Hoffman, Ishmael's Corner, 8-13-17) Scroll down to find the excellent graphic.
• Conspiracy-Pseudoscience Sites (Media Bias/Fact Check) Fact-check articles from sources on this list, which may publish unverifiable information that is not always supported by evidence.
• The TV News Archive's Third Eye project captures the chyrons–-or narrative text–-that appear on the lower third of TV news screens and turns them into downloadable data and a Twitter feed for research, journalism, online tools, and other projects. Third Eye captures four TV cable news channels: BBC News, CNN, Fox News, and MSNBC.
• Liberal, Conservative & Non-Partisan Periodicals (Pace University's LibGuide) Indicates magazines', newspapers', and journals' biases.
Data Journalism
See alsoGetting the numbers right
How not to misread or misreport research reports
Transparency and openness in reporting on science research
• What Is Data Journalism? (a chapter in online Data Journalism Handbook)
• What is data journalism? (Melissa Bell, Vox, 2-4-15) The explosion in data sources readily available on the web can both aid in telling important and necessary stories, but can also be easily misunderstood and potentially manipulated. It's important for journalists to develop new skills to use these data sources effectively.
• Data Journalism Tools (Knight Science Journalism, MIT) “Data can be the source of data journalism, or it can be the tool with which the story is told — or it can be both.”— Paul Bradshaw
• How to Read This Chart (Washington Post newsletter) A weekly dive into the data behind the news. Each Saturday, national correspondent Philip Bump makes and breaks down charts explaining the latest in economics, pop culture, politics and more. See also A Prophet of Boom With Charts for Every Occasion With “The Aftermath,” Philip Bump marshals a sea of statistics to debunk myths about that big, self-involved and endlessly discussed postwar generation. His book: The Aftermath: The Last Days of the Baby Boom and the Future of Power in America
• EMMA "Providing Market Transparency Since 2008." Get to know this source for hospital financial reports. The official source for municipal securities data and documents--and the official source for comprehensive annual financial reports and operating information about any hospital or health care facility financed by public debt. See AHCJ's webcast about it 8-2-18)
• Open Payments database (a federal program that collects and makes information public about financial relationships between the health care industry, physicians, and teaching hospitals--a good place to spot conflicts of interest)
• Using ‘per capita’ to describe data: 4 things journalists need to know ( Denise-Marie Ordway, Journalist's Resource, 6-16-23) An economist and a statistician help us explain the right and wrong ways to use 'per capita' to describe data related to economics, public health and other news topics. Headings for explanations given:
1. Remember that per capita numbers represent averages.
2. If a research paper or government report doesn’t break down a number per capita, do the calculation yourself by dividing the number you’re interested in by the target population.
3. Don’t confuse per capita with other types of rates.
4. When comparing countries, states or regions, put data into context by including per capita and median numbers.
• 10 simple data errors that can ruin an investigation (Rowan Philp, The Global Investigative Journalism Network, 3-30-23) Do read the explanations and examples. Only some errors listed here:
1. Forgetting the threat of blank rows in spreadsheets.
2. Failing to check whether government nomenclature or coding has changed.
3. Confusing percentages with percentage points.
5. Forgetting that number formats are different in different countries.
8. Assuming the dataset tells the whole story.
9. Using the wrong scale on graphs or charts.
10. Forgetting to tie columns together when sorting in Google Sheets.
• STATS. Sense About Science's collaborative effort with the American Statistical Association to improve statistical literacy among journalists, academic journal editors, and researchers.
• Need US government data? Get to know TRAC at Syracuse University (Clark Merrifield, Journalist's Resource, 2-1-23) Whether you are investigating the immigration system or activities of federal criminal and civil courts, TRAC (Transactional Records Access Clearinghouse) has done the FOIA work to obtain data that can bolster your reporting. See TRAC/DEA for comprehensive, independent and nonpartisan information about the DEA, and similar pages for immigration, FBI, IRS, ATF, FOIA project, and TRAC reports.
• How data journalism is different from what we’ve always done (Samantha Sunne, American Press Institute, 3-9-16)
• Diving into Data Journalism: Strategies for getting started or going deeper (Samantha Sunne, American Press Institute, 3-9-16) Data is essential to making the journalism of today stronger than what came before. See also How to get started with data journalism in your newsroom and How to establish data reporting newsroom-wide and make it sustainable Getting into a mindset of asking for data is one of the most important factors in becoming a data-savvy newsroom.
• The Guardian's data blog
• Investigating your local jails? Reuters journalists share how to analyze and understand their new national data set (Michael Morisy, Muckrock, 2-18-21) After filing over 1,500 records requests, these reporters have built the most comprehensive look yet at inmate mortality in city and county jails. Presentation on how you can use it. See Jail deaths in America: data and key findings of Dying Inside (Grant Smith, Reuters Investigates, 10-16-2020)The U.S. government does not release jail by jail mortality data, keeping the public and policy makers in the dark about facilities with high rates of death. In a first-of-its-kind accounting, Reuters obtained and is releasing that data to the public.To learn about the jails in your state, download the .pdf files; to get information on each individual death in those jails, download the .csv file for a spreadsheet.
• AP’s Ron Nixon reflects on transformation from corner data geek to newsroom ace (Ryan White, Center for Health Journalism, 10-10-22) Smart data journalism can serve as a kind of lifeboat, helping us navigate the seas of misinformation and disinformation.
• The Power of Data Journalism (Harvard Political Review, , 11-5-14) In 2008, Nate Silver, a relatively unknown baseball statistician, correctly predicted every Senate race and all but one state in the presidential election. He used basic statistics to analyze the large volume of polls available and predict an outcome. Data journalism can support narratives, making them more quantitative and accurate. But most journalists are not trained statisticians and don’t know how to interpret accurately the probabilistic nature of data nor do they know how to deal with models with seemingly contradictory conclusions. More importantly, journalism is not yet fully aware of the latent limits of data-based reporting.
• Categorize DocumentCloud collections in real-time with SideKick (Mitchell Kotler, Muckrock, 11-30-21) Machine learning can help quickly sort and label large document dumps. As part of the 2021 JournalismAI Collab Project DockIns and in partnership with La Nacion, CLIP, and Ojo Público, Muckrock developed SideKick, a machine learning platform baked right into DocumentCloud designed for quickly and efficiently training new models based right within the DocumentCloud platform itself.
• How the pandemic turned a local reporter into an award-winning data journalist (Bara Vaida, Covering Health, 6-1-21) National Public Radio reporter Alex Smith won an AHCJ award for Beat Reporting on Covid-19 (Alex Smith, KCUR, 2020) See his How I Did It piece: Simple digital tools helped broadcast reporter track conflicting COVID-19 statistics. Tip: Save everything!
• Interrogating Data: A Science Writer’s Guide to Data Journalism (Betsy Ladyzhets, The Open Notebook, 7-28-2020--follow @betsyladyzhets) Data journalism, the practice of using numbers and trends to tell a story, requires a variety of skills: research to find the correct dataset, analysis to determine what kind of story this dataset may tell, and presentation to share that story with readers. These skills are within reach for many science writers, even without any programming background: Simply ask questions, and you will find the central tenet of a story. Invaluable in particular for its several invaluable sets of links to public and journalist-friendly data sources and interesting links to data-made-graphic: Sizing up Australia’s bushfires (Reuters) The Atlas of Moons (National Geographic). (See also Data visualization.)
• Practice Data Reporting for Science Stories Using These Workbench Tutorials (Betsy Ladyzhets, The Open Notebook, 9-8-2020) After general explanation, two online tutorials, one easy (about Critically endangered species of America) and one of intermediate difficulty (about Cities with the highest PM pollution).
• Data Journalists’ Roundtable: Visualizing the Pandemic (Tien Nguyen, The Open Notebook, 9-29-2020) Four journalists--Emily M. Eng (graphics editor, Seattle Times), Chris Canipe (data visual journalist, Reuters), Aaron Williams (data reporter, Washington Post) and Jasmine Mithai (visual journalist, FiveThirtyEight)--talk about the biggest challenges they have faced trying to make sense of the ever-changing pandemic using numbers and information that shifts daily. There are, each says, some ground rules: Visualizations must be accurate, digestible, and actionable. They talk about the biggest challenges they have faced trying to make sense of the ever-changing pandemic using numbers and information that shifts daily.
• Spotting Shady Statistics (Rachel Zamzow, The Open Notebook, 12-5-2017) The two watchdog powerhouses—Schwitzer spearheads Health News Review and Oransky, Retraction Watch —taught Tara Haelle and the other attendees at a health care journalists conference how to catch flaws in research studies.Some of the issues Haelle calls out involve questionable practices like excessive data mining or cherry-picking subjects—activities that likely reflect increasing pressure on scientists to produce eye-catching results. One way to tweak their results is by a practice known as p-hacking, which entails mining a dataset until you get a finding that passes the bar of statistical significance. Coming up with a hypothesis retroactively—sometimes referred to as “hypothesizing after the results are known,” or HARKing—often follows this form of p-hacking.
• Good Jobs First (twitterfeed) A leading watchdog on corporate subsidies since 1998. Interesting twitterfeed.
• Data journalism for every scale and skill level (Diana Kwon, National Association of Science Writers, 10-11-15)
• Data journalism syllabus: From numeracy to visualization and beyond (Journalist's Resource
• Become Data Literate in 3 Simple Steps (Nicolas Kayser-Bril,from Understanding Data) 1. How was the data collected? 2. What’s in there to learn? 3. How reliable is the information?
• Trump’s Most Influential White Nationalist Troll Is a Middlebury Grad Who Lives in Manhattan (Luke O'Brien, HuffPost, 4-5-18) HuffPost and a team of data scientists known as Susan Bourbaki Anthony that tracks online propaganda analyzed who was retweeting the now infamous Kremlin-controlled Twitter account @TEN_GOP, which consistently praised Trump, attacked Democratic rival Hillary Clinton and churned out a vile medley of racism, Islamophobia and “fake news.” A profile of Vermonter Douglass Mackey aka Ricky Vaughn in his role of Twitter troll on the far right.
• What was that number again …? The solution to re-using stats in your writing (Tara Haelle, Covering Health, AHCJ, 1-28-19) Creating a spreadsheet to save data on various topics, so you don't have to look up the same data the next time that topic comes up again.
• Tow Report: As Sensor Journalism Rises, Guidelines Needed (Angela Washeck, MediaShift, 6-25-14) "No one can deny the ubiquitous nature of sensors. They are everywhere (even when we’re not aware of them), whether in the form of radar trackers, satellite imagery, biochips or drones. Simultaneously, the popularity of data journalism is rising and sensors will become a vital device for collecting, sifting through and interpreting data that journalists (and audiences) have never seen before. That’s the message from Fergus Pitt and other professional journalists, academics and technologists who authored Sensors and Journalism, a recently released report from the Tow Center for Digital Journalism."
• Journalism in the Age of Data (video, Geoff McGhee, a video report on data visualization as a storytelling medium, produced under a 2009-2010 Knight Journalism Fellowship)
• The Quartz guide to bad data (Quartz-GitHub) An exhaustive reference to problems seen in real-world data along with suggestions on how to resolve them (and how to say how to resolve them).
• Investigative Reporters & Editors. Join one of several listservs run by IRE and NICAR (National Institute for Computer-Assisted Reporting)
• Understanding data journalism: Overview of resources, tools and topics (Alex Remington, Journalist's Resource). Overview of open datasets, data cleanup, data visualization, what to read.
• Mining a New Data Set to Pinpoint Critical Staffing Issues in Skilled Nursing Facilities
(Jordan Rau, Neglect Unchecked, 7-30-18) Low staffing is a root cause of many injuries in nursing homes. Kaiser Health News senior correspondent Jordan Rau explains how he connected the dots between manpower and risk at facilities nationwide, using a federal tool known as the Payroll-Based Journal.
• 9 Must-read Books for Beginners in Data Journalism ( Adrian Blanco, Infogram.com)
• Why Teaching Data Journalism Is a Challenge at Most Universities (Kayt Davies, MediaShift, 2-5-18) "Data journalism is all-at-once the coolest, hardest and fastest changing kind of journalism there is, and that’s a hard thing to suddenly become competent enough in to stand up and teach." Our "exploration of the intricacies of cutting-edge data journalism is minimal for now. Yet, we are laying the groundwork, and by tackling the fears, we are setting people up for lifetimes of learning.... Other helpful advice that emerged from the study was to be bold about blended learning. One of my respondents said she required students to complete Lynda.com’s Excel Five-Day Challenge before starting her course, and another said she encouraged students to use Lynda.com when they were stuck."
• Measuring the Toll of the Opioid Epidemic Is Tougher Than It Seems (Charles Ornstein, ProPublica, 3-13-18) One of our editors set out to create an ambitious list of data sources on the opioid epidemic. Much of what he found was out of date, and some data contradicted other data.
• Opioid Overdose. U.S. County Prescribing Rates, 2016. U.S. Prescribing Rate Maps (CDC) As Maia Szalavitz has pointed out, "most overdose deaths are not related to prescription opioids--they are caused by heroin and 'illicitly made' fentanyl." Originally the crisis was drive by overprescription of opioids, but "many people who once had a medical supply have been driven to street drugs."
• Math basics for journalists: Working with averages and percentages (Leighton Walter Kille, Journalists' Resource, 6-15-14)
• Tips for journalists working with math, statistics: A list of key resources (Denise-Marie Ordway, Journalists' Resource, 5-20-16)
• Re-integrating scholarly infrastructure: The ambiguous role of data sharing platforms (Jean-Christophe Plantin, Carl Lagoze, Paul N Edwards, Sage Journals, 2-9-18)
• Promoting the use of Best Practices and Setting Standards for APIs.
• Software as a service (SaaS) (Wikipedia) is a form of cloud computing in which the provider offers the use of application software to a client and manages all the physical and software resources used by the application. Microsoft used to call it 'software plus services.'
• A nationwide reporting adventure tracks improbably frequent lottery winners (Jon Allsop, Selin Bozkaya, Jeremy Devon House, Jeff Kelly Lowenstein, Ayanna Runcie, and Daniel Simmons-Ritchie, CJR, 9-15-17) A reporter asked for 20 years of lottery winner data. After analyzing the records, he noticed something unusual. In the past seven years, nearly 1,700 Americans were frequent winners—w defined as having claimed 50 or more lottery tickets each worth $600 or more. The how-we-did-it behind Gaming the Lottery: An international investigation into the global lottery industry.
• Figshare for Institutions – Solving the Research Data Management Problem for Educational Research Institutions (Digital Science)
• CAR Conference (IRE and NICAR's annual conference devoted to data journalism)
• Health Datapalooza (February event, AcademyHealth, The gathering place for people and organizations creating knowledge from data and pioneering innovations that drive health policy and practice)
Recommended reading for financial, economic, and data science reporters:
---The Enron Trial (Forbes Staff coverage, 1-30-06)
---EDGAR (database for the Securities and Exchange Commission, SEC). See Researching Public Companies Through EDGAR: A Guide for Investors
---YAHOO! Finance. Go to the Ke Statistics page " if you find yourself covering an earnings report or a news item that requires quick financial context."
---Morningstar
---Conference Call Transcripts ("conference calls reveal how managers handle tough questions from Wall Street analysts...free transcripts you can access with one click.")
• Become A Data Scientist in 8 Steps: Infographic (DataCamp)
• Economist Style Guide
• Style guidelines for financial services firms (Susan B. Weiner)
• New York Financial Writers Association (NYFWA)
• Becoming A Financial Writer (Glenn Curtis, Investopedia, 9-7-14)
Data resources and tools
• The Art of Statistics: How to Learn from Data by David Spiegelhalter
• Interrogating Data: A Science Writer’s Guide to Data Journalism (Betsy Ladyzhets, The Open Notebook, 7-28-2020) is the source of many of the following links (presented in different order)
• Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) requests. For when investigative journalists need to request information from public institutions. See a FOIA primer ("Your right to data") by investigative journalist Djordje Padejski, from The Data Journalism Handbook (free, online)
• Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) Central U.S. source for health information, including data and info sheets on issues ranging from flu cases to wildfire prevention.
• Climate Central "A nonprofit climate research organization that caters to local reporters and meteorologists through its Climate Matters program.
• Cochran Review Search its Plain Language Summaries of health evidence.
• Data Is Plural BuzzFeed News data editor Jeremy Singer-Vine's collection of “useful/curious datasets.” Sign up for additions to the collection in a free weekly newsletter.
• Global Biodiversity Information Facility (GBIF) An "open-access biodiversity platform hosting over a million species-occurrence records from both institutions and citizen-science platforms."
• Google’s Dataset Search Search for data on any topic, with easily navigable filters for dataset formats and usage rights.
• Information Is Beautiful Dedicated to data visualization, this site makes all the datasets behind its visualizations freely available."They are cleaned and updated as needed, making them easy for aspiring data journalists to explore."
• Inside a data journalist's toolkit (Jeremy Caplan and Daniel Parris, Wonder Tools, 6-27-24)
From Notion, Grammarly and Flourish to a Sony voice recorder.
• International Union for the Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Red List. Endangered species data. The IUCN Red List's application programming interface (or API) is essentially a programming platform researchers may use to download massive amounts of data in bulk. Journalists can apply for an API key to use the interface.
• National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration: National Centers for Environmental Information (NOAA: NCEI) America’s central source for weather and natural-disaster data.
• Nonprofit Explorer (Andrea Suozzo, Ken Schwencke, Mike Tigas, Sisi Wei and Alec Glassford, ProPublica, and Brandon Roberts, Special to ProPublica, 9-14-22) Use this database to view summaries of 3 million tax returns from tax-exempt organizations and see financial details such as their executive compensation and revenue and expenses. You can browse IRS data released since 2013 and access more than 14 million tax filing documents going back as far as 2001.
• Tabula A tool for "liberating data tables locked inside PDF files," as one writer put it. Document Cloud "a similar tool, also boasts an open-source repository of public documents that have gone through this process."
• World Bank Data Catalog Development data that is "easy to find, download, use, and share. It includes data from the World Bank's microdata, finances and energy data platforms, as well as datasets from the open data catalog."
• World Health Organization’s Global Health Observatory International data on a wide variety of health indicators.
Financial reporting and business journalism
.
• Mark Zuckerberg’s 20-year mistake (Casey Newton, Platformer, 9-12-24) Meta’s CEO says he’s done apologizing. One of the most revealing interviews of Mark Zuckerberg’s career. And an interesting introduction to the new podcast Acquired. "Every company has a story." Learn the playbooks that built the world’s greatest companies — and how you can apply them as a founder, operator, or investor.
• Personal History: Why CEO pay exploded (Robert Reich, 12-4-23) It happened one day in the Clinton White House. Top executive pay started to be linked to the price of stocks.
• Putin's war, economic uncertainty, and socialism for the bankers (Robert Reich, 2-22-22) "The stock market is gyrating wildly in light of Putin’s aggression in Ukraine, but Wall Street traders are doing just fine. Bad news is good news for traders who make money off volatility.
"After all, in the year of Delta and Omicron, climate chaos, Trump Republican attacks on democracy, bitter divisiveness, a calamitous exit from Afghanistan, and accelerating inflation, the Street’s biggest banks have reaped record profits. Bonuses are through the front Porsche."
• Was Jack Welch the Greatest C.E.O. of His Day—or the Worst? ( Malcolm Gladwell, New Yorker, 10-31-22) As the head of General Electric, he fired people in vast numbers and turned the manufacturing behemoth into a financial house of cards. Why was he so revered?
• ‘No comment’: The death of business reporting (Steven Pearlstein, WashPost, 7-6-18) In "the age of social media and fake news, the journalism produced at 'legitimate news outlets is more important to us than ever because these are trusted, independent sources of information' but "many companies, what is widely referred to as 'earned media' now takes a back seat to 'owned media'— companies using websites, Internet search engines and social media to build their brand identities and communicate directly with stakeholders....'The prevailing attitude is now that everything is about data and social media and identifying the people they can reach by going over the heads of the established media,' one top public relations executive told me." Factors in reduced trust in media: The decline of "beat reporters" who know a beat well, a "bunker mentality" focused on risk-avoidance in businesses (a "bunker mentality"), and not knowing that the good corporate executives "know how to avoid the bad risks, take advantage of the good ones and manage the ones in between.
• Earned media, explained Wikipedia has a good explanation of the differences between owned, paid, and earned media.
---"Owned media is defined as communication channels that are within one's control, such as websites, blogs, or email."
---"Paid media refers mostly to traditional advertising."
---"Earned media cannot be bought or owned; it can only be gained organically, when content receives recognition and a following through communication channels such as social media and word of mouth. Earned media often refers specifically to publicity gained through editorial influence of various kinds. The media may include any mass media outlets, such as newspaper, television, radio, and the Internet, and may include a variety of formats, such as news articles or shows, letters to the editor, editorials, and polls on television and the Internet."
• Author discovers 'most important financial skill' for achieving financial freedom (Kerry Hannon, Yahoo News, 5-28-23) Jonathan Clements, a retirement expert was long-time personal finance columnist at the Wall Street Journal and is founder and editor of the HumbleDollar website. In this book My Money Journey: How 30 people found financial freedom - and you can too, he shares the financial lives of 30 people, ranging in age from 30 to mid-80s, including a high school teacher, a minister, and a software engineer. Most of the contributors are dedicated index fund investors.
• Business and commerce search sites
• Assets and liabilities are a reporter's first stops in financial statement (Sally Kilbridge, Muck Rack) A big part of breaking down a financial statement depends primarily on common sense: Looking at a company’s assets and liabilities. It’s also good to understand shareholder’s equity. Assets are what they sound like—cash and other investments and what’s sometimes called property, plants and equipment (or hard assets).
• How to read the three major parts of a financial statement (Sally Kilbridge, Muck Rack) The first stop for a reporter looking at a public company’s financial health is its financial statement, easily found in its annual report. The three main components of a financial statement are the balance sheet (aka the Statement of Financial Position), the income statement (aka the Statement of Operations or Statement of Comprehensive Income) and the Statement of Cash Flow. This is a summary of the financial balances of a company.
• Finding Stories in Financial Filing Footnotes (Erik Sherman, National Center for Business Journalism, 1-23-18)
• I've been writing about money for 15 years, and here are the 9 best pieces of financial advice I can give you (Farnoosh Torabi, Business Insider, 10-7-15) Example: "You don’t need to be wealthy to invest, but you need to invest to be wealthy."
• We Can’t Stop Writing Paper Checks. Thieves Love That. (Tara Siegel Bernard, NY Times, 12-9-23) Although check use has declined in the last couple of decades, check fraud has risen sharply, creating a problem for banks — and customers trying to pay their bills. Even as check use has rapidly declined over the past couple of decades, check fraud has risen sharply, particularly since the pandemic. The cons may start with stealing pieces of paper, but they leverage technology and social media to commit fraud on a grander scale.
• Managing an Inheritance: When ‘Mom’s Money’ Becomes Yours (Lisa Rabasca Roepe, NY Times, 5-18-24) A sudden windfall while grieving can be an emotional minefield, particularly for younger adults. Experts share ways to handle it wisely.
• Renting Forever and Trying to Create a Strong Financial Future (Paulette Perhach, NY Times, 5-19-24) Either by choice or because they are priced out of the market, many people plan to never stop renting. Building wealth without home equity requires a different mind-set.
• The High-Class Problem That Comes With Home Equity (Ron Lieber, NY Times, 5-19-24) You may feel richer as you pay your mortgage down and home values go up. Using that equity is another matter entirely. Paying a mortgage is a form of forced savings. Saving for retirement, on the other hand, is not mandatory. As a result, some homeowners end up with a lot of home equity but low retirement savings. The problem? A retirement account is relatively easy to tap, and you can do it quickly. Home equity? Not so much.
• Can Your Investment Portfolio Reflect Your Values? (Ron Lieber, NY Times, 5-11-24) Forget about endowments and their holdings and divestment for a minute. What do you stand for, and how can you make your portfolio reflect that?
• The Real Nature of Thomas Edison’s Genius (Casey Cep, New Yorker, 10-28-19) The inventor did not look for problems in need of solutions; he looked for solutions in need of modification. In his biography of the man, Edmund Morris "reminds us that there was a time when a five-second kinetoscopic record of a man sneezing was just about the most astonishing thing anyone had ever seen; people watched it over and over again, like a nineteenth-century TikTok. And he makes plain the cosmological significance of Edison’s phonograph—how, against all understandings of human impermanence, it allowed the dead to go on speaking forever."
• Make Money Writing About Money (Jessica McCann, The Writer, January 2010)
• How I Broke Into Financial Journalism and What It Took to Stick Around (Tim Beyers, Contently, 2-12-15) "Whether you contribute to The Motley Fool or The Wall Street Journal, financial journalists write for investors first." Investors "expect accurate, actionable advice from the media covering the markets—which is why it’s so important to know how to read and interpret financial reports."
"As a starting point, the three documents every financial freelancer should be able to dissect are: the income statement, which tells how much profit a business produced during a specific period; the balance sheet, which is a snapshot of a business’ financial health at the end of a reporting period; and the cash flow statement, which describes how the business turned sales into cash during a specific reporting period." And so on!
GUTTING THE IRS: Who Wins When a Crucial Agency Is Defunded
(ProPublica series takes on wealthy tax dodgers)See also Covering tax avoidance and the wealthy
• Gutting the IRS: Who Wins When a Crucial Agency Is Defunded (Pro-Publica series, 2019-2023 so far) A multiyear campaign to slash the IRS budget has left it understaffed and on the defensive. That’s been good news for tax cheats, the rich, and big corporations — but not for the poor.
• The IRS Tried to Take on the Ultrawealthy. It Didn’t Go Well. (Jesse Eisinger and Paul Kiel, 4-5-19) Ten years ago, the tax agency formed a special team to unravel the complex tax-lowering strategies of the nation’s wealthiest people. But with big money — and Congress — arrayed against the team, it never had a chance.
• How the IRS Was Gutted ( Paul Kiel and Jesse Eisinger, ProPublica and The Atlantic, 12-11-18) An eight-year campaign to slash the agency’s budget has left it understaffed, hamstrung and operating with archaic equipment. The result: billions less to fund the government. That’s good news for corporations and the wealthy.
• The IRS Tried to Crack Down on Rich People Using an “Abusive” Tax Deduction. It Hasn’t Gone So Well. (Peter Elkind, 1-3-20) The tax agency, Justice Department and Congress have all taken aim at a much-abused deduction exploited by wealthy investors. A conservation easement, in its original, legitimate form, is granted when a landowner permanently protects pristine land from development. With a “syndicated conservation easement,” which the IRS calls “abusive,” profit-seeking middlemen known as “promoters,” buy up land, find an appraiser willing to declare that it has huge development value and thus is worth many times the purchase price, then sell stakes in the deal to wealthy investors who extract tax deductions that are often five or more times what they put in. In March 2019, the IRS added this scheme to its annual “Dirty Dozen” list of “the worst of the worst tax scams.” Yet the crackdown is having minimal impact, costing the Treasury billions. See The Billion-Dollar Loophole (Peter Elkind, 1-3-20)
• Senators Urge IRS to Focus on Big-Time Tax Cheats, Citing ProPublica Stories (Paul Kiel and Jesse Eisinger, 3-8-19) Bernie Sanders, Elizabeth Warren and three fellow senators say the agency should do more to tackle financial crimes, even in the face of crippling budget cuts.
• IRS: Sorry, but It’s Just Easier and Cheaper to Audit the Poor (Paul Kiel, 10-2-19) Congress asked the IRS to report on why it audits the poor more than the affluent. Its response is that it doesn’t have enough money and people to audit the wealthy properly. So it’s not going to.
• You Don’t Earn Much and You’re Being Audited by the IRS. Now What? (Paul Kiel, 10-4-18) Millions of low-income families rely on the earned income tax credit. We took an IRS audit notice sent to one taxpayer who’d claimed the EITC and annotated it to help explain what it really means.
• You Can’t Tax the Rich Without the IRS ( Jesse Eisinger and Paul Kiel, 5-3-19) Slowly and quietly over the past eight years, the IRS has been eviscerated. It’s lost tens of thousands of employees. It has fewer auditors now than at any time since 1953. In real dollars, the agency’s budget has dropped by almost $3 billion since 2010. Until the budget-starved agency is restored, corporations and the wealthy will easily fend off attempts to increase the rates they pay.'
• It’s Getting Worse: The IRS Now Audits Poor Americans at About the Same Rate as the Top 1% (Paul Kiel, 3-30-19) As the agency’s ability to audit the rich crumbles, its scrutiny of the poor has held steady in recent years. Meanwhile, a new study shows that audits of poor taxpayers make them far less likely to claim credits they might be entitled to.
• Who’s Afraid of the IRS? Not Facebook. (Paul Kiel, 1-23-20) The social media behemoth is about to face off with the tax agency in a rare trial to capture billions that the IRS thinks Facebook owes. But onerous budget cuts have hamstrung the agency’s ability to bring the case.
• Americans Dodge $660 Billion in Taxes Each Year — And It’s Probably Getting Worse (Lucas Waldron, 12-12-18) The IRS is underfunded and understaffed. One result: audits of the wealthy are rapidly declining.
• Who’s More Likely to Be Audited: A Person Making $20,000 — or $400,000? (Paul Kiel and Jesse Eisinger, 12-18-18) If you claim the earned income tax credit, whose average recipient makes less than $20,000 a year, you’re more likely to face IRS scrutiny than someone making twenty times as much. How a benefit for the working poor was turned against them.
• Has the IRS Hit Bottom? (Paul Kiel, 6-30-20) Every year, the IRS annual report is an opportunity to measure how effectively the U.S. government has sabotaged its own ability to enforce its tax laws. This year’s report signals historic lows for U.S. tax enforcement.
• How the IRS Gave Up Fighting Political Dark Money Groups (Maya Miller, special to ProPublica, 4-18-19) Six years after it was excoriated for allegedly targeting conservative organizations, the agency has largely given up on regulating an entire category of nonprofits. The result: More dark money gushes into the political system.
In the past decade, people, companies and unions have dispensed more than $1 billion in dark money, according to the Center for Responsive Politics. The very definition of that phrase, to many critics, epitomizes the problem of shadowy political influence: Shielded by the cloak of anonymity, typically wealthy interests are permitted to pass limitless pools of cash through nonprofits to benefit candidates or political initiatives without contributing directly to campaigns. Such spending is legal because of a massive loophole. Section 501(c)(4) of the U.S. tax code allows organizations to make independent expenditures on politics while concealing their donors’ names — as long as politics isn’t the organization’s “primary activity.” The Internal Revenue Service has the daunting task of trying to determine when nonprofits in that category, known colloquially as C4s, violate that vague standard.
Remarkable investigative stories and series
A few samples
• Armed and Underground: Inside the Turbulent, Secret World of an American Militia (Richard Chance, Dispatches newsletter, ProPublica, 8-17-24) 'We take you inside the secret world of an American militia.... Rounding up migrants. Lists of “friendly” sheriffs. Debating political assassinations. Internal messages reveal AP3's journey from Jan. 6 through the tumultuous lead-up to the 2024 election. Internal messages reveal how AP3, one of the largest U.S. militias, rose even as prosecutors pursued other paramilitary groups after the assault on the Capitol. One member predicts: “It’ll be decided at the ammo box.” '
'ProPublica reporter Joshua Kaplan reviewed more than 100,000 internal messages from American Patriots Three Percent (AP3), a militia that has long been one of the largest in the United States and has mostly managed to avoid scrutiny. The messages, which include chats from a secret channel open only to the militia’s leadership, reveal a sort of case study in how militias have evolved between two historic elections, Kaplan told me.'
---“This Is War”: Inside the Secret Chat Where Far-Right Extremists Devised Their Post-Capitol Plans (Logan Jaffe and Jack Gillum, ProPublica.1-28-21) Chats from a private Telegram group obtained by ProPublica show how a suspect tied to the Jan. 6 insurrection tried to organize a self-styled militia. The hidden proliferation of such groups worries experts.
---Capitol Rioters Planned for Weeks in Plain Sight. The Police Weren’t Ready. (Logan Jaffe, Lydia DePillis, Isaac Arnsdorf and J. David McSwane, ProPublica, 1-7-21) Insurrectionists made no effort to hide their intentions, but law enforcement protecting Congress was caught flat-footed.
[Back to Top]
Project 25
---Watch: 14 Hours of Never-Before-Published Videos From Project 2025’s Presidential Administration Academy (Andy Kroll, ProPublica, and Nick Surgey, Documented, 8-10-24)
---Inside Project 2025’s Secret Training Videos ( Andy Kroll & Nick Surgey, Documented, 8-10-24)
...DEEP STATE BATTLE: Project 2025’s plan to train an army of political appointees who could fight the so-called deep state on behalf of a future Trump administration remains on track.
... NEW VIDEOS: Dozens of never-before-published videos created for Project 2025 were provided to ProPublica and Documented by a person who had access to them.
... ADVICE GIVEN: “If the American people elect a conservative president, his administration will have to eradicate climate change references from absolutely everywhere.”
[Back to Top]
• ‘This Will Finish Us’ (Stephanie McCrummen, The Atlantic, 4-8-24) In the past two decades, more than a quarter million Indigenous people have been evicted to make way for ecotourism, carbon-offset schemes, and other activities that fall under the banner of conservation. That figure is expected to soar. How Gulf princes, the safari industry, and conservation groups are displacing the Maasai from the last of their Serengeti homeland.
• The U.S. Government Defended the Overseas Business Interests of Baby Formula Makers. Kids Paid the Price. (Heather Vogell, ProPublica, photography by June Watsamon Tri-yasakda, special to ProPublica, 3-21-24) Records and interviews show that the U.S. government repeatedly used its muscle to advance the interests of large baby formula companies while thwarting the efforts of Thailand and other developing countries to safeguard children’s health.
• Documents Show Internal Clash Before U.S. Officials Pushed to Weaken Toddler Formula Rules (Lucas Waldron and Heather Vogell, ProPublica, 3-21-24) Government documents obtained by ProPublica show a stark rift between trade and health officials over international efforts to regulate toddler milk. The records provide a rare, candid glimpse into U.S. policymaking around children's health. Federal trade agencies worked in tandem with formula companies to fight restrictions on formula marketing in international forums while also pressuring individual countries to water down or strike their own laws.
• US takes aim at real estate money laundering (Joanna Robin, ICIJ, 2-9-24) "A new rule would close a loophole Treasury warns is exploited by bad actors using ill-gotten cash to anonymously buy residential properties. The financial crimes unit of the U.S. Treasury has put forward its long-awaited plan to stem dirty money flows through residential real estate across the United States. “All-cash transactions are a favorite tool of criminals because they allow them to fly under the radar, avoiding scrutiny from banks and other financial institutions that are subject to extensive anti-money laundering measures.”
"If finalized, the new rule would require certain real estate professionals to flag these “high-risk” transactions with FinCEN by filing “real estate reports,” similar to the suspicious activity reports, or SARs, filed by financial institutions. The reports would identify the beneficial owners of the entities or trusts that properties are transferred to, with the information to be stored in a non-public database, accessible to law enforcement and national security agencies."
• California's Collusion with a Texas Timber Company Let Ancient Redwoods Be Clearcut (Greg King, History News Network, 6-4-23) It wasn't shocking that a Houston-based energy company would seek to liquidate newly acquired holdings of ancient redwood trees and defy California law to do it. It was shocking that state agencies seemed determined to help them do it. [Editorial note: That "be" in the title should be capitalized. It's a verb.]
• A Former NFL Player Persuaded Politicians That His Child ID Kits Help Find Missing Kids. There’s No Evidence They Do. (Kiah Collier and Jeremy Schwartz, ProPublica, 5-8-23) At least 11 states have agreed to distribute fingerprinting kits sold by Kenny Hansmire’s National Child Identification Program. Some are spending millions even though similar kits are available for free. See also Inside 30 Years of Former NFL Player Kenny Hansmire’s Troubled Businesses (Mark Paoletta, ProPublica, 5-4-23)
• Clarence Thomas’ Friend Acknowledges That Billionaire Harlan Crow Paid Tuition for the Child Thomas Was Raising “as a Son” The friend said Crow covered two years of schooling for the teen, which would amount to roughly $100,000 of undisclosed gifts.
• The Hidden Fees Making Your Bananas, and Everything Else, Cost More (Michael Grabell, ProPublica, 6-16-22) A cadre of ocean carriers are charging exorbitant, potentially illegal, fees on shipping containers stuck because of congestion at ports. Sellers of furniture, coconut water, even kids’ potties say the fees are inflating costs.
• States Prepare to Send Checks to Consumers Tricked Into Paying for TurboTax (Paul Kiel, ProPublica, 5-4-23) A year after a $141 million settlement with Intuit, the maker of TurboTax, that emerged from an investigation sparked by ProPublica’s reporting, 4.4 million customers will receive compensation.
• The Uber Files (An ICIJ investigation, series) The secret story of how the tech giant won access to world leaders, cozied up to oligarchs and dodged taxes amid chaotic global expansion. See especially Uber shifted scrutiny to drivers as it dodged tens of millions in taxes (Scilla Alecci, ICIJ, 7-11-22) Executives agreed to share driver data to “contain” a tax audit and deflect from the tech giant’s use of European and Caribbean tax havens, new leak shows.
• “The Human Psyche Was Not Built for This” (Marilyn W. Thompson and Jenny Deam, ProPublica, 9-6-22) How Republicans in Montana hijacked public health and brought a hospital to the brink. How lax vaccination policies have consequences. A growing body of research shows that death rates were significantly higher in red states like Montana because of lower vaccination rates.“Viruses don’t care how you vote,” he said. “If you allow lots of people to become infected at once, it will crash health care.”
• Patients for Profit: How Private Equity Hijacked Health Care (KHN series) Their model is to deliver short-term financial goals and in order to do that you have to cut corners. Explore the Database (scroll down on KHN starting page)
---Sick Profit: Investigating Private Equity’s Stealthy Takeover of Health Care Across Cities and Specialties
(Fred Schulte, KHN,11-14-22)
---KHN Investigation: The System Feds Rely On to Stop Repeat Health Fraud Is Broken
(Sarah Jane Tribble and Lauren Weber, KHN, 12-12-22)
---Baby, That Bill Is High: Private Equity ‘Gambit’ Squeezes Excessive ER Charges From Routine Births
(Rae Ellen Bichell, KHN, 10-13-22)
---ER Doctors Call Private Equity Staffing Practices Illegal and Seek to Ban Them
(Bernard J. Wolfson, KHN and States Newsroom, 12-22-22)
---Hospices Have Become Big Business for Private Equity Firms, Raising Concerns About End-of-Life Care
(Markian Hawryluk, KHN, 7-29-22)
---Death Is Anything but a Dying Business as Private Equity Cashes In
(Markian Hawryluk, KHN,9-22-22)
---Buy and Bust: When Private Equity Comes for Rural Hospitals
(Sarah Jane Tribble, KHN, 6-15-22)
---Buy and Bust: After Platinum Health Took Control of Noble Sites, All Hospital Workers Were Fired
(Sarah Jane Tribble, KHN, 9-22-22)
---Some Addiction Treatment Centers Turn Big Profits by Scaling Back Care
(Renuka Rayasam, KHN, and Blake Farmer, Nashville Public Radio and CBS News,1-31-23)
---More Orthopedic Physicians Sell Out to Private Equity Firms, Raising Alarms About Costs and Quality
(Harris Meyer, KHN, 1-6-23)
---The Business of Clinical Trials Is Booming. Private Equity Has Taken Notice.
(Rachana Pradhan, KHN, 12-2-22) After finding success investing in the more obviously lucrative corners of American medicine — like surgery centers and dermatology practices — private equity firms have moved aggressively into the industry’s more hidden niches: They are pouring billions into the business of clinical drug trials.
---Britain’s Hard Lessons From Handing Elder Care Over to Private Equity (Christine Spolar, KHN and Fortune, 9-27-22)
---Private Equity Sees the Billions in Eye Care as Firms Target High-Profit Procedures (Lauren Weber, KHN, 9-19-22)
---Misinformation Clouds America’s Most Popular Emergency: Contraception (Sarah Varney, KHN, 6-7-22) At a moment when half of U.S. states stand poised to outlaw or sharply curtail abortion services, Plan B One-Step, the last-ditch pill for women aiming to stave off an unwanted pregnancy, rests in the unlikely stewardship of two private equity firms whose investment portfolios range from Italian foods to vineyard management to children’s cough medicine.
---Despite a First-Ever ‘Right-to-Repair’ Law, There’s No Easy Fix for Wheelchair Users (Markian Hawryluk, KHN, 6-2-22)
---Betting on ‘Golden Age’ of Colonoscopies, Private Equity Invests in Gastro Docs (Emily Pisacreta and Emmarie Huetteman, KHN and Fortune, 5-27-22)
---Private Equity Ownership of Nursing Homes Triggers Capitol Hill Questions — And a GAO Probe (Victoria Knight, KHN, 4-13-22)
---Profit Strategy: Psychiatric Facilities Prioritize Out-of-State Kids (Lauren Sausser, KHN and The Post and Courier, 4-11-22) South Carolina children who need immediate, around-the-clock psychiatric care risk being stranded for days — even weeks — waiting for help, only to be sent hundreds of miles away from home for treatment.
• Philip Meyer Journalism Award (Wikipedia chart) A guide to some interesting series:
---Unnecessary Epidemic: A Five-Part Series (Oregonian archive, 2004) This series of articles, written largely by Steve Suo, exposed how Congress and the Drug Enforcement Administration could have stopped the growth of meth abuse by aggressively regulating the import of the chemicals necessary to make it. It illuminated and encouraged Oregon’s legal strategy toward addiction which uses institutional punishment approach versus a medical approach which might offer an individual’s recovery as a primary goal.
---Perfect Payday (Wall Street Journal, 2006) This series exposed the widespread practice of secretly backdating stock option grants to benefit corporate insiders.
---Faking the Grade: (Holly K. Hacker and Joshua Benton, Dallas Morning News, 2007) A three-day series that uncovered strong evidence of cheating on standardized tests by more than 50,000 students in Texas public and charter schools.
• How a Suicide in a Clinical Trial Turned a Bioethicist Into a Whistleblower (Kristina Fiore, Director of Enterprise & Investigative Reporting, MedPage Today, 10-6-22) It took bioethicist Carl Elliott seven years to investigate the death of San Markingson, who stabbed himself multiple times in the shower and died, while on quetiapine (Seroquel). Elliott learned of the case in 2008, and spent the next 7 years trying to get Markingson's death investigated, filing requests with dozens of agencies and organizing petitions, vigils, letter-writing campaigns, campus events. Eventually, with the help of a former governor of Minnesota, there was a state investigation. His advice for other potential whistleblowers: Don't go it alone. He's apparently written a book (I can't find it for sale: Lonesome Whistle: Exposing Wrongdoing in Medical Research) which profiles six cases: the Tuskegee syphilis study; the Willowbrook hepatitis study; the Cincinnati radiation experiments; the New Zealand cervical cancer "unfortunate experiment"; the Fred Hutchinson leukemia study; and the Paolo Macchiarini synthetic trachea study (writeups linked to in the article). Please let me know when the book comes out!
• How Foreign Private Equity Hooked New England’s Fishing Industry (Will Sennott, The New Bedford Light and ProPublica, 7-6-22) Owned by a billionaire Dutch family, Blue Harvest Fisheries has emerged as a dominant force in the lucrative fishing port of New Bedford, Massachusetts. Its business model: benefit from lax antitrust rules and pass costs on to local fishermen.
• Overpolicing Parents: How America’s CPS Dragnet Ensnares Families (ProPublica and NBC News) An investigative series uncovers the unequal treatment of poor families and parents of color by the child welfare system. Check that link for more stories, including these:
---In Child Welfare Cases, Most of Your Constitutional Rights Don’t Apply (Eli Hager, ProPublica,12-29-22) The child welfare system rarely offers the same rights as the criminal justice system, leaving many families facing permanent separation without due process protections.
---The “Death Penalty” of Child Welfare: In Six Months or Less, Some Parents Lose Their Kids Forever
---Mandatory Reporting Was Supposed to Stop Severe Child Abuse. It Punishes Poor Families Instead.
---Arizona’s Governor-Elect Chooses Critic of Racial Disparities in Child Welfare to Lead CPS Agency (Eli Hager, ProPublica, 12-30-22) Matthew Stewart will become the first Black leader of the Department of Child Safety, which ProPublica and NBC News found had investigated the families of 1 in 3 Black children in metro Phoenix during a recent five-year period.
• DOJ Investigating Texas’ Operation Lone Star for Alleged Civil Rights Violations (Perla Trevizo, 7-6-22) Emails obtained by ProPublica and The Texas Tribune confirm that federal authorities are probing discrimination claims involving Gov. Greg Abbott’s multibillion-dollar border initiative.
• UK, US and Germany say Xinjiang Police Files offer ‘shocking’ new evidence of China’s human rights abuses (Scilla Alecci, ICIJ, 5-24-22) Top officials from around the world have publicly reacted to the Xinjiang Police Files, an unprecedented leak from inside China’s internment camps, renewing calls for an official investigation into alleged human rights abuses against Uyghurs and other Muslim minorities.
• The Price Kids Pay (Jodi S. Cohen, ProPublica, and Jennifer Smith Richards, Chicago Tribune) Illinois law bans schools from fining students. So local police are doing it for them, issuing thousands of tickets a year for truancy, vaping, fights and other misconduct. Children are then thrown into a legal system designed for adults.
• St. Jude’s Unspent Billions: Behind the Hospital’s Claims to Donors (ProPublica) St. Jude Children’s Research Hospital raises more money than any health charity in the country. It promises no family will receive a bill. That’s not the full story. St. Jude uses donations to cultivate bequests, challenge wills.
---St. Jude Fights Donors’ Families in Court for Share of Estates (David Armstrong and Ryan Gabrielson, ProPublica, 3-21-22) The high-profile children's hospital uses donor money to engage in long and costly legal battles over wills. Here's how St. Jude has created one of the most lucrative charitable bequest programs in the country.
---St. Jude Hoards Billions While Many of Its Families Drain Their Savings (David Armstrong and Ryan Gabrielson, ProPublica, 11-12-21) St. Jude Children’s Research Hospital promises not to bill families. But the cost of having a child at the hospital for cancer care leaves some families so strapped for money that parents share tips on spending nights in the parking lot.
• In San Francisco, Hundreds of Homes for the Homeless Sit Vacant (Nuala Bishari, ProPublica and San Francisco Public Press, 2-24-22) In spite of a growing Department of Homelessness with an annual budget of $598 million, eligible people still wait months or even years after being approved for assisted housing. Meanwhile, hundreds of units remain unused.
• The College Rankings Racket (James Fallows, Breaking the News newsletter, 9-6-21) You get more of what you measure. How to measure better things. Part of a series over time.
---The Rankings Racket Goes to Kindergarten (9-6-21) If you thought the concept of "Best Colleges" was harmful, just wait for this! As discussed in a segment on NPR.
---The Early-Decision Racket (Fallows, The Atlantic, 9-2000)
---The Great Sorting (Nicolas Lemann, The Atlantic, 9-95) The first mass administrations of a scholastic -aptitude test led with surprising speed to the idea that the nation's leaders would be the people who did well on tests
---The Case Against Credentialism (Fallows, The Atlantic, 1985) Measuring "input" rather than "output."
• Deceptions and lies: What really happened in Afghanistan (Craig Whitlock, Washington Post, 8-10-21) Part one of an excerpt from his book The Afghanistan Papers: A Secret History of the War.
• Earlier link on the same topic:The Afghanistan Papers: A secret history of the war (Craig Whitlock, At War with the Truth, Washington Post investigative series, 19-9-19) U.S. officials constantly said they were making progress. They were not, and they knew it, an exclusive Post investigation found.
• In secret tapes, palm oil execs disclose corruption, brutality (Desmond Butler, WaPo, 9-9-21) Listen or read. Global Witness’s two-year investigation is a rare behind-the-scenes look at the corruption, labor abuses and destructive environmental practices in an industry that is clearing carbon-rich rainforests and emitting greenhouse gases at a rate that has become a growing concern for climate scientists. The world’s most common vegetable oil has spawned vast fortunes, while coming under scrutiny for its labor practices and environmental impact.
• US poised to overhaul the country’s anti-money laundering legislation (Hamish Boland-Rudder, ICIJ, 12-4-2020) Congress has released the National Defense Authorization Act, which includes reforms that would effectively end fully anonymous shell companies. "It’s the single most important change Congress could make to better protect our financial system from abuse." See also more reports of featured investigations (links to current topics, and scroll subject categories to find more). And how-to and how-we-did-it pieces (International Consortium of Investigative Journalists)
• Polluted by Money: How corporate cash corrupted one of the greenest states in America (Rob Davis, The Oregonian, 2-22-19 through 8-15-19) It begins: "In the last four years, Oregon’s most powerful industries have killed, weakened or stalled efforts to deal with climate change, disappearing bird habitat, cancer-causing diesel exhaust, industrial air pollution, oil spill planning and weed killers sprayed from helicopters. What changed Oregon? Money. Lots and lots of money. Oregon is one of a very few states that allows lawmakers to spend campaign money on perks they’d otherwise have to pay for personally or justify on legislative expense reports. And, by permitting double dips, the state has created a conduit between the nation’s largest companies and legislators’ bank accounts. (This series was the first recipient of the $25,000 Collier Prize for State Government Accountability, a new journalism prize designed to encourage coverage of state government, focusing on investigative and political reporting.)
• The Skyscraper That Could Have Toppled Over in the Wind (Joseph Morgenstern, New Yorker Classic, 5-29-1995) What’s an engineer’s worst nightmare? To realize that the supports he designed for a tower like Citicorp Center are flawed—and hurricane season is approaching.
• Geoffrey Kamadi Looks into a Threatened River Ecosystem in Kenya (Abdullahi Tsanni, The Open Notebook, 6-1-21) The story behind the story. Read the story itself here: Tana River Basin under Threat (Geoffrey Kamadi, Science Africa, 9-17-19) Kamadi's story won the gold award in the small-outlet category of the 2020 AAAS Kavli Science Journalism Awards.
• ICIJ awards (International Consortium of Investigative Journalists) Recognizing both the impact of ICIJ’s investigations and ICIJ’s innovative approach to cross-border reporting. Indirectly, a good reading list for investigatie stories.
• Democracy’s Detectives: The Economics of Investigative Journalism by James T. Hamilton. "In riveting detail, Hamilton meticulously examines the storied history of investigative journalism in America, chronicles its current malaise, and makes a convincing case that pouring resources into gumshoe reporting makes economic sense for sclerotic news organizations. Why? Because readers hunger for more of it and are willing to pay to read it." ~Walter V. Robinson, Pulitzer Prize–winning investigative journalist and Editor-at-Large at the Boston Globe. Much of Hamilton's data comes from the files of the group Investigative Reporters & Editors. (Thanks, Steve Weinberg)
• Getting Screwed: Sex Workers and the Law by Alison Bass. Publishers Weekly: "She makes a strong case for broad decriminalization with limited regulation while assessing the effectiveness of other solutions in place, including brothel-only legalization in Nevada, the temporary loopholes in Rhode Island law, the criminalization of clients in Sweden and Germany, and Canadian laws that prohibited communication about prostitution but not the act itself. The book provides a solid overview of the legal ramifications of sex work, and builds compassion for those at the heart of the issue."
• Forbidden Stories (The Pegasus Project) Journalists from the Pegasus Project — more than 80 reporters from 17 media organizations in 11 countries coordinated by Forbidden Stories with the technical support of Amnesty International’s Security Lab — sifted through the records of phone numbers and were able to take a peek behind the curtain of a surveillance weapon that had never been possible to this extent before: An unprecedented leak of more than 50,000 phone numbers selected for surveillance with Pegasus, a spyware sold by Israeli company NSO Group, shows how this technology has been systematically abused for years to spy on journalists, human rights defenders, academics, businesspeople, lawyers, doctors, union leaders, diplomats, politicians and several heads of states.
• The Mushroom Scammer: Fake Identities, Twisted Science, and a Scheme to Save the World (Zahra Hirji, BuzzFeed News, 5-6-21) Joseph Kelly’s solution to the climate crisis is simple, affordable, and doesn’t require radically changing your life. Take a special blend of fungi that’s packaged in a cute orb, dissolve it in water like a bath bomb, and spray it once on your lawn to boost its ability to suck carbon dioxide from the air. It's an easy fix to the climate crisis — and he'll take down anyone who tries to stop him from selling it to you.
• Unchecked: America’s Broken Food Safety System (A ProPublica series) In the U.S., food poisoning sickens roughly 1 in 6 people every year, and a fractured and largely toothless food safety system fails to protect consumers.
---America’s Food Safety System Failed to Stop a Salmonella Epidemic. It’s Still Making People Sick. (Bernice Yeung, Michael Grabell, Irena Hwang and Mollie Simon, ProPublica, 10-29-21) For years, a dangerous salmonella strain has sickened thousands and continues to spread through the chicken industry. The USDA knows about it. So do the companies. And yet, contaminated meat continues to be sold to consumers.
---Chicken Checker (Andrea Suozzo, Ash Ngu, Michael Grabell and Bernice Yeung, ProPublica, 10-29-21) Find the P-number on a package of raw chicken or turkey. We’ll show you how often the USDA found salmonella at the plant that
• The FinCEN Files BuzzFeed News, a big series. See Dirty money pours into the world’s most powerful banks. Since 2010, at least 18 financial institutions have received deferred prosecution agreements for anti–money laundering or sanctions violations, according to an analysis by BuzzFeed News. Of those, at least four went on to break the law again and get fined. Twice, the government responded to this kind of repeat offense by renewing the deferred prosecution agreement — the very tool that failed the first time. MORE: Top Deutsche Bank Executives Missed Major Red Flags Pointing To A Massive Money Laundering Scandal.... The Untold Story Of What Really Happened After HSBC, El Chapo's Bank, Promised To Get Clean....They Suspected Their Bank Of Doing Busiprocessed it.
---The Low-and-Slow Approach to Food Safety Reform Keeps Going Up in Smoke (Bernice Yeung, Michael Grabell and Mollie Simon, ProPublica, 12-23-21)The U.S. has one agency that regulates cheese pizza and another that oversees pepperoni pizza. Efforts to fix the food safety system have stalled again and again.
• As Flint Water Crisis Enters Sixth Year, 'Astounding' Report Exposes Lies of Ex-Gov. Rick Snyder and Other Officials (Jessica Corbett, Common Dreams, 4-16-2020) "Coronavirus is the biggest story in the country, and rightfully so. But today, this enormous, exclusive, and damning story should be a very, very close second." The story itself: Michigan's Ex-Gov. Rick Snyder Knew About Flint's Toxic Water—and Lied About It (Jordan Chariton and Jenn Dize, Vice, 4-16-2020) Six years after the city of Flint, Michigan, began using a toxic water source that sickened its residents, VICE uncovered payoffs, the silencing of a whistleblower, a shady financial deal, a coverup, and the former governor who presided over it all.
• The Great Organic-Food Fraud (Ian Parker, New Yorker, 11-15-21) There’s no way to confirm that a crop was grown organically. Randy Constant exploited our trust in the labels—and made a fortune.
• Reporter explains how he wove data, human stories into compelling series on dental deaths (Mary Otto, Health Journalism, AHCJ, 1-13-16) In a seven-part series, Deadly Dentistry, Brooks Egerton set out to offer what he has described as a look “into dentistry’s netherworld, where professionals take chances with patients’ lives and the government largely tolerates it.” Egerton raises questions about how many dental injuries and deaths may be going unreported across the country – and how many dentists may go undisciplined for malpractice.
• Organized Crime and Corruption Reporting Project (OCCRP, an investigative reporting platform formed by 40 non-profit investigative centers, scores of journalists and several major regional news organizations around the globe--a network including Europe, Africa, Asia and Latin America)
• Pay or Die (Sonia Nazario, photos by Victor J. Blue, NY Times, 7-25-19) MS-13 and 18th Street gangsters want to run Honduras. Cutting off American aid isn’t going to stop them. "There are two main ways to get rich illegally in Honduras. One is to take money from drug cartels to help them move Colombian cocaine to the United States....The other way is to steal from the public coffers. This is often done through the creation of nonprofits that get government contracts and either do the work at inflated prices or don’t do anything at all and simply pocket the payments....The corruption trickles down into the country's classrooms...robbing children of their futures. But the corruption of its medical system can rob them of their lives."
• She Said: Breaking the Sexual Harassment Story That Helped Ignite a Movement by Jodi Kantor and Megan Twohey. “'She Said,' a new book detailing the astonishing behind-the-scenes of the New York Times’s bombshell Harvey Weinstein exposé, is an instant classic of investigative journalism. If your jaw dropped at the newspaper’s original allegations against the predatory movie mogul, prepare for it to hit the floor as authors Jodi Kantor and Megan Twohey recount how they uncovered the story: secret meetings, harrowing phone calls, private text exchanges with A-list actresses agonizing over whether to go on the record. Ashley Judd plays the stoic warrior; Gwyneth Paltrow, the circumspect liaison who tries to help the reporters find other sources.” ~ Monica Hesse, The Washington Post (with sidebars on Donald Trump) A great read.
• A Dead Cat, A Lawyer's Call and A 5-Figure Donation: How Media Fell Short on Epstein (David Folkenflik, All Things Considered, NPR, 8-22-19) With an emphasis on how the media fell short -- until Julie Brown came along and wrote Perversion of Justice: Jeffrey Epstein (a series for the Miami Herald (8-8 to 8-17-19). "In her year-long investigation of Palm Beach multimillionaire Jeffrey Epstein, Miami Herald reporter Julie Brown tracked down more than 60 women who said they were victims of abuse and revealed the full story behind the sweetheart deal cut by Epstein’s powerhouse legal team. Since the Herald published ‘Perversion of Justice’ in November 2018, a federal judge ruled the non-prosecution agreement brokered by then South Florida U.S. Attorney Alexander Acosta was illegal, and on July 6 Epstein was arrested on sex trafficking charges in New York state. On July 12, Acosta resigned as U.S. Secretary of Labor. And on Aug. 10, Epstein died by suicide in his Manhattan jail cell. Investigative journalism makes a difference." Many articles in an excellent series. See also A Reporter’s Fight to Expose Epstein’s Crimes — and Earn a Living Michelle Goldberg, Opinion, NY Times, 7-17-21) "Brown’s book is about a mind-blowing case of plutocratic corruption, full of noirish subplots that may never be fully understood. But it’s also about the slow strangulation of local and regional newspapers....Brown also had to contend with the punishing economics of the contracting newspaper industry, which for the last decade has been shedding experienced reporters and forcing those who remain to do much more with much less."
• How one small news organization’s investigative reporting took down Puerto Rico’s governor (Margaret Sullivan, WaPo, 7-27-19) A small, scrappy nonprofit, the Center for Investigative Journalism, or CPI — with only 10 full-time reporters and editors — published nearly 900 pages of devastating documents, which led to the furious protests of hundreds of thousands of Puerto Rican people disgusted by the administration’s disrespect and apparent corruption. That led to the governor's forced resignation eleven days after publication. "CPI didn’t merely publish the chat messages, as appalling as many of them were. There also were investigative stories revealing “the corruption behind the chat” — the ways in which the Rosselló administration, Minet said, was misusing its public role to benefit their private interests."
• Pain & Profit (prize-winning Dallas News investigative series, 2018: "Your tax money may not help poor, sick Texans get well, but it definitely helps health care companies get rich") The move to shift Texas’ Medicaid program from a state-run system to a managed care system was intended to cut costs and improve the coordination of sick Texans’ care. Instead, it cost the state billions while patients lost access to critical care, journalists J. David McSwane and Andrew Chavez discovered in their prize-winning “Pain and Profit” multi-part investigation for the Dallas Morning News. Read How they did it: Reporters find dire problems with Texas’ Medicaid system (Chloe Reichel, Journalist's Resource, 3-7-19) A series of interviews with the finalists, in the interest of giving a behind-the-scenes explanation of the process, tools, and legwork it takes to create an important piece of investigative journalism. Journalist’s Resource is a project of the Shorenstein Center, which awarded the 2019 Goldsmith Prize for Investigative Reporting to this stellar investigative report, but had no involvement with or influence on the judging process for the Goldsmith Prize finalists or winner.
• What's up with shield laws
• A nationwide reporting adventure tracks improbably frequent lottery winners (Jon Allsop, Selin Bozkaya, Jeremy Devon House, Jeff Kelly Lowenstein, Ayanna Runcie, and Daniel Simmons-Ritchie, CJR, 9-15-17) A reporter asked for 20 years of lottery winner data. After analyzing the records, he noticed something unusual. The how-we-did-it behind Gaming the Lottery: An international investigation into the global lottery industry.
• Three Years on the Panama Papers in Ecuador\(Monica Almeida, International Consortium of Investigative Journalists, 4-25-19) Almeida worked with a team of journalists in Ecuador to uncover a bribery scheme set up in the state oil company Petroecuador, fraud in the construction sector, and the use of Panamanian companies by Ecuadorian politicians, among other findings.
• How a C.I.A. Coverup Targeted a Whistle-blower (Ronan Farrow, New Yorker, 11-9-2020) When a Justice Department lawyer exposed the agency’s secret role in drug cases, leadership in the intelligence community retaliated. Mark McConnell had uncovered what he described as a “criminal conspiracy” perpetrated by the C.I.A. and the F.B.I...."McConnell had learned that more than a hundred entries in the database that were labelled as originating from F.B.I. investigations were actually from a secret C.I.A. surveillance program. He realized that C.I.A. officers and F.B.I. agents, in violation of federal law and Department of Justice guidelines, had concealed the information’s origins from federal prosecutors, leaving judges and defense lawyers in the dark."
• The Mobile-Home Trap (Mike Baker and Daniel Wagner, The Seattle Times, The Center for Public Integrity and BuzzFeed News, 2016) From opposite ends of the country, Mike Baker and Daniel Wagner were each investigating Warren Buffet’s mobile-home businesses when their paths crossed. They decided to pitch the project to their bosses as a partnership. It was an advantageous union, as Baker had been analyzing government mortgage data and Wagner had been focusing on customers. Together they revealed how Clayton Homes, a part of the Berkshire Hathaway conglomerate, and its lending subsidiaries target minority homebuyers and lock them into ruinous high-interest loans. Winner of the Livingston Award for National Reporting.
• How they did it: Reporting on junk health insurance plans (Joseph Burns, Covering Health, 6-15-21) An excellent example for any journalist looking to cover the complex world of health insurance plans that do not comply with the requirements of the Affordable Care Act (ACA), otherwise known as Obamacare. The story: He Bought Health Insurance for Emergencies. Then He Fell Into a $33,601 Trap. (Jenny Deam, ProPublica, 5-8-21) Since the Trump administration deregulated the health insurance industry, there’s been an explosion of short-term plans that leave patients with surprise bills and providers with huge revenue.
• Open Payments database (a federal program that collects and makes information public about financial relationships between the health care industry, physicians, and teaching hospitals--a good place to spot conflicts of interest)
• How they did it: Investigative reporting tips from the 2019 Goldsmith Prize finalists (Journalist's Resource) Seven reporting teams were chosen as finalists for the 2019 prize, which carries a $10,000 award for finalists and $25,000 for the winner. This year, for the first time, Journalist’s Resource published a series of interviews with the finalists, in the interest of giving a behind-the-scenes explanation of the process, tools, and legwork it takes to create an important piece of investigative journalism. Read these tip sheets:
---How they did it: Reporters enlist teachers to investigate ‘toxic schools’ (Chloe Reichel, 3-12-19) The Philadelphia Inquirer found over 9,000 environmental problems in the city’s public schools through an investigation that used community-based testing.
---How they did it: Reporters uncovered Trump hush payments to two women (Denise-Marie Ordway, 3-11-19) A Wall Street Journal reporter discusses the newspaper's investigation into secret payoffs Donald Trump and his associates arranged to suppress sexual allegations from two women during the 2016 presidential campaign.
---How he did it: A reporter investigates an Alabama sheriff who pocketed over $2 million in jail food funds (Carmen Nobel, 3-11-19)
---How they did it: Reporters find dire problems with Texas’ Medicaid system(Chloe, Reichl, 3-7-19) Journalists reveal failures of Texas' managed care system through public records requests, statewide door-knocking efforts and data analysis.
---How they did it: Public records helped reporters investigate police abuse of power (Denise-Marie Ordway, 3-17-19) Christian Sheckler of the South Bend Tribune and Ken Armstrong of ProPublica explain how they used public records to spotlight problems within the Elkhart, Indiana criminal justice system.
---How they did it: ProPublica investigates Trump's ‘zero tolerance’ immigration policy (Chloe Reichel, 3-4-19) “I’ve been doing this a long time, and I haven't ever been part of a story that has had such powerful impact so swiftly,” Ginger Thompson, senior reporter at ProPublica, said.
---How they did it: Two journalists talk about their teen labor trafficking investigation (Denise-Marie Ordway, 2-27-19) Journalists Daffodil Altan and Andrés Cediel discuss the importance of language skills, tenacity and cultural competency in doing high-quality investigative journalism. Their documentary film “Trafficked in America” investigated a labor trafficking scheme involving Guatemalan teens forced to work long hours at an Ohio egg farm to pay off their smuggling debts.
• Journalists Shouldn’t Be Fired for Investigating Their Own Publications (Danielle Tcholakian, Longreads, 2-6-18) Newsweek reporters Celeste Katz and Josh Saul, and their editors Bob Roe and Kenneth Li, were investigating "without fear or favor" why their office was raided by investigators from the Manhattan District Attorney on January 18, quickly turning around a story. They collaborated on two more stories that held their own company accountable, joined by their colleague Josh Keefe. Then on February 5, Katz, Saul, Roe and Li were abruptly fired. 'Another reporter, Matthew Cooper, tendered a letter of resignation to Pragad, criticizing the magazine’s “reckless leadership.” “It’s the installation of editors, not Li and Roe, who recklessly sought clicks at the expense of accuracy, retweets over fairness, that leaves me most despondent not only for Newsweek but for other publications that don’t heed the lessons of this publication’s fall,” Cooper wrote in the letter, which he shared on Twitter.'
• Prosecutor's statement at Larry Nassar sentencing "Thank God we had these journalists. And that they exposed this truth." (CNN Staff, 1-24-18) "[W]e as a society need investigative journalists more than ever. What finally started this reckoning and ended this decadeslong cycle of abuse was investigative reporting. Without that first Indianapolis Star story in August of 2016, without the story where Rachael came forward publicly shortly thereafter, he would still be practicing medicine, treating athletes and abusing kids....Thank God Rachael Denhollander made the first contact with the reporter and decided to allow them to publish her name. How many times have we heard that without those stories and Rachael, victims would not have reported, they would not be here to speak this week, to expose what truly happened all of these years behind those doors and under that towel."
• 'Don't believe the hype:' Carreyrou talks about reporting the Theranos story(Rebecca Vesely, AHCJ, 5-15-18) John Carreyrou, author of the book Bad Blood: Secrets and Lies in a Silicon Valley Startup, talks about his process getting the story. See also When pursuing investigative pieces, Wall Street Journal reporter suggests getting legal advice early(Joseph Burns, Covering Health, AHCJ, 5-21-18). See also The Reporter Who Took Down a Unicorn (Yashar Ali, New York, 5-24-18) How John Carreyrou battled corporate surveillance and intimidation to expose a multibillion-dollar Silicon Valley start-up as a fraud. And before The Fall: How Playing the Long Game Made Elizabeth Holmes a Billionaire (Kimberly Weisul, Inc., 9-20-15). "Inside the 31-year-old's fight to disrupt a $75 billion industry, and grow it by another $125 billion." And How Theranos used the media to create the emperor’s new startup (John Naughton, The Guardian, 6-3-18) With £10bn and a pretty face, fraudster Elizabeth Holmes blinded some of the most respected journalists in the industry.
• Is journalism a form of activism (Danielle Tcholakian, Longreads, March 2018) It’s time to take another look at the definition of activism and where journalism fits in.
• Mexican police officers found guilty of murdering journalist in rare conviction (David Agren, The Guardian, 3-28-18) Two officers sentenced to 25 years in prison after being convicted in the killing of newspaper owner Moisés Sánchez in Veracruz
• This Is What’s Missing From Journalism Right Now (Monika Bauerlein and Clara Jeffery, Mother Jones, 8-17-16) And a slightly scary experiment to try and fix it. "Stories that truly reveal something about the way power works are not going to happen in this framework. They take time (way more time than can be justified economically) and stability. They take reporters and editors who can trust their jobs will be there, even if money is tight or powerful folks are offended. They are driven by a desire for journalism to have impact, not just turn a profit." ... 'At the time, however, some powerful, mostly East Coast editors turned up their noses at the “Chicago-style” tactics that Recktenwald and Zekman used to expose voter fraud and nursing home abuse to lawyers and doctors faking accidents for insurance claims.'
• The ultimate guide to searching CIA’s declassified archives (Emma Best, Muckrock, 9-22-17) Looking to dig into the Agency’s 70 year history? Here’s where to start.
• 18 data sources for investigative journalists (Mădălina Ciobanu, Journalism.co.uk, 8-16-17) Looking for data on who owns a company, government spending or political influence? Use these resources to get started
• Investigative Journalism: A Survival Guide by David Leigh explores the history and art of investigative journalism, and explains how to deal with legal bullies, crooked politicians, media bosses, big business and intelligence agencies; how to withstand conspiracy theories; and how to work collaboratively across borders in the new age of data journalism. It also provides a fascinating first-hand account of the work that went into breaking major news stories including WikiLeaks and the Edward Snowden affair.
• The Reluctant Memoirist (Suki Kim, New Republic, July-Aug.2016) An investigative journalist returns from an undercover mission in North Korea to write and publish There Is No Us: My Time With the Sons of North Korea’s Elite, which she sees as investigative journalism but which her publisher calls "a memoir." “I think calling it a memoir trivializes my reporting,” she tells her editor. "My work, though literary and at times personal, was a narrative account of investigative reporting. I wasn’t simply trying to convey how I saw the world; I was reporting how it was seen and lived by others."
• Extra! Extra! IRE's guide to latest investigative reporting
• Loosening Lips: The Art of the Interview (Eric Nalder, PBS) In 2004, investigative journalist Eric Nalder interviewed a whistleblower from ConocoPhillips, the nation's third-largest oil company. Nader's investigation revealed that oil industry safety nets were being undermined. EXPOSÉ episode, "A Sea of Troubles," featured Nalder's investigation into the enforcement of safety regulations on oil tankers which uncovered serious safety lapses and cover-ups. Two-time Pulitzer Prize-winning investigative reporter Eric Nalder is known for his ability to get people to open up and tell all they know, on the record.
• The Human Connection (Steve Weinberg's essay, for EXPOSÉ, PBS) "Pipeline to Peril," a Chicago Tribune investigation by Cam Simpson, showed how critical it can be to find and talk to human sources. The sources in this case also pointed Simpson to litigation involving individuals and institutions involved in the scandal. The documents yielded insights -- and a new trove of human sources.
• Protection for whistleblowers (on this website in the section on Ethics, libel, and freedom of the press, along with Media watchdogs, privacy, plagiarism, SLAPP, the four freedoms, freedom of information)
• The Whistleblower's Tightrope (James Sandler, CIR staff reporter, for EXPOSÉ, PBS) You're ready to blow the whistle, are you ready to pay the price? See links to more Tips from Reporters, bottom right.
• Five Easy Pieces: A. Starter Kit For S.E.C. Filings (PDF on SABEW, Diana B. Henriques, The New York Times)
• Covering Bankruptcy Court (PDF, Chris Roush, Carolina Business News Initiative, UNC Chapel Hill, SABEW)
• Investigative reporting tips from SABEW honorees (Urvashi Verma, Student Newsroom, SABEW, April 2017)
• LedgerExtra: Spreadsheets 101--Introduction to Excel (Ted Sherman and Padraic Cassidy, April 1997)
• The Search for Local Investigative Reporting’s Future (Margaret Sullivan, The Public Editor, NY Times, 12-5-15) Part 1 of 2 parts, exploring the threatened state of local investigative reporting. Part 2: Keep the Flame Lit for Investigative Journalism (Margaret Sullivan, The Public Editor, NY Times 12-12-15).
• “Why’s This So Good?” No. 101: Ida Tarbell and “The History of The Standard Oil Company” (Steve Weinberg, Nieman Storyboard, 5-3-16) Tarbell more or less singlehandedly invented investigative reporting.
• How a small team in Wisconsin delivers investigative reporting to 10 Gannett papers (Anna Clark, CJR, 12-16-15) Working from separate newsrooms—Madison, Sheboygan, Appleton, and, until recently, Wausau—members of Gannett’s I-team in Wisconsin make up the only statewide investigative unit in the company’s portfolio. They provide deep-dive journalismsearchable databases, and shorter watchdog pieces to 10 Gannett publications in the state, mostly smaller papers that otherwise wouldn’t be able to pursue that sort of coverage.
• I Cover Cops as an Investigative Reporter. Here Are Five Ways You Can Start Holding Your Department Accountable. (Andrew Ford, Asbury Park Press, ProPublica, 6-4-2020) Police culture can be insular and tough to penetrate, but the public can hold law enforcement accountable. Here are important methods and context you need to know.
• This Is What’s Missing From Journalism Right Now(Monika Bauerlein and Clara Jeffery, Mother Jones, 8-17-16) "Conservatively, our prison story cost roughly $350,000. The banner ads that appeared in it brought in $5,000, give or take. If 0.02 percent of the people who visit the site by the end of September sign up as sustainers, we will have proven something really important about how to keep in-depth journalism alive." Here's more about the story: Inside Mother Jones‘ monster investigation of private prisons (David Uberti, CJR, 6-24-16) "The Mother Jones senior reporter was on assignment at a private prison in Louisiana, working as a guard. Conditions at the facility were deplorable. A poorly-trained staff lacked the support to respond to growing violence. And one of Bauer’s colleagues, who had no knowledge of Bauer’s primary job, told him that an investigative journalist should shed light on the facility’s rampant mismanagement and horrid treatment of inmates." Bauer’s grisly retelling of his time at the facility—a 35,000-word opus accompanied by a six-part video series, with a ppodcast produced with Reveal to come next week—confirms many of our worst fears about the private prison industry.
• For journalists covering prisons, the First Amendment is little help (Jonathan Peters, CJR, 7-3-18) It is tempting to see the limited access as an especially Trumpian trouble. But the problem of press access to prisons is a chronic one. The First Amendment does a generally fine job of guaranteeing rights to communicate, but it’s a fickle source for access rights, which come from a complex system of statutes, regulations, the common law, and a few problematic Supreme Court decisions (Branzburg v. Hayes, Pell v. Procunier, and Saxbe v. Washington Post Co.)
• Working With Whistleblowers in the Digital Age: New Guidelines (Julie Possetti, European Journalism Observatory, 5-3-18)
• Protection for Whistleblowers (section of links to important resources)
• Reporter , reveals ‘luckiest break’ in investigation of cult behind Netflix’s Wild Wild Country (Alexandria Neason, CJR, 4-6-1)
• The story behind the 'Spotlight' movie A look at The Boston Globe's coverage of sexual abuse in the Catholic Church and the movie "Spotlight," which is based on the stories and the reporters behind the investigation.
• Boston Globe introduces $100,000 ‘Spotlight’ fellowship (Dan Adams, Boston Globe, 12-9-15)
• New survey reveals everything you think about freelancing is true (David Uberti, Columbia Journalism Review, 2-17-15) freelancers have abandoned at least several hundred investigations over the past five years due to a lack of resources, according to a new survey conducted by the advocacy group Project Word.
• New Media, Old Problem (Project Word blog) "...new media companies like Gawker, Huffington Post, and Newsreel can profit exactly because they tend to aggregate other people’s work, rely on cheap opinion instead of expensive reporting, and do not really fund investigative reporting—all the while diverting audiences from legacy media that do (or did)." ... “In a world where aggregated content and new devices lure audiences and advertisers, how will substantial, diverse, expensive public-interest reporting survive?”
• Investigative Journalists and Digital Security (Jesse Holcomb, Amy Mitchell, Kristen Purcell, Pew Research Center, 2-5-15) "About two-thirds of investigative journalists surveyed (64%) believe that the U.S. government has probably collected data about their phone calls, emails or online communications, and eight-in-ten believe that being a journalist increases the likelihood that their data will be collected." Most have little confidence that ISPs can protect their data; they are split on how well their organizations protect them against surveillance and hacking.
• Kickstarter adds journalism and crafts to its categories. And The Guardian promotes some investigative stories funded by Kickstarter
• The New York Times Navigator (Rich Meislin). Links to many internet sites of use to working reporters.
• Small Pieces, Loosely Joined: On the End of Big News (Nicco Mele, Nieman Reports, Spring 2013). Fascinating analysis of what's happening to newspapers, and especially to investigative journalism--with some hints of new ways to support it.
• An extremely expensive cover story — with a new way of footing the bill ( Zachary M. Seward, Nieman Journalism Lab). Sherri Fink's 13,000-word story about the New Orleans hospital where patients were euthanized in the wake of Hurricane Katrina, a New York Times Magazine cover storythat is simultaneously available on ProPublica's site, may be "the most expensive single piece of print journalism in years." The new economics of journalism. Investigative journalism is labor-and-brain-intensive! Mother Jones on the same story: Cost of the NYT Magazine NOLA Story Broken Down< (Clara Jeffery, Mother Jones 8-28-09)
• The 23-Year-Old Woman Who Pioneered Investigative Journalism A new short film from Reveal from the Center for Investigative Reporting brings Nellie Bly’s intrepid spirit to life. "Over the course of 10 days in 1887, Bly masqueraded as a psychotic patient and was admitted to the most notorious mental asylum in New York City—the women’s asylum on Blackwell’s Island." And that got her off the society pages.
• An Online Upstart Roils French Media, Politics (Eleanor Beardsley, All Things Considered, NPR, 7-1-13). Great story on public radio about Mediapart, a new French Internet company and approach to investigative journalism: It "will never accept advertising. And he calls entertainment and its opinion pieces the real enemies of good journalism. 'My opinion against your opinion, my point of view against your point of view, my religion against your religion, my community — that's the sort of disorder of opinion,' he says. 'A democratic culture needs information.' "
• The Public Editor’s Club at The New York Times as told by the six who lived it: An oral history of the NYT public editor (Andy Robinson, CJR, 7-20-17) Public editors disappear as media distrust grows
• Stories must 'shock and amaze' for the new Investigations Fund to take off, says Stephen Grey (Judith Townend, journalism.co.uk, 6-24-09). How a group of elite journalists hopes to rescue investigative reporting in the UK
• STATS (nonpartisan analyses of how numbers are distorted and statistics misunderstood)
• Story-Based Inquiry: A manual for investigative journalists (free PDF, in English, French, Arabic, or Chinese, from UNESCO)
• Two dozen freelance journalists told CJR the best outlets to pitch (Carlett Spike, CJR, 2-1-17) A handful of publications that value freelancers--described with a focus on pay, the editing process, turnaround time, and the ability to maintain a relationship with the publication.
• Verification Handbook: A guide to verifying digital content for emergency coverage. Authored by leading journalists from the BBC, Storyful, ABC, Digital First Media and other verification experts, the Verification Handbook is a groundbreaking new free resource for journalists and aid providers. It provides the tools, techniques and step-by-step guidelines for how to deal with user-generated content (UGC) during emergencies. Funded by the European Journalism Centre and edited by Craig Silverman
• Chapter 10: Verification Tools
• New handbook fills training gap in verifying user-generated content (Gerri Berendzen, Aces, 2-6-14)
• Verification Handbook for Investigative Reporting: A guide to online search and research techniques for using user-generated content (UGC) and open source information in investigations (free Web-based read, second installment in a series)
• 'Verification Handbook' Gets a Free Companion Book (Mark Allen, Copyediting, 4-17-15)
• Who are we writing for? Investigative storytelling for grannies and lawmakers (Simon Bowers, Meet the Investigators series, International Consortium of Investigative Journalists, 11-29-19) A Q&A with Harry Karanikas, @hkaranikas, an investigative filmmaker for One Channel TV and reporter for the website Protagon and newspaper To Vima.
• Working by Robert Caro. Fascinating stories about how his major books got written -- insights into how a master investigative history writer figured out how power works in his books about Robert Moses and LBJ. A must-read for investigative journalists, especially those willing to do the deep dives.
• Investigative Reporters & Editors (IRE, a grassroots nonprofit organization dedicated to improving the quality of investigative reporting). Investigative Reporters & Editors. Join one of several listservs run by IRE and NICAR (National Institute for Computer-Assisted Reporting).
• Investigative Reporter's Handbook: A Guide to Documents, Databases, and Techniques by Brant Houston and IRE.
• Computer-Assisted Reporting: A Practical Guide by Brant Houston
• The Science Writers' Investigative Reporting Handbook: A Beginner's Guide to Investigations by Liza Gross (Watchdog Press, 2018)
• Susan White’s Brief Guide to Investigations (Susan White, The Open Notebook, NASW, 8-18-15) The best investigative reporters pay attention to these inconvenient thoughts. Even a routine daily story becomes an “investigation” when the right questions are asked and answered.
• The New Whistleblower's Handbook: A Step-By-Step Guide to Doing What's Right and Protecting Yourself by Stephen Martin Kohn
Covering tax avoidance and the wealthy
(including an extensive ProPublica series)
• Ten Ways Billionaires Avoid Taxes on an Epic Scale (Paul Kiel, ProPublica, 6-24-22) After a year of reporting on the tax machinations of the ultrawealthy, ProPublica spotlights the top tax-avoidance techniques that provide massive benefits to billionaires. Must-read.
• He's Part Of The 1%. And He Thinks His Taxes Aren't High Enough (Jim Zarroli, Up First, NPR, 10-8-20) "The U.S. tax code favors people who make money through investments like stocks and real estate, including a lot of people in finance, such as hedge fund titans and money managers. Instead of paying income taxes, which rise to about 37% as a person's income goes up, investors pay the much lower long-term capital gains tax, which tops out at 20%. This inequity in the tax code is something investment giant Warren Buffett has frequently remarked upon, noting that he pays taxes at a lower rate than his own secretary.
'Our system allows rich people, particularly real estate developers and investors, to pay far lower taxes than people that work for a living,' says Pearl, who chairs the group Patriotic Millionaires, a group that advocates for a more equitable tax system. Most of the other wealthy people he knows share that conviction, according to Pearl. "I think most wealthy people understand that we have to change our system — because the current system is not sustainable," he says.
The tax bill Trump signed "did strip the tax code of some deductions that tend to benefit the well-heeled, but it retained the lower tax rate for investment income....one of the more well-known tax loopholes...[but] it retained the very controversial carried interest provision, which allows many people who work in finance to take the money they make as investment income instead of salary. That sharply lowers their tax rate....[The] bill did little to address the inequities in the tax code."
• The Deadbeat Billionaire: The Inside Story Of How West Virginia Governor Jim Justice Ducks Taxes And Slow-Pays His Bills (Christopher Helman, Forbes and ProPublica, 4-9-19)
• A Right-Wing Think Tank Claimed to Be a Church. Now, Members of Congress Want to Investigate. (Andrea Suozzo, ProPublica, 8-2-22) Forty lawmakers are calling on the IRS and the Treasury to investigate after ProPublica reported that the Family Research Council gained protections by claiming it is a church. They asked the IRS and the Treasury to investigate what the lawmakers termed an “alarming pattern” of right-wing advocacy groups registering with the tax agency as churches, a move that allows the organizations to shield themselves from some financial reporting requirements and makes it easier to avoid audits.
• Ken Griffin Spent $54 Million Fighting a Tax Increase for the Rich. Secret IRS Data Shows It Paid Off for Him. (Paul Kiel and Mick Dumke, ProPublica,7-7-22) The ultrawealthy poured money into a successful campaign to defeat a graduated state income tax. For the first time, we can reveal the scale of their return on this investment.
• The Pandora Papers: Billions Hidden Beyond Reach (Greg Miller, Debbie Cenziper, and Peter Whoriskey, Washington Post, 10-3-21) A global investigation. A trove of secret files details the opaque financial universe where global elite shield riches from taxes, probes and accountability.The details are contained in more than 11.9 million financial records that were obtained by the International Consortium of Investigative Journalists (ICIJ) and examined by The Post and other partner news organizations.
• Key findings from the Pandora Papers investigation (10-3-21) A trove of secret files details the financial universe where global elite shield riches from taxes, probes and accountability. Key Findings:
1. Country leaders on five continents use the offshore system
2. Governments launch investigations after secret papers show how elite shield riches
3. Some American states have become central to the global offshore system
4. Wealthy investors profited from stressed American renters amid national affordability crisis
5. Billionaires make extensive use of offshore finance.
6. A global treasure hunt leads to an indicted art dealer's offshore trusts — and the Met
7. U.S. sanctions imposed on Russian oligarchs hit their targets.
• Secret real estate purchases are a driving force behind the offshore economy (Margot Gibbs and Agustin Armendariz, Pandora Paper, ICJI, 11-3-21) No longer content with Miami condos and London townhouses, investors are pouring money into properties in all corners of the world, fueling inequality and driving up prices, Pandora Papers investigation reveals. “Whether people are hiding from the tax authorities or law enforcement, or from the scrutiny of a trusting public, these transactions are about obtaining impunity,” said Alex Cobham, head of the Tax Justice Network, a tax fairness advocacy group.
Read about the series The Landlords--for example, The landlord from Wall Street After a housing crisis, a rising real estate titan purchased tens of thousands of homes, converted them into rentals — and siphoned earnings offshore. How Progress Residential and its investors profited from a housing crisis.
• Meet the Billionaire and Rising GOP Mega-Donor Who’s Gaming the Tax System (Justin Elliott, Jesse Eisinger, Paul Kiel, Jeff Ernsthausen and Doris Burke, The Big Story, ProPublica, 6-21-22) Susquehanna founder and TikTok investor Jeff Yass has avoided $1 billion in taxes while largely escaping public scrutiny. He’s now pouring his money into campaigns to cut taxes and support election deniers.
• Casinos Pled Poverty to Get a Huge Tax Break. Atlantic City Is Paying the Price. (Alison Burdo, The Press of Atlantic City, 6-2-22) Despite growing profits, casino operators used predictions of “grave danger” to convince the state to slash their tax burden, denying millions to the city, its school district and the county. And sidebar: New Jersey Officials Refused to Provide the Numbers Behind New Casino Tax Breaks. So We Did the Math. Lawmakers claimed, without providing evidence, that casinos would close without a tax cut. A ProPublica, Press of Atlantic City analysis found otherwise.
•TurboTax Maker Intuit Faces Tens of Millions in Fees in a Groundbreaking Legal Battle Over Consumer Fraud (Justin Elliott, ProPublica, 2-23-22) In addition to the unusual mass arbitration Intuit is fighting, federal regulators and state prosecutors are still investigating the company, which made $2 billion dollars last year. See also The TurboTax Trap: Here’s How TurboTax Just Tricked You Into Paying to File Your Taxes (Justin Elliott and Lucas Waldron, ProPublica, 4-22-19) And FTC Sues to Stop “Deceptive” TurboTax “Free” Ad Campaign (Justin Elliott, ProPublica, 3-29-22) Following an investigation sparked by ProPublica’s coverage, the Federal Trade Commission is asking a federal court for a restraining order barring Intuit from marketing TurboTax as “free.”
• The Secret IRS Files (ProPublica's excellent series, with links to all the stories, starting June 2021) Here are only some of the stories.
---How These Ultrawealthy Politicians Avoided Paying Taxes (Ellis Simani, Robert Faturechi and Ken Ward Jr., ProPublica, 11-4-21) IRS records reveal how Gov. Jim Justice, Gov. Jared Polis, former Education Secretary Betsy DeVos and other wealthy political figures slashed their taxes using strategies unavailable to most of their constituents.
---Proposal to Rein in Mega IRAs Faces Lobbying Resistance From Retirement Industry (Justin Elliott, ProPublica, 10-25-21) Several companies, including one backed by Peter Thiel, are fighting a proposal to curb giant retirement accounts and tighten rules for IRA investments.
---House Bill Would Blow Up the Massive IRAs of the Superwealthy (Justin Elliott, Patricia Callahan and James Bandler, ProPublica, 9-21-21) The proposed reform stems from a ProPublica story that detailed how PayPal founder Peter Thiel had amassed $5 billion, tax-free, in a Roth IRA. If the bill passes, Roth accounts would be capped at $20 million for high-income individuals.
---More Than Half of America’s 100 Richest People Exploit Special Trusts to Avoid Estate Taxes (Jeff Ernsthausen, James Bandler, Justin Elliott and Patricia Callahan, ProPublica, 9-28-21) Secret IRS records show billionaires use trusts that let them pass fortunes to their heirs without paying estate tax. Will Congress end a tax shelter that has cost the Treasury untold billions? Examples: Charles Koch, Michael Bloomberg, Herb Simon and Laurene Powell Jobs.
---The Inside Story of How We Reported the Secret IRS Files (ProPublica, 8-6-21) The ProPublica journalists who obtained the secret tax documents of thousands of America’s richest people share how they conceived of their stories, what readers should understand about the tax system and where they’re taking these stories next.
--- (Secret IRS Files Reveal How Much the Ultrawealthy Gained by Shaping Trump’s “Big, Beautiful Tax Cut” Justin Elliott and Robert Faturechi, ProPublica, 8-11-21) Billionaire business owners deployed lobbyists to make sure Trump’s 2017 tax bill was tailored to their benefit. Confidential IRS records show the windfall that followed.
---The Billionaire Playbook: How Sports Owners Use Their Teams to Avoid Millions in Taxes (Robert Faturechi, Justin Elliott and Ellis Simani, ProPublica, 7-8-21) Owners like Steve Ballmer can take the kinds of deductions on team assets — everything from media deals to player contracts — that industrialists take on factory equipment. That helps them pay lower tax rates than players and even stadium workers.
• How a Billionaire Team Owner Pays a Lower Tax Rate Than LeBron James — and the Stadium Workers, Too (Nadia Sussman, Mauricio Rodríguez Pons, Joseph Singer and Kristyn Hume, ProPublica, 7-8-21) Pro sports teams pretty much always increase in value. But our tax laws allow the owners to claim that their teams’ assets lose value, lowering their tax bills through amortization. The government misses out on billions in revenue. Here’s how.
• Eight Takeaways From ProPublica’s Investigation of How Sports Owners Use Their Teams to Avoid Taxes (ProPublica, 7-8-21) How do billionaire team owners end up paying lower tax rates not only than their millionaire players, but even the person serving beer in the stadium? Let’s go to the highlights.
• You May Be Paying a Higher Tax Rate Than a Billionaire (Paul Kiel, Jeff Ernsthausen and Jesse Eisinger, ProPublica, 6-8-21) A new ProPublica analysis of a trove of IRS documents revealed that the richest 25 Americans pay a tiny fraction of their wealth in taxes. But even if you use the most conventional yardstick — income — the wealthiest still pay low rates.
• The Secret IRS Files Links to the full series, only part of which is linked to here.
• The great American tax haven: why the super-rich love South Dakota (Oliver Bullough, The Guardian, 11-14-19) It’s known for being the home of Mount Rushmore – and not much else. But thanks to its relish for deregulation, the state is fast becoming the most profitable place for the mega-wealthy to park their billions. A decade ago, South Dakotan trust companies held $57.3bn in assets. By the end of 2020, that total will have risen to $355.2bn.
In recent years, countries outside the US have been cracking down on offshore wealth. But according to an official in a traditional tax haven, who has watched as wealth has fled that country’s coffers for the US, the protections offered by states such as South Dakota are undermining global attempts to control tax dodging, kleptocracy and money-laundering. See also How Britain can help you get away with stealing millions: a five-step guide (Oliver Bullough, The Long Read, The Guardian, 7-5-19) Dirty money needs laundering if it’s to be of any use – and the UK is the best place in the world to do it. Britain’s most famous money launderer is HSBC, thanks to its systematic cleansing of the earnings of the Latin American drug cartels over the second half of the last decade.
• The President's Taxes: Long-Concealed Records Show Trump’s Chronic Losses and Years of Tax Avoidance (Russ Buettner, Susanne Craig and Mike McIntire, New York Times, 9-27-2020) The Times obtained Donald Trump’s tax information extending over more than two decades, revealing struggling properties, vast write-offs, an audit battle and hundreds of millions in debt coming due.
---How Reality-TV Fame Handed Trump a $427 Million Lifeline (NY Times, 9-28-2020) Tax records show that “The Apprentice” rescued Donald J. Trump, bringing him new sources of cash and a myth that would propel him to the White House.
---Charting an Empire: A Timeline of Trump’s Finances ( Russ Buettner, Gabriel J.X. Dance, Keith Collins, Mike McIntire and Susanne Craig, NY Times, 9-27-2020) Tax records provide a detailed history of President Trump’s business career, revealing huge losses, looming financial threats and a large, contested refund from the I.R.S.
---An Editor’s Note on the Trump Tax Investigation (Dean Baquet, NY Times, 9-27-2020) The New York Times has examined decades of President Trump’s financial records, assembling the most comprehensive picture yet of his business dealings.
• Lord of the Roths: How Tech Mogul Peter Thiel Turned a Retirement Account for the Middle Class Into a $5 Billion Tax-Free Piggy Bank (Justin Elliott, Patricia Callahan and James Bandler, ProPublica, 6-25-21) Roth IRAs were intended to help average working Americans save, but IRS records show Thiel and other ultrawealthy investors have used them to amass vast untaxed fortunes. See also The Ultrawealthy Have Hijacked Roth IRAs. The Senate Finance Chair Is Eyeing a Crackdown. (Justin Elliott, Patricia Callahan and James Bandler ProPublica 6-25-21) Sen. Ron Wyden, chair of the Senate Finance Committee, said he planned to rein in tax breaks for gargantuan Roth retirement accounts after ProPublica exposed how the superrich used them to shield their fortunes from taxes.
• The FinCEN Files BuzzFeed News, a big series. See Dirty money pours into the world’s most powerful banks. Since 2010, at least 18 financial institutions have received deferred prosecution agreements for anti–money laundering or sanctions violations, according to an analysis by BuzzFeed News. Of those, at least four went on to break the law again and get fined. Twice, the government responded to this kind of repeat offense by renewing the deferred prosecution agreement — the very tool that failed the first time. MORE: Top Deutsche Bank Executives Missed Major Red Flags Pointing To A Massive Money Laundering Scandal.... The Untold Story Of What Really Happened After HSBC, El Chapo's Bank, Promised To Get Clean....They Suspected Their Bank Of Doing Business With Iran And Suspected Terrorist Financiers. Now, They Feel Betrayed By The Government.
• 'Times' Journalists Puncture Myth Of Trump As Self-Made Billionaire (Terry Gross interviews investigative reporters Susanne Craig and David Barstow, who say the president received today's equivalent of $413 million from his father's real estate empire, through what appears to be tax fraud. See also Trump Engaged in Suspect Tax Schemes as He Reaped Riches From His Father (Susanne Craig and David Barstowand Russ Buettner, NY Times, 10-2-18) The president has long sold himself as a self-made billionaire, but a Times investigation found that he received at least $413 million in today’s dollars from his father’s real estate empire, much of it through schemes to avoid paying taxes on multimillion dollar gifts in the family.
• A toast to undercover journalism’s greatest coup, when reporters bought a bar (Jackie Spinner, Columbia Journalism Review, 1-26-18) "In a 25-part series, Sun-Times writer Zay N. Smith (known as Norty when he tended bar), Sun-Times reporter Pam Zekman, and Bill Recktenwald, the lead investigator for the watchdog Better Government Association, detailed a Chicago underworld of bribery, skimming, and tax evasion. The series ultimately led to indictments for a third of the city’s electrical inspectors, and major reforms in city and state codes."
Covering public and private tragedy and trauma
• Small-Town Writer (Jules Older, Author Magazine, Pacific Northwest Writers Organization/PNWA, 8-3-24) Shocked by the death of four teenagers who cleared the Canadian border drunk and died in a car crash, Jules told their story, proposing that beginning immediately, United States Immigration Officers detain drivers who show evidence of intoxication. "They could turn these drivers over to the police, to the local sheriff or to their parents; all would be preferable to sending them off to dice with death at 65 miles per hour."
This produced results. A friend in Quebec wrote: "It's [now] the law here that bars aren't allowed to sell booze to clients who are clearly drunk or they risk losing their liquor license. Also, most bartenders have been schooled to take away a visibly drunk's keys and call them a cab. Small towns might be different, but the law has been ruthless in not sparing drunk drivers here now, as well it should."
• Reporting trauma: John D. Sutter on Hurricane Maria (Richard Forbes, Strictly Q&A, Nieman Storyboard, 1-27-22) Sutter spent a year following victims of Hurricane Maria in Puerto Rico for CNN, and gained insights about taking care of story subjects and himself. "When I’m talking to someone about something that can be really traumatizing, I think a lot about consent. Have you gotten consent? And there are multiple layers of consent....Even if no one really knows what that will feel like, I try to give people information so they can consent knowingly." See all Nieman Storyboard Strictly Q&As on reporting trauma.
• Rob Henderson On Overcoming Trauma (Andrew Sullivan, The Dishcast, 3-1-24) His new memoir (Troubled: A Memoir of Foster Care, Family, and Social Class) shows the chasm between real trauma and the "luxury beliefs" of his woke peers. Listen to the podcast.
• Advice for photographing vulnerable communities ethically and compassionately (Natalia Jidovanu, Multimedia, IJNet, 5-18-23) When working with vulnerable communities, consider the legal context and whether your photo subjects’ safety could be in danger as a result of your work. “Even if there are people who are ready to take any risk to fight for their freedom, it is important to keep in mind that even if a story is published in a foreign language, it does not mean that people in Uganda will not be able to access [it]. I always advise anonymous pictures [that conceal the subject’s identity],” said Sofi Lundin, a Uganda-based journalist.
• An editor’s sensitive guide to interviewing victims of trauma (Jan Winburn, Nieman Storyboard, 1-20-22) Narrative editor Jan Winburn created a class at the University of Montana focused on "The Worst Day Ever: Writing about Trauma" "What goes on in someone’s brain when the unthinkable happens? How can a reporter do justice to a trauma survivor’s story without doing harm? And what is the value of reporting on loss? How does it balance against the potential of retraumatizing someone?"
• Trauma & Journalism (handbook edited by Mark Brayne, Dart Centre for Journalism & Trauma, 2007)
• Trauma-informed journalism: What it is, why it’s important and tips for practicing it (Naseem S. Miller, Explainer, Journalist's Resource, 4-13-22) Experts and journalists who have researched and worked with trauma survivors say that practicing trauma-informed journalism not only leads to better, more accurate stories, but also helps protect survivors from further harm.
• 10 rules for reporting on war trauma survivors (Carmen Nobel, Journalists' Resource, 8-9-18)
• The Craft of Trauma Journalism (Winners of the 2009 Dart Awards for Excellence in Coverage of Trauma discuss journalistic craft and answer questions in a panel discussion at Columbia University)
• Tragedies and Journalists (a 40-pageDart Center guide to help journalists, photojournalists and editors report on violence while protecting both victims and themselves)
• What this longtime crime reporter says the news media gets wrong in covering tragedy (Joanna Chiu, Toronto Star, 5-16-23) A Q and A with Tamara Cherry, whose new book The Trauma Beat: A Case for Re-Thinking the Business of Bad News explores how to mitigate harms tied to coverage of violence and trauma. "The top tip I give journalists is to try to find a go-between when approaching a survivor, such as a homicide investigator, victim services or a friend of the family. Someone with at least a degree of separation and who has the best interest of family members in mind, who can broach the subject of an interview request....Cherry found after years of research that survivors value media coverage as a way to seek justice or raise awareness about issues such as impaired driving or gun control. Helpful resources for covering trauma:
---The Domino Effect of Murder podcast by Detroit psychologist Jan Canty, whose husband was murdered.
---The Trauma Impact (Ability to Rise) Boston Marathon Survivor and licensed professional counselor Amy O’Neill talks about the impact of trauma on the lives of survivors, victims, family members, and communities in the aftermath of mass violence. In this informative and inspiring show, you will hear survivor stories, learn from an expert.
---Trauma and Recovery: The Aftermath of Violence--From Domestic Abuse to Political Terror by Judith Lewis Herman
---The Body Keeps the Score: Brain, Mind, and Body in the Healing of Trauma (about treatment of traumatic stress) by Bessel van der Kolk
--- How Journalists Experience Vicarious Trauma (Michelle Quirk, Psychology Today, 1-17-23) Journalists are frequently exposed to incidents involving threats to life and serious injury. They may be exposed to traumatic information for a prolonged period of time without ever leaving the newsroom. For reporters, factors associated with PTSD include personal, work-related, and organizational stressors.
• You Are Not Your Traumas. But Here’s How to Write About Them (Lisa Cooper Ellison on Jane Friedman's blog, 2-22-22) Learn how to navigate the triggers and tripwires you might encounter as you write about distressing material. To write sustainably about trauma, you need to operate more like a tea kettle that lets a small, steady stream of feeling pour from you—a process that requires moderation. Trauma is a response, not an identity. To write well about the episodes that elicit these responses requires three steps: Bearing witness to what happened. Assigning it a meaning and a place in your life. Letting it rest or letting it go.
• Gut Check: Working with a Sensitivity Reader (Jane C. Hu, The Open Notebook, 1-21-2020) In one example among many, Hu says that writing an essay on trauma, Kate Horowitz drew on her research and her own experience, striving to represent trauma survivors’ challenges through recovery as accurately as possible, but she also paid $50 for an hour of time with a therapist who specializes in trauma, who provided feedback on Horowitz’s discussions of current trauma theory and recovery. "Like fact-checking, sensitivity reading can help illuminate the truth by avoiding harmful stereotypes or mischaracterizations.... While writers sometimes ask trusted friends or colleagues to do a quick review of a piece as an unpaid favor, consider paying your reader for their expertise. After all, reading and commenting on a piece is a type of editing." See Sensitivity reading and sensitivity readers in section on Fiction.
• Five ideas for more respectful media coverage after mass shootings (Jon Allsop, CJR, 11-16-17)
• Covering a Mass Shooting, and Adding to a Town’s Pain (Simon Romero, Times Insider, NY Times, 11-13-17)
• Dart Center for Journalism & Trauma (a resource for journalists who cover violence)
• Out of the Shadows: Reporting on Intimate Partner Violence (Dart Center for Journalism and Trauma, Columbia Journalism School, 10-21/22-2011)
• Violence: Comparing Reporting and Reality (Fact sheet, Sara Tiegreen and Elana Newman, Dart Center for Journalism & Trauma)
• Breaking Bad News (download free booklet from Dart Center for Journalism & Trauma)
• Local Tragedy, National Spotlight (Joe Hight, Dart Center for Journalism & Trauma)
• Tragedies & Journalism: a guide for more effective coverage (Dart Center, PDF), includes Tips for photojournalists who respond to tragedies.
• Covering Columbine (Dart Center). Video (available online or order DVD), a 57-minute documentary on the traumatic impact of the Columbine High School shootings on students, families, the community and journalists.
• Covering Children & Trauma (Ruth Teichroeb, Dart Center) Download PDF
• Tragedies & Journalists (Joe Hight and Frank Smyth, Dart Center for Journalism & Trauma)
• News Media and Trauma (Dart Center) Video (watch online or order DVD) featuring Australian journalists recounting experiences and lessons learned covering traumatic stories
• Writing About DACA? Check Out These Tips for Smart News Coverage (Marquita Brown, Education Writers Association, 3-6-18) See also Word on the Beat: DACA (Emily Richmond, EWA, 1-16-18)
• A mass shooting, only in slow motion (Glenn Jeffers, NiemanReports, 6-26-17) Newsrooms are moving away from a focus on mass shootings to tell more nuanced stories about the people and communities marred by gun violence. https://www.d2l.org/child-grooming-signs-behavior-awareness/
• A journalist’s guide on what to write — and what not to — when covering child abuse (Sarah Welliver, Poynter, 2-4-2020) She writes about developing A Journalist’s Guide to Reporting on Child Abuse (Child and Family Services, Utah Department of Human Services)
• Media Guide for Reporting on Child Abuse (National Children's Advocacy Center, 9-2018) Language to use and language not to use. To allege or not to allege. Empower the community to protect children.
• Grooming and Red Flag Behaviors (Dark to Light) Child grooming is a deliberate process by which offenders gradually initiate and maintain sexual relationships with victims in secrecy. See also Child Sexual Abuse Statistics; The Impact of Child Sexual Abuse; Identifying Child Sexual Abuse; and Reporting Child Sexual Abuse.
• Indigenous Women in Canada Are Still Being Sterilized Without Their Consent (Ankita Rao, Vice, 9-9-19) In the 20th century, the U.S. and Canada carried out a quiet genocide against Indigenous women through coerced sterilization. In 2019, it’s still happening. Also: Web of Incentives in Fatal Indian Sterilizations (Ellen Barry and Suhasini Raj, NY Times, 11-13-14) And: Missing and Murdered Women & Girls (Urban IndianHealth Institute, A Division of the Seattle Indian Health Board) This report contains strong language about violence against American Indian and Alaska Native women. A snapshot of data from 71 urban cities in the United States.
• US newspapers run more photos of school shooting suspects than victims (Denise-Marie Ordway reports on a recent study, Journalist's Resource, 8-28-18) When U.S. newspapers cover school shootings, they run more photos of the perpetrators than the victims....it’s important to look at how the news media reports on mass murder considering a growing body of research indicates news coverage contributes to copycat shootings. A 2016 study by criminologist Adam Lankford finds that fame-seeking as a motive for rampage shooting dates back decades. News organizations should consider whether the value of providing these images to the public outweighs the harm they may cause.
• Dear Sutherland Springs, you deserve an apology from the news media (Lauren McGaughy, Dallas News, 11-9-17) "As journalists, our role as observers and investigators in times of tragedy is important. But so is our empathy and our humanity. As a profession, we must have a conversation about how best to chronicle horrors like this. We can do better."
• Reporting on Grief, Tragedy and Victims (SPJ Ethics Committee Position Paper)
• How to Report On Survivors of Gun Violence (Elizabeth Van Brocklin, The Trace, 8-2-18) Tips on how to interview and write about America’s growing population of gunshot victims with empathy and sensitivity.
• Aftermath (8-podcast series, The Trace, 5-22-18 thru 7-3-18) Listen online. "Have you ever thought about what it’s like to get shot? For eight months, reporters Amber Hunt of the Cincinnati Enquirer and Elizabeth Van Brocklin of The Trace traveled the country talking to people who know the answer too well. Their backgrounds and circumstances stories all vary, but they share one defining truth: Each had their lives changed by the path of a bullet."
• International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies (ISTSS)
• In Parkland, journalism students take on role of reporter and survivor (Alexandria Neason and Meg Dalton, CJR, 2-21-18)
• In Wake of Parkland Shooting, Schools Look to Learn From Tragedy (David Loewenberg, Education Writers Association, 3-5-18) Resources, questions to ask as schools reassess systems for identifying, helping troubled students.
• Lessons From the Stoneman Douglas School Shooting (Emily Richmond, Education Writers Association, 3-6-18) Podcast of interview with Jessica Bakeman of WLRN.
• The relationship between terrorism and economic growth (research findings, Journalist's Resource, Shorenstein Center)
• 5(ish) Questions: Mark Follman and “The True Cost of Gun Violence in America” (Davis Harper, NiemanStoryboard, 6-29-17) The Mother Jones reporter talks about his landmark investigation into the staggering price of the firearms epidemic: an estimated $229 billion a year. Here's the story itself: The True Cost of Gun Violence in America (Mark Follman, Julia Lurie, Jaeah Lee, and James West, Mother Jones, 4-15-15)
• Major public health journal opens access to gun violence studies (Tara Haelle, Covering Health, 3-7-18) "If you’ve had trouble as a reporter getting access to major public health studies on gun violence, get ready to dive down a rabbit hole. The American Public Health Association just opened up to the public research related to firearms published in the American Journal of Public Health. Every article published in the journal about gun violence — studies, editorials, commentaries and essays — will soon be available."
• Media Wise (links to excellent pieces on covering trauma and conflict)
• Help with emotional interviews (Chip Scanlan, Poynter, 2-23-05, updated 3-2-11) See also Lessons Learned: Handling Emotional Interviews, Part 2
• Reporting on crisis, disaster, homeland security: Tips from Juliette Kayyem (Journalist's Resource, Shorenstein Center on Media, Politics and Public Policy, 11-23-15)
• Public Death, Private Grief (Dart Center video, Professor Ari Goldman uses the Bruce Ivins case to examine how far a journalist can and should go when reporting on a suicide)
• Reporting on Suicide website. Download PDF of Recommendations for Reporting on Suicide (PDF, American Foundation for Suicide Prevention)
Speaking of Suicide: Steve Stephens and Responsible Reporting (Pauline Campos, The Fix, 4-25-17) "The Foundation for Suicide Prevention recommends responsible reporting of suicide to prevent "suicide contagion” - copycat suicides or suicide clusters - a proven phenomenon in which at risk individuals can be triggered to act by reading or watching a news story in which certain factors - such as mention of method and glamorizing or sensationalizing death - are present in the coverage. News stories with dramatic/graphic headlines, or images, also can lead to contagion suicide." More than 50 studies indicate that "Risk of additional suicides increases when the story explicitly describes the suicide method, uses dramatic/ graphic headlines or images, and repeated/extensive coverage sensationalizes or glamorizes a death,” according to the World Health Organization. Do not say someone "committed" suicide, parallel to "committed murder."
• The EVAs (Eliminating Violence Against Women Media Awards)
• Dart Awards for Excellence in Coverage of Trauma honor innovative, ethical and effective reporting of violence, trauma and tragedy across all media platforms.Guidelines and past winners.See also Telling the Hardest Stories (Dart Center) Winners and judges of the Dart Awards for Excellence in Coverage of Trauma break down the process behind three exemplary stories (short videos).
• Case Consortium@Columbia (the official web site for the Case Consortium @ Columbia by Columbia University; includes newsroom scenarios for professors, students, schools).
• Suicide coverage: time to take stock(MediaWise)
• Britney Spears and the generational shift in celebrity coverage (Aimee Levitt, Nieman Lab, 5-24) “There was just this nastiness that emerged in the way celebrities were covered in the 2000s,” Arcieri says. “Not that it wasn’t there before. But it was the combination of all these effects that made it difficult for [Spears], how she was covered and chased.” US Weekly, for instance, relentlessly covered Spears’s first two marriages, the births of her children, and her increasingly odd behavior, culminating in the very public head-shaving incident. It was all treated as entertainment, not a mental health crisis that, as Spears claimed later, arose from a combination of postpartum depression and grief over the death of a beloved aunt."
Magazine markets
• 79 Opportunities for Historically Underrepresented Authors (S. Kalekar, Authors Publish, 7-17-24) These magazines are open to free submissions from historically underrepresented writers or focus on publishing content produced by historically underrepresented writers. Some of these publications are open to a wide range of writers including writers of color, gender non-conforming and LGBTQ+ writers, and those living with disabilities. Some have limited definitions and are only interested in work by Black authors.
• The Magazine Supply Chain Is in Chaos. Mother Jones Isn’t Immune. (Claudia Smuckler, Production Editor, Mother Jones, 6-2-22) Their frozen paper was stuck in a massive traffic jam of cargo waiting to be transferred to trucks. Paper prices had increased 38 percent in just six months and the supply-demand imbalance for publication paper was likely to continue through at least 2023. Publication of a particular month's magazine depended on last-minute heroics in an increasingly chaotic market.
• The Magazine Business, From the Coolest Place to the Coldest One (Alexandra Jacobs, Critic's Notebook, NY Times, 5-10-22) A new book about Anna Wintour and another by a longtime editor at Vanity Fair arrive amid the accelerating erosion of an industry (deeply wounded by the time-consuming Internet). Goodbye to an era? The books:
---Dilettante: True Tales of Excess, Triumph, and Disaster, by Dana Brown, a longtime editor at Vanity Fair
---Anna: The Biography, Amy Odell's biography of the Vogue editor Anna Wintour, as reviewed in Is Anna Wintour Really a Tyrant, or Something Else Entirely? "It depends on who you ask."
• Magazine Article Jackpot: How I Make Over $500 for Each Regional Parenting Reprint (Kerrie McLoughlin,The Published Parent, 6-17) Not for every piece. Just some.
• What’s the “Front of Book?” (Anna Funk, It's Dr. Funk blog, 10-24-2020) Anna Funk, associate editor at Discover Magazine, discusses the front section of a magazine: “You can’t just start throwing 3,000-word features at readers on page 1. You need to sort of ease people into things,” she says.
• The Rookie and the Pro: Different Ways to Succeed on Medium A Q&A with Shannon Ashley and Shaunta Grimes, two top Partner Program writers. See also How to Make Money on Medium – My First Medium Paycheck (Blogging side hustles that pay) (Tom, This Online World, 4-6-18), and How I Make $2,000 a Month from One Medium Article (Eduardo Morales, Hackernoon, 9-12-18) "I wrote a comprehensive overview and actionable How To about a topic a lot of people are curious about, but there is little information for. Instagram bots..." and An Idiot’s Guide to Making Money on Medium (Sparky, The Writing Cooperative, 4-26-18) "I dug around a little bit and discovered that Medium was much more than self-help guru’s sales funnels. I started finding articles that actually made me want to continue reading."
• How Medium’s Curation, Distribution and Paywall Systems Work for Writers (Michael Sippey, Medium, 2-25-19)
• Magazines and Their Web sites (a Columbia Journalism Review survey and report by Victor Navasky with Evan Lerner, March/April 2010). And Tangled Web (their article about the CJR survey of practices at magazines). It is like the Wild West out there. Advertising is king; there is little copyediting online; under Web editors there may be little or no fact-checking; speed is a priority, so print standards may be abandoned; corrections may be made with no acknowledgment of the original error; print may reach a smaller audience but still has more aura of prestige. Some thoughts: “We migrated from a print publication supplemented with online articles to an online publication supplemented with print editions.” “The Web site is an extension of the print magazine, although it reaches far more people.” “I see four missions for the Web site: to build community; to allow us to do things, such as interactive lists and video, that we can’t do in print; to speed news to the reader faster than the print product; and ultimately, of course, to make money…”
• Mastheads and editorial calendars of magazines, newspapers, and other publications
• How to pitch a magazine story (on this site)
• The art of the pitch (on this site)
• Talent Network, Washington Post (a freelance journalist network). Read about it here: Sprawling freelancer network pays dividends for The Washington Post (Steve Friess, CJR, 1-27-17)
• Do-It-Yourself Magazines, Cheaply Slick (Ashlee Vance, NY Times, 3-29-09)
• Magazines Cross the Digital Divide (Keach Hagey, WSJ, 1-18-13). Print publishers have a long, love-hate relationship with electronic media, dating back to the dawn of the internet. Buffeted by declining advertising, magazines are turning to tablet computers and digital editions to boost circulation revenue. In doing so, they are hoping to reset decades of subscription discounting.
• The Magazine Is Dead, Long Live the Magazine (Prosenjit Datta, LinkedIn, 10-11-19)
• Magazine Writers Ride High On Hollywood's 'Peak Content' Wave (Rob Williams, PublishingInsider, 5-20-19) "Magazine writers are finding themselves in demand as story-hungry Hollywood studios bid up prices in the era of “peak content.” TV production is booming as Netflix, Amazon, Apple and even Walmart vie with traditional media companies for video programming to fill the digital pipes of their streaming services. Studios that used to pay $5,000 or $10,000 to option a magazine story for a show are now ponying up $20,000 to $50,000, Bloomberg Businessweek reported."
• Magazine Ad Slump Sends Publishers Into Freefall (Tim Mulaney, Bloomberg, 2008)
• A Magazine Startup Checklist (William Dunkerley, STRAT, 12-13-10)
• Specialty and niche writing
• STRAT: The Newsletter of Print and Online Magazine Publishing Strategy
• Mr. Magazine.com (Samir Husni's blog)
Covering disaster
• Covering Disasters (Quick Tips, Dart Center)
• Breaking News Consumer's Handbook: Tectonic Edition (On the Media, WNYC Studios, 8-29-18) After an earthquake struck Nepal in April of 2015, the post-disaster media coverage followed a trajectory we'd seen repeated after other earth-shaking events. On the Media put together this template to help a discerning news consumer look for the real story (H/T Carol Morton)
• ‘Show Us the Carnage’ (James Fallows, Breaking the News, 5-26-22) A never-ending moral and civic challenge for the media: When real life is horrific, how much horror should we show? Four examples, including children bombed in Vietnam. With mass killings, people are calling for honest photos.
• How Not to Report on an Earthquake (Jonathan M. Katz, NY Times Magazine, 4-28-15)
• Katz refers to Negligible Risk for Epidemics after Geophysical Disasters (Nathalie Floret, Jean-François Viel, Frédéric Mauny, Bruno Hoen, and Renaud Piarroux, CDC, April 2006)
• The Really Big One ( Kathryn Schulz, New Yorker, 7-20-15) An earthquake will destroy a sizable portion of the coastal Northwest. The question is when. "A century and a half elapsed before anyone had any inkling that the Pacific Northwest was not a quiet place but a place in a long period of quiet. It took another fifty years to uncover and interpret the region’s seismic history....Almost all of the world’s most powerful earthquakes occur in the Ring of Fire, the volcanically and seismically volatile swath of the Pacific that runs from New Zealand up through Indonesia and Japan, across the ocean to Alaska, and down the west coast of the Americas to Chile."
• Five Steps to Covering a Disaster Effectively (Joe Hight, Dart Center for Journalism & Trauma, 3-1-09)
• What happens when a huge ship sinks? A step-by-step guide to averting disaster (Emma Bryce and Harvey Symons, The Guardian, 1-11-23) In 2021, 54 large vessels either sank, ran aground or went up in flames and these behemoths are more likely to cause catastrophe when things go wrong.
• Covering Florence: Resources on hurricanes and natural disasters (Pia Christensen, Covering Health, AHCJ, 9-12-18)
• 12+ tools and resources useful during hurricanes and other disasters (Ren LaForme, Poynter, 9-10-18) Very helpful.
• Here's what you need to help you cover hurricanes (and big storms) (Kristen Hare and David Beard, Poynter Tips/Training, 9-10-18) "This is the time that tools like Slack, Google Hangouts (or Meet), Zoom and Skype really come in handy. Zello can also be handy to keep in constant contact with colleagues, friends and family without having to maintain an open connection. Zello works like a walkie-talkie — push to send a message, and others with the channel open will receive it instantaneously. Messages are also backed up for later listening." And check out FEMA's mobile app (receive real-time alerts from National Weather Service; learn emergency safety tips; locate open emergency shelters and disaster recovery centers).
• After the fires: A surprising story of a haunted hero and the ashes of regret (Julia Shipley, Annotation Tuesday, Nieman Storyboard, 9-18-18) Lizzie Johnson of The San Francisco Chronicle revisits the headlines to ask about the aftermath. Who knew there was a beat called “fire coverage,” or it was a job they would learn to love? Certainly not Lizzie Johnson, who was covering city hall for The San Francisco Chronicle.Check out her book: Paradise: One Town's Struggle to Survive an American Wildfire, her firsthand account of California’s Camp Fire, the nation’s deadliest wildfire in a century -- a riveting examination of what went wrong and how to avert future tragedies as the climate crisis unfolds.
• 9 tips to avoid spreading misinformation about hurricanes (Daniel Funke, Poynter, 9-12-18)
• 3 quick tips for debunking hoaxes in a hurricane (Chloe Reichel, Journalist's Resource, 9-14-18)
• Covering Hurricanes: Before, During and After the Storm (John Pope, Dart Center for Journalism & Trauma, 8-29-11) Lessons from the Times-Picayune, a newsroom that anticipates disaster every summer.
• Resources for Disaster (Dart Center for Journalism and Trauma)
• National Hurricane Center
• Why people choose to stay in areas vulnerable to natural disasters (Chloe Reichel, Journalist's Resource, 6-18-18) In the anticipation and aftermath of natural disasters, those in their path face difficult choices: To stay, or to leave? To relocate, or to rebuild in areas prone to the risk of property damage, which is predicted to become more acute as climate change progresses? A growing body of research addresses these decisions.
• Covering Hurricane Irma: Reporting Resources (Dart Center for Journalism & Trauma, 9-11-17) Hurricane Irma, the most intense Atlantic hurricane observed in over a decade, tore through the Florida Keys and continued its march north on Monday. Please consult our tips and resources on covering disaster and recovery, interviewing victims and survivors, and working with reporters.
• Disaster coverage: Is your newsroom prepared? (Joe Hight, AHCJ Tip Sheet)
• 3 Approaches to Covering Disaster & Crisis with Video (Wochit, Your Guide to Mobile Journalism, 3-15-17)
• Weather Underground
• More Dart Center stories on covering disaster
• Reporting on crisis, disaster, homeland security: Tips from Juliette Kayyem (Journalist's Resource, Shorenstein Center on Media, Politics and Public Policy, 11-23-15)
• Report focuses on challenges of disaster preparedness for older adults (Liz Seegert, Covering Health, AHCJ, 6-5-18)
• Grief in the Gulf (Dart Center). The Deepwater Horizon oil spill is different from a war or an earthquake, but the traumatic impact is just as real. The challenge to journalists is to report the slow-motion disaster while seeking stories of resilience and possible recovery.
• After the storm: Reporting on the health impacts of flooding (AHCJ Tip Sheet, possibly available only to members of Association of Health Care Journalists)
• Reporters: Do not focus on yourself in reporting on disaster (AHCJ)
• 'The Deadly Choices at Memorial,' The New York Times Magazine (Sheri Fink's award winning story). How she did it. (AHCJ) See the story as it appeared in the Times.
• Lessons for Public Information Officers from Paul Revere (Doug Levy, Medium, 4-18-18) Also on LinkedIn "Nothing replaces human, personal contact. When emergency responders go door-to-door, compliance reaches close to 100 percent. No other method consistently gets above 75 percent. For emergency responders in 2018, the lessons are clear: establish trust before the next disaster so that people know what to do when you tell them to take shelter, evacuate, or not worry..."
• A Reporter's Guide to Medical Privacy Law (Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press). Topics covered include: What is HIPAA, What records are available under HIPPA, Health care journalists' access to hospitals curtailed under HIPAA, General access to hospitals, Attitudes toward privacy rules may change in times of disaster, Confusing laws keep information confidential on college campuses, etc.
• Climate change: understanding, covering, and arguing about it (Science section, Writers and Editors). Several pieces here discuss the climate change that underlies many natural disasters.
• Report focuses on challenges of disaster preparedness for older adults (Liz Seegert, Covering Health, AHCJ, 6-5-18)
• Boosting Disaster Resilience Among Older Adults (Joie D. Acosta, Regina A. Shih, Emily K. Chen, Eric G. Carbone, Lea Xenakis, David M. Adamson, Anita Chandra, RAND Corporation Research Brief, Rand and CDC). Report highlights the need to help older adults become more prepared for unexpected events and called on public health departments to enhance disaster preparedness for this population. The findings take on increasing importance as more seniors age in their own homes or within communities – often alone.
• Emergency preparedness among U.S. hospitals a potential story for your community (Bara Vida, Covering Health, AHCJ). For journalists. Journalists covering health and disasters, belonging to AHCJ gives you access to links to covering disaster events.
• Government agencies and other organizations that provide key information on various types of disaster in the US:
--- National Hurricane Center
--- CDC Hurricane Page
--- Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)
--- National Hazards Center
--- Google's Crisis Map (national and regional-scale layers related to weather, hazards, and emergency preparedness and response, mostly for the United States)
--- NLM's Disaster Information Management Research Center, including Disaster apps (National Library of Medicine). See also Disaster apps for various federal agencies (Red Cross, CDC, FEMA, and many more)
• 5 Tips for Covering Disaster Preparedness (Al Tompkins, Poynter, 8-24-10)
• Covering natural disasters (International News Safety Institute, INSI)
• Socio-economic consequences of post-disaster reconstruction in hazard-exposed areas (jamie W. McCaughey, Patrick Daly, Ibnu Mundir, Saiful Mahdi & Anthony Patt, Nature Sustainability, 2018)
• The National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, as Amended, and The Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as Amended (FEMA)
• Will Miami Survive?: The Dynamic Interplay between Floods and Finance by Kathleen Sullivan Sealey, Ray King Burch, and P.M. Binder (a SpringerBrief)
• Weather and weather-related events (Great search links)
Online journalism aka digital journalism
(plus advocacy, link, measurable, and process journalism)
• Find your people: These groups bring digital news orgs together for learning, sharing, and venting (Joshua Benton, Nieman Lab, 3-19-24) Here’s a giant Venn diagram laying out six such groups — the Institute for Nonprofit News, LION [Local Independent Online News] Publishers, the Alliance of Nonprofit News Outlets, the Alliance for Sustainable Local News, Statewide News Collective, and Engaged Cities — and a sampling of each one’s members.
• Future of digital journalism in question as BuzzFeed and HuffPost lay off 1,000 (Edward Helmore, The Guardian, 1-27-19) Job losses follow sales or cuts at Mic, Refinery29 and elsewhere, but publishing as a whole had already shrunk sharply. By some estimates the shift to digital has resulted in an overall reduction in the business of 50% to 80%. Revenue-per-click, the business strategy that has informed digital publishers for years, was effectively pronounced DOA this week as leading players in a sector once viewed as the future of journalism announced deep cuts. Verizon said it would trim 7% of headcount, about 800 people, from its media unit, which includes HuffPost, Yahoo and AOL. Built on the expectation of fast growth in advertising sales, companies like BuzzFeed and Vox Media have instead found that Facebook and Google – “the duopoly” – have simply tightened their grip on digital advertising revenue.
• The problem with online freelance journalism (Felix Salmon, Reuters, 3-5-13) Salmon writes: “The Atlantic magazine only comes out ten times per year, which means it publishes roughly as many articles in one year as the Atlantic’s digital operations publish in a week. When the volume of pieces being published goes up by a factor of 50, the amount paid per piece is going to have to go down” … and … “At a high-velocity shop like Atlantic Digital, freelancers just slow things down—as well as producing all manner of back-end headaches surrounding invoicing and the like. The result is that Atlantic Digital’s freelancer budget is minuscule.” (H/T to Jane Friedman): The State of Online Journalism Today: Controversial (Jane Friedman, 3-5-13) On the tendency for online journalism sites to pay little or nothing (except "exposure"), and why publications like Atlantic Online tend to hire staff writers.
• Cyberjournalist.net
• Link journalism, Google's power on the Web, and the backlash against URL shortening. Start with Nicholas Carr's Rough Cuts piece, Google in the Middle, about how, as a news aggregator, Google capitalizes on the fragmented oversupply of news and the current structure of the news business. Go to Scott Karp's pieces, on Publishing 2.0: How Google Stole Control Over Content Distribution By Stealing Links ("Google isn't stealing content from newspapers and other media companies. It's stealing their control over distribution" 4-10-09) and Mainstream News Organizations Entering the Web’s Link Economy Will Shift the Balance of Power and Wealth (10-16-08). As Karp points out in his April piece, the backlash against URL shorteners (see Joshua Schacter's blog on url shortenders) and site framing (see Joshua Topolsky on Why Engadget is blocking the DiggBar) "is all about who controls the links, and which links Google is going to read and credit." We'll no doubt be seeing more stories like this one by Nicholas Kolakowski, on Publish: AP, Google Deny Conflict, But Bloggers May be in Sights. Sue Russell referred us to this excellent batch of stories on link journalism. See also stories on Process journalism. Hard to keep up with the new jargon!
• Whether you're a journalist or a blogger, if you get a note saying someone has excellent material for you to link to and they will pay you to post a link to it on your site, I always say no. I get many requests to post articles or links, in return for payment (and usually sight unseen), and I assume others do too. No, thanks!
• International Symposium on Online Journalism (ISOJ) An annual gathering of editors, producers, executives and academics from around the world who convene at the University of Texas at Austin to discuss the evolution of online journalism. Plan to spend a few hours listening to panels and talks from previous conferences. Interesting new approaches and insights for new journalistic approaches.
• BBC News Interactivess and Graphics
• ScribbleLive (software that allows court reporters to live-blog court proceedings and send their updates to Twitter.
• The smarticle: What The Guardian has learned trying to build a more intelligent story format — one that knows what you know (Mazin Sidahmed, Nieman Lab, 2-27-18) Like Circa before it, The Guardian aims to atomize a big breaking story into its individual parts — and then be smart about showing you the right ones at the right time. The Smarticle is a story format designed for mobile that aims to meet readers where they are in their knowledge of a developing story by only presenting them with the elements that are most useful to them.
• Your tax dollars at work (Liena Zagare and Ben Smith, CJR, Spring 2017) How local governments could help create new media companies rather than footing the bill to keep zombie newspapers alive. A major, quiet subsidy to print community papers comes in two basic forms — legislation requiring that legal notices be published in print, and advertising by government agencies. That category of advertising, public notices, has long been a staple of newspaper revenue, jealously guarded by publishers’ lobbies in state capitols. "Their trade group, the Public Notice Resource Center, has estimated that public notices make up between 5 percent and 10 percent of community newspaper revenue...." "The original intent of the public notice laws is clear and laudable: To make sure taxpayers see how their money is being spent, and to prevent officials from hiding corrupt deals. But these days, there are print publications that exist, essentially, to carry those notices. "
• How a small newspaper used iPads to bend the rules of reporting (Tim Sohn, The News Hook, 4-9-13)
• NewsVroom, a mobile classroom, community outreach — and funky-looking — van that visits a number of sites each month (Cathy Hirko, York Daily Record
• Participatory journalism: what to watch in 2012 (Redefining journalism's Blog, a research site exploring participatory journalism)
• Risks Abound as Reporters Play in Traffic (David Carr, Media, NY Times, 3-23-14). What will happen if journalists' compensation is tied to the amount of web traffic and/or articles they generate?
• 2012: The Apocalypse and the final year of journalism (Mike Brannen, FirstDraft, the SPJ generation, which, alas, allows subheads like "Allow stories the length it deserves")
• People: The most valuable part of a story (Quill magazine video) (video, Brett Junvik, SPJ, on getting to know the local people and letting them help you tell an authentic international story)
• How a small newspaper used iPads to bend the rules of reporting (Tim Sohn, E-byline's The News Hook--conversation about the future of media)
• Online Journalism: Reporting, Writing, and Editing for New Media by Richard Craig
• The State of Online Journalism Today: Controversial (Jane Friedman)
• Journalists toolbox
• Journalists & Bloggers Toolbox blog
Advocacy Journalism
---Advocates are becoming journalists. Is that a good thing? (Mathew Ingram, CJR, 6-15-18) "The line between advocacy groups and media organizations has been blurring for some time. As the internet enabled the democratization of information production and distribution, and social platforms have given everyone the ability to reach an audience, smart NGOs long ago realized they could use these tools to spread their own message, instead of having to rely on partnerships with traditional media." When nonprofits like ACLU, Greenpeace, and Human Rights Watch present their case as journalism, do they sometimes stretch the facts? Do organizations ever misstate the numbers to create a sense of urgency around an issue to help with fundraising? "...in 2015, a number of NGOs and advocacy groups reported that as many as 75 percent of the women in Liberia had been raped during the civil war in that country, but independent surveys put the number closer to between 10 percent and 20 percent." Of course, Fox News Primetime also selects certain facts and individuals because they fit a certain world view.
---Who's Reporting Africa Now?: Non-Governmental Organizations, Journalists, and Multimedia by Kate Wright
• Advocacy journalism, says Wikipedia, "is a genre of journalism that intentionally and transparently adopts a non-objective viewpoint, usually for some social or political purpose. Because it is intended to be factual, it is distinguished from propaganda."
---In Light Of Fake News And Advocacy Journalism, We Must Be Savvy News Consumers (Larry Atkins, HuffPost, 12-6-16) It’s essential for people to break out of their own echo chambers and to expose themselves to various viewpoints. "These media outlets, such as Fox News, Breitbart, and theBlaze on the right, and MSNBC, Counterpunch, and Daily Kos on the left, don’t lie or misrepresent facts, but they skew the facts and news presentation to support their narrative and agenda." "Unlike advocacy journalists, the mainstream media should act as an honest broker and be the adult in the room when it comes to media coverage."
---As 4 stations cancel his show, is Tavis Smiley's advocacy journalism too political for public radio? (Tracie Powell, Poynter, 10-24-12)
---Cornel West: The Uses of Advocacy Journalism (Opinion, NPR, 12-15-04) Commentator Cornel West and NPR's Tavis Smiley discuss the notion of advocacy journalism in America, in the tradition of W.E.B. Dubois, I. F. Stone and Ida B. Wells. (Available for listening in archive formats)
---The Fall and Rise of Partisan Journalism (James L. Baughman, Center for Journalism Ethics, 4-20-11) An interesting historical overview.
Link journalism.
• Why link out? Four journalistic purposes of the noble hyperlink (Jonathan Stray, NiemanLab, 6-8-10) Links are good for storytelling (give journalists a way to tell complex stories concisely). Links keep the audience informed. Links are a currency of collaboration. Links enable transparency. (This interesting piece also links to many other interesting pieces.)
• Google in the Middle Nicholas Carr's Rough Type blog piece about about how, as a news aggregator, Google capitalizes on the fragmented oversupply of news and the current structure of the news business. Go to Scott Karp's pieces, on Publishing 2.0: How Google Stole Control Over Content Distribution By Stealing Links ("Google isn't stealing content from newspapers and other media companies. It's stealing their control over distribution" 4-10-09) and Mainstream News Organizations Entering the Web’s Link Economy Will Shift the Balance of Power and Wealth (10-16-08). As Karp points out in his April piece, the backlash against URL shorteners (see Joshua Schacter's blog on url shortenders) and site framing (see Joshua Topolsky on Why Engadget is blocking the DiggBar) "is all about who controls the links, and which links Google is going to read and credit." We'll no doubt be seeing more stories like this one by Nicholas Kolakowski, on Publish: AP, Google Deny Conflict, But Bloggers May Be in Sights.
Later, more stories came: Scott Karp on How Networked Link Journalism Can Give Journalists Collectively The Power Of Google And Digg, Mindy McAdams on Link journalism: Credibility and authority), Jack Lail in Link journalist , Josh Catone,ReadWriteWeb asking Link Journalism: Is Linking to News a form of journalism?, and Catone refers to the Public Editor piece in the NY Times, by Clark Hoyt: What That McCain Article Didn’t Say .
• How Link Journalism Could Have Transformed The New York Times Reporting On McCain Ethics (Scott Karp, Publishing2.com, February 2008)
(Sue Russell referred me to this excellent related batch of stories.)
Measurable journalism
• What Research on ‘Measurable Journalism’ Tells Us About Tech, Cultural Shifts in Digital Media (Elia Powers, MediaShift, 4-9-18) The problem with "measurable journalism" is it measures what news audiences do, not why they do it.~Russell Clemings, NASW cybrarian
• Confronting Measurable Journalism (Matt Carlson, Journal of Digital Journalism, 3-23-18)
• Measurable Journalism: Digital Platforms, News Metrics, and the Quantified Audience (Digital Journalism, 2018) In a special issue of the academic journal Digital Journalism, nine researchers explore the implications of these technological and cultural shifts.
Mobile journalism
• Mobile Journalism Guide: How To Get Your Mojo Workin’ (Global Investigative Journalism Network), a column about creating stories using mobile devices.
• Mobile Journalism Manual (KAS Media Programme and a team of multimedia journalists lead by Corinne Podger; Torben Stephan, publisher, supported by the Konrad-Adenauer-Stiftung’s Media Programme Asia). Mobile journalism (mojo) is a new workflow for media storytelling in which reporters are trained and equipped for being fully mobile and fully autonomous. For journalists, media companies and broadcast corporations, there are several benefits of doing things this way. It is cheap, fast, and flexible; you can shoot, edit, and broadcast with just one device.
• Video Tutorial: Introduction to Mobile Journlaism (MoJo) (YouTube, Verifeye Media, 8-13-15)
• New mobile journalism guide has free resources for reporters, newsrooms (Nadya Hernández, International Journalists' Network, 5-24-18)
• Mojo Workin’ — Essential Mobile Journalism Tools (Ivo Burum, Global Investigative Journalism Network, 4-11-17) The tools are not free.
Process Journalism. Instead of the finished story as posted in a print newspaper in, say, 1980, fully researched and reported and fact-checked and final, stories on the Web are being reported as they are investigated. Here are some pieces online about process journalism (which seems to be different from link journalism but I'm not sure how):
• The Morality and Effectiveness of Process Journalism (Michael Arrington, TechCrunch, 6-7-09) Which leads us to Product v. process journalism: The myth of perfection v. beta culture (Jeff Jarvis, Buzz Machine, 6-7-09) "Like the millennial clash of business models in media – the content economy v. the link economy and the inability of one to understand the other – here we see a clash over journalistic culture and methods – product journalism v. process journalism. "In The Times, Damon Darlin goes after blogs for publishing rumors and unfinished stories, calling it a “truth-be-damned approach” and likening it to yellow journalism, the highest insult of the gray class." Darlin writes: "TechCrunch founder] Mr. Arrington and the other bloggers see this not as rumor-mongering, but as involving the readers in the reporting process. One mission of his site, he said, is to write about the things a few people are talking about, “the scuttlebutt around Silicon Valley.” His blog will often make clear that he’s passing along a thinly sourced story.'
•The Imperatives of the Link Economy (Jeff Jarvis, The Buzz Machine), who compares the content economy and the link economy. "Links are a key to efficiency. In other words: Do what you do best and link to the rest." And: "The market needs help finding the good stuff; that curation is a business opportunity."
•Get the Tech Scuttlebutt! (It Might Even Be True.)(Damon Darlin, Ping, NY Times)
•The Morality and Effectiveness of Process Journalism (Michael Arrington, TechCrunch)
•Bloggers Defend 'Beta' Journalism (Nicole Ferraro, Internet Evolution).
Journalism publications
• American Journalism Review (AJR) (RIP, 2015).
• The mourning of AJR is less about a decline in press criticism than the loss of an institution (Kevin Lerner, NiemanLab, 8-27-15) and see The end of American Journalism Review and what it means for media criticism (Mike Hoyt, CJR, 8-24-15)
• Columbia Journalism Review (CJR)
• E&P (Editor & Publisher) "The Authoritative Voice of #NewsMedia Since 1884" (whose several changes of management in recent years are itemized on a Wikipedia page in its name)
• FAIR (Fairness & Accuracy in Reporting) FAIR, the national media watch group, has been offering well-documented criticism of media bias and censorship since 1986. We work to invigorate the First Amendment by advocating for greater diversity in the press and by scrutinizing media practices that marginalize public interest, minority and dissenting viewpoints. "Muckraking journalism in the public interest."
• News Deeply (Platforms: Oceans Deeply, Refugees Deeply, Syria Deeply, Water Deeply, Women's Advancement Deeply, Malnutrition Deeply)
• The IRE Journal
• News Watch, which publishes a Diversity Style Guide
• Online Journalism Review (OJR), focusing on the future of digital journalism
• Quill Magazine (SPJ)
• Uplink
Blogs, newsletters, and columns by, for, and about
journalists and the media
• Behind the News: CJR on the media (Columbia Journalism Review)
• Breaking the News (James Fallows' blog, arising from his book Breaking The News: How the Media Undermine American Democracy Well-informed, intelligent writing. See Media World, Part 1: Let Us See How the Sausage is Made.
• Buzz Machine
• Center for Media and Democracy (PR Watch.org), countering PR propaganda, informing citizen activism, promoting media literacy, sponsoring open-content media).
• Common Sense Journalism (Doug Fisher)
• Damn History (Jack El-Hai on what’s new and interesting in the writing and reading of popular history)
• Draft Four (Christian Lupsa) "Inspiring because of its vulnerability, but also how deeply he sources — challenges — his ideas. If you want to study essay structure within a focused narrative frame, this should be on your list."~JB
• Frank Bruni Newsletter A contributing opinion editor at The New York Times, for his personal take on issues of the day, and the last notes he includes every week: “For the Love of Sentences.” He features brief snippets from all sorts of published work, like a smart and literary TikTok.~JB
• Global Voices
• The Joggled Mind, by Dale Keiger. An eclectic writer who likes to play with ideas and criticism. A strong voice, always wrapped in literary elegance."~JB
• Journajunkie (a blog about all things journalism)
• Journal-isms (Richard Price reporting on diversity issues in the news media)
• Journalism.co.uk
• The Latest "Covering Today, Informing Tomorrow" (Archives, Journalism Institute, National Press Club). The National Press Club Journalism Institute publishes The Latest newsletter every weekday around 5 p.m. ET. See sections on top stories , leadership advice, and self-care. Was called "Covering Coronavirus."
• Letters from an American (Heather Cox Richardson) "Ties present-day events to history. A master of clarity and credibility. I was sadly slow to her work and now consider it a morning must."~JB
• MediaGazer (today's media news headlines--along right, see "Who's Hiring in Media?"
• Morning Brew (a daily business briefing, news from Wall Street to Silicon Valley)
• Net worked (SPJ, tomorrow's digital journalism today)
• Newspaper Death Watch
• Nieman Watchdog Now an archive of watchdog journalism, replaced by NiemanReports, a website and quarterly print publication whose editorial mission is "“to promote and elevate the standards of journalism.” A site worth exploring.
• On the Media (NPR's invaluable weekly show)
• Pew Research Journalism Project (packed with useful, interesting stories)
• Politics with Charles P. Pierce "Humor (the hardest thing to write) laced throughout with a dazzling knowledge of history, culture, music, religion, sports, politics, literature, science and even dinosaurs....a great study in voice and creativity."~JB
• Poynter Online (Romenesko, Scanlan, Clark and others)
•The Press Box (Jack Shafer's column at Slate; here's the archive and The three tides of JS's Daily News Cycle)
• Press Think (Jay Rosen's blog: Ghost of Democracy in the Media Machine)
•The Public Editor's Journal (Arthur S. Brisbane is current "readers' representative" for the NY Times)
•Regret the Error: Mistakes Happen (Craig Silverman reports on corrections, retractions, clarifications, and trends regarding accuracy and honesty in the media), with a special category for fabrication.
• Simon Owens Media Newsletter Thoughtful observations, roundups on themes I find interesting.
• SourceWatch (citizens and journalists looking for documented information about the corporations, industries, and people trying to influence public policy and public opinion)
• Spin Cycle (Howard Kurtz's blog for The Daily Beast); formerly he wrote Media Notes (Washington Post; read 2010 columns here.
• Teaching online journalism (Mindy McAdams)
• Tom Jones, Poynter "Conversational with authority. I feel we’re having coffee or a beer and he’s telling me all the stuff he’s found out, sourcing included."~JB
Pieces about blogging and newsletters and about good journalistic writing, and more recommendations:
• Read not just for the what of the story, but for the how of the writing (Jacqui Banaszynski, Nieman Storyboard). JB in the links above means she recommended them.)
• Blogging for journalists
• 91 Journalism Blogs and Websites You Will Love (Jeremy Porter, Journalistics, 12-22-09)
• Finding local blogs (Jonathan Dube, Poynter, 6-7-05)
• NY Times blogs. But see ‘Almost half’ of the NYTimes’s blogs will close or merge (Andrew Beaujon, Poynter, 6-25-14)
• SPJ Blogs Network (Society of Professional Journalists)
• Online journalism blog
• Strong Language (a sweary blog about swearing) (NSFW, meaning "not safe for work")
• Study Hall A media newsletter & online support network for media workers. "Our weekly report on the media industry, for anyone who spends too much time on Twitter." See also Study Hall: The Blog. Somewhere in there I got access to "Publications that have cut freelance budgets."
• Stuff Journalists Like and The List (of things journalists like)
• 50 blogs by journalists, for journalists (Journalism UK's links to blogging journalists, blogging mobile reporters and blogging journalism academics in the U.K.)
• The 40 Best Blogs for Journalism Students (Open Education Database, 7-16-12)
• David Carr: The News Diet Of A Media Omnivore (Fresh Air interview on NPR). Carr writes a column on media issues for the Monday Business section of the NY Times.
• Page One: Inside The New York Times (documentary about the New York Times newsroom, and the "inner workings of the Media Desk." Addresses the question: what will happen if the fast-moving future of media leaves behind the fact-based, original reporting that helps to define our society? Available on Netflix Streaming.)
Citizen Journalism
• Center for Citizen Media (encouraging grassroots media, especially citizen journalism, not to be confused with Huffington Post, which means not getting paid to write)
• Brassy Broad: How One Journalist Helped Pave the Way to #MeToo by Allison Bass. In 1989, Alison Bass reported for The Boston Globe on psychiatrists who had sex with their patients. In 1992, Bass reported for The Globe on pedophile priests, a decade before The Globe launched its Spotlight investigation. Later, at the Miami Herald, Bass documented sex workers' lives, a topic she expanded into a book. Brassy Broad: How one woman helped pave the way to #MeToo is her memoir (2021).
• List of citizen journalism sites (SourceWatch, The Center for Media and Democracy)
• The rise of citizen journalism (Kate Bulkley, The Guardian, 6-10-12) From live blogs on 'Occupy' protests to footage of Syrian atrocities on YouTube, filmmakers now have access to a wealth of raw material – but can it all be trusted?
• Story Behind the Story: A Strategy for Getting at the Whole Truth (PDF, Carnegie Mellon University thinktank) Techniques and questions you can ask to get the real stories behind urban workers' problems and realities in at-risk communities.
• What ‘Engagement Reporting’ Is and Why It Matters (Taylor Blatchford, MediaShift, 1-22-18) 'What if readers, not just sources, were an active part of the news reporting process? A new group of journalists is exploring that possibility in an effort to deepen their reporting and build community relationships. 'Engagement reporters' are journalists who combine the power of community engagement with traditional news reporting to do journalism that aims to authentically serve the community and reflect their interests and needs. They’re not audience engagement editors and they’re not news reporters — they live in both worlds." [Taylor Blatchford: Does this story not belong under "Citizen Journalism"?]
• Civic Journalism, Engaged Journalism: Tracing the Connections (Geneva Overholser, Democracy Fund, 8-3-16)
• Boxing Day tsunami heralded new era of citizen journalism (Glenda Cooper, The Conversation,11-18-14) The tsunami of December 26, 2004, changed the way we report major news stories. It was not the first event to use citizen journalism, but it was the first disaster where the dominant images came from ordinary people.
• Newest Americans: stories of immigrants who help make the country great (Jasmine Bager, Nieman Storyboard, 4-3-18) Newest Americans is a self-proclaimed “collaboratory” —a collaborative laboratory — led by journalists, citizen journalists, artists, academics and regular people who want to share where they came from to figure out where we are going as a nation. The website is sort of like a multimedia space where slices of life are dished out. The collaborative project asks: "What could be more salient at a time when our nation is debating what it means to be American and who deserves to claim that mantle?” It’s “an incredible mosaic of human migration, resilience and cross-pollination. It is a celebration of the complex factors that brought us together at this moment in this place.”
• On convening a community: An excerpt from Jake Batsell’s new book on engaged journalism (Jake Batsell, Nieman Lab, 2-26-15) “An engaged journalist’s role in the 21st century is not only to inform but to bring readers directly into the conversation.” His book:
Engaged Journalism: Connecting with Digitally Empowered News Audiences
• Revolution on the Radio (Zoe Carpenter, The Nation, 3-12-12) When activists established Portland’s occupation in early October, producers at the volunteer-driven community station decided that the best way to cover the movement was from the inside—to occupy Occupy. Community radio stations were key to spreading the message of the Occupy movement.
"In the last few decades, corporate consolidation and stringent restrictions on independent broadcasters has sharply curtailed the ability of citizens to use the airwaves. By building an independent media structure at Occupy, Rousset says, “we were demonstrating that we don’t want a media system that’s controlled by Wall Street, one that’s trying to teach us about ourselves or spreading lies about a movement. We want to be able to tell those stories ourselves.”
"Working around the regulatory squeeze, community radio has historically been an effective medium for voices of dissent."
• Citizen reporting: Sweet spot for local information and engagement? (Michele McLellan, Knight Foundation, 11-27-12, cross-posted from the Knight Digital Media Center's blog) "Mainstream news organizations have had mixed results with citizen news reporting. While crowd-sourcing efforts such as CNN’s iReport and Help Me Investigate have yielded valuable information, many other efforts have foundered, often on journalists’ expectation that citizen-created news must look like what the professionals produce to have value."
• Working With Citizen Reporters (Denise Cheng, Knight Digital Media Center) What you will learn: The difference between participatory/civic media, citizen journalism and crowsourced journalism
How to recruit, retain and reinforce citizen journalists
Editing and structure best practices
Assessing time commitment, scale and attrition of citizen journalists.
• Cyberjournalist.net
• Californians Aware (CalAware) (The Center for Public Forum Rights). Helping citizens, public servants and journalists keep Californians aware of critical facts and choices through access to public records, freedom to speak, assemble, or report, freedom from fear for whistleblowing, etc.
• Citizens for Responsibility and Ethics in Washington (CREW), a watchdog group that uses legal actions to target government officials who sacrifice the common good to special interests (see their blog, research and investigations, video, and legal filings). See CREW's Scandals and Scoundrels.
• Citizen journalism is playing a crucial role in Aleppo – but it comes at a cost (Chris Baraniuk, Wired, 11-2-16) Citizen journalists are risking their lives to report on the brutal conflict in Aleppo - and keeping the information flowing is an uphill struggle
• It’s not “citizen journalism,” but it is “citizens taking notes at public meetings with no reporters around” (Christine Schmidt. Nieman Lab, 1-11-18) Chicago’s City Bureau is betting on local residents doing this sort of low-key not-quite-journalism at meetings, and now it’s expanding the model to Detroit.
• Bellingcat's Online Investigation Toolkit, a freely available open source toolkit
--- Watch out for Bellingcat (Christopher Massie, CJR, 1-12-15
--- First Steps to Getting Started in Open Source Research (Giancarlo Fiorella, Bellngcat.com, 11-9-21)
--- A Beginner's Guide to Social Media Verification (Annique Mossou & Ross Higgins, Bellingcat., 11-1-21)
• Big data brings new power to open-source intelligence (Matthew Moran, The Conversation, 5-14-14) In November 2013, the New Yorker published a profile of Eliot Higgins – or Brown Moses as he is known to almost 17,000 Twitter followers....The New Yorker’s eight-page spread described Higgins as “perhaps the foremost expert on the munitions used in the [Syrian] war”, a remarkable description for someone with no formal training in munitions or intelligence. Higgins does not speak Arabic and has never been to the Middle East. He operates from his home in Leicester and, until recently, conducted his online investigations as an unpaid hobby."
• Citizen-Journalism Sites: Don't Be Boring (Steve Outing, Poynter, 5-6-05) "Former blogger Brown Moses is trying to build his own type of investigative news operation. His new project, a website called “Bellingcat,” initially funded via Kickstarter this summer, will give him a chance to prove his point. Higgins, who now publishes under his real name, is its most prolific contributor, but most of the other authors use similar investigate methods."
• Standing Rock, Orlando, Aleppo: The Year in Citizen Journalism (Andrew Katz, Time, 12-23-16) The ubiquity of smartphones around the world has made everyone a potential witness and a potential broadcaster: the mother tweeting images from her home ravaged by conflict; the celebrity who livestreams her own arrest; the girlfriend who logs onto Facebook moments after her boyfriend was shot by police and shares the aftermath. Here: viral hits from 2016.
• The State of Citizen Journalism: Part 1, Newsvine (ReadWrite, 7-14-07). Followed not by Part 2 but by Newsvine Acquired By MSNBC – Leading Citizen Journalism Site Snapped Up by MSM (Richard MacManus, ReadWrite, 10-7-07)
• Newsvine Acquired By MSNBC – Leading Citizen Journalism Site Snapped Up by MSM
• ‘Citizen Journalism’ Is a Catastrophe Right Now, and It’ll Only Get Worse (Jesse Singal, New York, 10-19-16) "In theory, crowdsourced “citizen journalism” is a good idea....sane commentary, originating from a place of basic competence and knowledge and good faith — probably accounts for something like 5 percent of the total online content generated by the leaks. The rest is misunderstanding and innuendo and malicious misrepresentation, and it’s doing serious damage to democracy’s ability to function." (Focus on Trump/Clinton election stink)
Advocacy Journalism
---Advocates are becoming journalists. Is that a good thing? (Mathew Ingram, CJR, 6-15-18) "The line between advocacy groups and media organizations has been blurring for some time. As the internet enabled the democratization of information production and distribution, and social platforms have given everyone the ability to reach an audience, smart NGOs long ago realized they could use these tools to spread their own message, instead of having to rely on partnerships with traditional media." When nonprofits like ACLU, Greenpeace, and Human Rights Watch present their case as journalism, do they sometimes stretch the facts? Do organizations ever misstate the numbers to create a sense of urgency around an issue to help with fundraising? "...in 2015, a number of NGOs and advocacy groups reported that as many as 75 percent of the women in Liberia had been raped during the civil war in that country, but independent surveys put the number closer to between 10 percent and 20 percent." Of course, Fox News Primetime also selects certain facts and individuals because they fit a certain world view.
---Who's Reporting Africa Now?: Non-Governmental Organizations, Journalists, and Multimedia by Kate Wright
• Advocacy journalism, says Wikipedia, "is a genre of journalism that intentionally and transparently adopts a non-objective viewpoint, usually for some social or political purpose. Because it is intended to be factual, it is distinguished from propaganda."
---In Light Of Fake News And Advocacy Journalism, We Must Be Savvy News Consumers (Larry Atkins, HuffPost, 12-6-16) It’s essential for people to break out of their own echo chambers and to expose themselves to various viewpoints. "These media outlets, such as Fox News, Breitbart, and theBlaze on the right, and MSNBC, Counterpunch, and Daily Kos on the left, don’t lie or misrepresent facts, but they skew the facts and news presentation to support their narrative and agenda." "Unlike advocacy journalists, the mainstream media should act as an honest broker and be the adult in the room when it comes to media coverage."
---As 4 stations cancel his show, is Tavis Smiley's advocacy journalism too political for public radio? (Tracie Powell, Poynter, 10-24-12)
---Cornel West: The Uses of Advocacy Journalism (Opinion, NPR, 12-15-04) Commentator Cornel West and NPR's Tavis Smiley discuss the notion of advocacy journalism in America, in the tradition of W.E.B. Dubois, I. F. Stone and Ida B. Wells. (Available for listening in archive formats)
---The Fall and Rise of Partisan Journalism (James L. Baughman, Center for Journalism Ethics, 4-20-11) An interesting historical overview.
Citizen Journalism
• CyberJournalists.Net (Online News Association, with tips, news, commentary re online and citizen journalism and digital storytelling)
• The new age of citizen journalism (audio of the Jarvis/Darnton panel on citizen journalism, CJR)
• Your Guide to Citizen Journalism (Mark Glaser, MediaShift, PBS, 9-27-06)
• Journalist's Resource Research on today's news topics (on government, economics, environment, politics, society, international) with roundup summaries of key recent research and research results. Also provides Syllabi and Tip Sheets. Examples of latter: Predict if your FOIA request will succeed; Municipal bonds: A reporter’s tip sheet; Building codes pay for themselves in disaster-prone regions; Wildfires, health and climate change: Research and resources.
• Twenty-Six Seconds: A Personal History of the Zapruder Film by Alexandra Zapruder. Abraham Zapruder didn't know when he ran home to grab his video camera on November 22, 1963, that this act would change his family's life for generations to come. Originally intended as a home movie of President Kennedy's motorcade, Zapruder's film of the JFK assassination is now shown in every American history class, included in Jeopardy and Trivial Pursuit questions, and referenced in novels and films. It is the most famous example of citizen journalism.
• List of citizen journalism sites (SourceWatch)
• Part I: The Unspoken Peril for "Citizen Journalists (Danielle Elliot, Rhonda Roland Shearer, MediaEthics, 1-13-09).
• HuffPo’s “Citizen Journalism” Under Fire (Rachelle Matherne, SixEstate Communications 2-15-11) The Jig is Up: No More Quantum Magic Accounting –Intellectual Property cannot have both value and no value at the same time.
• Enter Austin Post: New online venture seeks to create a 'conversational democracy' (Kevin Brass, Austin Chronicle, 7-10-09, on how "citizen journalism" may be an aggregation of "sloppy bloggers" in a system offering exposure for personal agendas instead of payment for professional journalism).
• Citizen Journalism (Mashable stories)
• Proposed: Citizen journalists should fill gaps in ‘information ghettos’ (Tracie Powell, Poynter, 7-2-12)
• The pros and pros of 'citizen journalism' (Jason Stverak, Online Journalism Review, 3-12-10) and The pros and cons of newspapers partnering with 'citizen journalism' networks (Gerry Storch, OJR, 2-26-10)
• Citizens As Budding Writers And Editors (J.D. Lasica, American Journalism Review, July/August 1999). In 1999: "WHERE WILL ONLINE JOURNALISM be in five or 10 years? In the hands of more and more regular folks, who may not even think of themselves as journalists. The Internet has long held out the ideal of Everyman as publisher--ordinary citizens who take back journalism from the professional class. As the Web matures, we're starting to see a flourishing of community journalism, a phenomenon that has both distant roots and a promising future."
• Rethinking child support, Part 1: How good parents go to jail (Marjorie Steele, The Rapidian, a hyperlocal citizen journal in Grand Rapids, Michigan, 8-8-17) Examining why the our child support system is out of sync with society, and its impact on Kent County’s most economically disadvantaged parents. "In today’s world of dual-income and single parent households, 40% of which are primarily supported by women, these child support calculations place an unequal financial burden on non-custodial parents. And we haven’t even touched on custody (i.e. “parenting time”).
(an experiment in milking journalists,
disguised as "citizen journalism" -- a/k/a "write for free")
• Why should writers work for no pay? Contributors to the Huffington Post have begun to chafe at the no-pay policy. They could take a lesson from stand-up comedians who faced a similar insult in the 1970s. (Michael Walker, OpEd, Los Angeles Times, 4-1-11)
• AOL (loves) HuffPo. The loser? Journalism. "...it's already clear that the merger will push more journalists more deeply into the tragically expanding low-wage sector of our increasingly brutal economy," writes Tim Rutten(L.A.Times, 2-9-11), commenting "on the ultimate impact of AOL's $315-million acquisition of the Huffington Post on the new-media landscape."
• National Writers Union & Newspaper Guild End Huffington Post Boycott (Jason Boog, GalleyCat, 10-21-11)
• HuffPost boycott ends as company, Guild talks continue (The Newspaper Guild 10-20-11)
• Newspaper Guild Calls for Unpaid Huffington Post Writers To Strike (Jason Boog, Galley Cat 3-17-10)
• Why I Left the Huffington Post (Mayhill Fowler, blog, 9-23-10)
• HuffPo’s “Citizen Journalism” Under Fire (Rachelle Matherne, SixEstate Communications 2-15-11)
Electronic newsletters for journalists and journalism buffs
and newsletters with news roundups
Eleven newsletters to subscribe to if you work in media (Adeshina Emmanuel, CJR, 5-10-17). The newsletters (described in Emmanuel's article) are:
---Next Draft (David Pell’s witty curation of “the day’s most fascinating news")
---Infowarzel (BuzzFeed technology writer Charlie Warzel's behind this one)
---VoxCare (Vox's new health care newsletter)
---The Root
---La Agenda (Quartz)
---Need to Know (American Press Institute)
---The Daily Digest (NiemanLab)
---Journalist's Resource (a project of the Harvard Kennedy School's Shorenstein Center and the Carnegie-Knight Initiative--much online--and sign up for weekly newsletter)
---Politico Playbook
---The Interpreter (Max Fisher and Amanda Taub of the New York Times)
---Quick Hits (Investigative Reporters and Editors)
---Ida B. Wells Society newsletter
Also (and let me know of others worth linking to):
---BoSacks (hat tip to Marjorie Turner Hollman for this)
---The Latest (archived issues, National Press Club Journalim Institute)
---Editors Only: The Newsletter of Editorial Achievement (discussing the changing nature of content delivery), sister pub to STRAT: The Newsletter of Print and Online Magazine Publishing Strategy
---Generations Beat Online, e-newsletter of the Journalists Network on Generations for writers/producers covering issues in aging and retirement, distributed with in-kind assistance by New America Media, a division of Pacific News Service. Journalists can copy the content therein and can subscribe to the excellent GBO newsletter (edited by Paul Kleyman).
---Ethnic Elders Beat
---Elder News Roundup.
Fact checking and fact checkers
• Top fact-checking sites (Great search links, Writers and Editors)
• Regret the Error: Mistakes Happen (Craig Silverman reports on corrections, retractions, clarifications, and trends regarding accuracy and honesty in the media), with a special category for fabrication.
• How (and why) to spot and identify fake news
• How the Global Fact-Checking Movement is Changing How We Train Journalists (Michael W. Wagner, MediaShift, 10-18-16) The anticipatory fact-checking that went on before the final Clinton-Trump debate. Wagner says that Deciding What's True: The Rise of Political Fact-Checking in American Journalism by Lucas Graves argues that fact-checking is a major culture shift in journalism because it moves beyond the bounds of traditional “he said/she said” reporting to hold politicians and other public political actors accountable for the accuracy of the claims they make.
• Misinformation: 3 tips to help journalists avoid being part of the problem (Thomas Patterson, Journalist's Resource, 11-6-19) “Patterson, the founder of Journalist’s Resource, examines the forces that are misleading Americans and pitting them against each other: politicians for whom deception is a strategy; talk show hosts who have made an industry of outrage; foreign agents and social media operatives who spread disinformation to promote a cause, make a buck or simply amuse themselves...he shows that many of the mistaken beliefs Americans hold originated with mainstream news outlets or were amplified by them” and offers tips on how to avoid spreading misinformation, by avoiding false equivalences; not sharing thinly sourced, dubious claims; and rushing publication (to be first!). “Patterson says that journalists have a gatekeeping responsibility that requires them to screen out, or at least call out, false claims....As journalists Bill Kovach and Tom Rosenstiel note in their book, The Elements of Journalism, 'the discipline of verification is what separates journalism from entertainment, propaganda, fiction, or art.'”
• NYT’s Sarah Cohen will make you realize how much better your public records game could be (Ryan White, Center for Health Journalism, 12-15-15) "Know public records from “propaganda. Statistics are a starting point, not an end....Think of statistics as a signpost: They can point you to the “micro data” underlying them."
• The Medium (Michael Erard, The Morning News) Fact-checking is unusual in his article about “young” sign languages, only three or four generations old, which spring up all over the world, mainly in isolated villages where there’s a high prevalence of deafness.
• The need to edit opinion pieces (Andy Bechter, The Editor's Desk, 11-5-13)
• Q&A with Deborah Strange, Dow Jones News Fund intern (Andy Bechtel, Editor's Desk, 10-13-13)
• Q&A with Ashley Leath, copy editor at Southern Living (Andy Bechtel, Editor's Desk, 5-2-13)
• Check the facts: 10 tips for copy editors (Pam Nelson, ACES, 1-2-12)
• The Problem With Campus Sexual Assault Surveys (Emily Yoffe, Slate, 9-24-15) Why the grim portrait painted by the new AAU study does not reflect reality. (Sometimes it's the data and their interpretation that need checking, investigating, thinking through.)
• Survey Finds Slack Editing on Magazine Web Sites (Stephanie Clifford, NY Times, Business, 2-28-10)
• Student guest post: Can an app replace a copy editor? (Andy Bechtel, Editor's Desk, 2-11-13). In January 2013, "the Washington Post released a prototype of its new TruthTeller app . This app fact checks a live political speech, with the help of PolitiFact, Factcheck.org and The Washington Post." A supplement, not a replacement for copy editors.
• How Did This Happen? (Clark Hoyt, NY Times, 8-1-09) on a NY Times writer who didn't get the heavy fact-checking she always needs
• 7 ways to make your work easy to fact check (Laura Shin, Poynter, 9-17-12)
• Muphry’s Law (Canberra Society of Editors)
• Why Journalists Make Mistakes & What We Can Do About Them (Mallary Jean Tenore, Poynter, 7-7-2000) "Misspelled names and typos are among the more basic errors journalists make. But there's another type of error that is harder to correct: when journalists miss the story completely." Story about Kathryn Schulz, author of Being Wrong: Adventures in the Margin of Error.
• Urban Legends/Fact-Checking (Archive, SPJ, Journalist's Toolbox)
• MediaBugs . Fix the news. MediaBugs, Craig Silverman's once-upon-a-time service for correcting errors and problems in media coverage. “A media bug is an error or problem that you find in a newspaper or magazine article, broadcast news report or online posting.”
Fiction (and movies) about journalists and journalism
• Tom Rachman's top 10 journalist's tales (Tom Rachman, The Guardian, 7-27-11) From Scoop to All the President's Men, the novelist chooses his favourite stories of a troubled trade
• The Reporter in the Novel (Steve Weinberg, CJR/IJPC, 1997) Read about Steve's collection of journalism novels
• Mystery writer Michael Connelly on newspaper novels
• 12 Novels About the Power of Journalism (Tobias Carroll, Electric Lit, 12-1-17) New Grub Street by George Gissing; The Quiet American by Graham Greene; Eastman Was Here by Alex Gilvarry; Speedboat by Renata Adler; Philadelphia Fire by John Edgar Wideman; The Shipping News by Annie Proulx; Jeff in Venice, Death in Varanasi by Geoff Dyer; John Henry Days by Colson Whitehead; The Book of Formation by Ross Simonini; The Lost Honor of Katharina Blum by Heinrich Böll; The Continuous Katherine Mortenhoe by D.G. Compton; and Malacqua by Nicola Pugliese.
• Michael Hastings’s ‘Last Magazine’ Shows War as Career Opportunity (David Carr, NY Times, 6-22-14). Read also Frank Rich's interesting piece (New York, 6-4-14) on the novel and the issues it raises: Iraq Everlasting. "We are still stuck in 2003, and it isn’t (only) George W. Bush’s fault."
• Ten great novels about newspapers (Sameer Rahim and Felicity Capon, The Guardian, 11-29-12)
MOVIES about journalists and journalism
Much variation in choices!
• An Exhaustive Ranking of Movie Journalists ( Kate Knibbs, The Ringer, 11-25-19) From ‘His Girl Friday’ to ‘A Beautiful Day in the Neighborhood,’ which movie muckrakers get their stories, break the most news, and, most importantly, avoid sleeping with their subjects? Who is the best movie journalist? And who is the worst? 45 movies are ranked rated in four categories: Does the character get their story? Are they competent? Are they ethical? How believable is the journalist? Before you look, think: Which movies do you think win and lose? I loved the comments.
• The 10 best journalism movies (including Steven Spielberg's 'The Post'), ranked (Brian Truitt, USA Today, 1-11-18)
• The Best Journalism Movies (Complex, 1-16-19)
• 110 Journalism Movies, Ranked (Lou Harry, Midwest Film Journal writers, 6-3-19)
• There are a lot of great journalism movies. Here are our top 25. (Tom Jones, Poynter, 4-12-19)
Journalists on journalism
Higher-level how-to's and inside news
• A Word the Press Should Remember (James Fallows, Breaking the News, 2-3-22)
FRAMING. Fallows proposes that the framing of stories and coverage is what we should be talking about—more than familiar discussion of “bias” or “balance,” or even refinements like “both-sides-ism” or obsession with “the horse race.” Rather than talking about “bias,” please look for framing:
That is largely intended to make people feel angry or victimized;
That reduces everything to its party-politics ramifications;
That normalizes abnormal behavior; and
That gives a disproportionate view of what works, and doesn’t.
For example,
1. From Fox News: ‘They’re Out to Get You.’
2. From many mainstream outlets: What’s most interesting about anything, is the politics of it.
3. Also from most of the media: Grading on the curve, when it comes to Trump and the modern GOP.
4. From everywhere: what works is suspect, or boring.
• A journalist assisted a woman’s quest for suicide. Did he get too involved? (Jeremy Barr, WaPo,2-2-24) The Boston Globe acknowledged that writer Kevin Cullen crossed an ethical line by signing a legal form for Lynda Bluestein attesting that she was sound of mind when she requested to die in Vermont, which granted her the right to do so.. But the woman’s husband is grateful for what he did. “What he did may or may not have been a violation of the Globe’s standards,” the Globe's editor said in an email to The Washington Post, “but it was very much in keeping with the standards for acting like a decent human being.”
• Synthesizing Ideas to Write with Authority (Julia Rosen, The Open Notebook, 4-26-22) In her article Learning to Love G.M.O.s for the NY Times Magazine (7-20-21), Rosen faced 'the sprawling subject of genetically modified foods, which could congeal into a stew of scientific misinformation, environmental concerns, and anxieties about the power of agribusiness. But from that complex topic she created a lean, focused story. Writing with authority "takes a combination of expertise, confidence, and purpose. Part expert storytelling, part tenacious truth-seeking, authority is one of the more ineffable qualities of good writing. It comes through when a writer takes charge of a story to prioritize selectiveness over comprehensiveness, momentum over excessive citation, rigorous thinking over “balanced” circumspection. In other words, when a writer knows what they’re talking about—and what they want to say." ' Stories Rosen uses as examples:
---The Social Life of Forests by Ferris Jabr (NY Times Magazine)
---Succession by Aathira Perinchery (in 52). Evolutionary ecologists keep finding new species in the Western Ghats. Here’s how it happens.
---An Atlas of the Cosmos (Shannon Stirone, Longreads)
---The Medical Miracle of a Pig’s Heart in a Human Body (Rivka Galchen, New Yorker)
• Two Journalists Started an Argument in Boston in 1979. It’s Not Over Yet. (Ben Smith, NY Times, 10-10-21) A writer for an alt-weekly called out a Boston Globe editor for his “fealty” to the idea of objectivity in a column that reads as if it were written yesterday. And he links to:
---A Reckoning Over Objectivity, Led by Black Journalists (Wesley Lowery, NY Times, 6-23-2020) "What’s different, in this moment, is that the editors of our country’s most esteemed outlets no longer hold a monopoly on publishing power."
---Black journalists push media to cover ‘hyper-racial’ moment in politics (Michael Calderone, Politico, 7-29-19) ‘Race and politics,’ one reporter said, ‘is really the story of our time.’
---Journalists Maria Ressa and Dmitri Muratov are awarded the Nobel Peace Prize. (NY Times, 10-8-21) "Maria Ressa of the Philippines and Dmitry Muratov "have been persecuted, at heart, not because their governments don’t like their style of journalism, but because their governments won’t tolerate the notion of independent, truth-seeking journalism."
• Can solo writers monetize longform journalism? (Simon Owens' Media Newsletter, 10-14-21) Audience growth doesn’t have to come at the expense of research and quality.
• Jill Abramson’s Book Charts Journalism’s Stormy Seas, With Some Personal Regrets and Score-Settling (Nicholas Thompson, NY Times, 1-22-29) A deliciously insider review of Merchants of Truth: The Business of News and the Fight for Facts Quoting the review: "Eventually Graham sells to one of the few men richer than Zuckerberg, and the paper begins its new life. An engraving in the newsroom appears after Jeff Bezos takes over with the mantra “What’s dangerous is not to evolve.” The message is exactly right for the industry, and it works. Bezos focuses on the product and engineering departments at The Post, making the pages fast to load and the stories easy to read across platforms. Editorially, it essentially takes the inverse model of BuzzFeed, serving a side of clickbait with a main course of serious journalism. Most everything works, and soon after Bezos arrives The Post has even more readers than The Times." Her book examines "four news organizations trying to sail through the storm of digital transformation: BuzzFeed, Vice, The Washington Post and The Times. It’s partly a memoir and partly a work of investigative reporting."
• How to network with commissioning editors (Marcela Kunova, editor at Journalism.co.uk, 2-18-22) "At the end of the day, the more you pitch, the more chances you have to get commissioned. The best way to find new ideas is to talk to people. This can be your sources, fellow journalists, and editors — talk to whoever you can contact. Also read publications cover to cover, even the sections you do not normally follow. Any new information or background can give you ideas for fresh angles on stories you would like to write about.”
• Breaking the News (James Fallows, Breaking the News, 9-24-21) It’s a well-plowed field, this flailing of the “both-sides” press in a 'one side doesn’t care about truth' era. For more, I direct you (for starters) to" (and he links to a few places to find good political journalism)
---Press Run (Eric Boehlert)
---Popular Information (Judd Legum) Independent accountability journalism
---Margaret Sullivan (Washington Post)
---Greg Sargent (Washington Post)
---Jennifer Rubin (Washington Post)
---Press Think (Jay Rubin)
---On the Media with Brooke Gladstone WNYC’s weekly investigation into how the media shapes our worldview.
---Booksmart Studios, especially Bob Garfield
---The Big Tent (Crooked Media’s Editor-in-Chief Brian Beutler walks "you through the big debates unfolding among Democrats in real time, from the campaign trail to the Senate floor to the Twitter battles that leave everyone feeling angry at the end."
---Press Watch (Dan Froomkin, in an intervention for political journalism)
---Breaking the News (James Fallows, author of the book Breaking the News: How the Media Undermine American Democracy
• The Afghanistan Papers: A secret history of the war (Craig Whitlock, Washington Post, 12-9-19) Part 1: At War with the Truth. U.S. officials constantly said they were making progress. They were not, and they knew it, an exclusive Post investigation found.
--- Part 2: Stranded without a strategy Bush and Obama had polar-opposite plans to win the war. Both were destined to fail.
--- What we learned from the Afghanistan Papers. (Elizabeth N. Saunders, 12-11-19) Experts’ key takeaways on the war in Afghanistan.
--- Responses from people featured in The Afghanistan Papers
• How Rupert Murdoch’s Empire of Influence Remade the World (Jonathan Mahler and Jim Rutenberg, Planet Fox, 4-3-19) Murdoch and his children have toppled governments on two continents and destabilized the most important democracy on Earth. What do they want? A 20,000 word biography of the Murdoch media empire. See the CNN cable series (2022): The Murdochs: Empire of Influence. A family business story destined for television.
• Vulture capitalism: As a secretive hedge fund guts its newspapers, journalists are fighting back (Paul Farhi, WaPo, 4-13-18) Demoralized by rounds of job cuts, journalists at San Jose’s Mercury News and East Bay Times in Oakland, Calif., took their case to the public last month. At a rally in Oakland, they handed out a fact sheet detailing the “pillaging” of their papers, accompanied by a cartoon of a business executive trying to milk an emaciated cow. Headquartered in New York with investment funds domiciled in the tax-lenient Cayman Islands and a clientele that is mostly foreign, a little-known hedge fund called Alden Global Capital has been investing in American newspapers since 2009. Through its majority control of a management company called Digital First Media, Alden owns nearly 100 daily and weekly papers, where it effectively owns every major newspaper around Los Angeles and the San Francisco Bay area with the exception of the Los Angeles Times and the San Francisco Chronicle. the conventional analysis of newspaper decline has been replaced in Alden’s case by a narrative about “vulture capitalism,” the notion that Alden’s draconian cutbacks are designed to sustain profits without regard for the newspapers’ long-term future. And some newspapers are beginning to fight back.
• A Day in the Life (a plenitude of profiles of science journalists, on The Open Notebook--"The story behind the best science stories"-- National Association of Science Writers) Under Siri Carpenter and Jeanne Erdmann's's editorship, the fabulous Open Notebook is like a mini-course in journalism, available free to the whole world, and invaluable (check out the threads: Interviews, Elements of Craft, Profiles, and Pitch Database)
• How and when to break your off-the-record promises (Kelly McBride, Poynter, 7-31-18) "...while off-record-promises are critical to our credibility, they are not sacrosanct. Instead they are part of a two-way street. And these two examples are the most common reasons for journalists to break the promise.
If the source is proven to be lying, the promise is not valid.
And if the source discusses the conversation on the record, then the promise is also no longer valid.
• Why Jeff Randall was right to 'burn' a confidential source (Roy Greenslade, The Guardian, 1-2-14) 'In 1993, Randall felt he had been entirely misled by an off-the-record briefing from (Lord) Clive Hollick, then embroiled in a boardroom battle at Mirror Group newspapers. Randall was furious and retaliated by writing a public condemnation of Hollick. He subsequently wrote about why he identified a confidential source: "When we accept off-the-record briefings, we enter into a contract of confidentiality with the source and we therefore publish in good faith. But if we find that we have been deliberately lied to, then any obligation of confidence is removed. Sources have to know that the threat of exposure hangs over them." '
• A self-made freelance career (with a little help along the way) (Allison Kirkland, Creatives in Conversation, reprinted on Nieman Storyboard, 8-29-19) "Barry specializes in longform narrative that puts human faces on complex social, political, environmental & racial issues. He also dabbles in audio, and collaborated with Richard Ziglar to produce four hour-long radio documentaries about Southern roots music...Columbia Journalism Review had this praise for Barry’s work: '(One of) the best unsung investigative journalists working in print in the United States … Yeoman specializes in becoming a part of his subjects’ lives; he works hard to dispel the image of the parachute journalist who drops in, grabs the story, and runs.' On longform journalism, audio documentaries, and reporting and writing stories that matter.
• Seymour Hersh on spies, state secrets, and the stories he doesn’t tell
(Elon Green, CJR, 6-4-18) An interview associated with publication of his memoir Reporter "This is the first interview in a biweekly series of journalists on journalism."
• Dishing up some sides of gratitude (Jacqui Banaszynski, Short Takes, Nieman Storyboard, 11-28-19) Journalists take a moment to remember what they are thankful for: mostly good editors (mentioned by name), but sharp pencils, proper tea, and decent pay help.
• Twitter is the crystal meth of newsrooms ( David Von Drehle, WaPo, 1-25-19) It's quick, it's easier than interviews or close observation, it's ideal for smart alecks. "...many journalists are surprisingly shy. We chose a trade that involves watching and witnessing rather than risking and daring. For many of us, the most difficult part of the job is ringing the doorbell of a bereaved family, or prying into the opinions of unwelcoming strangers. Twitter has created a seductive universe in which the reactions of a virtual community are served up in neatly quotable bits without need for uncomfortable personal interactions."
• Q&A: CBS’s David Begnaud on covering Puerto Rico when few others did (Karen K. Ho, CJR, 6-4-18)
• Surviving the Elements: Confronting Difficult Field-Reporting Conditions (Kristen Pope, TheOPENNotebook, NASW, 10-30-18) Certain kinds of colorful, dramatic, powerful stories can only be told through on-the-ground reporting, which often comes with difficulties and dangers. Read Kristen Pope's piece on how to plan for such conditions, including interviews with Wudan Yan, Sophie Yeo, Susan Valot, and Douglas Fox on their hairiest experiences and how they handled them.
• Dan Rather on why he never worked in network journalism again (Kyle Pope, CJR, 7-9-18) For all of his "professional journalism lifetime" there were four basic categories of news: News (just
the facts), analysis (the truth, which the facts alone may not reveal), commentary ("my comments, having given the facts and analysis"), and editorial. "The difference between editorial and commentary is editorial takes the view that I am trying to convince you." He compares how Nixon hated the press (but respected it) with how Trump does and admits that the press, in focusing too much on Washington, has done remarkably little reporting on "the homeless, the hungry, the heartbroken, the helpless, the placeless, those people who have almost lost hope, at the very bottom or near-bottom of society."
• How to Cover Big Science Events: Lessons from the Great American Eclipse (Aneri Pattani, TheOPENNotebook, NASW, 6-19-18) Lessons learned from the 2018 eclipse.
• Lizzie Presser Reveals the Underground Work of Home-Abortion Providers (Aneri Pattani, The Open Notebook, NASW, 9-4-18) "Before abortion was legal across the United States, underground networks of women—such as the Jane Collective in Chicago—worked secretly to help end unwanted pregnancies.... Then, in 1973, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled on the landmark case Roe v. Wade, asserting a woman’s constitutional right to an abortion....Many women who had fought hard in the legal battle for abortion rights thought the days of underground medical care were over. Forty-five years later, that hasn’t been the case.Today, approximately 200 women are operating outside the law and the medical establishment to provide cheap and accessible home abortions. But the reasons this work is thriving are more complicated than just access to legal abortion procedures: These women serve clients who can’t afford clinical care, live far from clinics, or simply dislike and distrust medical settings....Here, Presser talks to Aneri Pattani about how she was able to get access to such a sensitive story, how she reported it out with diligence and compassion, and how other investigative reporters can do the same." Here's the story Presser wrote: “Whatever’s your darkest question, you can ask me.” (The California Sunday Magazine, 3-8-18) A secret network of women is working outside the law and the medical establishment to provide safe, cheap home abortions.... ...In Anna’s view and that of many legal scholars, Roe upheld a doctor’s right to perform an abortion, not a woman’s right to choose one. Choice wasn’t just whether a woman could seek an abortion but also how and when she wanted to have it, who she wanted around her, and where she wanted to be." Reported in partnership with The Investigative Fund at The Nation Institute.
• An Arizona school district kept a secret blacklist for decades. A reporter found it. (Hank Stephenson, CJR, 1-23-18) "After three hours, I was the only reporter left in the room. Sometimes that’s all it takes....The credit for exposing the blacklist belongs to the school board member who chased this story for years, and the superintendent who owned up to the district’s mistakes."
• How an arcane, new accounting standard is helping reporters follow the money (Mya Frazier, CJR, 5-29-18)
• Nidhi Subbaraman Uncovers a Story of Medical Neglect—and of Useful Anger—on the Rosebud Sioux Reservation (Siri Carpenter, The Open Notebook, 6-5-18) BuzzFeed News reporter Nidhi Subbaraman knew almost nothing about the long and troubled history of tribal health care in the United States when she began covering the lawsuit that the Rosebud Sioux tribe was bringing against the U.S. government for its failure to provide treaty-mandated health care to tribal members. How she got the story "It's Just Another Way of Killing Our People" (“The Tribe That’s Suing the U.S. Government to Keep Its Promises,” BuzzFeed, 11-17-16)
• Adriana Gallardo Finds the Untold Stories of Black Mothers (Aneri Pattani, The Open Notebook, 5-22-18) Every year, about 700 to 900 American women die from causes related to pregnancy and childbirth. ....Yet the problem has managed to go fairly unnoticed. ProPublica and NPR aimed to change that with their Lost Mothers series last year. They decided to use engagement reporting, inviting the public to collaborate in their investigations through social media, online forms, phone calls, and in-person forums....Gallardo sent out a message to the 200 people who had responded to the initial callout with stories about black women, inviting them to discuss their experiences with pregnancy or childbirth—either firsthand or as a loved one of someone affected—with their mothers, daughters, and friends. And she asked them to record those conversations. It was a model of journalism Gallardo had picked up in her previous experience at StoryCorps, a nonprofit that records conversations between friends, family, and others as a way of telling stories and preserving history."
• The Story Behind the Story (Mark Bowden, The Atlantic, Oct. 2009) With journalists being laid off in droves, ideologues have stepped forward to provide the “reporting” that feeds the 24-hour news cycle. The collapse of journalism means that the quest for information has been superseded by the quest for ammunition. A case-study of our post-journalistic age, where the model for all national debate becomes the trial, where adversaries face off, representing opposing points of view....Without journalism, the public good is viewed only through a partisan lens, and politics becomes blood sport. Television loves this, because it is dramatic....In a post-journalistic society, there is no disinterested voice. There are only the winning side and the losing side."
• The Story Behind the Story (John S. Carroll, Los Angeles Times, 10-12-03) The investigation (before the gubernatorial race) of charges that Arnold Schwarzenegger sexually mistreated and humiliated women.
• 50 Years Later, the Story Behind the Photos of Robert Kennedy’s Assassination (Jordan G. Teicher, NY Times, 6-5-18) On June 5, 1968, Robert Kennedy was fatally shot at the Ambassador Hotel in Los Angeles. Bill Eppridge, who took what may be the most famous photo of the event, went on to cover the aftermath.
• Military Exercises and Paranoia in West Texas: A Reporter’s Notebook (Manny Fernandez, Story Behind the Story, Times Insider, 7-15-15) The moral of the story is that when reporters knock on doors in rural Texas, they must do so politely, quickly and a tad nervously.
• Times Insider (behind-the-scenes insights into how news, features and opinion come together at The New York Times)
Foreign Reporting We’re Missing the Story: The Media’s Retreat From Foreign Reporting (Anjan Sundaram, NY Times, Opinion, 7-25-14) Stringers provide the little deeply reported news we get from Congo, where Sundaram reported as a stringer for AP. He wrote about that experience in Stringer: A Reporter's Journey in the Congo
• Toward a One-Paper Town (A.J. Liebling, New Yorker, 2-12-1949)
• The cost of reporting while female ( Anne Helen Petersen, CJR, Winter 2018) The work of a journalist is to be accessible, discerning, and persistent. For a woman, this also makes her a target. "The first time I was told I should go die a slow and painful death, it was because I had written about Kristen Stewart."
Embargoes
• How the FDA Manipulates the Media (Charles Seife, Scientific American, Oct. 2016) The U.S. Food and Drug Administration has been arm-twisting journalists into relinquishing their reportorial independence, our investigation reveals. Other institutions are following suit. "This kind of deal offered by the FDA—known as a close-hold embargo—is an increasingly important tool used by scientific and government agencies to control the behavior of the science press....But for [a particular] breach of secrecy, nobody outside the small clique of government officials and trusted reporters would have known that the journalists covering the agency had given up their right to do independent reporting....For example, the FDA assures the public that it is committed to transparency, but the documents show that, privately, the agency denies many reporters access—including ones from major outlets such as Fox News—and even deceives them with half-truths to handicap them in their pursuit of a story....By using close-hold embargoes and other methods, the FDA, like other sources of scientific information, are gaining control of journalists who are supposed to keep an eye on those institutions. The watchdogs are being turned into lapdogs."
• Embargo on press releases, rationale for (PLoS). Breaking an embargo is a journalistic no-no, with good reason.
• The Embargo Should Go (Vincent Kiernan, Inside Higher Education, 8-21-06). The system under which top journals share findings with reporters doesn't serve journalism, science or the public interest. Kiernan is the author of Embargoed Science
• Should Reporters Have Agreed To The Vertex Embargo? (Matthew Harper, Forbes, 6-24-14) A reporter's final thoughts on accepting an embargo agreement on writing about a new drug.
• Death to the Embargo (Michael Arrington, TechCrunch, 12-17-08)
• The embargo and business journalists (Sabrina Husain, Society of American Business Writers, May 2012)
Federal policies toward media that smack of censorship
• CDC official sends troubling message to employees about media questions (Trudy Lieberman, Columbia Journalism Review, 9-13-17) "An official with the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention has instructed employees not to speak directly with members of the press, Axios’ Sam Baker reported yesterday. Several health journalists quickly condemned the CDC move, calling it “really disturbing” and a “gag order,” among other critiques."
• CDC cracks down on communications with reporters (Axios ) "The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention is trying to crack down on its employees' conversations with the press, according to an internal email obtained by Axios. The message — sent by public affairs officer Jeffrey Lancashire and dated Aug. 31 — instructs all CDC employees not to speak to reporters, 'even for a simple data-related question.'"
(Drew Armstrong, @ArmstrongDrew tweeted: "The CDC is a public health institution, not a political one. Come on.")
• Report finds federal researchers unsure of media rules (Jenny Mandel, Government Executive, 6-21-07) "Many federal researchers are uncertain of agency media policies and whether they can discuss the policy implications of their work, according to a new study that calls on agencies to clarify their guidelines and boost training. The report: Policies Guiding the Dissemination of Scientific Research from Selected Agencies Should Be Clarified and Better Communicated (GAO, May 2007)
• Federal Court: Public Officials Cannot Block Social Media Users Because of Their Criticism (Mark Joseph Stern, Slate.com, 7-28-17) "Does the First Amendment bar public officials from blocking people on social media because of their viewpoint? That question has hung over the White House ever since Donald Trump assumed the presidency and continued to block users on Twitter. "
• Think before you post: Here’s the new federal-workforce guidance on social media (Eric Yoder, Federal Insider, Wash Post, 4-16-15) Federal employees would be wise to ponder before posting and to think through their tweeting in order to avoid running afoul of government ethics policies, according to newly released guidance from the U.S. Office of Government Ethics. Rules called the Standards of Conduct [updated link] apply to social media in areas such as fundraising, seeking outside employment, use of an employee’s title and more, the office said."
BOOKS ON THE CRAFT OF JOURNALISM
• Newsroom Confidential: Lessons (and Worries) from an Ink-Stained Life by Margaret Sullivan.
"Sullivan remains the critic American journalism requires, a veteran practitioner with street cred, still in touch with the ‘unaccountable joy’ of reporting and writing that continues to draw talented young people to the field.” ~ Steve Coll, The New York Times Book Review
“If Sullivan started out intending to write a memoir, she ended up with a manifesto. This is a book about the role of the press in a democracy that’s in grave jeopardy. ~ Kathy Kiely, The Washington Post
• The Art and Craft of Feature Writing, by William E. Blundell (saying that reporting and writing are part of the same process, equally important)
• The Art of Fact: A Historical Anthology of Literary Journalism, ed. Kevin Kerrane and Ben Yagoda
• The Art of the Interview: Lessons from a Master of the Craft by Lawrence Grobel (memoir of a top interviewer who prepares deeply for long interviews; don't expect helpful instruction for quicky interviews).
• The Beholder's Eye: A Collection of America's Finest Personal Journalism, ed. by Walt Harrington (first-person stories in which the narrators shaped what they saw and reported, were touched or changed by the experiences they reported, and who borrowed storytelling techniques from fiction (scene, action, description, dialogue, character, and plot).
• The Bloomberg Way: A Guide for Reporters and Editors by Matthew Winkler. Read The Bloomberg Juggernaut (AJR, 3-1-11), an interesting story (and review) by Jodi Enda . While other organizations were firing, Bloomberg was hiring. It has a style and approach all its own for writing about business and money, Bloomberg News is defined by what Winkler, the editor-in-chief, has deemed the "Five Fs": factual word, first word, fastest word, final word and future word. It produces news for the people "who have the most at stake," primarily the 300,000 big-money players who pay $20,000 a year for "The Bloomberg." To speak to these affluent and highly educated stakeholders, every story must include something on the relationship between markets, the economy, government, politics and companies -- the "Five Easy Pieces." "Show" with facts and anecdotes, "don't tell" with characterizations and labels. "Mistakes must be corrected, pronto. Proper credit must be given to competitors."
• Computer-Assisted Reporting: A Practical Guide by Brant Houston
• The Craft of Interviewing by John Joseph Brady
• Creative Interviewing: The Writer's Guide to Gathering Information by Asking Questions, by Ken Metzler (required reading for info-gathering interviews)
• The Elements of Journalism: What Newspeople Should Know and the Public Should Expect by Bill Kovach and Tom Rosenstiel.
• The Elements of Story: Field Notes on Nonfiction Writing, by Francis Flaherty
• Interviews That Work: A Practical Guide for Journalists by Shirley Biagi
• Intimate Journalism: The Art and Craft of Reporting Everyday Life, ed. Walt Harrington (the how-to's of human interest reporting)
• Investigative Reporter's Handbook: A Guide to Documents, Databases, and Techniques by Brant Houston and IRE.
• Journalism Next: A Practical Guide to Digital Reporting and Publishing by Mark Briggs, author of Journalism 2.0: How to Survive and Thrive
• Literary Journalism, ed. Norman Sims and Mark Kramer (includes essays by John McPhee, Susan Orlean, Tracy Kidder, Ted Conover, Richard Preston, Joseph Mitchell, Calvin Trillin, Adrian Nicole LeBlanc, David Quammen, Brent Staples, Joseph Nocera, Mark Singer, and Walt Harrington)
• Literary Nonfiction: Learning by Example, ed. Patsy Sims (with selections by includes selections by Madeleine Blais, Tim Cahill, James Conaway, Joan Didion, David Finkel, Jon Franklin, Tom Hallman, Jr., Walt Harrington, Tracy Kidder, Jane Kramer, John McPhee, Michael Paterniti, Mike Sager, Susan Sheehan, and Tom Wolfe)
• Little Bunch of Madmen: Elements of Global Reporting by Mort Rosenblum. "Are 'Foreign Correspondents' an endangered species? Not for Mort Rosenblum, who writes an informative and witty book for young professionals and those interested in the wider world. He broadens 'Old Media's' pool and offers important guidance to anyone who wants to plunge into international reporting."~Deborah Amos, National Public Radio
• The New New Journalism: Conversations with America's Best Nonfiction Writers on Their Craft,Robert S. Boynton (excellent and new, from broad picture down to how they organize their notes, what color pens they use, and other nuts and bolts details)
• Oxford Dictionary of Journalism by Tony Harcup (with a slant toward British journalism and a handy companion website with journalism URLs
• A Place Called WriterL: Where the Conversation Was Always About Literary Journalism ed. by Stuart Warner, Jon Franklin, Lynn Franklin. I subscribed to WriterL (delivered by email from 1994 to 2009), when it ceased publishing, and I'm so glad it survives in this form.
• Reality Radio: Telling True Stories in Sound edited by John Biewen
• Reporter: A Memoir by Seymour Hersh “A master class in the craft of reporting." —Alan Rusbridger, The New York Times Book Review. See also Lessons from a relentless “Reporter” (Don Nelson, Nieman Storyboard, 8-16-19) Gleaning fundamental wisdom from the dogged work of Seymour Hersh, best-known for his stories about the My Lai massacre in Vietnam and the Abu Ghraib prison in Iraq.
• Sound Reporting: The NPR Guide to Audio Journalism and Production by Jonathan Kern
• Story Building: Narrative Techniques for News and Feature Writers, by Ndaeyo Uko
• The Talk Book: The Intimate Science of Communicating in Close Relationships (explains reflective listening and disclosure)
• Telling True Stories: A Nonfiction Writers' Guide from the Nieman Foundation at Harvard University, ed. Mark Kramer, Wendy Call
• A Treasury of Great Reporting: Literature Under Pressure from the Sixteenth Century to Our Own Time, ed. by Louis L. Snyder and Richard B. Morris. Or you can borrow a PDF copy here.
• Verification Handbook Authored by leading journalists from the BBC, Storyful, ABC, Digital First Media and other verification experts, the Verification Handbook is a groundbreaking new free resource for journalists and aid providers. It provides the tools, techniques and step-by-step guidelines for how to deal with user-generated content (UGC) during emergencies. Funded by the European Journalism Centre and edited by Craig Silverman See Chapter 10: Verification Tools.
• New handbook fills training gap in verifying user-generated content (Gerri Berendzen, Aces, 2-6-14)
• Verification Handbook for Investigative Reporting: A guide to online search and research techniques for using user-generated content (UGC) and open source information in investigations (free Web-based read, second installment in a series)
• 'Verification Handbook' Gets a Free Companion Book (Mark Allen, Copyediting, 4-17-15)
• The Race Beat: The Press, the Civil Rights Struggle, and the Awakening of a Nation by Gene Roberts and Hank Klibanoff
• The Influencing Machine: Brooke Gladstone on the Media' by Brooke Gladstone
• Taking on the Trust: How Ida Tarbell Brought Down John D. Rockefeller and Standard Oil by Steve Weinberg
• Covering America: A Narrative History of a Nation's Journalism by Christopher B. Daly
• Indelible Ink: The Trials of John Peter Zenger and the Birth of America's Free Press by Richard Kluger
Five books that Tom Brokaw says provide a "peerless portrait of journalism's high aims and low comedy":
1. The Boys on the Bus by Timothy Crouse (Random House, 1973)
2. All the President's Men by Bob Woodward and Carl Bernstein (Simon & Schuster, 1974)
3. Scoop by Evelyn Waugh (Little, Brown, 1938)
4. Murrow by Ann M. Sperber (Freundlich, 1986)
5. Amusing Ourselves to Death by Neil Postman (Viking, 1985).
[Back to Top]
The Journalistic Essay
Jack Hart, when he taught the journalistic essay at The Oregonian, found these books useful:
• Phillip Lopate, ed. The Art of the Personal Essay: An Anthology from the Classical Era to the Present (Lopate's introduction especially)
• Robert Vare, ed. The American Idea: The Best of The Atlantic Monthly
• Joyce Carol Oates and Robert Atwan, eds. The Best American Essays of the Century.
Useful sites, resources, and pieces for journalists and news junkies
"Everything is copy." ~ Nora Ephron's mother
• Academic journals that give journalists free access (Denise-Marie Ordway,Journalist's Resource) See also 8 ways journalists can access academic research for free
• Ad blockers. Online publications fight back against ad blockers (Carl Harrison, Multibriefs, industry-specific news briefs, 11-17-16)
• Advice for interns: Go beyond what's required, send handwritten thank you notes and find allies (Rachel Schallom, Poynter, 6-14-18)
• Responsible Reporting in an Age of Information Disorder (Victoria Kwan, First Draft, Oct. 2019) The tipping point: Should I cover this story? Brief chapters on covering extremism, covering conspiracy theories, covering manipulated content, responsible headlines, linking and search engine optimization (SEO), social media amplification, and empathy, concluding with a responsible reporting checklist.
• All the News That Seemed Unfit to Print (Peter Carlson, WaPo, 8-7-07) The Weekly World News was a sleazy tabloid that covered events that seemed to occur in a parallel universe. The most creative newspaper in American history, the Weekly World News broke the story that Elvis faked his death and was living in Kalamazoo, Mich.
• Principles of Journalism (American Press Association) In brief:
1. Journalism's first obligation is to the truth.
2. Its first loyalty is to citizens.
3. Its essence is discipline of verification.
4. Its practitioners must maintain an independence from those they cover.
5. It must serve as an independent monitor of power.
6. It must provide a forum for public criticism and compromise.
7. It must strive to make the significant interesting and relevant.
8. It must keep the news comprehensive and proportional.
9. Its practitioners must be allowed to exercise their personal conscience.
-- American Press Association
• Journalistic Standards and Practices (CBC Radio-Canada) Links to a wealth of material, also useful outside of Canada.
• RTDNA's coverage guidelines for specific situations (among others: breaking news, live coverage, using telephone calls on-air, 911 calls, bomb threats, guidelines for mass shootings, shootings/hostage situations, law enforcement action, use of police scanners, bioterrorism guide, preventing plagiarism, respecting privacy, using confidential sources, evaluating sources, hidden cameras, file tape, user-generated content, graphic content, identifying juveniles, racial identification, reporting on suicide--the list goes on. Check it out!
• Jeff Flake's remarks at the 2018 dinner of the Radio & Television Correspondents (YouTube, 17 minutes, 11-14-18). Flake, in an excellent talk about the search for truth, says that our country is in a crisis of communication, in which people on opposite sides don't even agree on shared facts, and engage in insults and abuse rather than rational dialogue. Full video here (C-Span)
• Almost seven-in-ten Americans have news fatigue, more among Republicans ( Jeffrey Gottfried and Michael Barthel, FactTank, Pew Research Center, 6-5-18) Feeling overwhelmed by the news is more common among those who follow the news less closely than among those who are avid consumers. Those less favorable toward the news media are also the most “worn out.”
• Alternet.org (a progressive activist news service and a project of the non-profit Independent Media Institute, whose aim is to "inspire citizen action and advocacy on the environment, human rights and civil liberties, social justice, media, and health care issues")
• A Manifesto (Jason Pontin, Technology Review, May/June 2009) Newspapers and magazines won't vanish. But they will change.
• An Arizona school district kept a secret blacklist for decades. A reporter found it (Hank Stephenson, Columbia Journalism Review, 1-23-18) A reporter attended a school board meeting for 3 hours, longer than other journalists. That ended up being a very good decision. "After three hours, I was the only reporter left in the room. Sometimes that’s all it takes....The names were redacted and the data was incomplete, but the records I received showed more than 1,400 employees had been blacklisted during the past two decades."
• Another One Bites the Dust: Can Independent Web Journalism Survive? (Dorian Benkoil, MediaShift, 2-12-18) "The solo blogger or small team can still make a go of it, if they stay as focused on the business aspects as the editorial mission." The Awl, DNAInfo, Gothamist, BuzzFeed (struggling), Mashable (acquired cheaply)...see where the troubles lie, and why. Great visual.
• Applying Science to the Beauty and Wellness Beat (Julissa Treviño, The Open Notebook, 2-26-19)
• Artisanal Journalism (Structure of News, on (Re)Structuring Journalism, 6-11-12). Talking about data structure and site design is not as sexy as discussing wonderful tales of narrative journalism. But it’s just as important, sez this post.
• The Art of Reportage (Lettre Ulysses Award for the Art of Reportage) "I don’t see the problem with literary reportage providing we get the noun and the adjective in the right order. Reportage as the noun and literary as the adjective. I think that literary reportage is a difficult art to practice because you are restricted to reality as you see it and what you can bring to it. " Isabel Hilton (jury member, Lettre Ulysses Award)
"If you want to report on an issue that is so deep, the only honest way to report it is to have a commitment in time." ~Pedro Rosa Mendes (jury member Lettre Ulysses Award)
"The literary journalist is not a conventional journalist, not a journalist only of information, but a journalist who must speak about human beings, and transcend current affairs to speak about the depth of the human condition" Tomás Eloy (jury member Lettre Ulysses Award)
• Ask a Reporter archives Read how New York Times reporters have answered students' questions, or see how different reporters have answered frequently asked questions.
• ASNE archives (American Society of Newspaper Editors)
• Anatomy of a News Segment (Andrew Sullivan, Daily Dish, video. 1-29-10)
• As my dreams changed, my goal to tell stories that move people always remained (Eric Deggans, Poynter, 5-22-18) I can’t really remember a time when I didn’t want to tell stories that moved people.
• Audio quality affects the credibility of news (Bill Andrews, D-brief, Discover, 4-18-18) Listeners in an experiment using newscasts of varying quality thought the speakers in the clips with better sound production were more credible, and their topics more interesting-- maybe because it's easier to process.
• Awards, grants, fellowships, and competitions (Writers and Editors)
• Artisanal Journalism (Structure of News, on (Re)Structuring Journalism, 6-11-12). Talking about data structure and site design is not as sexy as discussing wonderful tales of narrative journalism. But it’s just as important, sez this post.
• As the ‘forever war’ drags on, veterans bring battlefield knowledge to the newsroom (Jack Crosbie, CJR, 3-21-18) The "Department of Defense and the Department of Veterans Affairs have ballooned into two of the largest departments in the US government, commanding over 60 percent of Congress’s discretionary spending in the 2018 budget....But as traditional media have scaled back coverage of the country’s conflicts abroad, a new crop of online publications gives voice to veterans and military journalists, covering America’s wars and the people who fight them with an unvarnished blend of personal experience and investigative reporting." Read about The War Horse, Task & Purpose (especially Code Red News (with Paul Szoldra), At War (a new column in the NY Times magazine). “Let’s face it, serving in combat gives many veterans a highly attenuated nose for bullshit. We [journalists] should welcome people like this to our ranks, and coach them and channel them and be excited about the service they can provide readers,” says CJ Chivers, the Times’s long-standing foreign correspondent. See, for example, 15 Years Ago, I Helped Start a War That Hasn’t Ended (Matt Ufford, At War, NY Times Magazine, 3-20-18).
• The assassination of a journalist. The killing of Gauri Lankesh (iddhartha Deb, CJR, Winter 2018) Gauri Lankesh was an outspoken left-wing journalist working in an India that has become one of the world’s most dangerous countries to be a reporter. What the assassination of a Bangalore journalist says about media complacency in the face of Hindu nationalism’s violent rise in India. In spite of a lack of coordination of investigators, certain patterns have emerged that connect the killings of journalists.
• Background. Writing Elegant Background (Christina Selby, The Open Notebook, 3-29-16) Background (exposition) gives a feature article "the history and context that help a story make sense in the moment and find its place in the bigger picture." Interesting section on the “layer cake,” the “A-B,” or the “zipper” structure...'a feature story that “alternates between sections of narrative and explanatory sections of context or history.” It’s a braided narrative approach where background is woven in throughout the story a phrase, a few sentences, or a paragraph at a time.'
• The Basics: Principles of Newswriting (Ben Yagoda)
• Behind the Cover A new video series goes inside the process for creating the covers of The New York Times Magazine.
•Benjamin C. Bradlee (Academy of Achievement). One of several interviews of journalists and about journalism.
• The Best Damn Job in the Whole Damn World (Roger Ebert, 4-3-09)
• Billionaires gone wild (Alex Pareene, CJR, Winter 2018) The American media landscape, like the rest of the country, is being reshaped by the whims of the ultra-rich. It is one thing—an infuriating thing, granted—to lose your job because of 'the market.' ...But when your livelihood is disrupted because of the whims of one powerful person—when the invisible hand is replaced by one very visible and shockingly capricious one—it is a much more bewildering experience. And it is one more journalists can expect to experience in the near future, as the economic power of the 0.01 percent increases and the revenue models underpinning traditional news-gathering shops break down."
•Bloody shoes worn by Orlando doctor reveal power of detail (Roy Peter Clark, Poynter, Storytelling, 6-16-16). Editorial he uses to illustrate his point: A Flower for the Graves, an editorial by Gene Patterson. See also Fighting for Life 50 Floors Up, With One Tool and Ingenuity (Jim Dwyer, NY Times, 10-9-01)
•Blue Plate Special.net (by Jay Rosen, his students at NYU, and other recruits from around the Web). A Blue Plate Special is a mix of blog posts, interviews, and informational features on a single subject, and quite a bit about blogging.
• Breaking News Consumer's Handbooks On the Air's excellent podcasts on how to be a savvy consumer on various types of news--how to see through the myths and fake news. Topics covered: U.S. storms, drugs, protest, take news, poverty in America, Islamophobia, election polls, migration (at home and abroad), military coups, celebrity experts, bogus health news, terrorism, SCOTUS, stock market volatility, health news and diet fads, data breaches, bearing witness, active shooter, and plane crashes.
• Caliphate. The story, and the story about the story. See A Riveting ISIS Story, Told in a Times Podcast, Falls Apart (Mark Mazzetti, Ian Austen, Graham Bowley and Malachy Browne, NY Times, 12-18-2020) A Canadian’s gruesome account as an Islamic State executioner in Syria, which was the subject of the “Caliphate” podcast by The New York Times, was fabricated, officials say. A Times review found no corroboration of his claim to have committed atrocities. (New York Times, 12-18-2020) Dean Baquet, the executive editor of The Times, discusses where “Caliphate” failed to meet Times standards. And Mark Mazzetti, an investigative correspondent for The Times, details new reporting that casts significant doubt on the claims of a central figure in the Caliphate series.
• Can We Tape? A Reporter's Recording Guide: A Practical Guide to Taping Phone Calls and In-Person Conversations in the 50 States and D.C. (a state-by-state guide). (Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press).
See also Recording phone calls.
• Can We Talk (Thomas L. Friedman, OpEd, NY Times, 7-17-10) On the dangers of political correctness.
• Be Credible: Information Literacy for Journalism, Public Relations, Advertising and Marketing Students (KUScholarWorks, free download) This free and open textbook teaches college-level journalism students to become information experts. Using the themes of credibility and information literacy, the book helps today’s students, who start out all their research with Google and Wikipedia, to specialize in accessing, evaluating, and managing information that often is not accessible through Google searches.
•The cyclical nature of media panics and media reform--pieces by Michael J. Socolow "In my research on media, broadcasting and advertising history, I’ve noted the cyclical nature of media panics and media reform movements throughout American history." (Lots of interesting pieces on this page.)
• CNN vs. BuzzFeed: A media spat for the digital age (Pete Vernon, CJR, 11-15-17) In one corner, a media powerhouse that catalyzed the 24-hour news cycle. In the other, a rambunctious upstart that made its name with catchy videos and listicles before diving into hard-news reporting. Two outlets battling for the attention of digital audiences, needling each other along the way. About rivalries between news sites covering the same beat, fighting to draw the larger readership.
• Consumer Reports. Testing out a new future for Consumer Reports (Karen K. Ho, CJR, 6-18-18) "Even the manufacturers are interested in the data, because they can’t even afford to compare themselves to 20 other models."
• Contently (powering the next generation of publishing). Described by Columbia Journalism Review as a new platform to connect journalists and publishers . "Contently aims to help journalists to build their brand online and connect them with publishers looking for writers." The Contently platform is said to "streamline your editorial calendar and add efficiency to content creation--for agencies and high-volume publishers." The Content Network "empowers professional journalists and bloggers to build careers doing what they love." Through that network, Contently publishers can "scale up freelance talent for projects and ongoing work with our vetted Network of magazine-quality writing talent." We'll see how it all works out later. Report on your experiences!
• The Chaos at Condé Nast (Katherine Rosman, NY Times, 2-12-2020) "The memoirs of Dan Peres and other ex-employees of the magazine company reveal the mess behind the gloss of the aughts. In the book, Mr. Peres reveals an opioid addiction that he tried for years to hide, and which, until he got clean in 2007, had him taking as many as 60 Vicodin pills a day....The early and mid-aughts were the Roaring ’20s of magazines, with the looming economic recession not yet imaginable and the disruption of digital media not considered by publishing executives, so infatuated with their pretty print pages and the huge margins that print advertising delivered. No matter that their one real job was to have their fingers on the pulse of What’s Next."
Crossword puzzles.
• Crosswords Have Always Been a Solace in Times of Trouble. Here's How the 20th Century's Toughest Moments Shaped the Puzzle's History (Adrienne Raphel, Time, 3-27-2020) And her book: Thinking Inside the Box: Adventures with Crosswords and the Puzzling People Who Can't Live Without Them by Adrienne Raphel
• Every publisher should have a games strategy (Simon Owens' Media Newsletter, 2-24-22) By deploying games products, publishers can significantly increase reader engagement and subscriber retention.
• How the Crossword Became an American Pastime (Deb Amlen, Smithsonian, December 2019) The newspaper standby still rivets our attention a century later.
• Brief History of Crossword Puzzles (American Crossword Puzzle Tournament)
• The legacy of the crossword puzzle in times of crisis (Kai Ryssdal and Bennett Purser, Marketplace, 3-24-2020) “I don’t think I have to sell you on the increased demand for this type of pastime in an increasingly worried world. You can’t think of your troubles while solving a crossword.” ~ Margaret Farrar, crossword puzzle editor.
• Cut This Story! (Michael Kinsley, Atlantic, Jan./Feb. 2010) Newspaper articles are too long, says Kinsley.
• Cyclical nature of media panics and reform. Interesting articles by Michael J. Socolow "In my research on media, broadcasting and advertising history, I’ve noted the cyclical nature of media panics and media reform movements throughout American history."
• The Daily Miracle (William Zinsser, American Scholar, Winter 2008) Life with the mavericks and oddballs at the Herald Tribune
• Dealing with online harassment
• The death of the working class reporter (Justin Ward, Noteworthy: The Journal Blog, 6-26-19) Journalism is becoming an elite profession—and that’s bad news. "The top positions in media today are overwhelmingly held by coastal blue bloods who are isolated—both physically and metaphorically—from the rest of the country." See also Working-class journalism in the Age of Oligarchs (Barbara Ehrenreich, Salon, 12-27-18) "At the beginning of my career, I could earn enough to support my family, at however minimal a level. But starting in the 1990s that began to change. Newspapers and other news outlets were taken over by large corporations that were concerned only about the bottom line."
• Digital journalism’s disappearing public record, and what to do about it (Sharon Ringel and Angela Woodall, CJR, 5-17-18) Publishers are not archiving; it's "simply not a businss priority." And "who bears the burden of keeping records when institutions use social-media platforms as an ad hoc archive. Platforms are motivated to collect data because of the potential for profit, rather than as a public service, and relying on them as an archive can conflict with the the legal “right to be forgotten,” which the European Union enforces but which remains contentious in the United States."
• Digital portfolios for journalists: What are your options? (Susanna Speier, Poynter, 4-10-13) . She writes about Pressfolios, Muck Rack, Clippings.me, Contently, and "industry-agnostic" platforms such as WordPress.
Document Cloud, created by journalists from ProPublica and The New York Times as an online repository of source documents. From an interesting story in the newsletter of the Association of Health Care Journalists: "Explore how the Las Vegas Sun used DocumentCloud to present hospital inspection reports, and the violations they contained, to its readers": an interactive graphic created by combining Document Cloud with Flash "to make the reports searchable and more meaningful to the public"
• Embargoes: Why Bloomberg’s broken embargo matters (Kristen Hare, TyLisa Johnson, Josie Hollingsworth, Angela Fu and Ren LaForme, Poynter, 8-6-24) Bloomberg prematurely shared news about Evan Gershkovich before he and other prisoners were safely back in the US, putting the operation in jeopardy. Responses interesting.
•Esquire's 70 Greatest Sentences Esquire, 10-1-03). Seventy lines that sparkle, invoke, provoke, or are just damn enjoyable to read.
•Ethnic Media Network (New America Media)
•FacTank (Pew Research Center, News in the Numbers)
•The Field Guide to Security Training in the Newsroom. A training guide for journalists who want to protect their digital privacy. A collaboratively written guide that helps trainers train their colleagues. See Introducing the Field Guide to Security Training in the Newsroom (Amanda Hickman, Kevin O’Gorman, and Ryan Pitts, Source, 4-18-18)
• Fifty Writing Tools: Quick List (Roy Peter Clark's priceless and timeless advice, Poynter, 6-30-06)
Finding and developing your voice
• Some warbly thoughts on “voice” (Jacqui Banaszynski, Nieman Storyboard, 11-22-19) Finding your signature style within the (flexible) walls of journalism. "It can feel like the particular requirements of journalism ask us to abandon our own voice, but I have found that’s simply not true. We’re just trying to understand and internalize some of the techniques of the masters, then incorporate them into our own work. We might subjugate (quiet) our own voice for awhile as we’re learning the craft, but it’s still there. And the more we know the underlying craft, the more we can let our own voice shine."
• Developing Your Nonfiction Voice: Write Like You Speak (Sarah Chauncey, 5-25-17) "Fiction writers can create a voice, or play with different voices, but as a nonfiction writer, your writing should sound like you. Your vocabulary, your cadence, your syntax, your dialect. Your verbal idiosyncrasies. Friends and colleagues should be able to hear your voice in their heads as they read."
• “Developing a writer’s voice is almost a process of unlearning, one analogous to children’s painting.” (Jacqui Banaszynski, Nieman Storyboard, 11-7-18) "Voice isn’t the same as opinion, and should never be self-indulgent."
• Thoughts on voice: What it is (and isn’t). And how to find yours (Esther Wei-Yun Landhuis, Nieman Storyboard,11-6-18) A panel of writers and editors offer tips on nurturing your authentic writing voice, and modulating it for your story and audience. “We all recognize voice when we read it or hear it. It’s distinct and it’s individual and you feel like you’re being led by an interesting guide,” said Amanda Mascarelli, managing editor of SAPIENS. And yet on some stories there can be too much "voice."
• Cookbooks Are So Much More Than Recipes and Photographs (LitHub, 11-1-19) Joshua Raff on the triple pleasures of memoir, travel, and family history. '“People want something larger than a recipe collection,” Matt Sartwell observes, they “want a voice and an authority.” ...Today’s readers are drawn to an authentic voice—it may be fun, it may be conversational, it may be more formal, but the author’s voice must come through.'
• Elizabeth Weil and “The Curse of the Bahia Emerald” (Katia Savchuk, Annotation Tuesday, Nieman Storyboard, 1-9-18) The writer talks about her Coen Brothers-ish caper in Wired, the importance of voice, and her fondness for "poignant, hapless conmen who can't let go"
• Writing Creative Nonfiction: Voice and Style (Dave Hood, 8-15-12)
• What Is Writer’s Voice? (agent Rachelle Gardner, 7-30-10)
• Nonfiction Authors: What Person or Voice Should You Write In? (Jessi Rita Hoffman, book editor)
•Five Great Stories You Didn’t Read in 2005 (Edward B. Colby, Columbia Journalism Review, 12-26-05)
• The five ways we read online (and what publishers can do to encourage the “good” ones)(Laura Hazard Owen, Nieman Lab, 4-17-18) New metrics specifically for news articles. "SIG captures how quickly an article moves toward its final point, passing through all the points along the way made by the individual paragraphs. For example, an article that opens with an abstract paragraph may contain a lot of the information at the beginning and add only a little later in the text. In contrast, a listicle may have a more even distribution of information throughout the text."
•5 Ways to Get People to Contribute Good Content for Your Site. Mallary Jean Tenore (Poynter Online, 11-11-10) gives advice on getting good user-generated content (crowdsourcing, or community editorial): "Master the 'fine art of the prompt'; understand what motivates contributors (and that "your content providers are not necessarily your content consumers") and reward them.
• Generation J Community (SPJ, section for journalism school grads)
• The golden age of computer-assisted reporting is at hand (Mathew Ingram, Nieman Lab, 5-20-09) A little dated, but just to give a sense of recent history!
• Goodbye to the Age of Newspapers (Hello to a New Era of Corruption) (Paul Starr, New Republic, 3-4-09)
• Google Pours $300 Million Into Effort to Aid News Publishers (Mark Bergen, B loomberg, 3-20-18) Google is rolling out a new feature, Subscribe with Google, aimed at helping media publishers grow subscriptions, battling fake news, and supporting digital journalism. CBO Schindler: "If our partners don’t grow, we don’t grow" Google’s latest initiative coincides with a backlash against the internet giants that are increasingly becoming global gatekeepers of information.
• Help a Reporter Out (HARO) Now Cision-owned. Useful site for journalists seeking expertise to post queries and connect with experts.
• Helping each other navigate obscure records and obdurate sources (Jacqui Banaszynski, Nieman Storyboard, 8-8-23) The editor reflects on the need for journalists to support and learn from each other to defend and serve the public's right to know.
• Hidden History, archive of Narratively's monthly newsletter exploring the nuanced and forgotten histories of a topical person, place, or event.
• Historians are a great resource. Journalists, be sure to give them credit. (Danielle McGuire, Columbia Journalism Review, 4-28-18). See also Recy Taylor, Who Fought for Justice After a 1944 Rape, Dies at 97 (Sewell Chan, NY Times,12-29-17) The name pronounced “REE-see.” See also The Rape of Recy Taylor’ Takes a Deep Dive Into Systemic Injustice (a review by Jeannette Catsoulis of the documentary, NY Times,12-14-17).
• How journalists can navigate privacy laws Annie Waldman, NASW, 6-14-18) Excellent practical tips.
• How 86-year-old Dan Rather became Facebook’s favorite news anchor (Ben Bergman, CJR, 3-8-18)
• How Health and Education Journalists Can Turn Privacy Laws to Their Advantage (Annie Waldman, ProPublica, 3-19-18) Via JournalistsResource.org: "ProPublica offers reporters tips for gaining access to health and education records that are protected by two federal laws: the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) and the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA). Reporter Annie Waldman explains what data is available and gives suggestions for getting around privacy restrictions. For example, journalists could request patient records with any personal identifiers removed or redacted. In some cases, journalists can access limited- or restricted-use data sets by signing data use agreements."
• How I overcame fear and mistrust to tell immigrants’ stories of crippling back pain (Cristina Londono, Center for Health Journalism) "The most important piece of advice I can ever give a fellow reporter who is interviewing immigrants is to not treat them as victims....However precarious the situation they may be in, they are aware of the battles they have won to be here, and are ready to take on more. If treated with dignity and not looked down upon, they are both willing and proud to share their stories." But she gives other good advice, too.
• How News Happens: A Study of the News Ecosystem of One American City (Pew Resarch Journalism Project, 1-11-10)
• How ProPublica Became Big Tech’s Scariest Watchdog (Katharine Schwab, Co.Design, 2-16-18) The nonprofit is fighting fire with fire, developing algorithms and bots that hold Facebook and Amazon accountable. Reporter Julia Angwin’s team specializes in investigating algorithms that affect people’s lives, from the Facebook News Feed to Amazon’s pricing models to the software determining people’s car insurance payments and even who goes to prison and for how long. To investigate algorithms, they’ve developed a new approach to investigative reporting that uses technology like machine learning and chatbots."
• How to tell good [academic] research from bad: 13 questions journalists should ask (y Denise-Marie Ordway, Journalist's Resource)
• HuffPost slow to do right. So now HuffPost decides to pay writers. Its effect on the industry still lingers (Matthew Hays, CJR, 1-25-18)
• Idea Lab (Media Shift)
• Identifying misinformation. 5 takeaways from First Draft’s identifying misinformation course (journalist's Resource, 3-19-18) A new online course from First Draft helps journalists use free tools to track down, source and verify information they find online.
• If a Pharmaceutical Company Publishes a Magazine, Is it Journalism? (Michael Schulson, Undark, 2-12-18) That’s the nagging question for LeapsMag, a new science publication underwritten by Bayer, the pharmaceutical and agricultural sciences conglomerate. "I chose not to write for Leaps, concerned that taking money from Bayer would compromise my ability to report on the company." “It was clear that, yes, they did want an independent publication, as long as it didn’t criticize ethical issues that touched on Bayer.” (Read the comments, too.)
• If the Internet Didn’t Exist, Where Would Newspapers Be? (Paul Fanlund, Shoptalk, Editor&Publisher) A two-part answer: First, the newspaper revenue model, especially the once-robust classified advertising business, would be considerably healthier. Sites such as Craigslist and Monster.com changed everything." Second: "With the advent of conservative Fox News on cable television about two decades ago, the mainstream media entered an era in which claims of bias often became the first line of defense against negative stories. ....while the internet poses a massive challenge to the business of newspaper journalism, this liberal-conservative media split and quick-trigger claims of bias pose a challenge to the soul of newspaper journalism."
• The Inheritance (Mark Bowden's story in Vanity Fair about Arthur Sulzberger and the NY Times, 3-30-09) With a doomsday clock ticking for newspapers as we know them, no one has more at stake than fourth-generation New York Times publisher Arthur Ochs Sulzberger Jr., who is scrambling to keep his family’s prized asset alive. Some see him as a lightweight cheerleader, others as the last, best defender of quality journalism. Talking to company insiders, the author examines the nexus of dynasty and character that has brought the 57-year-old Sulzberger to the precipice.
• Inside the Brilliant Career and Tragic Death of Javier Valdez (Ioan Grillo, Esquire, Oct 2018) El Chapo, Mexico’s most notorious drug lord, is in jail, awaiting trial next month in Brooklyn. For years, Valdez reported on the cartels, risking his life in what has become the deadliest assignment in the world outside of a war zone. His friend Ioan Grillo recounts his vibrant life and tragic death. "What I remember most about Javier is his voice..."
• The Intercept "Fearless, adversarial journalism that holds the powerful accountable."
---Reviewing Nonprofit Media: The Intercept (Liliana Segura, Daily Kos, 3-5-17)
---Media Bias/Fact Check
• The intrepid reporter who got expelled from the UN (Amanda Darrach, CJR, 7-30-18) “Everyone thinks he’s nuts, but everyone reads him"
• Ira Glass's Commencement Speech at the Columbia Journalism School Graduation (posted on This American Life, 5-17-18) A marvelous pep talk, well worth a read no matter when or if you graduated.
• IRE Tipsheets (Investigative Reporters & Editors)
• Is teaching news literacy a journalist's job? Yes. Here's a way to build stories that can show people the difference between good and bad journalism. Journalists can change the way they build stories to create organic news fluency (Tom Rosenstiel and Jane Elizabeth, American Press Institute, 5-9-18) "We propose a new way of creating journalism that helps audiences become more fluent and more skilled consumers of news the more they consume it....imagine a format or presentation that, alongside the story, poses some key questions a discriminating or “fluent” news consumer might ask to decide what to make of the story." They might ask: What is new here? What evidence is there? What sources did you talk to and when? What facts don't we know yet? What, if anything, is still in dispute? ...Imagine if more journalists were to raise and answer these questions in an element placed at the top of the narrative."
• How working journalists and academics can help each other (Rebecca Whittington, HoldTheFrontPage, 5-31-18) The UK's Journalism Knowledge Exchange (JKX) is “a project which aims to bring together ideas from journalists and academics with the intention of identifying potential collaborative projects of mutual benefit.”
• Journalism: A Love Story by Nora Ephron, from I Remember Nothing and Other Reflections."In those days, the Post published six editions a day, starting at 11 a.m. and ending with the 4:30 stock marketfinal. When news broke, reporters in the street would phone in the details from pay phones and rewrite men wouldwrite the stories. The city room was right next to the press room, and the noise—of reporters typing, pressmenlinotyping, wire machines clacking, and presses rolling—was a journalistic fantasy." See also Jennie Ziegler on Nora Ephron and Indulging Old Aches (Essay Daily, 12-17-18) "Though I consider myself a writer, an essayist, and am content for it, I find myself speaking about my one summer at one newspaper like that....“honeymoon,” in French, translates to la lune de miel. A moon full of honey. And that’s how that time follows me—this pregnant moon of memory, hanging like a soft-watt bulb above me."
• Journalism and Art: Complementary and Collaborative Storytelling (Michael Blanding, Nieman Storyboard, 3-28-16) As journalists use art to bring stories off the page, artists adopt reporting techniques to address social issues
• Journalism Awards (Poynter). Links to 22 awards.
• Journalism Director Suddenly Stripped of Title (Dylan Campbell, The Kingsman: The Voice of Brooklyn College, 9-19-17). Piqued that Anthony Mancini, deputy chair of the journalism program (under English department chair Ellen Tremper), went above her head to argue for something for the journalism program, Tremper fired Mancini as deputy chair (though not as a professor). Mancini argues that journalism no longer belongs in the English department. The result: Much campus support for Mancini. (Disclosure: Mancini is a long-time personal friend.)
• Journalism Is Itself a Religion: Special Essay on Launch of The Revealer (Jay Rosen's essay, PressThink, 1-7-04). See also “The Requesting of Good Things” (Dustin Dwyer, NiemanReports, 4-10-18) "Journalism, like religion, is an act of faith."
• Journalism links (Society of American Travel Writers)
• Journalism Listservs and Newsgroups (Mike O'Reilly, Jourmalist's Toolbox, Society of Professional Journalists, 5-22-16)
• Journalism Needs Freelancers, and Freelancers Need Protection (Elisabet Cantenys, Open Society Foundations, 2-23-18)
• The Journalist’s Creed
• A Journalist's Guide to the Internet (Christopher Callahan). With whole valuable pages, such as Journalism Organizations & Related Sites
• Journalists of Color Face Harassment by Sources (Jane C. Hu, The Open Notebook, 4-9-19) Science writer Jane C. Hu talked with journalists of color about their experiences with racial harassment and microaggressions on the job, how they handle those all-too-frequent occurrences, and how the journalism community can better support reporters of color who face these difficult situations.
• Journalist's Resource (Shorenstein Center on Media, Politics and Public Policy). Research on today's news topics.
• A J-School Year (blog by and for journalism school students, and those thinking of j-school), written by University of North Carolina students.
• The Editors (BBC News' blog on dilemmas and issues BBC faces, welcoming comments)
• The Editor's Desk (thoughts on editing for print and online media, with an emphasis on U.S. newspapers and news websites)
• Editors Only: The Newsletter of Editorial Achievement (discussing the changing nature of content delivery), sister pub to STRAT: The Newsletter of Print and Online Magazine Publishing Strategy
• Edit tests are out of control, say journalists in search of jobs (Zoë Beery, CJR, 3-2-18) Interviews with more than two dozen writers and editors reveal that, as journalism jobs have evaporated, edit testing has become excessively burdensome for candidates. These journalists find themselves taking on multiple tests a year, sometimes simultaneously, amounting to 20 or more unpaid hours of work per test that often yield no results--sometimes not even a note informing them they are no longer being considered.
• 8 steps to upgrade your everyday news stories with ‘tiny narratives’ (Katia Savchuk, CJR, 4-13-17) Breaking news and hard-hitting features put the facts center stage. Savchuk scatters “tiny narratives”--compact anecdotes, sometimes only a few lines long--throughout a fact-driven article. "Those nuggets of humanity can help keep readers on the page." Excellent examples.
• An Elegy for Copy Editors (Lawrence Downes, OpEd, NY Times, 6-16-08) The job hasn’t disappeared yet, but it is swiftly evolving, away from an emphasis on style and consistency, from making a physical object perfect the first time. The path to excellence is now through speed, agility and creativity in using multiple expressive outlets for information in all its shapes and sounds.
• Emily Bell thinks public service media today has its most important role to play since World War II (Anders Hofseth, Nieman Lab, 4-2-18) "Google and Facebook have hoovered up everything. The ad departments just didn’t see it coming."
“I think there’s a very viable long-term financial model for commercial media. But I don’t necessarily think that applies directly to journalism.”
"At the moment, I think public service media has got the most important role to play that it’s had at any point since the end of the second World War."
• Employment picture darkens for journalists at digital outlets (Alex T. Williams, CJR, 9-27-16) "In 2005, for every one digital-only journalist, there were 20 newspaper journalists. In 2015, for every one digital-only journalist, there were four newspaper journalists."
• Kickers (endings) Good Endings: How to Write a Kicker Your Editor—and Your Readers—Will Love (Robin Meadows,The Open Notebook, 11-24-15) Three editors on kickers they love and why they love them, and the journalists on how they did it.
• Late Editor Blames Three Key People for Newspapers’ Demise (John Walter, SalmaGandi, originally on Poynter, 2-11-09). Walter served as executive editor of The Atlanta Journal-Constitution and was a founding editor of USA Today.
• Learn to Write News Stories (Tony Rogers, ThoughtCo) Step-by-step instructions: The lede, the five Ws and the H, basic news format.
• LEDE vs. LEAD. Spellings such as lede (for "lead"), stet, dele, and hed (for headline) "probably came into use to differentiate editing comments from copy and - a newspaper imperative - to save time and space. ~Carolyn Jack (in an Authors Guild discussion online, along with the following:)
---"Lede" is a newspaper term, coined in the era of metal type, to distinguish the beginning of a news article (the who-what-when-where) from the substance, lead, from which the type was made. To "bury the lede" means to fail to begin with that summary, or with the most striking or important point of the story, which will "lead" the reader into the article.~Janet Burroway
---Why Do We 'Bury the Lede?' (Merriam-Webster) The 'lede refers to the introductory section of a news story that is intended to entice the reader to read the full story. It appears most frequently in the idiom '[Don't] bury the lede.' "
---"There may be some connection with the days of the lead letters that the typesetter aligned before a page was printed. The confusion of lead (the beginning) with lead (the substance) could have had a relationship to call the opening of a feature as lede."~ Milton Trachtenberg
---'The spelling "lede" avoids confusion with "lead," the metal used to set type back in the pre-digital days.'~Sandy Sheehy
• Ledes and Sewer Fat Wall Street Journal writer Barry Newman: 'like all reporters, I’m an exception' (Barry Newman, The Guardian, 4-23-15) The journalist behind more than 400 Wall Street Journal front-page features reveals his techniques for opening stories – and shows how he made a riveting read out of fat in sewers. The part about ledes is okay; the story about what a problem fat is in New York's sewers is fascinating (and its implications for what fat might be doing in your body will probably stick with you).
• Lessons from fiction for science writers: The Heist, The Scientists, and How to Tell the Story (Nicholas Booth, Google doc, 10-15-2020) In a session at the UK Conference of Science Journalists, three panelists discussed how fiction writing techniques can be applied to your journalism to make it clearer, more balanced, and more exciting. Nick Booth, one of the speakers, shared this list of resources that he thinks might be useful to science writers. H/T: Science Writing News Roundup #14
• Let’s Invent an iTunes for News (David Carr, The Media Equation, NY times, 1-11-09) "Remember that when iTunes began, the music industry was being decimated by file sharing. By coming up with an easy user interface and obtaining the cooperation of a broad swath of music companies, Mr. Jobs helped pull the business off the brink. He has been accused of running roughshod over the music labels, which are a fraction of their former size. But they are still in business."
• LGBT Aging Issues Network (LAIN) and Resources Clearinghouse (brings together professionals interested in the concerns of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and intersex individuals ages 50-plus)
• Lie? Falsehood? What to call the president’s words (Pete Vernon, CJR, 5-29-18)
• A Look Back at the New Journalism—What Was That All About? (Jack Limpert, About Writing and Editing, 3-14-18) The new journalists were feature writers trying to bring a new look to the old news story. A cogent analysis/critique and interesting look at Tom Wolfe, Truman Capote, George Plimpton, Joe McGinness, Hunter Thompson, Tim Krouse, David Halberstam and others who, starting in the 60s, tried to breathe fiction-like life into the news.
• Forged in wildfires: Lessons from California student-reporters (Anne Belden, CJR, 4-4-18) The most destructive wildfires in California history claimed 44 lives, wiped out 8,400 homes and structures, and caused at least $9 billion in damages in Sonoma and neighboring counties last fall. No lecture, reporting exercise, or emergency planning could have prepared Santa Rosa Junior College journalism students—many of whom produce The Oak Leaf newspaper, where I serve as adviser—for the magnitude of the firestorm that swept through their community. You can read that special issue.
• Freelancers: California Writers & Journalists Losing Work Due to New Court Ruling (Authors Guild, Industry News, 12-13-18) "Writers and journalists may be losing out on work as a result of an April 2018 California Supreme Court ruling that restricts who can be declared a freelancer. While the ruling in Dynamex Operations West Inc. vs. Superior Court of Los AngelesJust who is an independent contractor? (Lisa Renner, Capitol Weekly ("Covering California government and politics"), 9-17-18) 'The ruling on Dynamex Operations West Inc. vs. Superior Court of Los Angeles provides a new three-part “ABC” test to determine who can be an independent contractor.'
• Freelance Journalists Deserve to Be Better Protected (Elisabeth Cantenys, A Culture of Safety Alliance, Open Society Foundations, Medium, 2-23-18)
• From Silent Mode to Heated Mode: Reconstructing the Magazine Future… the Popular Science Way. Samir Husni's interview with Mark Jannot; includes “six basic principles that underlie the Mag+ digital platform.” Sidebar: Me and My iPad, in Mr.Magazine blog
• Front pages of today's newspapers (881 front pages from 91 countries, for example--sponsored by Newseum, Washington DC's most interactive museum
• Narrative nonfiction aka narrative nonfiction, literary nonfiction, long-form journalism, creative nonfiction, or narrative.
• NewAssignment.Net (An experiment in open-source reporting, which shows that open collaboration over the Internet among reporters, editors and large groups of users can produce high-quality work that serves the public interest, holds up under scrutiny, and builds trust).
• NewsLab. Since 2017, under the UM School of Journalism and New Media at the University of Mississippi. Home to a new integrated marketing communications program as well as its established and well-respected journalism program.
• The newspaper business isn't dying, it's evolving (Kirk LaPointe , Vancouver Sun, 5-1-09)
• News organizations have all but abandoned their archives (Cory Doctorow, BoingBoing, 4-4-19) Sharon Ringel and Angela Woodall have published a comprehensive, in-depth look at the state of news archiving in the digital age, working under the auspices of the Tow Center at the Columbia Journalism Review. They find that “news organizations are cavalier, even negligent, about archiving their news, and contrast this with the heyday of newspapers where dedicated librarians staffed a "morgue" of carefully clipped and cross-referenced print articles. By contrast, today's news organizations rely primarily on their CMSes, the Internet Archive's Wayback Machine, reporters' personal Google Docs accounts, and social media platforms like Twitter and Facebook to store their articles, social media posts, and other materials.”
• Newspapers and Thinking the Unthinkable (Clay Shirky, 5-13-19) Why iTunes is not a workable model for the newspaper business..."For the next few decades, journalism will be made up of overlapping special cases. Many of these models will rely on amateurs as researchers and writers. Many of these models will rely on sponsorship or grants or endowments instead of revenues. Many of these models will rely on excitable 14 year olds distributing the results. Many of these models will fail. No one experiment is going to replace what we are now losing with the demise of news on paper, but over time, the collection of new experiments that do work might give us the journalism we need."
•News University archives (Poynter) See also News University resources
• Newswise. Newswires for journalists, grouped in sections (Daily Wire, MedWire, SciWire, LifeWire, BizWire, Special Wires). Sign up for a press pass to get embargoed alerts.
• News You Can Lose (James Surowiecki, New Yorker, 12-22-08) about the essence of problems in the newspaper industry.
• New York Times Newsroom Navigator For years, used by New York Times reporters and editors as the starting point for their forays onto the Web. See also Navigator for students, teachers, and parents.
• Nieman Foundation for Journalism (see Nieman's own separate section, under Narrative Nonfiction, which includes Nieman Reports (a website and quarterly print publication covering thought leadership in journalism). See also Articles, Nieman Watchdog , Archives, including Journalism Under Pressure (Winter 2019)
• Nailing the Nut Graf (Tina Casagrand, The Open Notebook 4-29-14) 'The nut is not just a kernel of knowledge, says David Robson, a features editor at New Scientist. It’s a keystone. “You want to give a gist of the big idea behind the story, or at least the relevance of what you’re reporting and how it will change the reader’s life or understanding of the world,” Robson says. Although you don’t want spoilers to keep people from reading, you have to convince a reader to finish the story.'
"It doesn’t need to be that detailed! It just needs to show the stakes of the story—the So What—and tease some of the stuff that will be revealed later on." ~Brooke Borel, articles editor at Undark
--- Back to basics: the nut graph (Michelle V. Rafter, WordCount, 8-15-13)
--- The nut graf tells the reader what the writer is up to (Chip Scanlan, Poynter, 5-9-03) An excerpt from "Reporting & Writing: Basics for the 21st century."
--- Nut grafs: Overused, misused — or merely misunderstood? (Chip Scanlan, Nieman Storyboard, 1-29-19) When a summary nut beeps like the back-up horn on a truck or blinds like a searchlight, it can ruin the magic of a narrative
---A nut graf by any other name might taste sweeter ~ and be more digestible (Jacqui Banaszynski, Nieman Storyboard, 1-31-19) A defense of the summary nut as it is used in variations by Ken Burns, the Beatles and Shakespeare
---Primas of storywork on how they interpret the dance of the nut graf (Jacqui Banaszynski, Nieman Storyboard, 2-1-19)
---More on nut grafs: A sweet addendum (Los Angeles Times writer Thomas Curwen offers some elegant examples)
---Nailing the Nut Graf, again: "Writing a nut graf can feel like showing your work on a math test or stopping at traffic lights when no one's around." But "With a little careful study, a nut graf can be just as artful as the rest of your narrative."
• The Mafia Reporter With a Police Escort (and the 200 Journalists Like Him) (Gaia Pianigiani, NY Times, 5-20-18) Angering the mafia as a journalist in Italy makes for a lonely life. Paolo Borrometi is one of nearly 200 journalists in Italy who live under police protection....murders connected to organized crime are rising in Italy, the authorities say, and international observers consider criminal networks the principal threat to journalists in Europe."
• Mathematics Competency Test for Journalists (School of Journalism and Mass Communication, UNC Chapel Hill
• Media Bias/Fact Check. Use its search feature (header) to check the political bias of 2200+ media sources (as left biased, left-center, least biased, right-center, right biased, pro-science, conspiracy-pseudoscience, questionable sources, or satire)
• Media Myth Alert. Joseph Campbell's blog sums up myths reported in his book Getting It Wrong: Ten of the Greatest Misreported Stories in American Journalism. Tom Ashbrook interviews Campbell about the myths on NPR's radio program On the Point: When the Media Got It Wrong.
• Mediashift: Your Guide to the Digital Revolution (PBS), hosted by Mark Glaser. Check out such pieces as
---Rethinking the Role of the Journalist in the Participatory Age by Alfred Hermida, 7-9-10
---WikiLeaks, iPhone Incidents Show that U.S. Needs Shield Law by by Clothilde Le Coz,7-1-10
---5Across: Beyond Content Farms by Mark Glaser, 7-27-10. "Content farms or mills churn out massive amounts of content tailored to Google searches. But the approach to churning out that content varies from how-to articles (Demand Media), vertical topics (High Gear Media), hyper-local (Patch.com) and sports (Bleacher Report, SB Nation). And at some sites, writers get paid a small amount, while at others they toil for free."---Writers Explain What It's Like Toiling on the Content Farm by Corbin Hiar 7-21-10
---5 Digital PR Lessons from BP's Oil Spill Response by Ian Capstick 7-12-10.
---How to Teach Social Media in Journalism Schools (by Alfred Hermida, 8-30-10)
• Mike Sager's Tips (50 Ways to Improve Your Writing, Fifty-Three Ways to Improve Your Reporting, Twenty-Five Ways to Improve Editorial Relations)
• A mission for journalism in a time of crisis (The Guardian, 11-16-17) In a turbulent era, the media must define its values and principles, writes Guardian editor-in-chief Katharine Viner. This part is particularly apt right after the U.S. Republicans passed their big Tax Reform gift to the wealthy: "Skyrocketing inequality between the rich and poor has bred resentment at the political and economic establishment. In October it was revealed that the world’s super-rich now hold the greatest concentration of wealth for 120 years – many of them taking elaborate steps to avoid tax in the process, as the Paradise Papers showed." See Paradise Papers leak reveals secrets of the world elite's hidden wealth (Juliette GarsideThe Guardian, 11-5-17)
• More journalists and fiction writers are shifting to writing videogames (Stephany Nunneley, vg247, 11-19-10)
• Mr. Magazine, official blog of Samir A. Husni, an expert on magazines, on magazine media and the publishing industry.
• National Writers Workshops (Bill Mitchell, Poynter, 10-23-04) From Poynter and Harvard. Still going or not?
• National Writing Project (NWP) Sites Nearly 200 university-based writing project sites span all 50 states, Washington, D.C., Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands, providing professional development and leadership opportunities to more than 100,000 K-16 educators every year.
• Nearly 100 Fantastic Pieces of Journalism (Conor Friedersdorf, The Atlantic, 5-4-11). These must-reads are his personal picks for the best nonfiction of 2010. Happy reading!
• A Nebraskan and a New Yorker cross swords over ‘coastal bias’ in reporting (Ryan Bell, CJR, 2-7-18) 'The rise of digital publishing, such as Slate, was supposed to herald a new age in journalism where place would be of little importance. Reporters could work from anywhere in the country, so long as there was a good internet connection. Digital newspapers and magazines did create a bump in the industry, from 77,900 jobs in 2007 to 206,700 in 2017, but those reporters were stationed in the big cities. “Their reporters, an admirable lot,” wrote Jack Shafer for Politico, “can parachute into Appalachia or the rural Midwest on a monthly basis and still not shake their provincial sensibilities: Reporters tote their bubbles with them.” It was a matter of time before a local reporter would take a swing to pop that bubble.'
• New American Media (expanding the news lens through ethnic media)
• News Feature v. Narrative: What’s the Difference? (Rebecca Allen, Nieman Storyboard, 1-9-06). Excellent explanation and examples.
• News Gets New Life When Exhumed From the Morgue (Jeff Roth, Erika Allen, NY Times Q&A, 5-20-14)
Jeff Roth takes us on a basement tour of The New York Times’s archives, known as the morgue, explains how old clips in morgue are repurposed for an obituary.
• NewsLab: Resources Many helpful links
• NewsLab: Tools Many helpful links
• Newsletters. Here’s how to build a better newsletter, according to a bunch of self-professed newsletter nerds (Christine Schmidt, Nieman Lab, 1-24-18) In the unquenchable quest for greater interaction with readers, journalists have become nerds for newsletters--talking about best practices for A/B testing, actually landing in inboxes, and using email newsletters to build community. "Have a voice, tone, mission and audience in mind for every email you send."
• Newspapers and Thinking the Unthinkable (Clay Shirky, reprinted in Edge, 3-16-08, elsewhere cited as 2009) Snippets from a classic piece:
"The unthinkable scenario unfolded something like this: The ability to share content wouldn't shrink, it would grow. Walled gardens would prove unpopular. Digital advertising would reduce inefficiencies, and therefore profits. Dislike of micropayments would prevent widespread use. People would resist being educated to act against their own desires. Old habits of advertisers and readers would not transfer online. Even ferocious litigation would be inadequate to constrain massive, sustained law-breaking. (Prohibition redux.) Hardware and software vendors would not regard copyright holders as allies, nor would they regard customers as enemies. DRM's requirement that the attacker be allowed to decode the content would be an insuperable flaw. And, per Thompson, suing people who love something so much they want to share it would piss them off."
"Revolutions create a curious inversion of perception. In ordinary times, people who do no more than describe the world around them are seen as pragmatists, while those who imagine fabulous alternative futures are viewed as radicals. The last couple of decades haven't been ordinary, however. Inside the papers, the pragmatists were the ones simply looking out the window and noticing that the real world was increasingly resembling the unthinkable scenario. These people were treated as if they were barking mad. Meanwhile the people spinning visions of popular walled gardens and enthusiastic micropayment adoption, visions unsupported by reality, were regarded not as charlatans but saviors."
"The curious thing about the various plans hatched in the '90s is that they were, at base, all the same plan: 'Here's how we're going to preserve the old forms of organization in a world of cheap perfect copies!' The details differed, but the core assumption behind all imagined outcomes (save the unthinkable one) was that the organizational form of the newspaper, as a general-purpose vehicle for publishing a variety of news and opinion, was basically sound, and only needed a digital facelift. As a result, the conversation has degenerated into the enthusiastic grasping at straws, pursued by skeptical responses."
• Newswise Theme Wires Calendar. Professional journalists can sign up to receive Newswise news alerts, access to embargoed news, and contact info for expert sources. There is a Daily Wire, a Science Wire, a Medical Wire, a Life Wire, and a Business Wire.
• The next big thing in journalism might be algorithm reporters (Ren Laforme, Poynter, 3-15-18) "News organizations in the near future may include special-ops teams of investigative reporters who scrutinize algorithms, regularly launch large ephemeral projects to highlight key events, and — thanks to loosened FCC rules under chairman Ajit Pai — find new ownership under a handful of consolidating megacorporations. Those are a few of the issues highlighted in the Future Today Institute’s 11th annual Tech Trends Report. The “act now” trends include: computational journalism, I-teams for algorithms and data, voice interfaces for news and books, crowdlearning, digital frailty, radical transparency, limited-edition news produts, one-to-few publishing, notification layers, transparency in metrics, offline is the new online, audio search engines, video, media consolidation. (Read the explanations!)
Of Science, Certainty, and the Safety of Cell Phone Radiation (Michael Schulson, Undark, 2-1-18) How to cover an issue when the stakes for human health seem so high, scientific questions still linger, and passions run so deep?
100 Questions and Answers about Arab Americans: Journalist's Guide (Detroit Free Press)
On the Media (with Brooke Gladstone and Bob Garfield) WNYC’s weekly investigation into how the media shapes our world view.
****The Open Notebook. The story behind the best science stories. For example: Seth Mnookin follows a family battling a rare genetic disease (Sara Carpenter) Mnooking set out to learn: What do you do when you learn your child could die from a disease with no other known sufferers? The story: One of a Kind (New Yorker, 7-21-14) What do you do if your child has a condition that is new to science? when you learn your child could die from a disease with no other known sufferers?
Opinion, Op Ed pieces
• Tips for Aspiring Op-Ed Writers (Bret Stephens, NY Times, 8-25-17)
•Charles Seife’s Brief Guide to Writing Opinion (The Open Notebook, 9-8-15) "When I think back about the op-eds and other opinion pieces I’ve written, it’s the ones that are backed by interesting reporting that I remember, not the ones which are framed by an interesting opinion."
• Top 10 tips for writing op-eds that get published (PDF, Sandra Beckwith, Massachusetts Nonprofit Network, 1-2012). This got published by sending out a tip sheet. See Boost Online and Offline Exposure with Versatile Tip Sheets (Sandra Beckwith, IBPA, March 2014)
The Paper Trail Through History (Jennifer Schuessler, NY Times on Books, 12-16-12). Ben Kafka in his book The Demon of Writing: Powers and Failures of Paperwork, "traces the modern age of paperwork to the French Revolution and the Declaration of the Rights of Man, which guaranteed citizens the right to request a full accounting of the government." (He writes of one clerk in France who in 1794 is said to have saved hundreds of people from the guillotine by disappearing the relevant paperwork.) Lisa Gitelman, who is writing a book about the history of documents, points out that photocopying (as Daniel Ellsberg did with the Pentagon Papers), is one aspect of document leaking that historians have not paid attention to, but “Even though we think of copying now as perfunctorily ripping something off, [Ellsberg] was expressing himself by Xeroxing.”
• On the record, off the record, on background, not for attribution (NYU Journalism Handbook for Students: Ethics, Law and Good Practice) And other explanations of journalistic "good practices."
• Photographers: Fight for your rights (NewsLab guide) Confrontations that impair the constitutional right to make images are becoming more common. To fight the abuse of your right to free expression, you need to know your rights to take photographs and the remedies available if your rights are infringed.
• Post dismisses reporter for lax attribution in ‘aggregated’ news stories (Paul Farhi, Wash Post, 6-27-18) "The Washington Post has dismissed a reporter for inadequately attributing material and closely parroting sentences from other publications in articles based on outside news sources." She f"appears to have mimicked too closely the structure of the news stories she was aggregating. She also failed to attribute various facts from those articles, potentially leaving a reader with the impression that she had gathered the information herself. And her wording, at times, closely resembled — although it didn’t precisely copy — the source article."
• PowerReporting (Bill Dedman's excellent resources for journalists). He's no longer updating links, but those new to journalism should check out such gems as:
---Web treasure hunt (10 questions to test newsroom literacy)
---Power Reporting, newsroom training in computer-assisted reporting, writing and editing (bring his seminars to your newsroom)
• Poynter (rich daily resource on journalism, from the Poynter Institute, trainer of journalists). Here's a history.
• A Penny for My Thoughts? (NY Times, 11-30-08) (Maureen Dowd on local California newspapers outsourcing to India: “A thousand words pays $7.50.”
• Pew Research Center Take time to explore this site.
• Phil Meyer, raising the ante again (Nieman Watchdog, 3-28-08) Meyer's talk as he retired. "The hunter-gatherer model of journalism is no longer sufficient. Citizens can do their own hunting and gathering on the Internet. What they need is somebody to add value to that information by processing it – digesting it, organizing it, making it usable. This is why we still need newspapers – or something like them....Piling up facts and putting them in clever packages isn’t enough. We need to supply the interpretive framework, too." "Kenneth Burke (The Philosophy of Literary Form) suggested that life is a conversation. When we enter the room, we find this conversation already under way. It is heated at times. We try to get the drift of it, and then maybe add a few ideas of our own. Our little contribution is attacked by some and defended by others. Then the hour grows late, we have to go, and the conversation continues without us. If we are lucky, what we have said might affect that conversation long after we have left the room."
• PressThink: What did the trustworthy press learn from 2016? (Jay Rosen, PressThink, 3-24-22) Craig Newmark (of Craig's List fame) asked Rosen that question. Among other things, his replies: "Journalists conceded they were out of touch with large portions of the country — by which they typically meant Trump country. They said they were caught by surprise. Dean Baquet, New York Times, looking back on the 2016 election in February of 2020: “More Americans than we understood at the time were rattled, and were looking for something dramatic… the country was a little more radically inclined than we thought.”
"The press learned that it was vulnerable to a raging demagogue who drove audience metrics and triggered broad interest in politics. Les Moonves, CEO of CBS, in Feb. 2016: “It may not be good for America, but it’s damn good for CBS.”
Changes in practice since Trump began winning the presidency include:
* Describing politicized lying as lying, and false claims as straight-up false, not only in dedicated fact-check sections later on, but while you are telling the story. That’s a shift in routine.
* Recognizing in the right wing’s media ecosystem not only a source of alternative views, but a competitor in the attention economy. Producer of an alternative reality that charges up the Republican party, and competes with the picture of reality produced by mainstream journalism, replacing it for a portion of the audience.
* Internet movements, conspiracy theories, and media figures that once could have been dismissed as “extreme” now have to be reported on because they could turn into powerful actors or factors.
* About Trump specifically a general recognition that he is willing to wreck the place, a premise that did not obtain in 2015-16.
• PressThink Jay Rosen's blog, a project of the Arthur L. Carter Journalism Institute at New York University. See, for example, Bloggers vs. Journalists is Over
• ProfNet (PR Newswire, now Cision). ProfNet connects journalists to expert sources.
• Regret the Error (Poynter) Reports on media corrections, retractions, apologies, clarifications and trends regarding accuracy and honesty in the press. Check their links to stories about accuracy, lies and lying, corrections and clarifications, fake news. Search for the term of your choice.
• The Root (black news, opinions, politics, and culture)
• Safety and self-care strategies for every beat (Annie Hylton's tip sheet, Dart Center for Journalism & Trauma, 11-9-15) On video, Yamiche Alcindor, Donna DeCesare, Danny Spriggs and Bruce Shapiro discuss practical tactics for assessing risk and and staying safe while reporting
•Sell the New York Times. Now. And other unsolicited advice for A.G. Sulzberger. (Jack Shafer, Politico, 1-14-18) Insights into the business/economics/long-term future of a top newspaper company
•Seth Mnookin on the fallacy of “both sides” journalism (MIT News) "We’ve seen too many journalists confuse not taking sides with not calling out liars and frauds," says MIT researcher and author.
• 7 ways journalists can access academic research for free (Denise-Marie Ordway, Journalist's Resource)
•Sexual harassment in the newsroom: An oral history (Alexandria Neason, Meg Dalton, and Karen K. Ho, CJR, 1-31-18) More than 300 people responded to a survey on sexual harassment in journalism. Read their stories.
•Should the New York Times Charge for Its Website? (Hamilton Nolan, Gawker, 2-3-09)
•Sinclair's new media-bashing promos rankle local anchors (Brian Stelter, CNN Media, 3-7-18) "This is so manipulative."
That's an anchor at a local TV station owned by Sinclair, describing the company's latest mandate, a promotional campaign that sounds like pro-Trump propaganda. The staffers who shared the documents with CNN say the promos are inappropriate -- yet another corporate infringement on local journalism. Corporate also monitors comments from the audience, cutting local stations out of interactions with viewers. Sinclair is already the biggest owner of local television stations in the country -- with 173 it either owns or operates.
• Sinclair Employees Say Their Contracts Make It Too Expensive to Quit (Jordyn Holman, , Rebecca Greenfield, and Gerry Smith, Bloomberg, 4-3-18) Noncompetes, forced arbitration and a liquidated damages clause can equal 40 percent of annual salary.
•Small news outlets influence us more than we think (Giorgia Guglielmi, Science Magazine, 11-9-17)
•The Smoking Gun (uncovers public documents on crimes, celebrities, politicians, and the FBI)
•Solutions Journalism. Here's an example, which Tina Rosenberg recommended: Seeking Safety, a series in the Fayetteville Observer, which serves as a model for solutions journalism (in this case to address the crime problem in Fayetteville): "Investigative reporter Greg Barnes spent a year traveling around the southeast writing about what other cities were doing that had evidence of success. No advocacy, very strong journalism, big impact."
•The Source (Jay Solomon, Columbia Journalism Review, 3-5-18) Jay Solomon explains how his relationship with a source cost him his job as the Wall Street Journal’s chief foreign affairs correspondent in 2017. Solomon’s relationship with Iranian-American businessman Farhad Azima became public when files containing email and text messages between the two appeared on the dark web. In a piece for CJR, Solomon looks back at his errors and offers advice to other journalists. “I’ve tried to be honest in laying out areas where I made mistakes, particularly in managing sources in an incredibly murky story like Iran,” he writes. “A reporter clearly can’t give any ammunition to critics or enemies who want to challenge his or her credibility. And I did so.”
• Spackman: Journalism and search optimisation are 'completely interwoven' at Times Online (Martin Stabe, Press Gazette, UK, 2008) But she also counselled against becoming a “traffic tart”.
• SPJ Code of Ethics
• Sprawling freelancer network pays dividends for The Washington Post (Steve Friess, CJR, 1-27-17)
Covering elections
• ‘Horse race’ coverage of elections: What to avoid and how to get it right (Denise-Marie Ordway, Journalist's Resource, 4-20-22) A tip sheet from two scholars who study election coverage. Key suggestions: Avoid focusing on a single opinion poll — especially outliers — without providing context. Put its findings into perspective by noting historic trends and what other recent polls show. Consider reporting averages to give audiences the most accurate picture of public sentiment.
• The consequences of ‘horse race’ reporting: What the research says (Denise-Marie Ordway, Journalist's Resource, 9-10-19) Media scholars have studied so-called “horse race” reporting for decades to better understand the impact of news stories that frame elections as a competitive game, relying heavily on public opinion polls and giving the most positive attention to frontrunners and underdogs who are gaining in popularity. Such reporting is linked to distrust of both politicians and news outlets, an uninformed electorate, and inaccurate reporting of opinion poll data. Bad poll reporting might be the result of journalists’ poor statistical skills. But it “may also be driven by journalists’ and editors’ desires for interesting horse race stories.” An excellent, readable summary of academic studies.
• The Role of Health Care in the New Presidential Election (Drew Altman, Beyond the Data, KFF, 7-25-24) "There is no Clinton health reform plan or (then) controversial Obamacare plan to command the attention of voters in this presidential election. Former President Trump will focus on other issues he views as advantageous—not health care—and Vice President Harris is unlikely to make new health proposals of her own. Nevertheless, health is likely to be a consequential factor in the campaign.
"The Democratic advantage on health is about the same size as the Republican advantage on immigration. We won’t know for some time what the picture looks like with Vice President Harris at the top of the ticket. Voter trust in the Democratic candidate to handle health care issues could grow or shrink. The same is true for former President Trump’s advantage on other issues now that he has a new opponent. "Substantive health policy platforms do matter in the election, but more for signaling than substance. The voters don’t usually digest the details of policy plans, they hear the candidate’s concern for the problem and for them."
• The Supreme Court's Republican Partisan Hacks (Robert Reich, 5-23-24) Alito and the five other Republican justices have made it much harder, if not impossible, to challenge racial gerrymandering. The Constitution’s equal protection clause bars racial gerrymandering but not partisan gerrymandering. In this case, the lower court had found that South Carolina’s redistricting map — which moved Black voters from one district to another to bolster the Republican majority — was racially gerrymandered. It caused the “bleaching of African American voters” from a district and “exiled” thousands of Black voters to carve out a district safer for a White Republican incumbent.
• The Symbolic Manipulation of Health Issues in Elections (Drew Altman, KFF, 3-15-24) Murray Edelman at the University of Wisconsin wrote about “The Symbolic Uses of Politics” way back in 1964. To grossly oversimplify symbolic political analysis for current purposes, what it says is that what you see on the surface in politics—elections and voting, the substance we analyze and debate, and journalists report on—is part but not all that is really going on.
We see substantive debates about issues we try to inform with facts and evidence. Candidates try to win over voters with policy plans and long lists of accomplishments (think Bidenomics). But, what often really matters is how issues and elections trigger deeper emotions and beliefs that divide us and motivate voters, sometimes ugly ones like racism and xenophobia. Edelman explained how what he called elites (think former president Trump) manipulate voters and the public through the use of symbolic issues, often reduced to slogans, to gain support, spur outrage, or compel action (like voting).
"Three current examples are immigration, the Affordable Care Act (ACA), and Covid. None are as extreme an example of symbolic politics as fluoridation, but all three have elements of it. For Republicans, immigration calls up a larger sense that they are falling behind and losing their country and way of life and that somehow immigrants are to blame, impressed on them by conservative media, former President Trump, and others, has made immigration a powerful “symbolic” issue for them. It’s a strategy perfected first by Victor Orban in Hungary, who made immigration a rallying cry when Hungary did not have an immigration problem.
"A classic case from long ago in health care was fluoridation. The pros and cons of fluoridation were widely debated, but what fluoridation symbolized to its opponents in conservative and rural America was big government, a violation of their personal freedom, and the imposition of norms by urban elites and experts on their way of life. At the time, it was even seen as communism. The factors that were really motivating people had little to do with fluoride at all, it was a symbol.
"Covid has been almost a mirror image of fluoridation but on steroids. The debate the country had was variously about masks or vaccines or schools, among other issues, and as with immigration, there are real substantive differences between Democrats and Republicans on these topics. But those debates were also used to trigger deeper fears among Republicans that their personal freedom was threatened by experts, government agencies like the Centers for Disease Control, and Washington. As a result, in all of our polling about Covid, only one variable explained people’s positions on almost every issue—whether someone was a Republican or not. The country split far more over the symbolic politics of the issues than the substantive differences over them. Just as Edelman observed in his time, political leaders, including former president Trump and Governor DeSantis, made Covid a symbolic issue in the culture wars, dividing the country and fragmenting the national response.
"Understanding the symbolic dimensions of politics and issues is critical for experts. We can reach a share of the public with facts and data but need additional strategies to reach everyone, including storytelling and trusted messengers. But none of our strategies have proven sufficient. No one has all the answers to the political divide in America or how to communicate across it."
• Behind Biden’s 2020 Victory (Ruth Igielnik, Scott Keeter and Hannah Hartig, Pew Research, 6-30-21) An examination of the 2020 electorate, based on validated voters.
• A History of U.S. Presidential Elections in Maps (Brittanica)
• News Coverage of the 2016 General Election: How the Press Failed the Voters (Thomas E. Patterson, Shorenstein Center, 12-7-16) The study found that, on topics relating to the candidates’ fitness for office, Clinton and Trump’s coverage was virtually identical in terms of its negative tone. “Were the allegations surrounding Clinton of the same order of magnitude as those surrounding Trump?” asks Patterson. “It’s a question that political reporters made no serious effort to answer during the 2016 campaign.” Negative coverage was the order of the day in the general election. Not a week passed where the nominees’ coverage reached into positive territory. Not since 1984—eight elections ago—have the presidential nominees enjoyed positive press coverage. The 2016 campaign did not even top the record for negativity. That distinction belongs to the 2000 campaign when news reports questioned whether Al Gore was trustworthy enough and George W. Bush was smart enough to deserve the presidency.
• 11 questions journalists should ask about public opinion polls (Denise-Marie Ordway, Journalist's Resource, 6-4-18) #1: Who conducted the poll? It’s important to know whether it was conducted by a polling organization, researcher, non-expert, political campaign or advocacy group.
• The margin of error: 7 tips for journalists covering polls and surveys (Denise-Marie Ordway, Journalist's Resource, 11-5-18) "Margin of error" tells you and your audience how much the results can vary. The larger the margin of error, the greater the likelihood the survey estimate will be inaccurate. As the sample size grows, the margin of error shrinks. Conversely, smaller samples have larger margins of error.
• Which polls to trust (Nate Silver, FiveThirtyEight, 5-31-18) Scroll down to the chart How prolific pollsters have fared in recent elections. The polls at the top had less error than other pollsters in similar types of races.
• Covering elections (Thomson Foundation) Elections are a mix of rules and chaos, predictable events and surprises. Plan early and seriously so you’ll be able to address the inevitable rollercoaster and ups and downs of the campaign.
• Handbook for JOurnalists During Elections (Reporters Without Borders, 2015)
• Covering elections: Journalist safety kit (Committee to Protect Journalists, 3-25-19)
• Essential Resources for the US Election: A Field Guide for Journalists on the Frontlines (Global Investigative Journalism Network) Excellent links to useful resources. The Brennan Center for Justice special projects on Election Security outlines the vulnerabilities in US voting systems, with recommended solutions and contacts for election experts.
Covering Politics
aka Politics and the press
• Far-right, far-left media offer easier-to-read political news coverage than mainstream outlets, study suggests (Denise-Marie Ordway, Journalist's Resource, 1-3-23) Media outlets with extreme biases — whether leaning conservative or liberal — tended to use shorter sentences and less formal language than nonpartisan outlets. Mainstream news organizations, as a whole, wrote at a higher reading level. What journalists at reputable organizations might want to consider when they’re writing news about heavily partisan politics, says researcher Jessica Sparks.
• Breaking the News (James Fallows, Breaking the News, 9-24-21) It’s a well-plowed field, this flailing of the “both-sides” press in a 'one side doesn’t care about truth' era. For more, I direct you (for starters) to" (and he links to a few places to find good political journalism)
---Press Run (Eric Boehlert)
---Popular Information (Judd Legum) Independent accountability journalism
---Margaret Sullivan (Washington Post)
---Greg Sargent (Washington Post)
---Jennifer Rubin (Washington Post)
---Press Think (Jay Rubin)
---On the Media with Brooke Gladstone WNYC’s weekly investigation into how the media shapes our worldview.
---Booksmart Studios, especially Bob Garfield
---The Big Tent (Crooked Media’s Editor-in-Chief Brian Beutler walks "you through the big debates unfolding among Democrats in real time, from the campaign trail to the Senate floor to the Twitter battles that leave everyone feeling angry at the end."
---Press Watch (Dan Froomkin, in an intervention for political journalism)
---Breaking the News (James Fallows, author of the book Breaking the News: How the Media Undermine American Democracy
• When Americans Lost Faith in the News (Louis Menand, New Yorker, 1-30-23) "Vietnam was the beginning of our present condition of polarization, and one of the features of polarization is that there is no such thing as objectivity or impartiality anymore. In a polarized polity, either you’re with us or you’re against us. You can’t be disinterested, because everyone knows that disinterestedness is a façade. Viewers in 1968 didn’t want fair and balanced. They wanted the press to condemn kids with long hair giving cops the finger." "It is said that objectivity is what we need more of, but that’s not what people want. What people want is advocacy. The balance between belief and skepticism that Schudson described has tipped. It is understood now that everyone has an agenda..."
• How Rush Limbaugh’s rise after the gutting of the fairness doctrine led to today’s highly partisan media (Al Tompkins, Poynter, 2-17-21) Limbaugh’s success after President Reagan declawed the doctrine gave rise to others and provided encouragement for Fox News’ 1996 launch. Interesting history.
• Loved and loathed — the death of talk radio legend Rush Limbaugh (Tom Jones, Poynter, 2-17-21) He was both brilliant and bitter, masterful and malicious, alluring yet repulsive, superbly talented and yet supremely contemptible.For more than three decades, Limbaugh’s nationally syndicated radio show that aired on more than 650 stations from coast to coast drew millions of devoted listeners and helped set the conservative political agenda in this country. And, yet, that very same show — because of Limbaugh’s bigotry, gaslighting and crass hatefulness — helped to split a nation and lay the groundwork for the political discourse that currently defines our country.
•Jeffrey P Jones on Twitter (2-17-21)
@DrJeffreyPJones
What Rush Limbaugh did to us:
1. Made opponents into true enemies
2. Revived overt and dog whistle racism
3. Stifled attempts to revive the Fairness Doctrine
4. Showed Roger Ailes the formula for right-wing broadcast success
https://www.newyorker.com/culture/persons-of-interest/maggie-haberman-the-confidence-mans-chronicler
5. Offered ignorance as "common sense" thinking
• Maggie Haberman, the Confidence Man’s Chronicler (Katy Waldman, New Yorker, 1-7-23) In her book Confidence Man: The Making of Donald Trump and the Breaking of America, Haberman 'presents Trump as a bullshit artist whose grand theme is his own greatness. Trump, Haberman writes, “was usually selling, saying whatever he had to in order to survive life in ten-minute increments.” He “was interested primarily in money, dominance, power, bullying, and himself.”
• How 60 reporters from 25 media outlets in 18 countries are finishing the work of murdered journalists (Amaris Castillo, Poynter, 1-25-21) ‘The crime’s crossing the border, so our journalism needs to cross the border as well,’ an organizer of The Cartel Project said. The Cartel Project was coordinated by Forbidden Stories, a global network of investigative journalists whose mission is to continue the work of reporters who are threatened, censored or killed.
• ‘Using Academic Research to Keep Politicians Honest’: A free video training for journalists across beats (Denise Marie Ordway, Journalist's Resource, 2-23-22) This recording of a 50-minute training session shows journalists how research can be a powerful tool for holding governments and politicians accountable and fighting disinformation. Why two types of studies — the meta-analysis and literature review — are particularly helpful for reporters on deadline.
• Document in Jan. 6 Case Shows Plan to Storm Government Buildings (Alan Feuer, NY Times, 3-14-22) New details from evidence cited in the indictment of Enrique Tarrio, the former head of the far-right Proud Boys, reveal a plan with similarities to what unfolded at the Capitol.
• How the press covered the last four years of Trump (Jon Allsop and Pete Vernon, Columbia Journalism Review, 10-23-2020) “Even if Trump is trying to undermine the press for his own calculated reasons,” Fox News’s Chris Wallace said, “when he talks about bias in the media—unfairness—I think he has a point.” Writing to mark the one-year anniversary of Trump’s election, Margaret Sullivan, the closely-watched media critic at the Post, credited some dogged reporting, but judged that, overall, “the reality-based press has failed.”
• Judge slaps down Trump appointee who has sought to reshape Voice of America and related agencies (Paul Farhi, Wash Post, 11-21-2020) 'Lee R. Crain, one of the attorneys who represented the plaintiffs, said Howell’s ruling ensures that journalists at the agencies can ‘rest assured that the First Amendment protects them from government efforts to control” their reporting. “They are free to do exactly what Congress intended: export independent, First Amendment-style journalism to the world.”... Michael "Pack had asserted the right to direct how journalists at VOA and sister networks such as Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and Radio Free Asia covered the news, a violation of the traditional “firewall” that ensures the networks aren’t government mouthpieces.'
• Tucker Carlson: Putin, Navalny, Trump, CIA, NSA, War, Politics & Freedom (YouTube, Lex Fridman Podcast #414, 2-27-24) A frank and nearly 3-hour interview.
• How foreign correspondents have covered the protests and the election (Jon Allsop, The Media Today, CJR, 10-30-2020) "With the election approaching, America is a prime global news story, and foreign correspondents are playing a crucial role translating the febrile atmosphere for readers and viewers back home. (Donald Trump has fans abroad, of course, but most international observers seem to want him gone: only around fifteen percent of respondents to a recent poll covering seven European countries hope that he’s reelected.) This week, the New Yorker released a documentary about how foreign correspondents view the United States."
• What Do Foreign Correspondents Think of the U.S.? (Episode 27 of The New Yorker Documentary, 10-26-2020) Journalists from around the world are reporting on the 2020 Presidential race—and offering perspectives not found in American media coverage. "Larry Madowo, a Kenyan journalist who works for the BBC, said that he’s been stunned to see that “the same things that America has been lecturing Africa on appear to be happening right here at home.” Alan Cassidy, who reports for the Swiss newspaper Tages-Anzeiger, described America in 2020 as “a car-crash situation: you don’t really want to watch, but you have to because it’s so outlandish and crazy and insane.”
• Truthful Not Neutral in a Time of Dissent: A Conversation with Christiane Amanpour (University of Rhode Island lecture, 7-16-2020)
• No One Believes Anything’: Voters Worn Out by a Fog of Political News (Sabrina Tavernise and Aidan Gardiner, NY Times, 11-18-19) Paying attention to the impeachment inquiry and other developments means having to figure out what is true, false or spin. The rise of social media; the proliferation of information online, including news designed to deceive; and a flood of partisan news are leading to a general exhaustion with news itself. Add to that a president with a documented record of regularly making false statements and the result is a strange new normal: Many people are numb and disoriented, struggling to discern what is real in a sea of slant, fake and fact. Many Americans are throwing up their hands and tuning it all out.
• “Flood the zone with shit”: How misinformation overwhelmed our democracy (Sean Illing, Vox, 1-18-2020) In an interview with the journalist Michael Lewis, Steve Bannon said, “The Democrats don’t matter, The real opposition is the media. And the way to deal with them is to flood the zone with shit.... One response to this situation is to walk away and tune everything out. Another reaction is to retreat into tribal allegiances....stick to the places that feed you the information you most want to hear....What we’re facing is a new form of propaganda that wasn’t really possible until the digital age. And it works not by creating a consensus around any particular narrative but by muddying the waters so that consensus isn’t achievable."
• Covering political polls: A cautionary research roundup (Clark Merrefield, Journalist's Resource, 4-25-19)
• A reporter went public when denied an interview. Here’s what happened next … (Felice J. Freyer, Covering Health, AHCJ, 5-20-19) "The Boston Globe’s environmental writer was used to being denied interviews with state scientists and officials. But this latest refusal from the administration of Massachusetts Governor Charlie Baker was just too absurd. Abel had been forbidden to speak with the state ornithologist....So he went public in a big way and, in so doing, provided an example for health care reporters, who often face similar frustrations at the state and federal levels."
• How to deal with obstructive public information officers? Challenge them. (Cinnamon Janzer, CJR, 5-20-19) "I attempted to go around him, but, at every turn, I was informed that all communication had to go through the PIO. I didn’t fare much better with the mayor’s office.... 'That’s a straight refusal to answer, and that’s what you need to call it,” Carolyn Carlson, a retired journalist, professor, and former president of the Society of Professional Journalists (SPJ), says. Carlson, whose academic research focused on public information officers, adds, “They try to cloak it like they’re being cooperative when they’re not.”'
• Science Essentials for Political Reporters--A practical primer for campaign coverage (an all-expenses-paid, 2½-day workshop to be held Aug 4-6, 2019). Applications thru May 17, 2019)
• Media Bias/Fact Check, a fact-checking website that indexes and ranks websites by left- or right wing bias, as well as by quality of factual reporting.What I like best: the lists of publications/sites that are right-biased, left-biased, left-center and right-center biased, and least biased.
• How biased is your news source? You probably won’t agree with this chart (Shawn Langlois, Market Watch, 4-21-18) Interesting chart.
• Covering political polls: A cautionary research roundup (Clark Merrefield, Journalist's Resource, 4-25-19) "This research digs into bias in evaluating political polling, polling errors across time and space, the relationship between media coverage and polling, and more," writes research reporter Clark Merrefield.
• Lesley Stahl: Trump admitted mission to "discredit" press (CBS News, 5-23-18) Stahl asked him why he kept attacking the press, and "He said, 'You know why I do it? I do it to discredit you all and demean you all so when you write negative stories about me, no one will believe you.'"
• Trump, the press, and the truth (he doesn't get it)
• Everything to know about FARA, and why it shouldn’t be used against the press (Alexandra Ellerbeck and Avi Asher-Shapiro, CJR, 6-11-18) '...three Democratic congressmen joined with 16 GOP lawmakers to make an unusual request of the Department of Justice in March. Al Jazeera, the international media organization funded by the government of Qatar, the lawmakers wrote, had a troubling record of “anti-American” coverage. They asked the DOJ to investigate whether the network was in fact operating as “foreign agent” of the Qatari government....The DOJ, the bipartisan group suggested, should consider using the Foreign Agent Registration Act (FARA) to investigate the network. When entities are registered under FARA, their funding is disclosed to the public and they must submit detailed logs of their activities every six months.... In invoking FARA, Congress is relying on a notoriously opaque unit within the Department of Justice to draw an impossible line between propaganda and journalism. Source protection, media access, and the US promotion of press freedom abroad may all be compromised."
• A New Facebook Feature Shows Which Pro-Trump Facebook Pages Are Run From Overseas (Jane Lytvynenko and Craig Silverman, BuzzFeed News, 5-11-18) The feature is called "Page History" but now it's gone.
• The Fall and Rise of Partisan Journalism (James L. Baughman, Center for Journalism Ethics, 4-20-11) Intelligent.
• Newsbusters. Media Research Center (MRC) "exposing and combating liberal media bias"
• Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting (FAIR) (Challenging media bias and censorship since 1986), a national progressive media watchdog group, challenging corporate media bias, spin and misinformation.
• Political Polarization & Media Habits (Amy Mitchell, Jeffrey Gottfried, Jocelyn Kiley and Katerina Eva Matsa, Pew Research Center, Journalism & Media,10-21-14) There is little overlap in the news sources liberals and conservatives turn to and trust....And whether discussing politics online or with friends, they are more likely than others to interact with like-minded individuals, according to a new Pew Research Center study. Those with the most consistent ideological views on the left and right have information streams that are distinct from those of individuals with more mixed political views – and very distinct from each other....Yet as our major report on political polarization found, those at both the left and right ends of the spectrum, who together comprise about 20% of the public overall, have a greater impact on the political process than do those with more mixed ideological views." See graphic: Striking Differences Between Liberals and Conservatives, But They Also Share Common Ground.
Related: Morning Mediawire: Local news is shrinking from The Sinclair Effect (David Beard, Poynter, 4-2-18) 'Many TV local news stations are focusing more on national politics and have taken a rightward slant over the past year. And that move is stemming from ownership of the stations, not the demands of a local audience, conclude two Emory University researchers. The study comes just as many are raising concerns about a coordinated effort by one major owner of TV stations that forces its anchors to record a segment about “the troubling trend of irresponsible, one-sided news stories plaguing our country.” The authors found Sinclair stations, on average, carried about a third less local politics coverage and a quarter more national politics. That national allotment included commentaries the stations are forced to run by former Trump official Boris Epshteyn.'
• Trump thrives in areas that lack traditional news outlets (Shawn Musgrave and Matthew Nussbaum, Politico 4-8-18) Relentless use of social media and partisan outlets helped him swamp Clinton and exceed Romney’s performance in places lacking trusted local news media. Trump won most counties with the lowest newspaper circulation rates. (No wonder he hates the media.)
• “We have built the world that they told us existed”: Did the rise of young, white “Internet reporting” bolster the alt-right? (Laura Hazard Owen, Nieman Lab, 5-22-18) “For a guy who doesn’t want to be interviewed for free, you’re giving me a lot of good quotes!” Stein wrote to Auernheimer — “good,” here, meaning “neo-Nazi hate mongering.”
“Without journalists reporting on them, there’s no way [far-right elements] would have gotten the attention they did,” Ashley Feinberg, now a senior reporter at HuffPost, told Phillips. “We’re setting the tone for them by covering them that way…at this point we have built the world they told us existed. We are the reason that these people are getting actual legitimate platforms now.”
• A Voice of Hate in America’s Heartland (Richard Fausset, NY Times, 11-25-17) This Nazi-next-door profile drew significant feedback, most of it sharply critical. The Times's national editor responded:Readers Accuse Us of Normalizing a Nazi Sympathizer; We Respond (Marc Lacey, Bulletin Board, The Readers Center, 11-26-17) "We regret the degree to which the piece offended so many readers. We recognize that people can disagree on how best to tell a disagreeable story. What we think is indisputable, though, is the need to shed more light, not less, on the most extreme corners of American life and the people who inhabit them. That’s what the story, however imperfectly, tried to do."
• The American experiment was built on a government-supported press (Will Meyer, CJR, 5-7-18) The advertising business model for journalism only gained traction 150 years ago. From the 1790s onward, news publications received a postal subsidy that slashed as much as 90 percent off postage fees. (It was met with resistance in the South; slaveholders loathed it.) Today, the United States trails far behind many of its industrialized counterparts in supporting the press.
• Laura Ingraham is a victim of a totalitarian campaign from the left, apparently (Jason Wilson, The Guardian, 4-2-18) The American right have revealed a vision of free speech that is very expansive for conservatives, but far less accommodating for those who disagree with them. The biggest fight has been centered on Laura Ingraham, Fox News star, talk radio host, bestselling author and founder of conservative website, Lifezette. Fellow conservatives have spent ... days arguing that Ingraham is the victim of a more or less totalitarian campaign by the left. Bill O’Reilly, who lost his own Fox show after a similar advertising campaign, wrote on Monday that the campaign was being “directed by powerful, shadowy radical groups who want Laura Ingraham off the air. Same thing happened to me.”...Elsewhere, various outlets folded Ingraham’s woes into ongoing efforts to demonize Hogg.'
• “Trump Is Like, ‘How Can I F--k with Him?’”: Trump’s War with Amazon (and The Washington Post) Is Personal (Gabriel Sherman, Vanity Fair, 4-2-18) Trump looking to ramp up attacks on Amazon in retaliation for unflattering coverage in WaPo--as he focuses ever more closely on his perceived enemies and obsessions. Amazon, whose owner, Jeff Bezos, also owns The Washington Post, is currently the main target. 'He is considering canceling government contracts with Amazon and asking “red state” attorneys general to open investigations into the company’s business practices.'
• How America's Largest Local TV Owner Turned Its News Anchors Into Soldiers In Trump's War On The Media (Timothy Burke, Deadspin, The Concourse, 3-31-18). Includes video mash-up of various newsreaders reading the Sinclair-scripted lines about "fake news" being all too common. See Stations owned by Sinclair (Wikipedia)
• Media bias is real, finds UCLA political scientist (Meg Sullivan, UCLA Newsroom, 12-14-05) A few surprising findings: "hile the editorial page of The Wall Street Journal is conservative, the newspaper's news pages are liberal, even more liberal than the New York Times. The Drudge Report may have a right-wing reputation, but it leans left. Coverage by public television and radio is conservative compared to the rest of the mainstream media. Meanwhile, almost all major media outlets tilt to the left.""Only Fox News' "Special Report With Brit Hume" and The Washington Times scored right of the average U.S. voter." [This was in 2005]
Unions and the press
• The New Yorker Staff Has Unionized (Noreen Malone, Daily Intelligencer, New York, 6-6-18) Organizers say that of the 115 or so union-eligible employees, nearly 90 percent have signed union cards. This interesting article covers white collar dissatisfaction at more than the New Yorker. See also The New Yorker has formed a union. (statement, The New Yorker Union)
• Joining the ranks (Anna Heyward, CJR, Spring/Summer 2018) Newsroom unionizing has become a way to ask what it means to be a journalist in the 21st century.
• What’s driving the new wave of unionization sweeping digital newsrooms? (Steven Greenhouse, CJR, Spring/Summer 2018) More secure jobs, bigger paychecks. The reasons for unionizing haven’t changed much in the last 80 years.
• The LA Times flirts with unionization, defying its history (Shaya Tayefe Mohajer, CJR, 11-12-17) The formation of a union at the Los Angeles Times would have been largely unimaginable in the last century. Followed by Tronc's anti-union strategy (Los Angeles Times Guild organizing committee) in which journalists analyze how wrong the Tronc anti-union playbook is. (Formerly known as Tribune Publishing, Tronc also owned the Chicago Tribune, New York Daily News, Baltimore Sun and other major daily newspapers.) And then: Tronc sells the LA Times weeks after the LA Times guild succeeded in unionizing its newsroom.
• Union Is Formed at Los Angeles Times and Publisher Put on Leave (Sydney Ember, 1-19-18) ' Known for years as the “citadel of the open shop,” The Times, and the city it covered, has traditionally been against organized labor....“It’s a huge symbolic shift,” said Ruth Milkman, a sociology professor at the CUNY Graduate Center, who has written about labor in Los Angeles. “The Times was literally the celebrated centerpiece of anti-unionism for such a long time. Turning that around is a big achievement.”' It never quite gets it that journalists have rights, though: Los Angeles Times Wants Rights to Books Written by Staff (Authors Guild, 2-27-19) In the midst of contract negotiations with its newsroom staff, the Los Angeles Times, purchased last year by biotech billionaire Patrick Soon-Shiong, has proposed that its journalists, as a condition of employment, cede control of any books or other creative works made outside of their daily journalistic duties.
• In Historic Move At Labor-Skeptic 'Chicago Tribune,' Newsroom Pushes To Form Union (David Folkenflik, The Two-Way, NPR, 4-11-18) And then Tronc Voluntarily Recognizes Chicago Tribune Union (Kristen Thometz, WTTW, 5-7-18) The recognition comes after more than 85 percent of eligible employees signed cards stating their interest in union representation. <
• From the Chicago Tribune to the LA Times, journalists organize and push back (Pete Vernon, CJR, 4-12-18) "As demonstrated by recent battles at the Times and Denver Post, journalists are pushing back forcefully against profit-squeezing cuts that jeopardize their papers’ missions. The wave of unionization, even at outlets long hostile to organized labor, signals a new front in the fight for a future at some of the nation’s most prestigious titles."
• Life after TRONC: Norman Pearlstine’s plans for the LA Times (Shaya Tayefe Mohajer, CJR, 6-27-18)
• In an era of billionaire media moguls, do press unions stand a chance? (Marick Masters, The Conversation, 11-15-17) "Between 1960 and 1965, for example, 108 strikes took place in the newspaper industry. The 1990s witnessed another wave of high-profile strikes, including the staffs of papers such as the New York Daily News (1991), Pittsburgh Press and Post Gazette (1992) and Detroit News and Free Press (1995-1997). In the wake of declining ad revenue over the past decade, unionized newsrooms, from the Baltimore Sun to the San Francisco Chronicle, have engaged in concessionary bargaining to try to keep the newspapers viable and preserve as many jobs as possible. Despite this adversity, unions in this sector have adapted, intensified their organizing efforts and shown signs of revitalization."
• The Long Good-Bye (Scott Sherman, Vanity Fair, 11-30-12) Fifty years ago this month, striking printers shut down seven New York City newspapers. The strike would last for 114 days and helped to kill four of those newspapers. “This was an absolutely unnecessary strike,” recalls Tom Wolfe, who worked for the doomed Herald Tribune. Deep down it was about technological disruption—a foreshadowing of dislocations that roil the newspaper industry in our own time. As a newspaper town, New York was never the same again.
• Truthout Has Unionized (Maya Schenwar and Matt Renner, Truthout, 9-14-09). First online-only news site to unionize.
Pay, gender, color, and credit gaps in journalism and the book industry
Formerly The pay gap in journalism
• Just How White Is the Book Industry (Richard Jean So and Gus Wezere, NY Times, 12-11-2020) During last summer's Black Lives Matter protests, books written by people of color climbed the bestseller lists. Was last summer a vision of equality to come for the publishing industry? Or a flash in the pan? As #PublishingPaidMe spread online, more than a thousand people in the publishing industry signed up for a day of action to support the Black community.
• A female historian wrote a book. Two male historians went on NPR to talk about it. They never mentioned her name. It’s Sarah Milov. “ (Caroline Kitchener, The Lily, 7-14-19) "It’s unfortunate that we didn’t acknowledge the author who was largely responsible for much of the content,” said Sam Fleming, managing director of news and programming at WBUR.
• It’s not just Sarah Milov. Female academics aren’t credited in media ‘all the time.’ (Caroline Kitchener, The Lily, 7-20-19) Last Sunday, when The Lily broke a story about historian Sarah Milov, whose book provided all the material for a recent episode of NPR’s Here & Now but who was never mentioned on the segment, many female historians began speaking up on Twitter. As sources, women are cited in major media outlets significantly less than men--even when an article is based on what they said in background interviews. The ‘whisper network’ has been activated.
• Guild at LA Times learns harsh reality of the pay gap (Kevin Roderick, LAObserved, 4-11-18) Women and journalists of color earn far less than white men at the LA Times.
• Los Angeles Times Guild Pay Study, April 2018 (PDF opn Google Drive)
• Telegraph tops list of newspapers´ gender pay gaps
• Gender Gap Journalism (Kay Hymowitz, Institute for Family Studies, 9-11-14) This pieces goes deeper than most and applies to more than journalism. "Gender gap journalism often shies away from just how big a role marital status plays in all of its percentages....Researchers have long known that married fathers earn more than childless, never married, and divorced men. In fact, the marriage bonus is larger than the fatherhood bonus...while higher-income men get a big daddy bonus, “parenthood . . . does not benefit lower-wage working men at all.” She mentions, though only in passing, that higher-income men are almost always husbands as well as fathers; lower wage fathers often aren’t.""
• Re-Visiting the Family Gap in Pay in the United States (Ipshita Pal and Jane Waldfogel, Columbia University, 8-5-14, PDF) " the penalty to motherhood in 2007 is similar to 1977. However, the results differ by race/ethnicity, education level ,
and marital status. Most importantly, we find that the magnitude of the family gap has declined in recent decades for married mothers, but increased for never married mothers.
• Pay doesn’t look the same for men and women at top newspapers (Danielle Paquette, WashPost, 3-10-16)
• The gender pay gap--Men, women and work (The Economist, 10-7-17) Women still earn a lot less than men, despite decades of equal-pay laws. Why?
• Male and female journalists still aren't paid the same. When and how can we demand change? (Katie Hawkins-Gaar, Poynter, 7-28-17)
• White, male faculty earn higher salaries than women, minorities at public universities (Denise-Marie Ordway, Journalist's Resource, updated 9-18-17) Black and Hispanic faculty earn lower salaries than their white peers at American public universities. But the wage gap between men and women is even larger, a new study finds. (Included to remind us it's not just journalism that pays unfairly.)
• The Motherhood Penalty vs. the Fatherhood Bonus (Claire Cain Miller, The Upshot, NY Times, 9-6-14) A Child Helps Your Career, if You’re a Man
• How to find financial security in a volatile journalism industry (Meena Thiruvengadam, Poynter, 6-7-18) Financial security isn’t easy to come by in a volatile media industry with tight budgets and an average salary of around $41,000. How struggling young journalists are making ends meet.
• 9 Times Men Were Given Credit For Women's Historic Accomplishments (Lara Rutherford-Morrison, Bustle,3-1-17)
• Right-wing media obsesses over FBI text message story; hours later it's debunked (Oliver Darcy, CNN Media, 2-7-18) The "narrative ricocheted through the pro-Trump media universe in what has become a pattern for stories that seem to call the investigation into Trump into question, or suggest that the investigation into Clinton wasn't thorough. The misleading messaging was delivered to millions of people through Fox News' airwaves and through other pro-Trump media, which went into overdrive. Articles about the text led websites from the Drudge Report and Breitbart to InfoWars and the Gateway Pundit....Fox News continued to discuss the story on its air Wednesday afternoon, even after multiple outlets -- including the Wall Street Journal, which is controlled by Fox head Rupert Murdoch -- had reported contrary information."
• Riptide: An oral history of the epic collision between journalism and digital technology, from 1980 to the present (Digital Riptide, September 2013). Three veterans of digital journalism and media — John Huey, Martin Nisenholtz, and Paul Sagan, Fellows at the Joan Shorenstein Center at the Harvard Kennedy School — interviewed dozens of people who played important roles in the intersection of media and technology — from CEOs to coders, journalists to disruptors. Riptide is the result: more than 50 hours of video interviews and a narrative essay that traces the evolution of digital news from early experiments to today. It’s what really happened to the news business.
• The Rise and Fall of Liz Smith, Celebrity Accomplice (John Leland, NY Times, 7-28-17) She was the most powerful gossip columnist in
the 1980s. The price of admission, she discovered, was often uncritical reverence. Celebrities learned they could count on Ms. Smith. A tabloid celebrity herself, she could turn anyone into a star overnight. Until she couldn’t.
• State of the News Media 2011. The Pew Project for Excellence in Journalism reports that people are spending more time with news than ever before, but are increasingly doing so online. Of all the traditional media, the audience for AM/FM radio has remained most stable. Interesting report.
• STATS. Sense About Science's collaborative effort with the American Statistical Association to improve statistical literacy among journalists, academic journal editors, and researchers--nonpartisan analyses of how numbers are distorted and statistics misunderstood.
• The Struggle to Keep Science Reporting Scientific (Rick Weiss, MediaShift, 2-21-08) "The fact is, there is more science to cover than ever before but fewer full-time, dedicated science reporters to cover those stories." Of course, you don’t have to be a full-time health, science, or environment reporter to do a good job covering these topics. But journalists accustomed to covering local news or politics are less likely to ask such science-critical questions as, “Did the sample size adequately power the experiment?” “Was the design double-blind?” and “Did the results achieve statistical significance?”
• Sunlight Foundation blog. Making government transparent and accountable. A national, nonpartisan, nonprofit organization that uses civic technologies, open data, policy analysis and journalism to make our government and politics more accountable and transparent to all.
• A survival kit for journalists of color (Seema Yasmin, Poynter, 6-12-18) The Toolkit for Journalists of Color is a deck of cards developed by two John S. Knight Journalism Fellows, Dr. Seema Yasmin and Michael Grant.
• Talk to The Times: Q. and A. With Staff Members Wonderful stuff.
• Tangled Web. Victor Navasky and Evan Lerner report on a Columbia Journalism Review Survey, which finds that magazines are allowing their Web sites to erode journalistic standards. See also the full CJR report: Magazines and Their Web Sites (click on opening page to get text).
• Tech Is Starting to Lose Its War on Journalism (Leonid Bershidsky, Bloomberg View, 1-24-18) Rupert Murdoch is right: It's time for professional media to mount a counterattack. Now that tech platforms are realizing they have no good replacement for quality journalism, it's time for them to start paying for it. Good content can't be free. It's time for a counterattack.
• Teen Reporter Handbook (Radio Diaries)
• There’s a Digital Media Crash. But No One Will Say It (Josh Marshall, TPM, 11-17-17) Problem "1 (too many publications) and Problem #2 (platform monopolies by Google, Facebook, and others) "have catalyzed together to create Problem #3 (investors realizing they were investing in a mirage and don’t want to invest any more)."
• 30 Organizations Dedicated to Keeping Journalism Great (Jeremy Porter, Journalistics, 5-18-09)
• The Three Key Parts of News Stories That Are Usually Missing (Matt Thompson, Poynter, 8-22-09) Longstanding facts. How journalists know what they know. The things we don't know.
• Tips for Aspiring Op-Ed Writers (Bret Stephens, Op-Ed column, NY Times, 8-25-17)
• Toolkits for Journalists (World Federation of Science Journalists) Free toolkits on Hepatitis C, Dementia, Infectious disease, Nuclear safety
• Tools for journalists, particularly for science journalism and telling science stories with code and data.
• Top 15 newspaper sites of 2008 (Nieman Lab)
• A Vanishing Journalistic Divide (David Carr, NY Times, 10-10-10). "Open up Gawker, CNN, NPR and The Wall Street Journal on an iPad and tell me without looking at the name which is a blog, a television brand, a radio network, a newspaper. They all have text, links, video and pictures. The new frame around content is changing how people see and interact with the picture in the middle." Carr goes on to point out what traditional journalism does that the others don't and why we should be glad it still exists.
• Vice shows how not to treat freelancers (Yardena Schwartz, CJR, 8-31-16) Following the publication of this story, Vice sent a memo to its global editorial staff detailing a series of steps to improve working relationships with freelance journalists. Read it here: Vice sends memo in response to CJR freelancer report.
Video Journalism
Citizen Tube
Pulitzer Center: Tips for Video Journalists (part of YouTube Reporters' Center) "The golden rule in video journalism is that you never have enough B roll."
Using Google Maps in your online coverage (IJNet)
• Top 30 Job Sites for Careers in Broadcast Journalism (Molly Canfield, Journalism Journeyman 6-14-11)
• Tow Center for Digital Journalism.
---Finding New Revenue Models for Journalism in the Digital Age (two-part video from event co-sponsored with the Digital Initiative at Harvard Business School and the Shorenstein Center on the Future of Advertising and Publishing)
---The Platform Press: How Silicon Valley Reengineered Journalism (report by Emily Bell and Taylor Owen)
---A Guide to Journalism and Design
---Other Tow Center reports and briefs
• The Transformation of NPR (Jennifer Dorroh, American Journalism Review, Oct./Nov. 2008) On NPR's reinvention as a multimedia, multiplatform force.
• Trust Index (2018 Edelman Trust Barometer Global Report) Surveys show trust in government and the media falling, compared with nongovernment organizations (NGOs) and business. U.S. trust in media diverges along voting lines, with a 34 point difference between Republicans (low trust) and Democrats (whose trust in government has declined since presidential election).
• Two dozen freelance journalists told CJR the best outlets to pitch (Carlett Spike, CJR, 2-1-17) She comments on Mel Magazine, Pacific Standard, Los Angeles Times, Quartz, The Guardian, and The New Yorker.
• What a billionaire can do for a paper (Hint: It’s not always good) (David Beard, Poynter, 2-12-18) What new L.A. Times owner Patrick Soon-Siong can learn from Jeff Bezos and the Washington Post.
• What's Next for Local TV News? (Karen Rundlet and Sam Gill, Knight Foundation, Informed and Engaged, Medium, April 2018). Key findings: 1. TV is a key source of news, but audiences are slowly shrinking. 2. TV newsroom staffs have increased. 3. In local markets, the experiments are online. 4. Social media gets audiences watching more TV. 5. TV news leaders ask if their content is still relevant in the digital age. 6. Is OTT the answer? Is digital? (Over-the-top (OTT) delivery is the distribution of video content via the internet that doesn’t require users to purchase traditional cable, satellite or pay-TV services.)
• What type of journalist are you? (Nicole Smith Dahmen, CJR, 1-24-17) "Historically, journalists were divided into two groups: the Disseminators, who favor detachment and objectivity, and the Interpretives, who favor involvement and advocacy. By the early 2000s, two new roles emerged: the Adversarials, who show a more combative outlook toward government and business, and the Populist Mobilizers, who reflect a movement toward civic journalism that emphasizes giving ordinary citizens a voice." Dahmen, Karen McIntyre, and Jesse Abdenour conducted a study of more than 1,300 newspaper and online journalists across the US which showed "the emergence of a new journalistic ideology: the Contextualist...this new group of journalists places high value on acting with social responsibility, contributing to society’s well being, and alerting the public to both threats and opportunities, while still holding firm to journalism’s responsibility to portray the world accurately....While conventional news stories focus on conveying information (a just-the-facts approach), contextual news stories provide a deeper understanding of the news, thereby providing a big-picture approach."
• When towns lose their newspapers, disease detectives are left flying blind (Helen Branswell, STAT, 3-20-18) "Epidemiologists rely on all kinds of data to detect the spread of disease, including reports from local and state agencies and social media. But local newspapers are critical to identifying outbreaks and forecasting their trajectories....“We rely very heavily on local news. And I think what this will probably mean is that there are going to be pockets of the U.S. where we’re just not going to have a particularly good signal anymore,” said Majumder, a Ph.D. candidate at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.'
• The White House Correspondents' Dinner. The Strangest White House Correspondents' Dinner Ever (George E. Condon Jr., The Atlantic, 4-24-15) Franklin Roosevelt boldly used the dinner in March 1941 to prepare the nation for entry into World War II.The association's president had no idea how to host an evening that would now be an odd mix of slapstick and earnest talk of war. See also Evolution of the White House Correspondents Association (C-SPAN, 2-25-14) and C-SPAN coverage of other White House Correspondents' dinners. Condon is writing a book about the subject. I heard him talking about the dinner's history on 4-28-18, and if that was recorded it's worth listening to.
• Who killed Time Inc.? (Howard R. Gold, CJR, 2-1-18) "No one has figured it out because there’s nothing to figure out. It’s like the horse trying to figure out the automobile."
• Why Do Journalists Call What They Produce ‘Pieces’? (Ben Yagoda, Chronicle of Higher Education, 5-10-18) Harold Ross of The New Yorker seems to have started it.
• Why it is so hard for foreign journalists to get published? (Rodrigo Pérez Ortega, Science Writers, NASW, 2-8-18) Why don't foreign bylines appear more often in such publications? In a roundtable conversation conducted by email, editors and freelance writers were asked about the challenges writers face in working across international boundaries.
• Why off-the-record is a trap reporters should avoid (Indira Lakshmanan, Poynter, 3-19-18) Indira Lakshmanan, the Newmark chair in journalism ethics at Poynter, examines the rules and pitfalls of off-the-record reporting after two news organizations posted stories about an off-the-record briefing by White House Chief of Staff John Kelly. Lakshmanan warns journalists to avoid off-the-record agreements. "In my view, off-the-record is a cop-out for officials to share information without fingerprints or accountability," she writes for Poynter.org. "Journalists should insist that sources share tips that we can report, or at the very least, use the information to seek confirmation from others."
• Why the “golden age” of newspapers was the exception, not the rule (Heidi Tworek and John Maxwell Hamilton, Nieman Lab, 5-2-18)“In our ‘news’ today we can see the tattler, the party pamphlet, the recondite journal of opinion, the yellow rag, the journal of commerce, the sob sister, the literary journal, and the progressive muckraker.” The myth portrays the four-decade period from 1940 to 1980 as the apotheosis of a golden age for news [especially for white men].... In fact, this period was an anomaly in a longer, four-century history of news....American journalism was expensive. It cost a huge amount of money to finance foreign bureaus, investigative reporting, state and national news bureaus, standalone Sunday book reviews, and specialized reporting on health, science, and business." This was a profitable time, with returns of 12 to 20%., with ads providing 80% of revenue. Then the Internet unbundled news, so sports no longer subsidized ... An interesting history of the news biz!
• Women in Journalism oral history interviews (Washington Press Club Foundation) Links to some transcripts.
• Who Owns What? (Columbia Journalism Review's guide to what the major media companies own)
• Why Journalists Make Mistakes & What We Can Do About Them (Mallary Jean Tenore, Poynter, 7-7-10)
• With little sleep, low pay and high pressure, careers in journalism and medicine start the same (Dr. John Biemer, Poynter, 5-21-18) How starting off in journalism is like a serving medical residency, from someone who has done both.
• You Can’t Sell News by the Slice (Michael Kinsley, NY Times, Oped, 2-9-09)
• Your Tax Dollars at Work (Liena Zagare and Ben Smith, Columbia Journalism Review, Spring 2017) Move legal notices online. "Part of the explanation for the failure of local digital media is the same litany of woes faced by old media: a struggling display ad business; the complete dominance of Facebook and Google, which have absorbed most of the growth in digital ads; and the inherent difficulties in building the scale that powers many digital media businesses through deep coverage for a niche audience. But we would suggest there’s another uncomfortable and underreported reason for the struggles of new community news startups, as well as the survival of a kind of zombie community print press that soldiers on increasingly without an audience: the major, quiet subsidy to print community papers, which comes in two basic forms — legislation requiring that legal notices be published in print, and advertising by government agencies. [Emphasis added.] ...If you want to reach local residents, and alert them to something of civic interest, online community publishers, with their engaged audiences, can do this far better than their print counterparts—and provide fodder for search engines on the side. “State laws should reflect changing times,” NY state representative Nily Rozic told us. “When posting notices about government or private sector activities, important information should expand its reach to local digital media, meeting readers where they are.”
Journalism schools, degrees, and training
• CUNY journalism program goes tuition-free (Sara Fischer, Axios, 1-25-24) The Craig Newmark Graduate School of Journalism at CUNY will be the first journalism graduate school to offer a tuition-free program — a move intended to help widen opportunities for journalists from more diverse backgrounds. "If we're serious about the future of trustworthy journalism as democracy's immune system, we've got to create ways to make the pipeline and product more resilient to economics and shifting moods. Endowments help do that," Newmark said.
• Student reporter sues university president for forbidding journalism (FIRE, aka Foundation for Individual Rights in Education) Jared Nally wants Haskell Indian Nations University, a public institution operated by the federal government, to answer for the 90 days he was silenced, without any due process, under a directive that banned him from engaging in basic acts of journalism.The university shorted funding for student newspaper by over $10,000 without any explanation and ignored emails for months.
• Do we need J-schools? (Columbia Journalism Review, Spring/Summer 2018) The role of a reporter is shifting, as are the economics of education. With this new calculus, does journalism school still have a place in our profession? Three views: Yes, more than ever by Bill Grueskin. No, and they should not exist by Felix Salmon. Maybe, but cost is key by Alexandria Neason.
• News University (Poynter's online courses, inexpensive and often free, with funding from the John S. and James L. Knight Foundation). See list of NewsU courses.
• Dallas editor’s plea to the next generation of journalists: ‘Care.’ (Kristen Hare, Poynter, 4-6-17) Selwyn Crawford gave an impassioned speech to 400 Texan students at the end of The Dallas Morning News' annual High School Journalism Day (and i quote from article): It used to be that people were impressed when they learned you were a journalist, he said on Thursday. Now, they're dismayed."Journalists aren't the enemy of the people," he said. "We are the people. If the kids don't understand that, then we've really got a problem. But before you can understand anything, you've got to care enough to want to be involved.""I promise you, for those that have even more than just a fleeting interest in journalism, and especially in the day and the time that we live in, it's going to become even more important. I urge you — and I daresay I challenge you — I challenge you to pay attention, to get involved, to know what's going on in your community, and to care. To care."
• How NPR's Next Generation Radio, which trains young journalists, has evolved since 2000 (Doug Mitchell, IJNet, 7-16-14)
• BBC Academy. The College of Journalism, part of the BBC Academy alongside the Colleges of Production and Technology, oversees training for BBC News staff. This website focuses on core skills, safety, specialist areas, legal and ethical issues, and houses the News style guide. It's a site about BBC journalism.
• Journalismtraining.org (SPJ for the Council of National Journalism Organizations)
• Best Schools for Journalism (Jeremy Porter, poll results, Journalistics, 7-6-09)
• The Definitive Guide to Online Journalism Degrees & a Career as an Internet Journalist (Molly Canfield)
• The Best Online Journalism Degrees (Molly Canfield)
• How to Become a Journalist (College Boards)
• You Just Graduated From Journalism School. What Were You Thinking? (Michael P. Ventura, The Village Voice 7-28-09). J-School students try to stay upbeat about their future and their industry
• Letter to a Young Journalist (Lane DeGregory, Gangrey, 9-16-13). Wonderful advice for journalists of any age.
• 100 Exemplary College Newspapers for Journalism Students (Heather Silver, JournalismDegree.org). A lot of work went into compiling this list, with descriptions. Good work, Heather.
Journalist's Toolbox (SPJ)
• Agriculture • AI Tools for Journalists • Audience Engagement • Broadcast Journalism• Census Coverage (U.S. Census) • Check Domain Names• College Media • Columnists • Cool Sites • Copyediting • Covering Hate • Covering Homelessness • Covering Mass Shootings • Covid 19 Data and Research • Design and visual journalism • Disability and Accessibility • Diversity • Economic Crisis: Banking Bailout, Gas, Housing and Food Costs • Education • Food and Cooking • Free Speech and First Amendment issues • Global Reporting Tools • Holiday Trends and Traditions • International News • Internet and Tech Tools and News • Investigating Companies • Iraq Background • Labor Issues • Legal Resources • Legislative Branch • Marketing and Advertising • Military and Bioterrorism • Miscellaneous Crime Sites • Miscellaneous medical and health (and flu) sites • Olympics • Politics and elections • Search Engines • Sports Medicine and Psychology • Teaching Tools (especially for teaching journalism) • Weather • Women's Issues • Urban Legends and Fact-Checking • Writing and Publishing Resources • Writing with Numbers
The Journalistic Essay
Jack Hart, when he taught the journalistic essay at The Oregonian, found these books useful:
· Phillip Lopate, ed. The Art of the Personal Essay: An Anthology from the Classical Era to the Present (Lopate's introduction especially)
· Robert Vare, ed. The American Idea: The Best of The Atlantic Monthly
· Joyce Carol Oates and Robert Atwan, eds. The Best American Essays of the Century.
Will journalism survive? In what form?
The truth about sponsored content and native advertising -- plus payola journalism
• Sponsored Links in Google: How to Get Your Ad in Google's Paid Links (WordStream: Online Advertising Made Easy). Those links at the top of Google search results are typically ads, and are so labeled. Google "how to find a dentist" and you will have a page or two of ads before you find a real article on how to find a dentist. We're all learning to scroll down past the ads to where the links to real content start (I think).
• What Is the Difference Between Sponsored Content and Native Advertising? (Shannon Porter, VI Marketing and Branding) 'When Google introduced its “Hummingbird” algorithm in 2013, keywords became not as important and content, based on the way people truly speak, became the new SEO darling. In layman’s terms, Hummingbird loves original, high quality content that is conversational in nature. As content marketing has continued to grow, so have the buzzwords associated with it. "Sponsored content” and “native ads” are both paid forms of content.
• Bribes for Blogs (Jon Christian, The Outline, 12-5-17) How brands secretly buy their way into Forbes, Fast Company, and HuffPost stories. An Outline investigation found that contributors to prominent publications have taken payments in exchange for positive coverage. And sequel: These are the people paying journalists to promote brands in articles (Jon Christian, The Outline, 1-18-18) "Those writers described an upside-down version of journalism, in the trenches of the contributor networks at Entrepreneur and the Huffington Post, where shadowy marketing agencies with whom they have standing relationships pay them to promote certain brands. Sometimes the agencies even send fully-written articles that the contributors then publish under their own bylines."
• How 'deceptive' sponsored news articles could be tricking readers — even with a disclosure message (Will Heilpern, Advertising, Business Insider, 3-17-16). "Most online publishers use some form of native advertising — ads that look like news stories — to grow revenue. It is accepted practice to declare that this content is sponsored by a company, so that readers can differentiate between what is and is not news. However, the way in which many publishers declare these ads could be "complicit with deception" according to a new study by Bart Wojdynski, director of the digital media, attention, and cognition lab at the University of Georgia...Overall, only 20% of people in the study were aware that they were reading advertising, rather than objective, editorial content." Even as I copy that link, I see an ad below the credit for Big Island Cookies and Candy, a firm I received a gift from eons ago (they were yummy). It is NOT marked "advertising."
• Publishers Are Rethinking Those ‘Around the Web’ Ads (Sapna Maheshwari and John Herrman, NY Times, 10-30-16) "You see them everywhere, and maybe, sometimes, you click: those rows of links under web articles, often augmented with eye-catching photos and curiosity-stoking headlines about the latest health tips, celebrity news or ways to escape financial stress.Usually grouped together under a label like “Promoted Stories” or “Around the Web,” these links are often advertisements dressed up to look like stories people might want to read. They have long provided much-needed revenue for publishers and given a wide range of advertisers a relatively affordable way to reach large and often premium audiences...Recently Chandler Riggs, an actor on “The Walking Dead,” posted screenshots on Twitter of two such ads — “Young Actors Who Quietly Passed Away This Year” and “Young TV Star Found Dead” -- featuring a photo of his face....Readers are starting to express discontent."
• Everything You Need To Know About Sponsored Content (Chad Pollitt, Moz.com, 1-20-15 ) The Internet is experiencing a deluge of content, and many channels for content discovery are bloated...'With content marketing adoption rates so high, many brands are looking to native advertising to promote their content. The Interactive Advertising Bureau (IAB) defines native advertising as "paid ads that are so cohesive with the page content, assimilated into the design, and consistent with the platform behavior that the viewer simply feels that they belong." According to the IAB, native advertising contains six different types of ad units: in-feed, promoted listings, in-ad with native element, paid search, recommendation widgets, and custom....They are actually an evolved version of what many marketers call advertorials, which have been around for decades. The biggest difference between the two is where the content resides in the customer buying journey. Advertorials are middle to bottom-of-the-funnel content.
..., sponsored articles strictly reside at the top of the funnel. Their purpose is to be helpful, entertaining, or both. Top-of-the-funnel content doesn't appear to be salesy and brand-centric to the reader. It's the rise of content marketing that helped move advertorials up the funnel. This helps brands become not just purveyors of goods and services, but a producer of ideas and a distributor of knowledge...The New York Times claims readers spend the same amount of time on sponsored articles as traditional news stories....BuzzFeed's entire business model is built around what it calls sponsored "listicles," a.k.a. sponsored articles.' A good overview of names and numbers of sponsored content and content marketing. Not yet regulated....
• Consumers Can’t Tell the Difference Between Sponsored Content and Editorial (Ginny Marvin, Marketing Land, 9-9-15) In a new study, consumers identified native advertisements as articles a large percentage of the time.
• Content Marketing.
New forms of funding
• Kickstarter adds new categories: Journalism and Crafts
• The Guardian promotes some investigative stories funded by Kickstarter:
• StartSomeGood (crowdfunding for nonprofits, social entrepreneurs and changemakers)
• Indiegogo
• When should you use Kickstarter, Indiegogo, or Crowdtilt?
• Crowdtilt
• Retrospective collection of Kal cartoons from The Economist (the goal was $20,000, to self-publish the collection; they collected $100,219, from 1,462 backers)
• Tiny Spark . Kickstarter funded this investigative radio initiative.
• Beacon Reader (fund one writer for $5 a month; get access to every story on Beacon)
Is Free the Future?
"At a hearing on Capitol Hill in May, James Moroney, the publisher of the Dallas Morning News, told Congress about negotiations he’d just had with the online retailer Amazon. The idea was to license his newspaper’s content to the Kindle, Amazon’s new electronic reader. 'They want seventy per cent of the subscription revenue,' Moroney testified. 'I get thirty per cent, they get seventy per cent. On top of that, they have said we get the right to republish your intellectual property to any portable device.' The idea was that if a Kindle subscription to the Dallas Morning News cost ten dollars a month, seven dollars of that belonged to Amazon, the provider of the gadget on which the news was read, and just three dollars belonged to the newspaper, the provider of an expensive and ever-changing variety of editorial content. The people at Amazon valued the newspaper’s contribution so little, in fact, that they felt they ought then to be able to license it to anyone else they wanted. Another witness at the hearing, Arianna Huffington, of the Huffington Post, said that she thought the Kindle could provide a business model to save the beleaguered newspaper industry. Moroney disagreed. 'I get thirty per cent and they get the right to license my content to any portable device—not just ones made by Amazon?' He was incredulous. 'That, to me, is not a model... "
~ by Malcolm Gladwell, Priced to Sell: "Is Free the Future?" in the New Yorker
Embargoes
• Why Bloomberg’s broken embargo matters (Kristen Hare, TyLisa Johnson, Josie Hollingsworth, Angela Fu and Ren LaForme, Poynter, 8-6-24) Bloomberg prematurely shared news about Evan Gershkovich before he and other prisoners were safely back in the US, putting the operation in jeopardy. Bloomberg was among the news organizations that were getting briefings after agreeing to hold the story.
• Jennifer Jacobs responds.
• “What’s a press embargo?” What lawyers and law firms need to know about press/media embargoes (Wayne Pollock, Medium, 6-9-18) This popped up when I clicked on that name: "I am a former BigLaw lawyer who now ghostwrites for other lawyers and litigates clients’ cases in the court of public opinion."
• How the FDA Manipulates the Media (Charles Seife, Scientific American, Oct. 2016) The U.S. Food and Drug Administration has been arm-twisting journalists into relinquishing their reportorial independence, our investigation reveals. Other institutions are following suit. "This kind of deal offered by the FDA—known as a close-hold embargo—is an increasingly important tool used by scientific and government agencies to control the behavior of the science press....But for [a particular] breach of secrecy, nobody outside the small clique of government officials and trusted reporters would have known that the journalists covering the agency had given up their right to do independent reporting....For example, the FDA assures the public that it is committed to transparency, but the documents show that, privately, the agency denies many reporters access—including ones from major outlets such as Fox News—and even deceives them with half-truths to handicap them in their pursuit of a story....By using close-hold embargoes and other methods, the FDA, like other sources of scientific information, are gaining control of journalists who are supposed to keep an eye on those institutions. The watchdogs are being turned into lapdogs."
• ASCO 2018: How a major medical meeting uses embargoes to shape the news, and what the consequences may be
Like many medical meetings, the 'American Society of Clinical Oncology (ASCO) will hold a virtual “presscast” giving journalists a sneak preview into a handful of “new, high-impact studies” that will be presented at their annual meeting two weeks. Just six out of 2,500 abstracts were selected for the preview. Journalists "essentially pre-reporting on preliminary, pre-published findings is worrisome....The meeting presentation hasn’t even occurred and the data are often proprietary. This not only puts commenting experts in a difficult position, but it can be potentially harmful to patients who are understandably eager for new treatments." Embargoes argue that "the heads up helps journalists to be more accurate; they’ll have more time to seek out expert opinions and do in-depth research.
“I don’t buy that,” said Kiernan. “Journalists have habituated to embargoes. They simply yoke journalists into a pack, and that usually results in homogenous coverage. Do they really have freedom of action? Are they really free when the timing and the content are selected for them?”
• Embargo on press releases, rationale for (PLoS). Breaking an embargo is a journalistic no-no, with good reason.
• The Embargo Should Go (Vincent Kiernan, Inside Higher Education, 8-21-06). The system under which top journals share findings with reporters doesn't serve journalism, science or the public interest. Kiernan is the author of Embargoed Science
• Should Reporters Have Agreed To The Vertex Embargo? (Matthew Harper, Forbes, 6-24-14) A reporter's final thoughts on accepting an embargo agreement on writing about a new drug.
• Death to the Embargo (Michael Arrington, TechCrunch, 12-17-08)
• The embargo and business journalists (Sabrina Husain, Society of American Business Writers, May 2012)
• What is an embargo?
Wikipedia: In journalism and public relations, a news embargo or press embargo is a request or requirement by a source that the information or news provided by that source not be published until a certain date or certain conditions have been met. They are often used by businesses making a product announcement, by medical journals, and by government officials announcing policy initiatives; the media is given advance knowledge of details being held secret so that reports can be prepared to coincide with the announcement date and yet still meet press time.
Wikipedia: A news embargo or press embargo is a request or requirement by a source that the information or news provided by that source not be published until a certain date or certain conditions have been met.
Investopedia: An embargo is a government order that restricts commerce or exchange with a specified country, usually as a result of political or economic problems.
Lexis Nexis: A trade embargo is a government-imposed restriction on the trading of certain products, goods or services. It restricts people and companies from buying and selling with the affected country or entity, potentially interrupting international commerce between two entities. There are also "financial embargoes, which involve freezing assets and blocking access to certain banking services; travel embargoes, which prevent individuals from entering a designated country; and arms embargoes, which prohibit the trade of certain weapons and materials."